Arrowhead 135 – 2024 Race Report

This was my 7th time running the Arrowhead 135. If not for the unusual weather I probably wouldn’t even write a race report this year as not much changes anymore. BUT! This year was very different because of the weather so here it goes. If you want more information about the race itself go ahead and read my older race reports for more details. 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2022, 2023

Someone asked me this year what my goal was for the race. For most races, I do have a goal but Arrowhead laughs at your goals. I think more people fail at this race because they push for some goal they put in their head or to keep up with someone else just as much as they quit for being woefully unprepared. Being prepared for all the possibilities is something that needs to be done if you want to finish this race. Even with that you can still mess it up by pushing too hard and sweating.

That being said, the warm weather we had this year made it so you could sweat the entire race and still be OK. So how warm was it? It never got below 26 degrees! That’s about all you need to know. Zero chance of frostbite makes this a much easier race to finish. The warmest my thermometer got was 35 degrees and luckily there wasn’t any bright sunshine to make it even hotter. It’s rare to only have a 9 degree range over 2 days in the winter in MN, let alone at Arrowhead with the hills and valleys. That’s just a summary to set the scene of the race, now let’s get to some details.

I trained like every other year, expecting cold weather. We certainly got some nice cold weather in the middle of January that originally was forecast to last until February. That helped to get the swamps mostly froze over. The issue was there was almost no snow in Northern Minnesota. Tuscobia was completely barren the end of December which had to make it a pretty interesting race. Luckily about 6 inches of snow was on the ground the entire path of this race. That isn’t enough for the groomers to go out and groom the trail though. I only pulled my sled once before the race this year as there was only snow for a couple days where I live.

Some nice people who lived up north gave us updates the week before the race showing the small amount of snow and all the small trees that were growing on the trail that would be in our way since they weren’t squished down by the groomers. Then 2 days before the race someone posted photos of open water on the trail! That’s never happened before at this race. I was worried about it in the back of my head as a possibility and now it was a certainty. There was a little more clarity on the situation by the night before the race so I purchased some thick contractor garbage bags for my feet and to put my gear bag in when I got to those spots. All together they added a pound of weight to my bag but were a necessity as getting wet feet would eat up a bunch of time and only cause misery.

The Saturday before the race I headed up like always. I wanted to go to the state park that’s close to International Falls and do the hiking route to get the password. The park is closed in the winter so I had to run a couple extra miles because the road was gated off. Plus there was 6 inches of wet snow I had to go through. It really was stupid and a big waste of time but I did get the hiking club trail password so that park is now off my list. My pants and shoes were soaking wet!

I went to town and got my gear bag checked in. I’m finally getting to the point that I don’t forget anything in the car and pass on first inspection. We only got 1 race bib this year that had to be in front of our body. I really wish I had a lightweight -20 degree sleeping bag as that would be so much lighter. With it being so warm we easily could’ve gotten by with a zero degree bag but you never know for sure what the weather is going to be. It usually is quite different once you get on the trail away from the cities and their weather gauges. I still hadn’t decided if I was going to do unsupported or not. It would be such an easy year to do unsupported due to the warm weather but I was waiting to see what the trail conditions were myself. Unsupported means a heavier sled and pulling that through ungroomed snow didn’t sound fun.

I got checked into my hotel and made my way over to the movie theater to watch 40 Below. It’s the documentary they filmed of the race in 2019 that finally came out last year. I thought there were 3 film crew that year so who knows if the other 2 will ever see the light of day. It was the first opportunity I’ve had to see the documentary since it would be shown very occasionally for 1 night at places way too far away to drive to. As of now, it’s still not available to stream either. It did a good job at showing what the area looks like for people that have never been there. I thought I’d be in the background of one shot at Surly but wasn’t. Despite it being called 40 Below, I don’t think it really drove home what it was like to be out there that year. No comment on someone getting frostbite on his cornea, etc. They made the gear check look downright chipper, when in reality I saw the uncertainty and fear in EVERYONE’S face when I went through gear check that year, including the race director’s. The whole weekend before the race, everyone had dread on their face. Either everyone put on a happy face for the cameras or they edited all of that out. It was scary cold that year, especially the second night. Anyway, it was otherwise interesting to see people I know and video of what I experienced 5 years ago.

The next day (Sunday and the day before the race) I drove to the finish line at Fortune Bay with Ed, Emily (who I’ve never met) and Dawn to drop off their cars and drive them back to International Falls. We stopped along the way at 4 different spots along the trail to see the conditions. They were better than I thought they’d be. Good enough in fact that I decided I’d try to go fast with a lighter sled instead of doing unsupported. Really it took me a long time to decide this. I kept going back and forth a bunch of times. I’d pack everything in the small sled and then change my mind and use the big sled, etc. In the end I used my usual big sled with runners. I really wanted to use my small sled but it doesn’t have runners and with the trail being ungroomed, the chance of going off into the trees on the downhills was very high without runners on the sled. I really didn’t want to be the guy that needed to get picked up by a snowmobile due to a preventable injury.

We also looked at the detour part of the trail. Yes, they still haven’t fixed the stupid bridge that broke after the race in 2019! It looked just fine to go on the regular trail and not the detour but, for the first time, the race directors said flat out that everyone had to take the detour as they were working on the new bridge currently. We did see construction equipment there but since it was Sunday, nothing was going on at the time. Well that just added a mile to the race.

Once we got back to International Falls, we went to Menards to get the garbage bags and whatever else we needed. Then I packed up my Mel George drop bag since I had finally decided I was going supported. Usually the day before the race I get bored but not this year as I took so long to make up my mind. I didn’t bring as much stuff up to IF as usual since it would be so warm but I left a jacket that would’ve been a pound lighter than the one I had. I even thought of just using plastic water containers instead of the metal insulated ones since it was so warm but I kept envisioning them exploding when I hit a tree sledding downhill in the dark. Another pound here, another there. That was the theme of packing my sled this year. I did get it the lightest I’ve ever had at 37 pounds but easily could’ve gotten much lower with lighter gear and not having to bring stupid garbage bags with.

The race meeting was pretty low key as the only danger this year was to the bikers since the trail would be rough and had trees and sticks everywhere trying to pop their tires and make them fall over.

The week before the race I posted the good things about warm weather. One was I wouldn’t have to read race reports from southerners talking about frost bite and the weather trying to kill them. Also I could wear shorts, throw snowballs at competitors, and I was expecting weird snow sculptures at the finish line. I didn’t see any sculptures but someone did make a pile of snowballs at Gateway. Not sure if anyone used them.

The night before the race was much more laid back then last year’s fiasco with the car window, etc. Usually I check the weather like 5 times to figure out what to wear and how to plan my clothing changes, etc. I checked it only once. It was going to be 26 degrees with a 10mph headwind. That indeed was exactly what it was the next morning.

Because of the wind, I wore tights to start the race knowing I’d have to change into shorts later. It’s just a little too cold for shorts running into a 15 degree windchill for me. I really despise warm weather in a winter ultra. You’re feet will pretty much always be wet and it’s almost impossible not to sweat a little bit somewhere. I also started with my light gloves and a buff. I had warmer gloves and a hat in my backpack. I would end up never needing any other gloves than the light ones or a different hat then what I had in my backpack the entire race.

Starting line.

The race start was typical other than no one started on skis. That was as expected since the conditions made it impossible to ski the course and by rule you can’t just take your skis off and walk the course (must ski 90%). Ken even offered free beer for a year if you finished on skis. Honestly I’m not sure why bikers are allowed to walk their bikes more than 10% of the course. I was very seriously thinking about bringing a little kid bike to start the race and then just throw it on my sled and calling it a bike finish. I finished before a bunch of bikes this year anyway so my time would’ve fit right in.

We still started at 7:04AM even without any skiers, keeping with tradition. I was up towards the front so I could hear “release the hounds” which I often can’t. The reason I was at the front was because for the first time in 3 years, I remembered to lock the car and didn’t have to run back and lock it as the race started.

Despite having a lighter sled, it still didn’t feel right to run that hard in the beginning. I didn’t want to get overheated right away either. There were a bunch of people that took off pretty fast this year. I didn’t get to talk to all that many people this year in the beginning. I ran with Scott Hoberg for the first time as he’s usually way in front of me. It was nice finally getting to know him. When I say “way in front”, I mean it. The only way I usually see him at the finish line is if he’s already woken up from his finish line shower and sleep session. He can kill this course if he wants to!

On the Blue Ox Trail. Photo Credit: Swift Photography

After the turn onto the Arrowhead Trail from the Blue Ox Trail I talked to Eric Boler a little who I ran a bunch of Tuscobia with the last time I did it. I also met the rookie runner Jason Mancini who was the only other person I saw with shorts on during the race. The nice thing about being a rookie in a year like this is you don’t know any better, meaning you don’t know what the normal trail conditions are so it doesn’t really matter to you what it’s like this year. It is was it is.

So the Blue Ox trail had been used a little by snowmobiles so the snow was mostly packed down. The Arrowhead trail had a single snowmobile track on it, maybe 2. It also had lots of sticks and trees coming up in spots. The powdery snow made it hard to walk and the unevenness and sticks made it hard to go in a straight line. I started passing bikes like crazy for the next 7 miles or so. I knew I’d pass them at some point with the crappy snow but this was earlier than expected. Some areas would be better than others but mostly it really sucked and I was glad I was on fresh legs. Normally I run most of this but I walked it due to the effort it took to run. I was starting to plan a long race in my head if this was what it was going to be like the entire race. I changed into my long sleeve t-shirt instead of my thermal as I was getting warm with the wind mostly behind me now.

A nicer part of the trail.
Not a nice part of the trail. Other spots had up to 5 foot tall brush in the way.

We got to Hwy 53 crossing right around 11:30AM which is definitely slower than usual for me. I changed into shorts soon after crossing the highway. I felt much better as I was starting to overheat which slowed me down.

I always text my wife a photo at Hwy 53. Usually I have a nice snot sickle instead of a sweaty head.

My thermometer only said 30 degrees but the snow was changing to packable snow now. Meaning snowballs were a possibility. More importantly for us runners, was the snow was being packed down by the bikers into a nice hard smooth surface! It was only a 10 inch wide path, but an easy path nonetheless. Now I was really wishing I had my narrow sled since mine was scraping both sides of the path. It ended up ruining my bag by the end of the race. I did see some guys with narrow sleds had theirs turn upside down a lot due to the narrow path so maybe there was no perfect sled for this years conditions.

I could run some now again. The other nice thing was my feet could dry out as there wasn’t snow constantly going over my shoes with every step like it was before. The rest of the afternoon was pretty uneventful.

Surprisingly this is the only shot I have of me in shorts. I guess no photographers were taking pictures at Gateway when I was there. Look at those sexy legs!

Well I guess quite a few people took wrong turns, or I should say didn’t take a turn they should have. The issue with a non-groomed trail is there is no trail to follow. The trail goes on and off roads often. If it’s a real road, then there is usually a sign saying where the snowmobile trail goes. If it’s just a logging road then there’s no sign. Usually the race puts up lathe to mark the trail but they didn’t do that this year since they couldn’t really run the snowmobiles on it. Plus there wasn’t enough snow to hold the lathe from falling over. I’ll just say that I never realized until this year how many of those roads were unmarked logging roads!

I know the front of the pack bikers all missed a turn in this first section. I saw a couple runners coming back towards the trail from a logging road as well. You’ll find out about my missed turn adventure later. I’d be surprised if half the racers didn’t have a detour of some sort this year. We all have a GPS track that you can look at on your phone but it’s not realistic to have your phone out the entire time or at every intersection. There’s around 100 intersections of some kind on the trail and only half of them are obvious when the trail isn’t groomed or marked. Even with 6 prior years experience I had to think about which way to go a few times.

Due to the warm weather I actually saw some wildlife this year. The coolest thing was a mink scurried on the trail for a bit and then stood up to show how luxurious his coat was before hopping off the trail. I also saw a couple squirrels but they didn’t look nearly as fashionable.

Along the trail this year.

I got to Gateway, the first check point at 4:10PM which is pretty typical. I was the most efficient I’ve been at this checkpoint. If not for having to change socks, it would’ve only been 5 minutes but keeping your feet dry is important at this race and it’s more efficient to do it at a checkpoint than out on the trail. I was back out in 20 minutes.

I was still feeling good and awake and ready for the night. I didn’t really see many people until it got dark. A few bikers passed me now that the trail was better and they could ride it. I caught up to Jason about the same time Eric caught back up to me. Once the bigger hills started, I didn’t see them anymore. It was a little cold sledding down the hill with shorts on since the snow/ice would stick to my legs. The snow/ice was basically like what a snow cone is made out of.

It was dark when I got to the first open water spot. This one no one was expecting to be there. A biker yelled back about the open water as he was falling off his bike while crossing it. He jumped off to keep from getting wet. I was able to get across the open water spots by jumping with my poles and didn’t have to get the garbage bags out. There was another area of open water in the swamp after shelter #5 that was even easier to cross so I ended up carrying those bags for nothing.

I was still pretty alert but was glad to catch up to Scott again as it was nice to talk a little to someone again. I could’ve gotten out my iPod I guess but the batteries only last so long so I was wanting to save it until later if I really needed it. The turn for Mel Georges seemed to take forever this year even though I was doing this section faster than I ever have. I could see someone up ahead as I was crossing Elephant Lake (with the ever present head wind). I was glad there wasn’t overflow on it with the warm weather. It ended up being Brian Corgard who was doing it unsupported for the first time.

I arrived at Mel Georges at 2AM which was the soonest for me. I went in and since I wasn’t tired, I didn’t plan on staying very long. I got a bunch of warm food in me and used the bathroom. Indoor plumbing is so much nicer than going on the trail. I changed socks again and also put on calf sleeves to help keep my legs from getting cold from the ice on the downhills. I’m pretty sure I changed back into my thermal shirt here as well even though it was still 34 degrees.

I left alone around 2:45AM. I got passed by a biker here and there. They always commented on my shorts. I caught back up to Brian who couldn’t use the aid station since he was unsupported. He didn’t look that great since he was having GI issues. I didn’t have anything that could help his situation unfortunately. It was a little scary going down the hills with nothing being groomed and no snowbanks on the sides to help keep you from careening off into the trees. I went off the trail a couple times at the bottom which was a little chilly on my legs. The main issue with shorts was that the sides of the sled were digging into my skin since I didn’t have the usual pants and snow gaiters for protection. With the addition of getting whipped by the trees and branches on the trail, my legs were pretty beaten up by the end of the race.

The snow was still pretty good but all the hills were difficult since the bikers walked them all and their footsteps were totally out of sync with mine so I ended up making my own path. All in all I was making pretty good time and started doing math on what it would take to finish under 40 hours which has always been a goal of mine. There was still about 60 miles left to go and no one knew what the trail would be like after Mel George. There could even be trees down over it.

As I said before, the trail goes on roads for short sections fairly often in the flat areas. Around 4:30AM is when I heard the first logging truck. If I had been more tired I would’ve probably thought it was a hallucination. In the distance it sounded like some monster. I’m assuming it was Jake braking but it was way louder than I’ve ever heard before. Then you can start to see these lights coming towards you. They get brighter and brighter, blinding you. I moved off the trail and turned my headlamp up full blast. It was a tight fit and they don’t slow down a bit. They even have really bright lights facing backwards on them so they blind you coming and going.

An hour later or so I heard another one coming. The trail had turned on the road not that long before I heard it coming and even thought to myself that I had to pay attention to when it goes off the road, as I remember it being a subtle turn even when groomed. I again moved over and watched the heavy loaded truck fly by just inches from me. I’m pretty sure the turn was right behind me as I faced the truck. I was running on the road after the truck passed me as it is pretty smooth going. After 10 minutes or so I realized I hadn’t seen a bike for a while and probably should’ve turned by now. I got my phone out and realized I was way off course. I was pissed and turned back. Not only was I far off course according to the map, but the road I was on was fairly parallel to the trail so I was even further off course than I thought and I had to essentially run backwards to get back to the turn. Overall I wasted almost 40 minutes and added 2 miles.

See all those nice extra logging roads in grey? I was supposed to be on the red.

Now it sucks just on it’s own to add 2 miles to a course that already has a mile detour added to it. It sucks worse when you put in your head to try to finish under 40 hours and those 3 miles just added close to an hour to my finish time! If it was light out, I probably would’ve noticed much sooner but everything kinda looks the same in the dark. I had to push the negative thoughts out and just do what I could do. There was still a long way to go and things could change for the better or get even worse. Nothing I could do about it. Well, since I had been charging my watch at the aid stations, I did have 1 thing I could do. I reset my watch to navigation mode so that it would yell at me if I went off trail again. Why didn’t I do that from the start? Because the battery wouldn’t last the entire race if I used navigation from the start and the most important time to have my watch is at the end of the race when I’m tired and my watch is the only thing I can rely on to know my pace.

I don’t think anyone passed me during my detour but like I said earlier, I think most people had their own detour so it ends up being a wash anyway. You certainly had an advantage if you never got lost this year.

It started getting light out and the miles seemed to take forever even though I was making pretty good time. The big hills around mile 100 were slightly difficult to go down again due to being ungroomed. Plus the bikers walking up them made the going up difficult as well. There were rocks here and there to watch out for as well.

After all the hills, you go up to this plateau type area. At least that’s what I call it. It’s basically where the the trail turns Southwest the last time and then you just go up to this plateau area. On the map it looks like you’re going straight and then turn Southeast but in reality you seem to go all over the place. Up, down, left, right. I’ve only been in this part during daylight once before so it was difficult to remember what things should look like. Just before the turn up to the plateau I swear I saw some sort of industrial smoke stacks across a valley from the trail. They went above the surrounding area so they couldn’t be trees and they were equidistant from each other so I’m pretty sure they were real. They weren’t real high and there were 4 or maybe 5 of them in a row. I don’t know why they would be there so they were maybe a hallucination. OK, they likely were a hallucination.

The main reason I’m talking about this area is because once we passed a trail that turned left off the course, we were on virgin trail. No one had gone on this section all year other than us racers. No snowmobiles at all. The race snowmobiles never even went past Mel Georges I don’t think. The snow was the worst I’ve ever seen here. Deeper than anywhere else on the course and it made it difficult to go up the hills with a sled. My feet were now soaked again so I’d have to change socks at Embark which I was hoping to skip to save time. I caught up to Matt Ramiller in this section who I hadn’t seen before. Due to the deeper unpacked snow, it wasn’t possible to slide down the long downhill coming off the plateau area. That was a bummer.

Once I got to the bottom the snow was better again and it was only a few miles until I got to Embark checkpoint. By the way, their maple syrup products are pretty good and work well at this race. It’s a pretty good feeling coming into this station when it’s light out. I didn’t stay all that long here. Just enough to get water, change my socks, and put tights back on since it’s always colder this last section when it’s dark and I’m moving slower. It was still 32 degrees but was sure to get colder. There was an old dog laying down in the tent that didn’t mind the noise I was making right next to its head as I changed my socks. I was there probably about 15 minutes or so.

The nice thing about leaving here at 2:45PM is that I would finally see Wakemup Hill in the light. I had always heard about the view from the top but have only seen it in the dark. I got up there and took a photo but you can’t see much since the trees are surrounding you for all but a small area facing South. The downhill wasn’t as fast as usual since I didn’t trust being able to make the turn at the bottom on the crappy snow.

The view from Wakemup.

Now for the long slog to the finish. It’s flat but man is it boring. There were workers at the construction site since it was Tuesday now. They weren’t working of course, just hanging out by trucks talking to each other. Sure hope it’s done by next year. I’m tired of the detour.

The detour sucked! The ditch was not easy to run on. The way off the road wasn’t real obvious either. There were no less than 3 areas to go off the road and I’m not sure which one we were supposed to take but I took the first one to get off the tar as soon as possible. Finally I got back to the regular trail. Matt passed me soon after if I’m remembering correctly. That was the last person I saw until I finished 5 hours later. Wait there was 1 biker towards the finish line that passed me. I finally got my iPod out to help me stay awake. I wasn’t super tired but it’s always a struggle to keep my speed up when I’m tired. Plus with no one around to follow or keep up with, I slow down as well.

The last 18ish miles of trail through the boggy area. I took this before dark Tuesday. I enjoyed finally seeing it in daylight but it doesn’t look much different in the dark.

I stopped way too often as I always seem to on this section. For food, or water, or I’ll drop something. I put my jacket on for the first time in the race. It still wasn’t very cold at 26 degrees but the wind picked up a little and I was moving slower. If I was really determined I would’ve just run to warm up more. I wasn’t though. I failed to mention that my feet were hurting quite a lot by the time I got to Embark. Weird pain that wasn’t in normal places for me. It wasn’t muscles that I could massage to get rid of the pain so I just had to live with it. My walking pace was slow because of it. On the plus side was the snow was real nice. In fact the last few miles of the trail were actually groomed!

I did see someone up ahead briefly once in the last 5 miles or so, but I wasn’t sure who it was or how far ahead they were. The straight sections are pretty long so they could be as much as mile ahead. I’m pretty sure it was Mike who had left Embark just before me. I don’t why I never saw him until so close to the end of the race.

I started to run more the last few miles as I was getting cold and at some point I just want to be done with the race. The last part really is that boring when you’re by yourself. The lights of the casino got brighter and brighter. I know this section of trail pretty well so I didn’t get lost although I could see how someone would. The race directors advice of following the footprints in front of you didn’t do much good this year as the snow didn’t have footprints in long sections. The snow was already compressed completely so stepping on it didn’t leave a mark.

I finally crossed the last road and looked behind me one last time. I didn’t see anyone but you never really know how close someone is to you. I got to the finish line at 9:50PM for a race time of 38:46! I was 5th. Yep, my usual 5th place or so. It’s almost comical as it never seems to matter how fast I go, I always get around 5th if I’m not taking my time.

Done!

It was pretty awesome to get under 40 hours in this race. The weather was the main reason I went this fast. Not having to change clothes a dozen times in the race saved close to an hour on it’s own. I went to the finishing area after my finish line gear check. It was a different room than usual and had a giant oval table with cushy board room chairs around it. I didn’t feel all that great once they gave me some food. Not sure what that was about but probably just being tired.

After a nice nap.

I got my room key which in reality probably only takes 2 minutes but feels like at least 8 minutes when you’re tired and painful standing at the check-in counter getting out your ID and credit card that you hauled for 135 (I mean 137) miles. I think I usually fall asleep at least twice while hunched over leaning on the check-in counter waiting for them to tapitty tap and bloopity bloop on the computer.

The rooms are always cold until you get in the room with your key. I cranked the heat up and took a bath to warm up and clean off. I got blisters for the first time ever in this race, likely due to walking different once the foot pain started.

Ed got pulled from the race at Mel Georges and Emily won the women’s division. Because of all that, we decided to check out early on Wednesday and save some money by not staying Wednesday night. After a few nap stops along the way, I got home Wednesday night.

Thank you to all the volunteers this year and every year. You’re nice when you need to be and mean when you need to be. You keep us moving and we thank you for that! Thanks also to the race directors for another great year!

I’m done tapitty tapping now.

Spartathlon – 2023 Race Report

Fair warning, this will be like most of my vacation race reports which means it’s part travel guide, part race report, part journal. If you only care about the race go ahead and scroll down.

This was my second time running the spartathlon. In case you haven’t heard of it, it’s a 153 mile race in Greece run at the end of September recreating the historical run of Pheidippides from Athens to Sparta to ask for help in battling the Persians at Marathon. It happened over 2500 years ago and we follow what historians think is the route he took. Of course the ancient roads he was on are now paved for the most part. I go into the history of the run and the race much more in my last race report from 2021 here. I know it sounds kinda douchy to say it’s not the 153mile distance that’s hard (especially with a mountain pass to climb at 100 miles into the race) but it’s not. The unrelenting time cut offs and heat are the issue. You have 36 hours for the whole race but the first 50 miles you only have 9.5 hours. In fact, the tightest cutoff is at around 40 miles. It’s the reason you have to qualify with a fast time to even apply for the race. Since they made the qualifying times faster about 6 years ago, about 60% of people finish now instead of 50%.

I think the word epic is used way too often, but for this race it’s use would be appropriate in my opinion. First off, it’s in Greece! I love it there. It’s spendy to get there but once you’re there, it’s cheap. It’s beautiful both on and off the course. Second, you are running in the footsteps of a man who 2500 years ago not only ran for his country’s safety but I’d like to think his family as well. Perhaps he had small children at home. This is of course all made up in my head but I like to bring history to life and put myself in his situation. Thirdly and part of the reason I ran it again, there is an Olympic spirit at this race that I don’t think exists anywhere else. We run as individuals but are very much a part of our countries team. It’s almost family-like and very similar to the winter racing ultrarunning scene. Everyone there wants everyone else to finish and will help each other out to accomplish that. I’m talking more that just the usual “ultrarunner code” you see at every race. This is full on going out of your way to help others out both before the race and during. There were 49 countries there this year so you get to meet people from all over.

This was the first year the race was started on a Saturday. The reason I heard was that Athens was tired of closing the road Friday morning for the race and demanded it be moved to Saturday. That seems like it’s probably true but I don’t know that for sure.

The other big change for me this year was that my wife didn’t come to crew me and I’d be on my own. With the kids in school and all their activities, it’s too hard to take them with. It was also very hard for her to crew by herself last time. In fact, even though it was difficult to do all the kid stuff by herself (I’m not allowed to die and leave her with them), she said it was still much easier than crewing at Spartathlon. I have a feeling it would’ve been much easier this time around for her though. Looking at the crews that have been there year after year, they are so relaxed and on top of things. At least they look that way to me as a runner, perhaps they’re panicking inside.

I was hoping I’d be able to get some “crewing” from other people’s crew teams since everyone helps out so much but you can’t count on it because you never know how fast other people will be. I planned to use my drop bags for everything and if some race emergency happened, I hoped I could get help from someone’s crew.

So since I wasn’t going there to vacation like we did last time, I left on Sunday and arrived Monday morning of race week. It’s an 8 hour time difference for me which is big and it takes about 5 days to really get used to the difference. There’s no time to sleep during the race and even if there was, the honking cars wouldn’t let you sleep anyway. Because of that, you need to be well rested to stay up for the 36 hours of running and the few hours pre-race as well. I stopped taking caffeine for this race more than last time since I had such an issue with being tired the first evening last time.

I once again brought a checked bag filled with food and race stuff. I could barely fit everything I needed. I was lucky I had done this race before and kept my packing lists from last time. Things were very hectic the month before the race at home with contractors finally doing work that was supposed to be done months before so I had no time to do any planning for the race this year. I even had to take a day off of work so I could pack I was so behind. 2 days before the race I realized I had forgotten to get an international drivers permit! Luckily my teammates knew that they just changed the law in Greece and my American driver’s license would be good enough for the cops. I called the car rental place in Greece to confirm they were OK with that, and they were as well. Last time we were there, the people next to us got denied a car because they didn’t have one so you can see why I was worried.

The flights there were pretty good and I arrived early Monday morning. I got my car without incident and got ready to drive by myself with a pretty crappy car that sounded like it would die at any moment. I drove towards Delphi were I had a place booked on Airbnb for a couple nights. I had slept on the plane some so I was nice and awake. We had never gone North of Athens last time. It’s much prettier to the North I think. I drove through farmland where cotton was being harvested. There were trucks hauling it everywhere and the ditches had a fair amount of cotton that had blown off the trucks in them.

There were solar and wind farms in this area as well. I had always wondered why I didn’t see any solar or wind turbines last time I was Greece. I’m not sure if they’re new or I just didn’t visit the correct area. The ditches had way less garbage than anywhere I’ve seen in Greece before as well. I assume farmers don’t want all that crap blowing in their fields and so something actually gets done about all the littering in that area.

Cotton Field

I like driving in Greece. No one really follows the lanes so you have to watch out but at the same time it’s super easy to pass people. The slow people just drive on the shoulder and you can pass even in a no passing zone. It’s pretty common that you will be in the exact middle of the road passing someone (that is halfway on the shoulder) and a car is coming from the other direction but they move over as well so you can finish passing. I still never tried it on the winding mountain roads though. I’m not as brave as the locals in that regard.

I stopped and pulled off the road once to pee and look at the cotton field (I’m a farm kid). I thought about just leaving the car run, but I turned it off. I got back in once I was finished and the car wouldn’t start. Crap! It wouldn’t even turn over. I thought it through about how the car was at the airport when I started it the first time and remembered the parking brake was on. I pulled the hand brake and then it started. It seemed weird since it was an automatic and not a manual transmission but at least I figured it out.

Delphi is in a mountain area. Not Rocky Mountain type mountains but still pretty steep and they are a few thousand feet above the surrounding area. Just before Delphi there is the Temple of Athena which is free to look at. There isn’t much parking so I parked down by the Castalia Spring which is just down the road. The spring is still running although much less than in ancient times. They used to cleanse themselves in a pool below the spring before going to the oracle or Temple of Apollo nearby. There is a empty pool visible now but I’m not sure how old it is. There is a fountain nearby that is always flowing and is drinkable. You can see an area of water flowing in a rock formed aqueduct as well. I filled up my water bottle since it was getting pretty hot and walked to the Temple of Athena.

The fountain that is still flowing

There isn’t much for descriptions of what you’re looking at. It was the same all throughout Greece last time I was there and nothing has changed. The signs usually just describe what the buildings looked like and give little to no descriptions of their use or stories about them. All around this area and also the Temple of Apollo area there were huge irrigation jets for fire suppression. There really isn’t much of anything that could burn but I guess it makes sense to protect something so old and special.

Tholos of Athena

I finished looking around and decided to check into the Airbnb which was an old pension. I didn’t know what that was but basically it’s what some would probably call a boarding house. A small family run hotel where they live in the same building. The rooms were like any other hotel room in Greece. It had a great view of the valley below and I could see all the way to the Gulf of Corinth from my balcony. All this for $50 a night.

The view from my balcony. The entire valley floor is olive trees.

Since there is a 8 hour time difference, I did a video chat with the family since they would be up and getting ready for school. It was short but sweet.

I changed into my spartathlon shirt from 2021 since it was getting so hot and walked over to the Delphi Archeological Museum which also gets you into the ruins area where the Temple of Apollo and Oracle would’ve been. I thought it would be warm but huge clouds started to roll in and it was pretty cool and windy.

The Museum itself was OK and the archeological area was pretty awesome. I had learned a fair amount before I went there so it was cool to now see these ruins in person. It would’ve been quite the sight to see when all the spires and buildings were still up. Reviews always complained about it being so steep and all the climbing but it didn’t bother me at all. Everything is very close together so you don’t walk that much at all. I went up to the stadium at the top knowing that they don’t allow you to run it anymore. I have no idea why they don’t let you in the stadium anymore. Somewhere I read it was due to rockfall risk but that’s a load of crap. The entire town is in a rockfall risk area. They have guards up there watching the entire area as well.

Omphalos of Delphi. The story is that Zeus sent 2 eagles starting at the ends of the world and they met at this point so he put a stone there to mark the center of the universe. This stone isn’t the original but is in the original spot.
This is what archeologists found for the Omphalos but they don’t think it was the original either. This one was likely even up on a pillar.
The stadium

I really wanted to run on it since I ran at the stadium at the Archaeological Site of Olympia where the Olympic Games were first held. The stadium at Delphi was where the Pythian Games were held. You may not know this but the reason the Olympics were held every 4 years is because there were 4 locations where games were held in ancient Greece. So the Olympic games were one year and the Pythian games were the next year, etc. The other locations are Nemea (which we run past during the race) and Isthmia. I was hoping to run all 4 stadiums but since I couldn’t run at Delphi, I didn’t even try to go to Nemea. The stadium at Isthmia isn’t really there anymore so it’s impossible to run that one as well. Isthmia is right by the Corinth canal but the race course doesn’t go by it so I haven’t seen it in person. The stadium at Delphi is slightly shorter than the Olympic stadium as well but they all are very close to 200 meters long.

It was starting to thunder in the distance now so I figured I best be going. I played with the cute stray dogs as I walked home. The other thing that happened on the way back to the hotel was a French guy stopped his car in the road and started to talk to me since I had my spartathlon shirt on. He was also going to the spartathlon although I’m pretty sure I found out he was crewing someone this year.

Once I got back to the hotel room it started to rain and storm all night. Luckily I had brought my raincoat with. I also had an umbrella packed but didn’t remember that. I didn’t open the one suitcase since it was just food and race stuff but it was in there. Oh well. I did find a letter from my daughter in the other suitcase that she had hidden before I left. It was very encouraging. While my kids are never that impressed with what I do, they are at the same time positive I can do them. I took a nap and waited for the restaurants to open.

I of course had to have moussaka on my first night in Greece. All the restaurants in Delphi serve it so it was easy to find and I also got saganaki as well. I can’t believe I didn’t have that last time I was there. It wasn’t as good as I was expecting though. Give me warm out of the vat cheese curds over it any day. It’s not bad by any means but not amazing.

I had hoped to run in the heat of the day to maintain the heat training I had been doing at home but the rain ruined those plans. It looked like it was supposed to rain everyday up until the race according to the forecast. I really didn’t want to lose all the heat tolerance I had built up since it can get really hot during the race. I should’ve tried to find a place with a tub so I could take a hot bath but I’m not sure there are any hotels with tubs in Greece. I’ve never seen one but maybe in an expensive place they’d have one. Usually you’re lucky to even get an actual shower and not just a small area with a hand held sprayer with or without a shower curtain.

The forecast for the next day was rain, rain and more rain. I tried to sleep in as much as possible but was still on the road by 9am I think. I drove to Thermopylae to have a look at that area. When I was at Spartathlon 2 years ago they were celebrating the 2500th anniversary of the battle there. The drive there was beautiful but also very twisty going over a couple mountain passes.

When you look online it seems like there’s not much to see at the site but there was quite a bit I thought. There is a museum that has a 3D movie that did a good job of explaining the multi-day battle against the Persians there. They also had a bunch of interactive display monitors to go through the history in more detail. Lots of information on the sea battles as well. Worth the 4 euros I thought.

I tried to time my exploration of the actual battle area to the breaks in the rain. First off, don’t expect the cliffs along the sea to be there. There are 2 rivers that flow into the sea there and after a couple millennia they have filled in the area completely with deltas. The cliffs used to be around 50 feet above the water and you can still kinda tell how it would’ve looked but the seashore itself is now a couple miles away. They have dikes built up around the rivers to prevent flooding now and farm the deltas. I crossed both rivers while driving and they were really brown so there’s definitely still a lot of silt going into the sea.

O stranger, announce to the Lacadaemonians [Spartans] that here
We lie, to their words [or laws] obedient. That is the literal translation but I added the stuff in parenthesis. If you read my last report you’d know that Spartans didn’t call themselves Spartans.
Here is a more poetic way to translate it that you may have heard.
Go, tell the Spartans, stranger passing by
That here, obedient to their laws, we lie.

Anyway, it was nice to hear and see the actual history and not the 300 movie version. It’s not completely different but different enough as you might expect. I didn’t even know about the hill that the last remaining Spartans went on top of during the end of the last battle. They made their last stand there completely surrounded. There is a plaque there that you’ve probably heard of, I just never knew it was on a hill. It’s not a huge hill but it’s still there and when you are on top you can see much better the outline of where the cliffs and shoreline used to be.

View from the hill. Pretty much everything to the right of the modern road was water from my understanding of it. You can see that it narrows a lot with a steep hill on one side and what would’ve been cliffs on the other side. The hill I’m on is probably 40 feet up and flat all around it so you can imagine being completely surrounded by a huge Persian army at the end with nowhere to go.

I did a little shopping in a bigger town nearby and then drove back. I decided to go through this small town called Eleonas on a hillside that looked really pretty from the highway. I would strongly suggest not driving completely through this town. In a country where all the village roads are narrow, this one was crazy narrow. I had about as small of a car as they make and I had barely inches on either side of my car as I went down very very steep hills and hairpin turns. It was way too steep to even think about backing up a hill, no way the car could do it. I’m not even sure how I got out of there without getting stuck.

Church in Eleonas.

It was getting to be late afternoon by the time I got back to Delphi and the sun had just come out so now was my chance to finally run and try to maintain my heat training. If you are the sort of person that wonders how many miles of roads there are in Delphi, then you would’ve loved running with me because I ran all of them to find out. It’s just under 4 miles. There’s a fair amount of elevation and lots of stray dogs to play with along the way. You can even see parts of the archeological area from the higher parts of town that border it. There is a trail that goes up to the top of the mountain above town and I was really tempted to do it but there were big clouds coming again. Probably not the best idea to go hiking up mountains right before the race as well.

I once again had some amazing food that night. It was a whole pork tibia/fibula that must’ve been cooked for hours. Awesome! I finished shopping for gifts as I didn’t want to have to do that later.

Fries with everything!

The next day I packed up and drove to ancient Corinth to see the sights there. Surprisingly I didn’t hit any traffic having to go past Athens to get there. I didn’t have time to dig into the Corinth Canal history this visit either but I’m always impressed by it every time I cross it. I did learn that before the canal was dug, the Corinthians had a road that was there and they transported goods and small vessels over the land on it from one body of water to the other. They of course charged for this.

I resisted the temptation to go into the Temple of Apollo store right off the highway even though I could see one of the sculptures I’ve always wanted through the window. Okay, it’s a replica obviously but I don’t even want to know how much it costs. I’ll admit I looked at their website and luckily they have very little listed there. There were over 100 statues I could see in the windows so clearly they don’t update the website much. Most parents want their kids to be doctors, etc. Once mine were born, I secretly hoped one would become a world class sculptor just so I could have some amazing ones for cheap someday.

I went into the archeological site and I have to admit, I was somewhat let down by it. You can honestly see all the cool things from the fence around it. I mean if you’re really into looking at stone foundations, then you’ll be in heaven. I know I know, most of the sites are just foundations but they at least have drawings of what it would look like and you can get a sense of it. Here, everything just looked like a jumbled mess and there was only one drawing of what it looked like at the peak of the city under roman control. I was very impressed by what it looked like then! It would’ve been extremely impressive to anyone visiting at the time. Probably the best part was just thinking about how many important people throughout history had been in the same spot as I was now.

One of the roads in ancient Corinth we run along.

I left the site and walked around the town a little. I had some ice cream from the shop that Jessie ate at last time while she was crewing and looked up the cobblestone road I’d be running down in a few days. Somehow it seems so much more special to be running on that road in a recreation of a historic run than if I was to just go and run it right then. It’s the same road, same shops, same crowds of people, and yet having on the American racing shirt and running it during Spartathlon is surreal.

I noticed there was a tall hill not that far from the site and there was a wall all around on the top of it. Of course I had never noticed it last time as I ran past it since I hadn’t even noticed the Temple of Apollo columns that were much closer. I saw on the brochure that you can go up there so I decided to go there next instead of Nemea.

It’s called Acrocorinth. I’m sure you usually have to pay to get in as there was a ticket booth but no one was there. I think it was all included in the same ticket I had anyway. There weren’t many parking spots up there but I found one. This place was the fort that protected the city and area around it. At one point it had stone walls that went all the way to the water surrounding the city as well. I’m not sure how much it’s changed over thousands of years but I know it’s changed some as it looked like there were cannon mounts in a couple spots. There is a lot of climbing there but I had to see this place. There is even a spring up there that still has water in it. I really don’t know where it comes from as it’s on top of a hill but there it was and has been for thousands of years. I ended up going along the wall on a trail that probably isn’t a real trail and is only there to maintain the lights along the wall. It was fun to look out at the canal and city below which is the whole reason the fort was there.

I was running out of time as I still needed to check in to my hotel. I kinda still wanted to go to Nemea but knew it would be dark by the time I got to the hotel and I wanted to go swim a little bit and relax before I went into complete race mode tomorrow. Being a tourist is much more fun than being a runner without a crew, I’ll tell you that much.

I stayed at Hotel Cokkinis which is actually an aid station along the course (about 31 miles into the race). It’s on the water in a beautiful spot. I would highly recommend this hotel. Even the restaurant there was good. The beach is rocky like most places but I managed to still enjoy the water and mostly just sat there with the waves crashing over my legs. It was getting somewhat hot and despite climbing up and down the Acrocorinth area, I decided to go run along the course.

Hotel beach.

It was a little weird dodging cars even though I’d be doing it during the race all the time in a few days. There was occasionally a road that would turn off going towards the water side so I’d go on those as far as they’d take me. They always ended at what everyone in Greece seemed to think was a great place to dump garbage of course.

The last one I went down ended at a tunnel that was gated off. The tunnel was big enough to drive a semi-truck into it and was lit up so I wanted to see what the deal was. The gate was locked of course but it also was solid for most of it so the only way to see in would be to lay on the ground or climb up it a foot to peer over the solid part. I chose the later and the second I touched the gate an super loud alarm went off. That was my cue to not stick around and was thankful I never looked into the security camera although I highly doubt it would be hard to know it was me since I doubt many people are there with running outfits on. The alarm didn’t stop, like at all. I could hear it going until I was over half a mile away which was over 10 minutes since I had to climb back up the hill. I never even heard it stop, it just faded away with distance. I was really hoping anyone that was looking for me started in the other direction so I could get back to the hotel and out of sight. In reality I’m sure no one was looking for me.

I ate at the restaurant while watching the sunset. It was a nice day and I really wished Jessie could’ve been there with me. When I talked to her that day I made the mistake I made several times this trip and said “If we go to Greece again, we should stay here.” She would quickly correct me and say “WHEN we go back to Greece you mean.” Yes, we will definitely have to go to Greece again without the race.

The last relaxing evening before going into race mode.

That brings up a thought about Chris that you’ll meet later in the story. He and his wife were originally planning on doing their touring after the race but he said if he didn’t finish the race, he’d be no fun at all so they better tour before the race. I just like touring before the race so I adjust to the time difference but I guess that’s another reason. I will say that many of the people that unfortunately time out early in the race do take advantage of the extra time and tour more sights. When I dropped out in Andorra that’s what I did, but I would definitely not recommend dropping just to see more stuff! I don’t think I was grumpy but if you ask my wife you might hear a different story. I’m sure I probably brought it up every 30 minutes thinking about things I could’ve done different, etc.

Race Stuff, Stop Scrolling

The next day (Thursday) was packet pick up for the race at the Oasis Hotel which is where it usually is. I drove there before dropping off my car because I figured the hotel the American team was staying at wasn’t ready for us in the morning and it was over a mile away from the Oasis so I wanted to drive my luggage there and not haul it on a tram.

It was supposed to open at 9:30 AM but with this being Greece I knew that wouldn’t happen. I still got there before then because again traffic wasn’t bad at all. I don’t know how I was so lucky with traffic this year. I talked to other people in line. I found out more from an American running for the French team about the guy in Delphi that stopped me on the street. Small world. I think just after 10AM they opened up and by then I was first in line as the other people in front of me had given up on waiting by that point. That was kinda fun in a way I guess. I noticed someone filming things and found out later he was doing a documentary on Karl Hubert who would go on to finish the race for the 25th time at age 65 this year (and beat me)!

Check in.

I got my packet of information, bib, etc and then went to the hotel to check in. I wasn’t able to go in to the room which wasn’t surprising and they would store my bags. What was surprising was there were going to be 3 or 4 people in my room and I didn’t know any of them. They weren’t sure if there was going to be a 4th or not. There’s not supposed to be more than 2 people in a room from what I’ve been told by those with much more knowledge of the race than me. I didn’t care about having roommates I didn’t know. I cared that instead of only having 1 chance of being paired with a snorer, I now had at least 2 or 3 chances of having a snorer in my room. I really can’t handle snoring! Since I told them I didn’t know any of them, they were going to have the staff disconnect the beds. Basically they had 2 single beds tied together to make a king since they were under the impression that we all knew each other. I wouldn’t want to sleep in the same bed even if I knew them.

I returned my rental car in downtown Athens and took the tram back to Glyfada which worked out pretty good. It just took a while. I noticed they were finally developing the old airport in Glyfada which hasn’t been used in decades. I’m not sure what it’s going to be but the photos of the “what’s coming” looked like it would even go across the highway to the ocean and be shops, housing, etc. There were 7 cranes working on it and huge piles of broken up concrete.

I got to the room and no one else was there yet so I grabbed a bed and went through the packet of race stuff. They had copies of the road book which I had already printed off before leaving home so I didn’t really look at it since I had notes in mine. The road book has all the checkpoints in it and which ones crew are allowed at, which ones have food, medical, etc. In general it’s not that accurate as far as what food is really there at those checkpoints (what we’d call aid stations so I use them interchangeably in this report). Last time they changed it even 2 days before the race. They also had a few pages of the rules of the race. I’d think they’d print all of them off but whatever. They also had a technical letter which was to replace the pre-race meeting. In there they said you couldn’t litter but I still don’t see it in the actual rule book so who knows where the race really stands on the issue of littering.

There also wasn’t a timing chip to put on your foot like they have always had. Now the timing chip was in the bib like every other race I’ve ever been in. They do still have the small tracker devices that you have to carry that uses cell towers to track you in real time. So the zip ties I brought were not needed like last time to change the chip from one pair of shoes to another.

All of that said, I definitely should’ve looked much closer at the road book they had printed off as they had changed it without saying anything. I double checked the file I downloaded a week before the race and it says nothing about which checkpoints would take drop bags but this new one did! Normally this race allows drop bags at all but the first couple checkpoints and I think they never allowed them at the top of the mountain either. Now all of a sudden the drop bag locations were drastically reduced. I DIDN’T KNOW THAT!

On Friday (I know I’m skipping ahead a day for this part) I spent a couple hours carefully going over my race plan, time of day, time between drops, past race knowledge, etc all for the purpose of figuring out what checkpoints I would have drop bags at and what to put in them. The energy it takes to plan what you’ll want to eat at specific times for a 153 mile race is quite large. Plus all the other stuff you need at the right time. I’d never count on the food at the aid stations at this race. It’s sparse and not at all what we have here. Then I spent a couples hours making said drop bags. All together it took most of the day on Friday.

Later that afternoon I went to the Oasis Hotel to drop off my bags and noticed I couldn’t find the bins for a bunch of my drop bags. Then I saw a sign that says which check points allow drop bags. Out of my 25 drop bags, 11 of them weren’t allowed! I didn’t have time to go back the 1.5 miles to the hotel to get a marker or my notes to make informed decisions so I just had to guess at which checkpoint I should put them in instead. Luckily one of my teammates had a marker so I could change the numbers on the bags. I think it was Julie but I was so freaked out I hardly remember anything. Thank you to whomever it was! I just took a picture of the bags with the new numbers so I could adjust my laminated race notes later. Everyone else seemed to know about the change or had a crew so they didn’t care about drop bags. Pay attention, especially if you don’t have a crew to double check stuff for you!

My drop bags.

Anyways, back to Thursday. The hotel we were at was called the Golden Sun. It was pretty nice but they had never hosted anyone from the race before so they didn’t know anything about how things were supposed to go. Things like them assuming we wanted to sleep in the same bed was just the tip of the iceberg we’d discover later. Usually we find out what hotel we were staying at about 3-4 weeks before the race. Teams are placed together in a hotel with several other countries. Once we got the news, I checked out their website and noticed their restaurant was permanently closed and very small to begin with. The race fee includes all the meals and they are usually fed at the hotel you are in. They were going to feed us breakfast (and their breakfasts were AMAZING!) but we had to go to the Oasis Hotel 1.5 miles away for lunch and dinner. That meant wasting an hour every meal just getting there and back. I was quite aware even Thursday at noon that I was running out of time to get stuff ready for the race. Having a crew to share the load of preparing things is so helpful. I remember last time we had time to go swimming and walk and shop around the town. I had zero free time this year.

I met a couple American friends from last time checking into the hotel and we went to lunch at the Oasis. A lot of Americans got their own hotels or Airbnbs this year so there never were many people at lunch or dinner at the same time. In fact the first time I met a couple of the Americans was after the race. I really liked getting to know the people that I hadn’t met before. So many awesome runners with diverse running histories. Some are awesome at short distance (well if you call less than 100 miles short like I do) and some really start to excel at 3 days or more. All in all I got to know my teammates more after the race than before it.

I got back to the hotel and met my roommate Franco Soriano. The third roommate was staying somewhere else we had heard. Franco had attempted the race once before and didn’t finish so he was nervous about it this year. It’s hard to give someone else words of wisdom to calm them when you’re nervous and freaking out a little yourself but I tried.

This year I was all over the place as far as how I felt about my chances to finish this race. I had some small niggles as far as injuries but nothing as worrisome as last time. I dropped weight like last time. 2 more pounds than last time as I got down to 151 before I left for Greece but I think those 2 pounds were lost muscle 😦 . I had the experience of finishing and what could go wrong on the course. Those were all good things. BUT. I was 2 years older and I barely finished the last time. I didn’t get the training in that I did last time (best week this year was 62 miles and I only did 2 a days for a week). I was without a crew. Sometimes finishing a race a second time is harder mentally because you get this idea that I already did it once, so I don’t have to finish again.

All those things went through my head over the summer which was race free for me this year. Finally around the end of August I remember telling my son I felt pretty confident. No idea why but I did. I kept that up for the most part until the day before the race. That day my legs felt dead and I wasn’t near as confident anymore.

You will hear this from everyone that’s done this race; This race is way more mental than a usual ultramarathon, which is pretty mental to begin with. Sure you need some speed and experience but that won’t get you to the finish in this race. Even the elites DNF this race because of mental issues and they have the luxury of time to fix issues that come up.

If you want the best advice I can give for Spartathlon, it’s this. Train a lot (especially 2 a days) and don’t quit. It seems like such a dumb thing to say don’t quit but it’s something you have to constantly keep in your mind. Quitting just isn’t an option that should be allowed to enter your mind in this race. If you keep it out of your mind, you’re much more able to fix or deal with whatever the issue is that you are currently having. Also, ask for help, even if they aren’t on the American team. Everyone is willing to help you! Seriously, they are. Did I say don’t quit yet? OK good. Don’t quit!

My pacing cards I carried during the race. Glad I took a photo since they were mostly destroyed by the end of the race.

I went for a run that afternoon while it was somewhat hot and got back to the hotel just as it started to rain. I talked to the family at 3pm as usual. Had supper somewhere in there. Later that evening Franco said his friends from the Philippine team weren’t using their room as they had an Airbnb so he used theirs and now we both had rooms by ourselves. No snoring!

I slept great as I had pretty much been doing the whole trip. As stated before the breakfast was amazing with a bunch of different eggs, meats, cheeses, yogurt, desserts disguised as breakfast foods. I’d have like 4 croissants and load them up with jelly and honey, definitely more of a dessert than breakfast. I tried to charge my watch for the race and it wouldn’t charge. This race more than most I really want my real time pacing information, time, distance, etc. The race signs are all in kilometers and it’s so much easier to do math in miles when I’m tired. Luckily Amy has the same type watch and her charger worked. Another thank you to Amy!

Then the whole drop bag set up and failure happened. I didn’t run as my legs felt dead and I didn’t really have time anyway. About half the American team took a picture after we dropped off our drop bags and before we headed off to eat together. A few of them I hadn’t met yet. I had talked to Jasmine’s husband Vince a little in the summer along with my wife since he was crewing her and he had some questions about it. Hopefully we helped. Here’s her crew report that could be some help to other crew. I’ll just put it here as well that there is usually a What’s App group for the crew and runners which is super helpful. I even get on the British teams group as well. The combined experience of that group is insane and very helpful. I think a bunch of them travel to this area multiple times a year so they seem to know where anything and everything is.

American partial group photo after drop bags. Photo Credit: Jurgen Englerth

Supper went well. Really I wish we did more of a lupper type thing. My wife and I have used that word for over 20 years but I’m not sure how common it is. It’s the meal you eat at 3pm to replace both lunch and supper and we absolutely love it! It would work so well at this race to give you time after the meal to digest and get prepared for the race. Eating in Europe takes forever and goes late which is the opposite of what I want the night before a race. I wanted to be in bed by 9pm but of course that’s not going to happen when you can’t even eat until 7pm.

There was very good conversation that eventually turned to the topic of the race at hand. Specifically about luggage. Yep! Something you’ve probably never had to worry about at any other race. As I said before, the hotel we were in was new to the race. They were very adamant that they weren’t keeping our luggage for us until we got back and had no idea if any bus was coming to bring us to the starting line. Part of the package with the race is that they keep your luggage in Glyfada during the race and give it back to you after the race when you get back to Glyfada. Those are stored in the hotel somewhere. Also they transport a small bag of necessities to the finisher hotels in Sparta for you. Those are picked up the morning of the race. Of course the most basic thing provided is a bus to get you to the starting line. Now we were being told by our hotel that they had no idea what we were talking about for all 3.

We weren’t sure if we were expected to walk the 1.5 miles to the Oasis hotel with our luggage or if there was very bad communication between the race and the hotel. Bob knew some race organizers and reached out to them to find out what we were supposed to do. Having to go to Oasis certainly would suck but if we knew that now, we could deal with it much better than right before the race. No one got back to him.

I think we finished eating around 8pm and went back to the hotel. They had put breakfast in our refrigerators for race morning. I did my usual night time list of things to do. Taping feet, nipple band aids, etc. I don’t remember how long I talked to the family but I’m sure it was short. I laid out what to wear for the race and my waist pack. I already had my race bibs pinned on my shirt. Since they had the embedded chip in them, I couldn’t find a way to put it on my shorts without bending it or it flopping around so I put one on each side of my shirt. I wasn’t worried about changing shirts since I didn’t have a crew anyway. I dropped off a bag of food and items to Chris’ crew in case they were able to help me during the race. I had everything I absolutely needed already in my drop bags but having extra of a few things and my shoes with them gave me more confidence.

The previous night I slept just fine in my room and it was quiet. Tonight being Friday night was much different. Our hotel and specifically my room faced the busy road and there was a stoplight there. So of course there was the constant revving up of motorcycles and cars trying to act all macho. Being Friday I knew it would never stop until 2am at the earliest. My sound machine app did nothing to overcome the noise. I had earplugs along so I put them in and they actually worked. Then I remembered I’d have to wake up the next morning and I’d never hear it with ear plugs in! This is where a crew would’ve helped me more than anything. They’d be miserable trying to sleep without earplugs but would hear the alarm to get me up. Super sucky for them but good for me.

I took out the ear plugs and tried to figure out my next move. It was almost 10:30pm already. I looked at my phone and saw a message from Bob that he never heard back from anyone at the race about the luggage yet and said we should expect to be scrambling on race morning to get our luggage figured out. My heart rate jumped! My mind raced to figure out what to do the next morning to deal with this crap. I pretty quickly decided us Americans would just rent a hotel room and put our luggage in there and offer it to any other countries who needed it so that issue was solved. I still set my alarm earlier in case a bus wasn’t coming.

The noise was still super loud. I went to all different parts of the pretty large hotel room trying to find a quiet spot. I almost was going to put the extra mattresses against the balcony window but I noticed the bathroom was quieter than anywhere else. I took all the pillows and laid them on the floor in the bathroom, then put towels on top of the pillows. I also put some under my arms to keep them off the cold ground. My head was beside the toilet and under the sink countertop. My feet were against the closed door. It actually wasn’t all that bad. I could still hear the traffic but it was enough that I thought I’d at least have a chance to sleep. I checked my phone again when I turned on the sound machine app and noticed Bob had messaged again. Someone had finally gotten back to him and said things would be as they should be. Bus picking us up, luggage, etc. It was after 11PM now. I set my alarm clock back to the original time which I think was 4AM.

I finally “slept”. It was one of those nights that I remembered everything I dreamed which usually just means I didn’t really sleep much at all. 4 hours of crappy sleep is far from ideal when you’ll be running for 36 hours. Andrei literally got no sleep he said. I got up and starting going through my checklist of stuff to do. Checklists are awesome to help me not to forget something. Some people think it’s anal but there’s no reason to leave things to chance. Make a checklist!

I brought my stuff down to the lobby. We weren’t really sure when the bus would show up (it’s Greece) but they were supposed to get us to the start line by 6AM so I went down around 5:15. The hotel gave us a key card for a room to put our luggage in (kinda funny their solution was the same one I came up with). Our bags for Sparta we were told to leave outside and someone would pick them up later. Just the kind of thing you want to hear, right? The bus eventually picked us up and then went to 2 more hotels before finally going to the starting line at the Acropolis.

We got there about 6:30AM so not much time to spare. The bathroom was the same trailer bathroom as 2 years ago with only 2 stalls for 600 people. Most people probably don’t know they’re even there as there wasn’t a line. Let’s just say I wouldn’t want to be a tourist to the Acropolis on the last Saturday in September. Especially don’t hang around any bushes along the paths! I used the bathroom right away for dump number 2 of the morning. Being I didn’t have a crew, I didn’t have my usual ziplock bag of toilet paper, butt wipes, and lube because I’d not have anyone to give it to when the race started. To no surprise, the bathroom was out of toilet paper which is the reason I usually bring my own. Following my own advice from the last time I did this race, I had brought the pillow I got on my flight to Greece with me. I took the weird plastic pillow cover off of it and tore it into strips to use as toilet paper. It worked OK. I have toilet paper kits in my race waist belt but I didn’t want to waste one here in case I needed them during the race. I was already planning on throwing the pillow away after I sat on it before the race.

Pre-race selfie.

I never really got to sit on it for long though. We did another team photo at the starting line and had more people in it this time. After that it was pretty much time to get to the starting area where we stand around with probably every emotion other than sadness going through us. I was much calmer this year, not positive I’d finish but positive I wouldn’t quit. I missed my wife. I wanted her there, wanted to kiss her as tradition before a race. It really is hard to crew this race so I was glad she didn’t have to do that again. She was likely still up and watching my tracker that I turned on while still on the bus so I wouldn’t forget in the chaos of the starting area. I had talked to them very briefly when I got up. For most of the race they’d be sleeping, especially the hardest part in the beginning. Would anyone even know if I quit? Weird, stupid thoughts like that flicker through your head while waiting around, making brief conversation with other runners.

American team photo. 5 are missing from the photo.

I got my watch started up. Soon after the gun went off. Well I think there was a gun. Maybe just a countdown. Everything leading up to a race I can seem to remember perfectly but never the actual start. I often have to look at videos of the start itself. Once I’m moving, then I remember things again.

Me and some fellow Americans just starting to move!

The temperature was pretty good and it was supposed to be mostly cloudy which was a good sign for getting through the first day under the cutoffs. I really didn’t want to waste the downhill like last year so I stayed over to the side so that I could more easily pass people. I knew they’d all pass me later but for how close I was to cutoffs last year, I wasn’t going to waste even 1 minute going downhill slowly!

Like last year, I had a song I planned on playing on repeat in my head throughout the race. It was Sia’s “Unstoppable”. It was harder for me to put it to memory than last years song though. In the end I hardly ever had any song in my head. I wasn’t even in conversation with people that often. Much less than last time until later in the race as you’ll see. I just enjoyed the views and cruised along to my pacing chart.

Being early on a Saturday, the traffic was greatly reduced compared to prior years. There were a few people out cheering but that was much reduced as well, not surprisingly. By mile 6 nature was calling. Much earlier than I’d like! There were trees on the right side of the road so I went up the hill a little bit and went behind one of them. I hoped it wasn’t some sort of ancient site I was crapping on at the time. It turns out it was a park called Dafni Grove so that’s good to know. I was pretty fast and got back to running. Just about then I saw some Americans coming. One of them was Bob Hearn which I never try to be in front of because that’s probably a good sign I’m going too fast.

On the busy road out of Athens.

I brought all the food I’d need with me and I was happy with my choices. I started putting water on myself and using the ice bandana sooner than I did last time because I had it from the start and didn’t feel like ever getting hot. The clouds were nice. Most things looked familiar from last time but I was clearly more in the moment now and paying attention to areas around me. It helped that there weren’t as many vehicles to worry about hitting me and I could actually hear things besides traffic.

Checkpoint 4 is 12 miles into the race and nature called again. This is one of the few aid stations that I ever saw a porta potty so I used it (I didn’t even have to wait for anyone!) I didn’t have more poop kits until my checkpoint 24 (mile 54) drop bag so I was glad the bathroom had toilet paper and I could spare my second kit in case I needed it again. The big decision after crapping twice in just 12 miles is to take Imodium or not. Taking it will assure I’ll stop having to stop (unless I had some actual infectious cause), but there’s a real chance that I won’t absorb as many calories as well since everything shuts down. I really need to consume and absorb calories the first day to make the time cutoffs. Nothing hurt so I decided to skip taking anything. Plus I had only gone twice before the race start instead of my usual 3 so I wasn’t very concerned. Again, I was quite mellow and relaxed this year.

This is painted on the roads along the course so you know where to go.

I cruised along enjoying the views. Well, when they were enjoyable. The areas of the oil refinery are bearable but not something you want to take pictures of (actually you’re not supposed to take pictures in that area due to security). The race didn’t have any detours this year. The first thing about a Saturday start I didn’t like was that there weren’t many people out cheering in the towns. No school children to high five and sign books since there wasn’t school today.

I noticed after a couple hours that my urine was red. It was just bladder slap so I needed to make sure not to completely empty my bladder for a while. I could’ve freaked out worrying about myoglobinuria, kidneys, etc but I knew I was fine. Instead I was calm and steady. Having finished the race once before really made a difference in my attitude. I think not having a crew in some ways helped as well. I was on my own. The stuff I put in drop bags should be there and I didn’t have to worry about Jessie getting lost or the car breaking, etc. Plus I had seen how helpful everyone is at this race last time and had weird confidence that I could get help if I REALLY needed it. After a few hours my urine was normal as expected.

I reached the marathon distance I think around 4:25 or so race time. The tracker didn’t record a time and I can’t find the timing mat time anywhere online. Anyway, I was a little behind last time’s pace. Nothing major although I was only 20 minutes ahead of the cutoff. The next checkpoint is the first one you can see crew so I saw some of the American crews there.

It’s somewhere around here that I almost got run over. I don’t remember what town it was in but it was around noon. Some teenagers in a car thought it would be funny to almost hit me and cut right in front of me, laughing the whole time. It was definitely on purpose. Too bad I didn’t have time to chase them down. Luckily flipping the bird means the same in Greece as here so I settled for that.

Later on in the same town a friendly stray white dog started running with me. She was very nice and would spend some time with other runners as well. Other dogs that were in their yards went berserk as she ran past. As they were tied up or behind a fence it wasn’t a big deal and she seemed oblivious to their wanting to kill her. Eventually though we started getting into other stray dogs territory.  There were 3 larger dogs hanging out by a gas station that saw us coming and immediately started barking. I knew what was coming next. They came after her and she took off! 2 of them briefly got a hold of her tail or leg but she always managed to get away. Once she was far enough away from them, they lost interest and laid down to rest. I’m glad all this took place away from me. She had run with us for a few miles already at that point and I saw her again about an hour later. I’m not sure how long she followed the race. Dogs have been known to run 40 miles or more at this and other races. The longest I’ve ever had a stray run with me is 17 miles.

Around mile 30.

I was feeling much better than last time while running along the sea, likely since it was much more cloudy. I was still behind my time from 2 years ago but I wasn’t worried. I knew I’d do much better in the evening than last time. I was falling asleep by 7PM that year which slows me way down and I knew I’d do much better this year and make up the time. I got to the 49km marker on the highway that I took a photo of on my run while staying at the Cokkinis hotel. The dog in the house next to it that tried to eat me while taking the photo wasn’t there now.

Now while I felt better than last time, I was far from feeling great or even normal. This race pushes you out of your comfort zone. My quads were hurting for some reason. I’m sure it had nothing to do with climbing all around Acrocorinth and my legs feeling dead yesterday :) It was one of those things where there wasn’t really anything to do about it other than try to ignore it. I just reminded myself that I had strict cutoffs to get to for the next 20 miles before I’d have time to do anything. My goal was to not have it get any worse before that. I kept the mountain at mile 100 out of my thoughts completely. I needed to get to the next checkpoint first, then the next, etc for many hours before that.

The other issue I had was caused by my shoes. I pretty much only wear Altra Olympus shoes for races. They now make a road version of the shoe called Via that is supposed to have the same upper and just a road shoe bottom. It’s the shoe I chose to wear for the race this year. Since I didn’t have a crew I had to wear them from the beginning of the race. They are significantly heavier than the shoes I wore for the first 50 miles last time. Over 4 ounces per shoe! That definitely had something to do with the slower time in the beginning as well. The biggest problem was they were super hot shoes. I actually got heat rash the first day in these shoes that wasn’t a particularly hot day at all. Because of the heat, I got major blisters that luckily were under my toenails so not painful at all unless I touched them. In a trail race where you stub your toes a lot it would’ve really sucked!

Sexy heat rash.

The aid stations seemed to have even better volunteers than last time, although that’s hard to accomplish. They still didn’t have much for food I’d like but there were some potato chips occasionally this time. Somewhere in the heat of the day I got the last of the ice at one check point. I saw about 0.25 miles later someone had set out ice in a cooler so clearly it wasn’t the first time that station had run out of ice. I was happy the people behind me would still get some ice.

Around mile 40.

Checkpoint 19 is my opinion the most difficult time cutoff of the race. I got there with 16 minutes to spare. I was no longer too worried about cutoffs after that. I knew I’d get to the 50 mile checkpoint later than last time but I wouldn’t be there near as long since I wouldn’t be changing shoes, etc like last time.

The iconic Corinth Canal photo they take of us.

Checkpoint 22 (mile 50) is the end of the difficult time cutoffs for the most part. It’s a major aid station and all the crews are there. The bridge over the canal is before it but I didn’t take a picture of myself this year. Time was always looming in my mind. I got there at 9:02 race time (4:02PM). 15 minutes later than my “ideal” but still 28 minutes ahead of the cutoff. I saw the American crews and they were willing to help. The main thing was my quads and I’d have to try to do something about it. Vince told me to “go to the tent, there are a couple of big dudes there that can double team you.” Now I of course knew that he meant the massage tent and double teaming meant they’d each massage a leg. Once I laid down though, I kind of wondered if he phrased it that way on purpose and I laughed.

Amy came over with noodles and I propped myself up with my elbows a little as she shoved some in my mouth. The noodles tasted fine but Greeks seem to think runners like dry plain noodles. It was a recurring theme. There was never any kind of sauce that I could see at any aid stations, and the finish line meal at the hotel was just plain dry noodles as well. I only ate one mouthful as that’s all I could get down.

The dudes were indeed big and put oil all over my quads and started rubbing them (sounds like something from a book my wife reads). It wasn’t really helping to take the tightness away. Instead of trying to explain I needed knots pushed on and worked out, I just thanked them and got ready to keep going. I’m pretty sure I did my first sock change here and popped a couple blisters through the tape on my feet.

The massage team.

All 19 American runners made it past this checkpoint by the way. It’s pretty rare for everyone to make this cutoff. I think the entire British team did as well. If you’ve been in the race, you know this is pretty rare and significant. If you didn’t know anything about it, well now you do.

After a quarter mile or so I stopped to work on my quads myself. It really helped that they were oiled up and I was able to get the knot out of the worst leg completely. The other leg had a very small knot, to the point that it didn’t seem worth the risk to fix it. Most runners will completely understand what I mean by that. You can sometimes make upper leg muscles worse by trying to work them out or stretching them during a race. I had no time to spend 15 minutes fixing one thing after I tried to “fix” something else. Therefore, not worth the risk at this time.

It was cooling some now that the sun was lower. I really enjoyed this part of the race. I passed Otto Lam somewhere between here and ancient Corinth. He wasn’t looking so great and is definitely a better runner than me so I was worried for him. In general there weren’t as many runners around me as last time. Not sure why.

Checkpoint 24 I had my first extra poop kit. I was glad I hadn’t taken an Imodium earlier.

I knew now to look around more in ancient Corinth a few aid stations later (CP26). Otto’s crew Jurgen was there waiting for him and he got my drop bag for me. All the other crews had left already as their runners were further ahead and their next helping point was only 6 miles away. I saw in someones picture that there was free pizza for runners at a shop down the road a block or so. That would’ve been awesome! Oh well, gels and snack foods for me. I got my headlamp and backup flashlight here. I changed out my hat for a headband as the sun would be gone in less than an hour.

The people that help us get it done! Otto’s, Andy’s, and Chris’ crews hanging out in Ancient Corinth. Photo Credit: Jurgen Englerth

Around mile 60 or so I had to use another poop kit. It was hard to find a spot without a house. I finally found an area off the small but surprisingly busy road. Soon after I saw a few others looking for spots. Guess we all had the same GI timing. Probably we all ate the super dry plain noodles!

As expected I wasn’t getting tired like last time. I was keeping a good pace and catching up to where I wanted to be. By the time it was dark I was 42 minutes ahead of the cutoffs. Things were looking and feeling much better so I started preparing for the night ahead.

Dusk, after Ancient Corinth somewhere. Notice the great Greek infrastructure!

It seemed hard both years to know where I was the first night before the mountain. It was dark until the moon came up which helped a little. It was close to being full this year. I talked to a man from Israel. I never got his name but it was his first time at the race. He was very energetic and talked about another American he had talked to earlier (Chris). He was very aware of how mental this race was and seemed confident. He was sure I would finish.

This is around the time I really started to notice the documentary crew always being around me. I’d see them drive past throughout the day with him filming from the back of the car. After a while he’d start calling out my name. The race bibs have your name on them which is kinda nice but I’d always seem to forget to look at other racers bibs. To be fair, most had them on their legs which makes them impossible to read as it’s moving all over the place constantly. Other than about 4 hours in the middle of the night, I’d see him every hour or so. He’s from Germany originally I think but I swear he sounds French. He lives in California now. Anyway, I looked forward to hearing him yell “Nathan Marti I will see you at the finish line and you will talk to me.” Presumably, talk to him about the race for the documentary. Also presumably because I got to the finish line by myself and not the bus of despair.

I have mixed emotions about other people telling me I’ll finish. It’s encouraging for sure but hard to know how much weight to put to the statement. Like do I really look that good and strong in my running that they know I’ll finish? Have they followed this race enough to know when someone will finish or not? Do they have some algorithm that predicts my time? That would seriously be super useful. Or, are they just shouting words of encouragement because that’s who we are: people who encourage others to do difficult things? Something in the way they said it made it seem more like a guarantee though.

Checkpoint after checkpoint, I continued. Most of them I remembered from last time. I caught up to Franco around CP 32. He seemed nervous about our time. We were up about 45 minutes on the cutoffs. I told him we were the exact same time as I was 2 years ago when I finished so we should be OK. 2 years ago I would’ve been right with him in my nervousness, but this year I was glad to have caught up to the time I was at 2 years ago. I felt fairly confident and certainly wasn’t going to waste energy worrying. I’d save that until the second day if necessary. 

I got to checkpoint 35 at almost the exact same time as 2 years ago. I was at my lowest at that point that year with my full-on pity party in a ditch. This year I was feeling fine and not worried at all. I wasn’t in any better position this year and knew how much was left to go, but I had done it before so why not again? This is the halfway point of the race as far as distance goes. I was actually looking forward to the mountain. I knew I’d get up it fast and I had already decided days ago that I was going to go down it much faster than last time. I’d take the risk and run down fast.

What one of the crew access aid stations look like at night. Not really sure what “happy termination” is supposed to mean. I never read any of this stuff anyway. I’m usually way to focused on what I need to get done at aid stations. Naked people could be doing jumping jacks and I’d likely not notice. Photo Credit: Amy Mower

Usually there is a dirt road section after checkpoint 35. I had forgotten exactly where the dirt road section was other than it was somewhere before the mountain. So most of the night I was constantly wondering where the dirt road was. I even wondered if I had taken a wrong turn somewhere but then so had everyone else if that was to be true. Well, it had been paved and no one I talked to knew about that ahead of time. It wasn’t too bad 2 years ago on the dirt road but I’ve heard it’s miserable when wet so it’s nice that it’s now paved.

There weren’t the gunshot sounds like there were 2 years ago. The cars weren’t near as bad at night either. They were still there and annoying but the honking of the horn when they are right behind you didn’t happen near as often this year! With that said, most first timers commented how annoying they were so perhaps I just got used to them somewhat.

I was still occasionally putting water on my head to keep cool. I think it was making my headlamp not so happy as occasionally it would start flashing or turning itself up to the brightest level and then back. I quit putting water on my head after that. I had a flashlight with in case I needed it and I had another headlamp in the drop bag at the mountain base that I switched to when I got there later on.

Not much else really happened that I can remember until about mile 90 when Chris Rice and I crossed paths again. This was his first time here although he had done plenty of other things. We decided to stick together through the night if it worked out to help keep each other awake and moving. We had been pretty close the entire race anyway. Occasionally we would be apart if someone needed longer at an aid station, etc but pretty much the remainder of the race we were together.

This is also the part of the race that is pretty much non stop uphill until the top of the mountain. Some of it is certainly runnable but there are long sections of steep road switchbacks. I was discussing how I didn’t understand the people that run up the steep roads. Sure the elites probably run the entire course since they finish in almost half the time, but why run up the hill when you’re way in the back?

Right about then, the Israeli that I had talked to earlier runs by me going uphill! He was probably 70 feet in front of me when he stopped, turned around, and took a few steps towards me to yell “Nathan Marti, I am 100% confident you will finish this race!” He then instantly turned around and ran away…uphill. I’m also 100% confident he finished, but I didn’t get to see him at the finish line to tease him for running up steep hills when there’s 18 hours left in the race.

I’m just hopeful that he’s okay after what was to happen just a week later in Israel. For him to go from achieving a difficult goal to Oct 7th in a week had to be difficult. I remember very well what 9/11 was like, that gut punch we felt. The reason many of my running friends are veterans. Spartathlon had 49 different countries participating this year. The Earth seems so much smaller when you have friends all over the world. Some of the people I meet at international races will only become acquaintances, but even with them, we have a connection of running which is actually quite strong when you’re an ultrarunner. When you have friends from or living in other parts of the world, world news feels a lot more like local news. I guess the whole point of this paragraph is that going off to do races in other parts of the world is probably more about learning about other cultures as it is running a cool race.

A non crew aid station. Very subdued in comparison. The roads are that steep for miles. Photo Credit: Jean Pommier

There were a couple brief moments of being tired that completely disappeared once I could see the mountain approach. I don’t know exactly how far in advance you can see the mountain base (CP 47) but it’s miles. The lights from the highway that is near it are quite bright. The road is quite steep here. Chris ran ahead so he could change shoes or socks or something at the mountain base. Once I met up with him there and got my gloves, we attacked the mountain. We were about 45 minutes ahead of the cutoff when we started. A few minutes faster than 2 years ago.

There weren’t anywhere near the people on the mountain as then though. I really don’t know why. I was there about the same time. Perhaps with the cooler weather, everyone was further ahead already? There were way less runners that year too because of Covid so I really just don’t understand. Anyway, we still passed a few people on the way up.

So this next part isn’t really my story to tell, but it’s pretty good so I’ll do my best. The trail up the mountain is steep, rocky, and for the most part narrow with drop offs in many areas. They even have a rope and some wiggly wooden rails on occasion, presumably to keep us from falling off the edge. One of the American runners ended up quitting on the mountain. The interesting thing is that while he was making his way back down the mountain the race officials were telling him he could take a ride down in a vehicle. He of course didn’t believe them that there was a vehicle, but sure enough part way down the mountain they had a vehicle tucked away just off the trail that he could use to take down! I’m pretty sure he did indeed take a bumpy ride down in it. Chris and I never saw it but we weren’t really looking for a vehicle on the side of the mountain either. I rarely even saw the race officials that were along the trail.

We got to the top in about 30 minutes which I expected. There weren’t any photographers there when we crested the top like last time. We spent little time there and I took the lead back down. The way down is on a rock/dirt road that is there to maintain the communications tower and power line over the mountain. For years it has royally sucked. This year I had decided to just run down it and take my chances. I spent 45 minutes going down it last time and that is just ridiculous to me.

After just a short time going down, I started to realize that it was much easier than I remembered. I wasn’t sprinting but the ground wasn’t near as rocky as I remembered. Sure enough, when I got to the first switchback corner, it got really rough and washed out like I remembered. Then on the straightaway it was nice again. They had clearly added a crazy amount of gravel and dirt to the rutted road in the last year. I’m guessing they didn’t try to dump the dirt going around the corners though, which is why those were still bad. It was smooth sailing until almost the town at the bottom where they clearly hadn’t added anything. I had told Chris all night how much it was going to suck going down and it ended up being easy. We got down in about 30 minutes. In fact, there were people online that were saying the new course records this year really aren’t records because the course was easier than it was decades ago. Whatever, haters gotta hate I guess.

In Sagas (CP49) I got some items from my drop bag. We were now about an hour ahead of the cutoffs which felt really good. We made a game plan for the crew stop at CP 52. We would take some time there and get set up for the day that would soon come. We were pretty sleepy and somewhat out of things to talk about so we slowed a bit in this section. It was nice to walk a bit. I remember last time having to sing out loud to keep myself from falling asleep as I weaved all over the place. I was in much better shape this time even without proper sleep the night before the race. Caffeine and having company were working.

We arrived at 6:37AM and his crew had our stuff in a nice quiet courtyard with some tables and benches if I remember correctly. I worked on my feet, ate, put on sunscreen, lube, etc. I can’t remember if I left my headlamp there or not.

The descriptions of the next long section of the race talks about it being foggy but it was glorious and sunny 2 years ago. This year, it was very much on point to the description. Very foggy and quite cold. I had taken my gloves off at the last crew stop because the sun would be up and it would get hot, or so I thought. I had forgotten about the fog being a possibility. It was under 40 degrees but not windy so it wasn’t all that bad. It wouldn’t warm up until the fog lifted after 10AM.

It was nice to get to familiar spots on the course that I got to much later in the day 2 years ago. I was 20-30 minutes faster this year in many spots. We were still gaining time against the cutoffs so I thought we could slow some. I told Chris he could take off if he wanted since it was daytime and I felt I was slowing him down. I planned on enjoying the second day more this year and not being forced to rush due to cutoffs breathing down my neck. Plus I was pretty sure it wouldn’t be near as hot as last time. He said we should finish together and that sounded just fine.

It would’ve been nice if it wasn’t so foggy though. Last time I was in this area, it was so beautiful. It’s almost all vineyards and workers were harvesting grapes. Plus zero cars, just peaceful and quiet. This year you couldn’t see anything through the fog and since it was Sunday, no one was out in the fields. I couldn’t even tell if there were fields at all it was so foggy most of the time.

Fog on the second day. Photo Credit: Jean Pommier

There were a few other runners around which helped to make sure we didn’t miss a turn. I remembered pretty well where to turn anyway. We noticed more and more cars as the fog started to lift. It was a couple hours between crew access checkpoints (after 52 it wasn’t until 57) and yet we kept seeing crew vehicles stopped at every checkpoint. Chris and I were constantly thinking we were off on our pacing charts as to what CP was next. There would be a CP in the middle of nowhere that wasn’t a crew checkpoint (because it’s literally a table alongside a field) that would have 10 cars at it. It’s totally against the rules and really annoying. Many runners would get aid at EVERY aid station the second day from their crew. I didn’t see near as much aid being given along the road like I did last time but there was a couple times of that as well.

Late morning is when I realized that the cutoff times that the race has allows for slower travel at night than during the day. We were keeping a good pace but slowly losing our 1 hour cushion. It seemed we would have to run more than I originally planned after the mountain. We weren’t in any danger but we definitely had to keep the time cutoffs in mind.

I believe it was mid morning that both of us had to use nature as our toilet for the last time. This was my 4th time for the entire race which is more than I’d like due to the time it takes. It was a little more difficult to find a place to poop apart and yet close enough to keep track of each other.

Chris showed me this meme. Lots of jokes were told after that. We didn’t do this by the way.

We started the steep climb on the road to Sparta around 11AM. The road had lines painted on it now and it wasn’t near as black as 2 years ago when it was laid just before the race. The lines on the road made it so there was no shoulder on the sharp corners. This is a busy road as it’s the main road to Sparta. I’d wave my arms as much as I could as we’d approach a turn so that the drivers could see my arm before us. It didn’t seem to do much. What did work was putting Chris in front. Chris is taller and has a bigger frame than me. While he wasn’t in the military, he has that presence about him. Cars moved over for him!

Again and again, we’d see the same crew at check points that weren’t crew check points. I even made it a point to smile and wave at one woman that was crewing a guy that was always just behind us. I was trying to be nice but also being passive aggressive that I saw her cheating at every check point. To be clear, I saw her give aid to him at every checkpoint we were together at, she wasn’t just cheering him on which is also not allowed (for crew) but seems to be more reasonable. The whole point is to not have a million cars at checkpoints that don’t have room for them. There was even a woman from a country that usually doesn’t cheat that had a crew doing that this year.

What is kinda funny about all this is that in the afternoon at one of the crewed checkpoints, we got accosted for getting aid where the car was parked instead of at the little check point table. Like 30-50 crews can fit in that little space! Chris’s crew apologized and carried all the stuff the 80 feet to the table area. I don’t really know what to say about all of it. It seems like they enforce what they want when they want and it changes all the time. It’s very unlike that here in the US and it’s probably why I see foreigners cheat all the time at races here, they’re used to nothing being enforced. They don’t understand all our rules are usually put in place by the governing bodies that give permits and their disregard puts the races in jeopardy.

I remembered to take a few salt tablets this year so that I didn’t get hyponatremic like last time. It wasn’t nearly as hot as last time but it was still hot and there wasn’t as much wind as last time. I took 4 the entire day so still not much at all. Jessica Hardy would pass us on every section and then we’d pass her at every crew check point. She looked pretty bad at one of them from being overheated. We were pretty worried she dropped later in the afternoon since we hadn’t seen her for so long but sure enough, she passed us again on the downhill into Sparta.

I can’t remember at which checkpoint but I think it was 65 that I changed shoes. I had blisters under 5 toenails and the shoes were so heavy. I didn’t care if my feet would hurt with less cushion, I just wanted lighter shoes so I could stay ahead of the cutoffs with a nice cushion. I changed socks as well. Having given Chris’ crew my shoes before the race definitely paid off. My foot turnover increased dramatically. It was much easier to keep up with Chris’ pace and not slow him down.

We were seeing the documentary director constantly from mid morning on. The runner he was following was obviously close to us. He said he knew we would finish. At this point I knew we would finish as well but there were still hours of running to get it done. I don’t know if the footage will ever see the light of day but there was a pretty comical display of Chris putting on lube that he captured.

The film crew. Photo Credit: Jean Pommier

The rest of the day involved going faster than I’d like but not so bad that I couldn’t enjoy the day. It was hotter than the first day but not unbearable for me. Amy lent me her ice bandana to use instead of my handkerchief. It is much easier to use so I will have to buy one of those, worth the money I think.

As we were going down the long hill to Sparta, we could see it was raining over Sparta with lightning and everything. The clouds weren’t going towards us so I wasn’t too worried but wondered what it was like finishing in the rain. It poured quite a bit we found out later. It was mostly cloudy and with the sun getting low, cooler as well.

Going downhill wasn’t as bad as last time. My muscles weren’t super bad but things still hurt enough that I couldn’t charge down the entire way either. We got passed by a few people but we weren’t concerned since we were just going to finish. We were ahead of my time 2 years ago, basically 35 minutes ahead of the cutoff. I told Chris I planned on walking the last part in Sparta to enjoy it and soak it in. There were several puddles on the sidewalk from the rain and I totally stepped in one when I wasn’t paying attention and got soaked.

The stupid puddle I ran through!

I got my flag at the last checkpoint and we made our way to the finish line. It seemed to take forever. I thought there was 1 less turn than there is but it was much more obvious where to turn this year at least. There were less people cheering than last time but more kids and such on the final stretch.

Selfie walking through Sparta.

Chris’ crew met us on the last stretch and joined us up to the finish line and statue of King Leonidas. We finished in 35:28 by the time we got up to the actual timing mat waiting for all the runners in front of us to go through the finish line ceremony. It was great to finish with a new friend! There were a lot of non runners hanging out as well which made it very difficult to go through the actual finishing process of kissing the foot, getting an olive wreath put on your head, taking pictures, getting your medal from the city of Sparta, and drinking water “from the river”. Last time we didn’t get the water due to Covid so that was nice. It was so much more emotional the first time I finished. In a way this year, I knew I’d finish the race during the first night of the race. Two years ago, it was much more touch and go as to if I’d finish in time. Despite not being overcome with emotion, I was still immensely glad to have finished the Spartathlon for a second time!

Jessica finished a few minutes ahead of us and was still around the area with her crew. Franco would be the last finisher of the race but still got it done! The rest of the Americans finished hours before us. In the end I’m sure we could’ve finished at least 30 minutes sooner if we had to, but I wouldn’t have enjoyed it near as much. I just don’t have much desire to see how fast I can finish this race. Finishing itself is plenty for me.

A few stats. 355 runners started the race. The limit is 400 but they didn’t even allow that many this year, apparently due to not enough hotel rooms. Of those 355, 255 finished (72%) probably one of the highest finishing rates. 16 of the 19 Americans that started, finished (84%)! I was 226th place. What’s more interesting to me is that in the 41 years of the race, there have only been 92 Americans that have finished it (on the US team) and I’m one of them. I might be off on that number slightly since I had to go through all the years, etc to figure out how many unique finishers there were and I could’ve messed up by a few.

We went over to the building next to the finish area that still doesn’t look completely built. I really don’t know what they normally use it for. It was busy but we were offered things much more quickly than last time. There were the usual 6 or so people with IV’s in their arm. They asked if I wanted my feet cleaned and I said yes since I never got the experience last time. They took off my shoes and “washed” them in what felt like ice cold water. It was seriously cold and made my feet hurt worse. They didn’t pop any blisters like I had heard they do from other race reports. Whatever, at least I can say I’ve had it done. They then comically tried to fit my feet in a small pair of those free sandals you get at the hotels in Greece. If I ever did it again, I’d just say no and not even stay around in the area. I would go straight to the hotel.

Shoving the foot in. Photo Credit: Amy Mower

We stayed at the Maniatis Hotel which is a third of a mile away from the finish line. Before the race even happened I had commented to the running group that I wasn’t looking forward to the walk to the hotel after the race. I barely could move last time and we had the closest hotel at only a couple blocks away that year. Bob had said he was offered a taxi the last time we stayed there and sure enough they offered me one. I said yes immediately! There was no way I wanted to try to walk in those almost worthless sandals that were already torn by them shoving my feet into. Chris was onboard with not walking either. They said they’d get one right away. After what seemed like a long time even by Greek standards, we asked someone about it. We found out they were waiting for an ambulance to haul someone away in. There are a few people hospitalized every year after this race. Eventually we got in a taxi and went to the hotel.

The hotel is very nice and it didn’t take too long to get my room key. This time I was only supposed to have 1 roommate but it was someone I knew had their own place already so I’d have it to myself. Supper would be open until 11pm so I decided to shower and take a nap before I had any food. The shower wasn’t huge but it was immensely better than what I had at the finish line hotel 2 years ago and it had hot water. The room was super hot and the air conditioner never worked even after numerous phone calls. I had to just leave the balcony door open. I was so tired that the street noise didn’t bother me at all.

I think I went to eat around 9:30PM or so. It wasn’t good at all. First a little soup of some kind and bread without any butter or olive oil or anything. I ate them and they took the plates away. Then I sat and sat. I was assuming there would be more and yes there eventually was more to come. It was dry noodles with nothing on them. It was super hard to eat it. Jessica had her crew bring her meal up to her room and so she just poured the soup on the noodles. If only I had had that option!

I decided to go to the restaurant that we ate at last time to see if they had dessert. They were pretty much closed with just some people hanging out. There was some difficulty in understanding each other with the language barrier but eventually they figured out I was looking for dessert. They didn’t have any so I started to head out but then one of the men stopped me. He brought me to the shop next door that was a bakery since he had the key. It wasn’t his store but he had a key and said to just take anything I wanted! I suppose it would’ve been thrown away the next morning anyway. I got a piece of baklava that ended up not being that great since it was so old, but free baklava was a Godsend next to having nothing to eat.

I walked around a little to loosen things up and see what the nightlife was like on a Sunday. Probably half the places were closed. I got some energy drinks from a kiosk for the next day and headed back for the usual on and off sleep after a race.

I was always kind of disappointed that last time we didn’t see any of the sights in Sparta so I planned on seeing them this time. The drop bags wouldn’t be available until 9:30 AM so I went to the Archaeological Museum of Sparta which is across the street from the hotel and open already at 8:30. It was the cheapest museum at only 3 Euros. It had a good history of Leonidas and the usual sculptures and ceramics.

I then went to the gymnasium that has the drop bags. It opened late as I suspected but I enjoyed talking to some other runners from I think Sweden before they finally opened the doors. They said they weren’t going to do the Spartan Mile because they felt it should only be for finishers. I’ve actually been torn a little on that issue as well. On one side I can see how the purpose is to run against people who are destroyed from finishing the race on “even ground” since they are all destroyed. At the same time, the spirit of the race includes all and since it’s just for fun, why not have all runners “compete” in it. I guess I lean towards the side of letting all runners that want to do it, do it. Certainly not for non-runners though.

On the way back to the hotel I had a long conversation with an old man about his life. We both were walking about the same pace; me because I was sore and him because he is old enough to remember WWII. He grew up in bombed out areas as a child in Greece and then they moved to the US and once his kids were adults, he moved back to Sparta. He was very concerned with kids always being on their phones, not working with their hands, etc. The usual things I would expect from a man with his experience and he’s likely not wrong. He told me a few things about the man who owned the Maniatis hotel as well but won’t repeat those things here. Very interesting though.

Meghan Canfield said I could have her finisher shirt and hat that they gave at the finish line as hers didn’t fit. They had run out of them by the time Chris and I finished. They were from the city of Sparta so not an official finisher shirt but still nice to have. Thank you! What’s funny is it says “41th race” on the shirt instead of 41st. I checked out of my room and left my luggage in an area they said we could leave things.

I headed to the track behind the Leonidas statue. I should’ve taken a photo with the statue again but didn’t. It was nice and sunny out. I finally met Matt Collins from the American team and talked to him while we waited for the festivities to begin. There were a lot more people than last time. About 3 times as many people and in my opinion, too many cameras and drones. I’d just like it to be a nice fun thing we do together with little fanfare. I think the trophy they had this year is fine and a cool memento for the winner (Matt ended up winning!) but do we really need drone footage?

The British team came up with the idea of doing a beer mile about a week before the race as well. I hate beer so I didn’t compete but now wish I would’ve at least tried. I’m sure they would’ve allowed root beer but I don’t know if that’s even a thing in Greece. That race happened after the Spartan Mile race.

Photo Credit: Jürgen Englerth

Despite the crowds, it was a great time running the Spartan Mile. I was slower than last year for sure. Things just didn’t loosen up very well at all for me. I wore the tightest boxers I have but Otto said I need to get tighter ones. Guess I’ll just have to buy a pair for this. Way too many cameras for me to go completely naked. I had mentioned in my last race report there was a way they tied their penis with a rope at the original Olympics but I didn’t know how. I finally did figure out how they did it but not something I was going to do. I won’t go into more details than that, which is probably already too much 🙂 At least no drones went down and hit anyone’s privates!

After all the festivities I went to the tomb of Leonidas which is pretty unimpressive. It’s blocked off by a fence and is just a portion of stone wall at this point. After that I went back to the hotel to wait for the bus that would take us to an afternoon lunch hosted by the mayor of Sparta. It seemed like a fairly long drive, far enough that I doubted we were still in Sparta.

The tomb.

It was interesting to hear the history of Sparta that the mayor gave. Most of the rest of the speakers I couldn’t understand or hear well enough to follow so I gave up on that. The food was pretty good and came in a couple courses. We didn’t know there would be courses but I shouldn’t have been surprised. I was pretty hungry yet after the first course which was a lasagna type dish. Going along with the experience of last time, the vegetarians had an unusual meal. It was a plate full of potatoes, just plain potatoes. They didn’t even ask what the second plate would be since it was likely just another plate of plain potatoes.  For my second plate I had some sort of beef dish I think. It was hard to tell what the options were so I just picked one and it looked like beef.

Look at the yummy potatoes! Photo Credit: Jürgen Englerth

Music eventually started to play, which I didn’t know would happen. I was really sleepy by this point and just wanted to be in a bed. I went outside to get away from the noise and enjoy the sun a little. Jessica’s crew had taken her phone and had taken off sight seeing or something so she didn’t have it for days after the race. I joked that once they gave her the food after the race, they punched the crew time clock and left. Eventually we got on to the bus and left around 3:45PM I think. I slept a little but talked to Meghan and Chad for most of the ride. It was great to get to know them better.

The bus pretty much drove the race course in reverse so it was nice to see the areas that we ran through at night. It was almost dark by the time we got to Glyfada. I was in a different style of room and was supposed to be with someone from another country but that never ended up happening. I suppose they either figured out their mistake or he never showed. I met up with Chad at TGIFridays for supper. I needed some American food with American “French” fries. We got some gelato at one of the many places that serve it on the walk back to the hotel. 

I removed 2 toenails that night. I ended up removing 3 more when I got home from the race. Stupid hot shoes! At least they were easy to remove since the blisters had been so big. I slept pretty well that night.

The next day’s plan was just to relax by the pool and pack up since I had to be on a flight the next morning at 5AM and wouldn’t have time after the awards gala that night. I had already purchased a bottle of Cuban rum before the race even started to have at the awards gala. Presumptuous of me to assume I’d finish I suppose but I was in a store that had some so I got it.

I tried to find a spray can of shellac for my olive wreath but whatever they sold me ended up making my wreath look burnt instead of preserved. It was a pretty ugly one anyway. I got the reject wreath I think. It had pieces sticking out all weird and was broke in a couple spots. Basically, the Charlie Brown wreath, if there was such a thing.

I went to the Oasis hotel to do an interview for the documentary. It was an odd experience. He didn’t have any questions or prompting of any kind. I was told I could say anything I wanted. I was expecting questions so I didn’t really have anything prepared. I thought for a little bit and then said “I’ll start”. It’s hard to remember exactly what I said. Mostly it was about the race and the sense of family surrounding it. There were a couple other runners that were waiting for their turn and were nodding in agreement with a lot of what I was saying so that felt good. I lost my train of thought at one point so if anything gets used it will only be a portion I’m sure.

In the afternoon I went to the pool which was technically closed but cooled my legs in it anyway. Jessica Hardy and Andy Stankiewicz and his wife were already down there. I talked to them for a couple hours I think. Then it was back upstairs to finish packing. I had purchased a few too many things for the family so it was hard to pack everything in the suitcases but I got it done.

It sounded like there wouldn’t be a bus to get us to the awards gala but it was close to one of the tram spots so I just took that and got there early so I could grab at least one table for us. It was a different place than last time. It sounds like it hasn’t been in the same location for years. It was on the beach and even though I was right on time, I was early which is what I was planning on. I got a table in view of the awards area and watched as the workers scrambled to get stuff set up and cleaned. All the tables and chairs were dusty and dirty as I’m guess they were stored outside somewhere. The food was all catered in as well. I’ve been told it’s hard to find a place to host this event which is why it’s always moving around. I don’t know, I’ve been to wedding receptions bigger than this event many times, maybe they have small weddings in Greece.

The view from my chair at the awards gala.

Eventually, some more Americans showed up. I briefly talked to Camille but she was quickly off and making the rounds of photos, congratulations, etc that comes with winning and being famous. Since she is sponsored by companies, I guess it’s kinda her job in a way as well. More Americans came with stories of dangerous driving and impossible parking. I wasn’t surprised since I had walked there from the tram stop and had no clue where people were supposed to park.

It got dark and eventually the event started. It was buffet style serving which was nice as we could get what we wanted and not wait around for different courses. I have always brought an extra jersey to trade with another country. I should’ve just gotten like 5 extra this year to trade with a bunch but I had just one. I had decided earlier that I wanted a Latvian one. They happened to be at the table next to us so I went over there and asked if they wanted to trade. They all said they didn’t have any. I said, “That’s fine, tell me about where I should go in your country as I want to go there someday.” That’s actually true, Jessie and I have thought of going there. 2 runners said they hadn’t lived there for years, which I didn’t know. The other runner said there was nothing good to see. I argued that every place has something worth seeing, etc. Then I see him bringing his arms up from his lap with something in his hands and he says, “I think I might have something” in a style you see in movies when they’re making some sort of illegal exchange. Plus with the accent, it felt very spy like. It was a Latvian jersey! I felt like I must’ve passed the test, or maybe he just wanted an American jersey and it wasn’t obvious I was American at first. Either way we made the exchange and I invited him over for drinks at our table. Turns out he knows quite a few people as he’s been in the ultrarunning world and Spartathlon for years.

What you get for 1st place. Not mine obviously.

The awards program got going and the countries were given their medals and certificates in alphabetical order. That means we were almost last so we had a while. Eventually we got our turn. Some Americans had already headed home or to other locations so we weren’t all there. They ran out of certificates to print off so a few countries at the end of the alphabet didn’t get those, including us. I swear everyone thought no one would finish this year with them running out of everything. As I’m writing this 3 months later, we still haven’t gotten the certificates so I’m guessing that they’ll just give them to next years team to bring back to America.

Photo Credit: Jurgen Englerth

The music started playing but I didn’t feel like dancing that much. My legs were in much worse shape than last time. Plus I enjoying talking to everyone. I talked to Matt, Tyler, and Walker mostly. I hadn’t even met Walker or Tyler until that point since they were staying at other locations. Since I had to be on a plane at 5AM I thought it prudent to get out of there somewhat early since I’d have to leave the hotel at 3AM. I think I left around 11PM.

I was pleasantly surprised that the taxi that the hotel had lined up for me for 3AM was actually there at 3AM! He got a nice big tip. The airport was kind of a mess. There was a huge line for check-in and it was only 3:30. It took about 45 minutes to get through to check my bag and get my ticket. I barely made it to the plane area as security was also super busy.

The plane was delayed for hours in Paris. I walked for what felt like miles at the airport to get to whatever gate it was supposed to eventually be at. I had to go through a couple security checkpoints which felt really weird since I was an international traveler and they usually try to keep us separate. Once I got there I ended up just laying on the floor for hours since there were hardly any chairs. I guess the good news is I got money back due to the flight being delayed so much. I wish we had that law in the US.

That’s the end of the story. While I really like this race, I think I’m done with running it. I wouldn’t mind crewing for someone else but the time of the year is really bad for our family so that maybe won’t happen for a while either. We are definitely going back to Greece, my wife has made that very clear! Perhaps if I can still get a qualifying time in my 50’s, I’ll try again. If you want a lofty goal for ultrarunning, you can’t do much better than trying to finish this race. Go for it!

Arrowhead 135 – 2023 Race Report

This was my 6th consecutive running of the Arrowhead 135 Ultra going from International Falls, MN to near Tower, MN. It’s easily my favorite winter ultra although I guess I’ve only done 5 different winter races so there may be something I’m missing. Honestly they’re all different and fun in their own way so go do any of them! I’ll start this report with the ending of last years unsupported race. I’ve always gotten faster times going unsupported at this race because you can’t stop at the aid stations. I got around 42.5 hours last year so there was instantly this feeling of wanting to get under 40 hours. That’s still no where near winning anymore at this race but it’s still pretty good and I’d be awful happy with a sub 40 hour finish no matter how many people were faster.

My mind was almost blank with the thought of getting under 40 hours. Usually I’d be coming up with all the things I could change or what I’d have to do to get that time. With this, it was just a number stuck in my head with no real sense of if it was even possible for me. It seemed like wishful thinking honestly and it probably still is but when it comes to ultras, “having a goal just for goals sake” is sometimes all the mental drive you need to keep going. You can be having a horrible race and nothing is working but making up a new goal can get you to the finish line. Like even “I want to finish with exactly 10 ounces of water”. What? But seriously all the mental activity and planning you have to do to complete that goal can make you forget a lot of the pain and issues you’ve been focusing on prior to your new goal.

Doing the same race year after year can certainly get boring depending on the race. I’ve definitely seen it at this race with veterans dropping because they just didn’t feel like it anymore. I get it. For me at this race, there are always some moments of ….well, it’s something you can’t really explain unless you’ve been there I guess. It’s not any sort of “high” or “suffering”, maybe clarity is the closest word I could use but it’s still not right. I was talking to Paul Turner before the race and he totally understood when I said that because it’s the same for him. There’s just a mental state you get to that you can’t get to any other way, or at least we don’t know how to do it any other way.

There are also moments that are unique at this race. There are times when I won’t see anyone for hours, even half a day. The solitude and remoteness can almost overwhelm, but in a good way. Just stopping for a minute to listen to the COMPLETE silence is an experience that many people will never experience in their life. It gets so extremely quiet in winter in the middle of nowhere. No insects, no wildlife, no wind, no leaves, no civilization, nothing to make a sound other than you. Your breathing and beating heart is all you hear. It’s pretty cool.

So the biggest issue with making up some pretty unrealistic goal a year in advance is that you have no idea what the weather and trail conditions will be during the race and probably 90% of how you do in this race as far as time goes is based on weather and snow conditions. Some people are of course just amazing athletes that will win no matter the conditions but your finishing time range is based on the weather and trail. For me to have a chance of getting under 40 would require very good trail conditions and decent weather.

The weather forecast looked like it would be a pretty cold year with some wind but not as bad as 2019. Reality hit and I realized that trying for under 40 hours wasn’t going to happen. You can’t take risks when it’s that cold so my times at aid stations wouldn’t be short and the sled doesn’t run very well at all in cold temps. You also are a fool to skimp on clothing options when it’s cold. The only good thing is that the trail gets hard so at least you’re not constantly walking in soft snow which really slows you down and in general just sucks. I was kinda in limbo as what I wanted my priority to be during this race but I’ve learned in winter ultras to just go with what is presented to you and make a path through. I had no specific goal anymore other than to be faster than my 2019 time since I’ve learned some things since then and have better gear as well. I had zero fear of the temps this year (even when the temperature got 20 degrees colder than forecast), unlike 2019.

I purchased an old-school liquid freezer thermometer for this years race instead of trying the spring based one I used a different year that gives inaccurate readings because of all the heat created when it bounces around and springs back and forth during movement. I don’t trust electronic thermometers in extreme cold either. Of course once you get really really cold, the liquid ones will freeze but it wasn’t going to get that cold at least. It was so much fun to know the actual real temperature during the race as you’ll read.

All 5 of us foot division Hrimthurs from 2020 were at Arrowhead again this year. I was planning on taking a photo at the pre-race meeting but totally forgot about it. All 5 of us finished again this year which was pretty cool I thought. Somewhat last minute Paul and I decided to share rides and leave a vehicle at the finish line so we wouldn’t have to wait for a taxi and could just do things on our own time schedule.

If you aren’t a regular reader of my blog you wouldn’t know this but Paul and I finished the last 13 hours of Arrowhead and Actif Epica (13 hours each to be specific) together in 2020 so that we’d keep each other awake. Talking to someone keeps you awake quite a bit as I’m sure you know. Both of us can probably remember 5 things in total from those discussions because we were so tired and out of it. The nice thing this year was that we were wide awake when we talked so the discussions were much more memorable.

I got to International Falls in the afternoon and went straight to the check-in. I had all the required gear in my bag ready to show. It was a nice quick process and this wast the first year I didn’t have to go back to my car to get something I’d forgotten to bring in. Jackie had some nice photographs for sale so I got one of those. Ken asked if I was running supported or unsupported. Although I had briefly thought about going unsupported when I was 30 minutes away from getting to IF, I was glad I had left my gallon bottle at home so that wasn’t an option. Supported it was. I got another Arrowhead duffel bag and the shirt color this year is a nice blue. Then I went and checked into my hotel which was filled with racers. That’s nice because you know they won’t be partying the night before the race keeping you up.

It was Ice Box Days in International Falls on Saturday when I got there. I didn’t know it at the time or else I would’ve gone to some events. I only know because fireworks started going off at 6pm Saturday and I happened to be downtown at the time. Usually it’s earlier in January than this year or at least in recent years it’s been earlier.

With the cold weather forecast, I had gotten a new battery put in the car since it was getting older and I didn’t want to risk it being dead after the race like I’ve had happen before. While shopping Saturday, a message popped up on the car that the key fob battery was low. Of course! The other key fob battery got low at Superior 100 last year and luckily my wife found a place to replace it during the race. I had already been to Menards once that day but back I went. The employees were super helpful and after we watched a video we figured out how to open the thing without breaking it (Nissan needs to make them much easier to open like GM vehicle fobs). Now I should be good on the car.

On Sunday Paul and I left a car at the finish line. It was something like -26 but you’d never know it from my car. It only goes down to -22F. I noticed that last year as well. It’s weird for a car thermometer to not go colder that -22F. Lots of car manufacturers actually test their cars in International Falls. You can always tell which ones they are because they have all these crazy wavy line decals all over the corners and hood of the car so you can’t tell what the new models will look like. I only saw a couple of them in a convoy this year.

Anyway, you know it’s a long race when it takes 90 minutes to drive from the start to the finish line! On the drive back we caught up with how things have been going, talked about $200 chickens, etc. He got through gear check and I left my drop bags when we got back to IF. I then got my stuff ready based on the most recent weather update. I could’ve left about 2 pounds of gear out but really what’s 2 pounds more? Better to have options so that you can run the race you want instead of the race you have to.

We went to the required pre-race meeting which was the usual and we finally didn’t have to wear masks at a race! Ken (one of the race directors) didn’t say anything about that detour around mile 115 so I was hopeful they either fixed it or had signs so that people would quit getting lost or confused there. The spaghetti supper was in to go bags like last year and since Paul couldn’t have it we just left to give ourselves more time to finish getting ready. Once I finished the food back at my hotel I realized I was still hungry since I hadn’t had much for lunch and was expecting it to be like before the pandemic where we ate from plates and could ask for the amount we’d like. I was pretty close to Hardee’s so I went to the drive thru.

Yeah, new paragraph, get ready. So since it was cold I usually roll my window up while waiting for my food after I order it. It didn’t go up! I could hear a slight click but no motor or anything. Remember that’s it’s really cold in IF. I panicked for like 5 seconds about how I’d freeze on the drive home and some animal would get in my car during the race and ruin all our gear. I didn’t worry about someone steeling my car since everyone in town just leaves their vehicles running in parking lots and those would be immensely easier to steal than my car. Then I thought, “I’ll just buy a shower curtain and tape it to the car”. So I got my food after like 10 minutes and drove straight to Menards. I just left the car running since why not; go ahead and freeze stealing my car if you want. The layout of this store is totally different than what I’m used to so I had to find someone to get help finding the right area. I got a nice thick one and left. My car was still there. I got back to the hotel and took a bite of my burger so I’d at least get one half warm bite of it. I got my duct tape (I always bring it with to races) and brought it out to the car.

So having grown up on a farm and having built and fixed a pretty large number of things in my life you would think I would know how duct tape performs in the cold. Well I didn’t, and it performs extremely poorly. Wet toilet paper would’ve worked better at keeping the plastic on the door because it at least would’ve froze solid. That’s not hyperbole! Now I was actually panicking a little bit. I was losing time and now would have to lose a bunch more if I had any hope of getting this on before the race. I tried closing the door on the plastic but there was either way too much give and bunching, or one side that wouldn’t be attached so that it would never stay on at speed, plus I could just visualize the door flying open while driving because something was caught in the closing mechanism.

I called Ken the race director to see if he knew of someplace warm that I could get the door heated up so the duct tape could stick. He didn’t know of anywhere but said I could meet him at his house in about 30 minutes as he wasn’t home yet and we’d try his garage. I then thought about that stretch wrap for pallets and thought maybe that would work if I just wrapped the door a bunch. I wouldn’t be able to see but whatever. Menards was closing in 20 minutes so I quickly went there to buy a bunch of that and whatever else I saw that looked promising. I would occasionally try the window button to see if prayers would work. Nothing happened.

That is until I was looking for a parking spot in the lot, I looked left and all of a sudden the window was half up but starting to go down! I quickly grabbed it and it fought against me. I hit the button again and it slowly started to go up. I’d pull it up a couple inches and it would start to go down again. I went through this cycle like 5 times. My heart was racing faster than it would the entire race that started in 12 short hours. I finally got it up to a point where I just pushed it up and quickly hit the “kids can’t open the windows” button. I don’t know if it would do anything to keep it from coming down again but I thought it wise to try it. Thank you God! I again left the car running and went into Menards for the 4th time this trip. My heart was still racing and someone told me where to find the wrap stuff. I got a roll and found the duct tape aisle as well. I found a tape that not only can be put on underwater, but is rated for -70F. I was pretty sure it would never come off my car if I had to use it but I got 2 rolls anyway. Why 2? Because a $10 roll was only 5 feet long! That’s some expensive stuff.

I was the last one out of the store and calmed down on the way back to the hotel. I called Ken to tell him what happened and he told me something along the line of “well your race should go perfect because all the bad stuff happened already”. I ate my cold food and quickly called my wife back since I was a dick and basically hung up on her in a panic when she called during the heat of all this since I didn’t have time to talk then. I still didn’t have much time since I had stuff to do and needed to get to sleep. It was easily the shortest pre-race phone call we’ve had. Oh, I also didn’t lock the car that night. I sure didn’t need to somehow be locked out of my car on race morning.

I got my stuff done that needed to get done, finished laying out my clothes for race day and loaded up the sled. I got to bed a little later than planned but I was calm and slept pretty quickly.

Race morning was supposed to be about -26F with a head wind of about 8mph for the first 9 miles of the race. That was pretty much exactly what it was when I woke up just before 5AM. I think officially it was -25F and -40 windchill which is of course even worse when you run into the wind at 5 mph. I got ready and started the car up always leaving at least 1 door open and the key with me at all times. I was pretty paranoid by this point. My sled was 39# once loaded up which was slightly better than I thought it’d be but was my usual weight for this race. I picked up Paul and gave him the run down on my previous evening. We got there about 25 minutes before the start and I just kept the car running to keep it warm and recharge the battery as much as possible. This was probably the coldest start to this race I’ve been in because of the head wind. I had on 2 pair of pants, 2 shirts, and 2 jackets, 2 thin hats, a nose protector, and a new pair of mittens I hadn’t tried before and wanted to see how they worked. I still had my regular 2 pair of mittens that I had in 2019 as well as a bunch of other gloves. You can never have too many gloves. They’re lighter than bringing 16 hand warmers like some people do. I’ll say it again, hand warmers should be for emergencies, not part of the plan. They can fail and have other issues even when they work. I think we (well mostly Paul) picked up 8 used hand warmers by the first aid station that people dropped. I wore my usual Altra Olympus trail shoes with screws in the bottom in case there was ice on the hills.

I only got a pre-race photo in the car as I didn’t want to stand around outside this year.

There was the usual fireworks display which reminded me that yet again I forgot to lock the car like last year. I quickly ran back to the car and locked it and returned to the start. The snow was fairly sticky since it was so cold. Paul and I started off together and ran a little to warm up. I ended up taking off my second coat when it seemed like the wind wasn’t as strong as expected after about a mile. I think I removed a hat once I warmed up as well. Overall it just didn’t feel very good running. It seemed to take too much effort and since I wasn’t really going for time anymore this year, I enjoyed walking with Paul and talking. We’d run once and a while.

About 2 miles before the turn East, the wind picked up since there were fewer trees or maybe it just started blowing faster. It was getting cold on our stomachs but with the turn coming soon, we just got through it until the turn. The sun was fully out since it was something like 9:15AM and with the wind now at our backs, we warmed up instantly. The hot sun on our stomachs felt so good. In short order we were having to slow down just to keep cool and unzipping coats and removing hats, etc. I was very close to having to take off my second pair of pants but I knew I’d need them in a couple hours so I just went slower and removed my snow gaiters since the snow wasn’t being kicked up anyway.

We got to Hwy 53 the slowest I’ve ever gotten there but we were having a good time and no one else was really around us so we didn’t mind. I texted my wife the obligatory Hwy 53 photo. It got up to -4F that day although in the sun it always feels about 10 degrees warmer. The nice thing with the cold this year was that it wasn’t the wet cold we had in 2019. It was always either snowing or “snowing” that year in that there were always crystals falling from the sky hitting your skin to make you that much colder as if it wasn’t cold enough that year on it’s own! This year was clear all day and night for the entire race which was lovely. The moon was getting close to full so the nights were lovely as well.

It started to get cooler already before Gateway as the shadows got long again and there was no more direct sunlight. Usually I get to Gateway in about 9 hours (36 miles) and this year was 9:15 which was way faster than I was expecting but a nice surprise. My feet were dry but I figured I’d change socks anyway as it’s much nicer to do inside a warm place with a chair than out on the trail. Paul was unsupported this year so he didn’t get to go into Gateway. I got food right away and sat down to eat and work on my socks. A volunteer filled up my water bottle as well. There were people dropping but it seemed like more than usual. I guess in a way it wasn’t surprising since the finisher rate in cold years is always lower. I almost got to see someone barf right in front of me but the feeling passed which was probably good since he was directly across from me and maybe couldn’t have aimed it away. I heard stories of lots of frozen water tubes and camelbacks. I’m sure it’s way more convenient for bikers to use them instead of water bottles but in the cold, water bottles are the way to go. I used the bathroom there as well since pooping in warmth is way nicer than pooping in the cold snow with wind between your legs.

Overall I spent 36 minutes at Gateway. Not the fastest but I ate more than normal and I had to wait for the bathroom for awhile. I had told Paul I’d probably catch up to him around mile 65 based on how things go when I go unsupported. It was almost 5pm when I left so I already had my headlamp on my head but not on. I had on the same things as before other than I put on thinner socks. I had started with my wool socks which were way too warm.

I felt pretty good and had a nice full belly of food. With the snow being nice and hard I was able to walk pretty fast through all the hills and such. I had developed a little pain in my Tibialis Anterior muscle before Gateway which is normal for me due to an old ankle injury. I had spent some time at Gateway getting the knots out of them and so now the pain was gone and I could push the pace walking. The added benefit was it was now getting colder. It was about -12 when I left Gateway and got to -16 pretty quick and stayed there for hours as I went up and down the rolling hills. Most hills I just ran down as it wasn’t worth getting on my sled for the small hills and my feet didn’t hurt yet. The moonlight was enough to not have to use the headlamp if you didn’t want to but I always keep it on low as it’s required when snowmobiles pass you to have them on.

I was wondering if I’d have to put my second coat back on for the swamp since it’s usually colder and windier there. It dropped to -18 just as I got there but the wind had died way down so I decided to just keep going without it. Volunteers said at Mel George’s that some of the first bikers through there had -46 in that area which seems almost impossible but who knows. It was quite pleasant compared to most years through there. The big hill at the end always warms me up anyway. The forecast low for the night was only -10F by the way.

I would occasionally see the race volunteers on snowmobiles going the other way with empty sleds. They were picking up all the people dropping behind me. I never saw them again once I got to about 10 miles before Mel George’s. They were too busy behind me like in 2019 to ever go up to the front people. It’s nice they have such confidence in our ability but also a reminder that no one is guaranteed to be around when you need them, so don’t need them!

I caught up to Paul and some other people passed me as well. Overall I felt good and not sleepy. I took some caffeine soon after I left Gateway so it’d be mostly out of me by Mel George’s if I wanted to sleep. This was the most awake I’ve felt in this section and my pace shows it. I know people like to say that cutting out caffeine for weeks before the race doesn’t work but it does. The vast majority of people don’t know how to do it correctly so they don’t get the results they expect. I was constantly thinking about putting on my second coat again but the temp stayed right around -16F and since the trail turns a lot, there was enough of the time I wasn’t running into the wind that I could stay warm without it. Finally I got to the lake. The wind was there as always right in your face. I have a feeling that even if the wind was from the East, it would still somehow manage to be in your face on the lake!

I had a new watch this year with enough battery life for the race so I tried to remember to look at distances more carefully. There is a sign that says I think 5 miles to Elephant Lake and a sign way earlier that says 31 or 32 miles to Mel George’s. I forget the numbers right now but I know the 5ish mile one is off. Or at least I thought that until I realized this year (after 6 years) that the second sign says Elephant Lake and not Mel George’s which is another mile across the lake! So that sign actually is quite accurate. I got to Mel George’s at 2:55AM. It only took me 10 hours to get there instead of the usual 11. I was somehow now on my fastest pace race.

This year like last year, there were 2 cabins and one is for if you were staying for more than an hour to sleep. I was unsupported last year so I didn’t get to go into either then. Having 2 cabins was originally because of Covid but maybe it’s just going to be the norm now which would be a great addition as there is more overall room available this way. Cedar is the main cabin with food, etc and the only one I’ve ever used. I never sleep well there but at least it’s warm and my shoes and clothes usually dry out. You can also recharge stuff if you need to. I asked where I could sleep and they said there might be room in here or else there is room in the other cabin. Someone mentioned there were bikers in the other cabin so I immediately said I’d sleep anywhere in this cabin since I knew it would be snoring central over there. I don’t know why it is, but I swear all bikers snore like crazy at Arrowhead. Indeed they were snoring said the volunteers. I got some food and set stuff out to dry. Then I went in the loft to sleep. There were 5 or 6 of us foot people sleeping in Cedar and it was oh so silent and wonderful! I still didn’t sleep the best because I just never seem to during a race but at least I could sleep because it was quiet. I was a little cold at first but I think I finally have that figured out and will try something new next year to see if that prevents it.

I set my alarm for 90 minutes but about 10 to 5AM it got really loud. I don’t know what all the commotion was but I wasn’t going to get back to sleep so I just got up as did everyone else that was still sleeping I think. I can’t remember if I had another grilled cheese or not but I should have if I didn’t. They are so yummy. Hot ham and cheese would be slightly better but grilled cheese is awesome on it’s own. I took another dump hoping that would be the last for the race and re-lubed my feet. I was pretty efficient but it was getting crowded so it took a little time to get stuff packed up and out the door. I had to get my drop bag of food so that added some time as well. I had forgotten to pack some of the normal food I take with in the winter so I didn’t have many options that were appetizing anymore. It was 5:10AM once I finally left so still a respectable amount of down time.

It was now -21F (again the low was supposed to be -10) but the wind had died down. It always gets colder when the wind dies down. I suspect the cold air can settle to the ground better when there isn’t wind. Paul had said he would be sleeping at the shelter 2.5 miles after Mel George’s. I can’t remember if I had another coat on or not at this point. I think I didn’t. It was -22 as I went past the shelter. Paul looked right at home in his bivy and even had a coat hanging from the shelter like he lived there. The moon had set so it was very dark but the stars were out. The big downhill after the shelter didn’t seem as big. My sled didn’t run very well in the cold. That windchill going down sure sucked though.

I still was wearing my nose mask things I made myself. I used them almost the entire race this year. I didn’t get any of the usual dry skin on my nose either this year likely because of it. Occasionally I’d have to peel the nose mask off my nose due to the ice buildup that would form and then I’d just use the other side since they are reversible. My lips ended up getting chapped this year though. I put stuff on often but it was a different kind than I normally use (made for colder weather) and I think it was too runny to stay on very long.

I was keeping a good pace and all by myself. Slowly I could see the sky get lighter. I was glad the wind was gone since a good amount of the sections after Mel George’s faced where the wind was supposed to be from. About 5 miles or so after Mel George’s my hands started to tingle for no apparent reason. I was moving the same speed I had been and there wasn’t any wind but I was now in a low spot. I decided to look at the thermometer even though I had just looked at it 5 minutes ago. It was now -30F! No wonder I felt colder. I could see the end of the low spot so I just moved quickly to get to it and watch the temperature go back up to -22 in about a half mile. At Orr, MN which was only about 5 miles from where I was at the time, it was officially -13 with a 6mph wind at the time. It’s always been known by veterans at Arrowhead that the low spots get 10-15 degrees colder when the wind is low. Here is a good example of that. I thought about taking a picture of the thermometer but didn’t really feel like getting cold standing there just for a picture.

Now the sun was up and I just kind of went into cruise mode. I saw vehicles at most of the road crossings. There was a mile or so long section that wasn’t groomed because the ice wasn’t thick enough for the groomer so it was all hilly there. It gets annoying pretty fast having the sled being pulled back and then forward over all the hills from the snowmobiles. At least we weren’t post-holing. Ellen, Alan, Jeff and John had all caught up to me at the same time here. I wasn’t sure how long it would be bumpy like this. The next trail crossing I could think of was the South Orr trail and that was like 10 miles away! Luckily there was a road I didn’t remember and don’t know the name of that we crossed and the groomer had started again after that road. Yay!!!

The Myrtle Lake Shelter was rebuilt this year and looks really nice. It was slowly getting warmer and peaked out around 4 above with some nice sunshine at times. The wind was there again in my face so I kept my nose guard on all day. Maybe I wouldn’t have needed it but since I had them, I used them. Finally I got to the hill that, for me at least, shows the suckiest part is coming soon. It’s right before shelter 8 and on it’s own, it’s not a big deal. It’s just that there are pretty much endless hills for the next 8 miles. When you look at it on paper after the fact, it doesn’t look that bad. In the moment though, it always feels like it’s non stop hills until the final long hill down to Embark aid station. I briefly talked to Jeff, Ellen, and Alan when we were together but we all hit the hills and flats at different speeds so it wasn’t for long. There were a few snowmobiles in this section. Overall there were much fewer snowmobiles than last year.

The back of the pack bikers came by in this section as well. I’m sure they had a nice 8 hour sleep and big breakfast at Mel Georges which just reminded me how jealous I am of bikers to be done a complete day earlier on average. They were having fun with the great snow conditions and watching us slide down the hills on our sleds. Perhaps they were a little jealous of us as well. After they had left me behind I saw one of their hats on the opposite side of the trail as I was sledding down it. It was a big hill and there was no way I was climbing back up it to get it. Turns out they didn’t want to climb back up it as well.

Finally, the long down hill to Embark came. It was already getting colder so I didn’t slide down it as far as I’d like but that’s OK. I was making good time somehow and was doing this section faster than I ever had before. I still felt pretty awake but took some more caffeine since it would be dark soon and I knew I’d be getting tired then. I got to Embark aid station at 5:12PM so it was still light out and was the earliest I’ve ever gotten there. The winner had already finished! It’d be so nice to be done before the second night.

Last year was the first year Embark did this aid station and since I was unsupported then, I wasn’t able to use anything. This year I could use it. They had a tent with a stove in it similar to the teepee that there used to be. I don’t even remember what they had last year as whatever it was I couldn’t go in it. There were a couple chairs in there and one biker that looked pretty cold. I had my game plan all figured out but it still took 36 minutes for me to get everything done. There was a box of Embark maple syrup in there which was a great pick me up after having the same food for the last 12 hours. It had already dropped to -8 which was supposed to be the low for the entire night. It was pretty clear it would be getting colder then expected. I added a third shirt and put on my jacket. I changed socks, hat, nose guard. I put my mittens in my vest as well as I figured I’d need them at some point. I should’ve gotten my glove liners out but I didn’t think I’d need those.

I was just about to leave when I thought I should probably get another hat on. I think I said “it’s a 2 hat kind of night” and the aid station volunteers agreed. I’m really glad I put on that extra hat which saved me from having to dig it out later. I also got my headlamp back on but the moon was so bright I didn’t even realize the sun was gone and it was just moonlight making it seem like dusk. I ran off from Embark since I had some energy again. I quickly realized I should save the energy for Wakemup hill and just walked again.

By the time I got to Wakemup hill it was too dark to see anything from the top. I guess I’ll just have to go faster so I can finally see the view from the top. The ride down seemed shorter than normal but it’s still so much fun going fast down it. Now began the long slog to the finish line. At Embark I asked how far to the finish and they said 22.5 miles. I’ve never gotten an accurate distance since my watch would always die in this section. I wasn’t entirely sure if 22.5 miles was correct or not. Some years I swear it was only 21 miles and it could be up to 24 miles if the detour was still there.

I was doing math in my head on how fast I’d need to go to get different times. Under 40 was pretty much out of the picture unless I ran the entire time and it was only 21 miles. I wasn’t sure if I could run the entire time and was pretty sure it was more than 21 miles so I just ran when I felt like it and walked the rest. I was able to move quickly in the hard snow and I was more awake than I’ve been other years. I had gotten my iPod out after Wakemup hill which helped keep me awake as well. I put on my a second coat shortly after the hill since it was getting even colder now.

I got to the area where the detour was and things were still strange. There was an arrow sign that pointed to the right which was the detour but it didn’t look like an official trail sign. Even more confusing was about 2/3rds of the tracks kept going straight on the old path and 1/3 took the detour. I started to take the detour and saw a bunch of footprints in the snow coming back towards me. ??? So I called the race director. I thought it would be better to waste a minute on the phone to potentially save 15 minutes going on the stupid detour. He said most people had indeed been going straight based on the tracker data so that I could go either way. I of course chose the shorter old route. It seemed even shorter than I remember to rejoin the trail. Perhaps the detour was changed again and not as long as the last 2 years but I was still glad with my decision to spend the 5 minutes to figure out where to go.

Since I was moving faster than I had ever moved before in this section, I assumed I would be catching up to someone but I never did. Everyone was moving quickly. Why? I’m guessing for the same reason as me. It was getting really cold and I wanted to be done. Even though this is the shortest section of the race for everybody, it can certainly seem like the longest. It’s boring at night and probably in the day as well. Things in the distance never seem to get closer. Everyone is tired both mentally and physically. The list of “dislikes” for this section is probably exponentially longer than the “likes” for this section by everyone that’s finished Arrowhead. I’m not saying I’d love for there to be 20 more miles of hills to this race am I? It would certainly make more people quit way back at Mel George so the race directors would like that. I guess the boring flatness is just a way to make you think you’re almost done and it should be so easy at the end. It’s just a part of the race that I haven’t yet mastered to make interesting. Maybe on lucky number 7, I’ll figure that out.

The last 10 miles or so of the race was way colder than I was expecting or what the forecast said. It varied between -22 and -30F. Normally I use glove liners in my mittens once it’s -25 so that I never touch anything with bare skin. I didn’t have them out because it wasn’t supposed to get that cold. I wasn’t cold at all now but I definitely had to run to stay warm on and off. I had plenty of clothes left to put on but then I’d have to slow down to not overheat so I kept choosing to just move faster when it got colder. I never touched anything metal, just my cloth pull tags on the zippers of my bag and the plastic clips on my vest. Yet I could tell a couple days after the race that there was a slight tingle in my finger tips so I must’ve damaged the skin a little bit doing those things. I can do all those things with gloves on but it’s of course faster with them off so I just took them off not realizing it was -30 until I looked at the thermometer once I was done working with them off. After this point I just kept the mittens on.

I didn’t notice any sleepiness until about 11PM. I was getting antsy now and wanted to be done. I still had no idea how long I had left since I still hadn’t made the turn to the casino. As always, I was somewhat concerned that I missed it. I know it’s pretty hard to miss and I worry about it literally every year so I told my brain to chill out and just keep moving. I was starting to physically hurt in a couple spots since I was pushing the speed so much and for so long. Occasionally I would yell out Brrow which was my smashing together of the words Brrr and Ow in the old Seaseme Street fashion.

The turn did finally come. I haven’t even looked to see how long my watch said the distance was from there to the finish. I think it was like 2.5 miles, which in my memory seems way too short and way too long at the same time somehow. I was hoping to get to the finish before midnight but that didn’t happen. I finished at 12:12AM for a race time of 41:08. It was my fastest time by over an hour and I got 7th place. Not bad, but actually one of my lowest placings which shows how good the conditions and other competitors were this year. It was warmer at the finish since it’s up higher, probably about -16. There were a few volunteers cheering me in. For some reason I always feel so bad for them having to watch me slowly walk up the hill to the finish. It must be so boring to cheer for the 3 minutes it takes for me to finish once they see me coming. It’s really not that far of a distance, just steeper than I want to run up.

We chatted for a bit and took pictures. They took my rented tracker (I forgot to tell you that trackers were a new requirement this year). Then it was time to head in and do a brief gear check. I only had to show my food this year.

I then moved to the racer area to get some warm food and my trophy. They were different this year so I’ll have to get a least a few more finishes to even out how many I have of each type. I can’t just have 1 oddball sticking out. I ate and talked to the other finishers for half an hour or so. I’ll add that in those 30 minutes, I probably spent 10 of them massaging and scratching my head. The only thing more irritating to my head than wearing a hat for 2 days straight, is wearing 2 hats and a hood at the same time for 2 days straight. If dogs getting pet feels anything like getting my head massaged after this race, I think I’ve solved the riddle of a dog’s undying affection for humans!

This year was the first year I got a room for Tuesday night hoping that I would be done quickly. My gamble had paid off so I got my room key and headed off to clean up and sleep. I brought my sled up right away as well to get that out of the way. Paul finished once I woke up so I saw him when he got to the finisher area inside. It was nice to get to hang out again this year at the finish. Covid ruined it all the last couple years and I really missed hearing stories from everyone. I’m pretty sure I convinced one guy to never do Volstate although that wasn’t my goal when describing it. Lots of good stories heard and told. The finish line of an ultramarathon is one of the few times I know people are actually interested in my stories. We’re a weird bunch I guess.

Here is the official temps near the race route during the race. Much more pleasant than reality.

Hope you enjoyed the report. Good luck out there. Previous reports of 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2022.

Superior 100 – 2022 Race Report (Gnarly Bandit Pt 4)

This won’t be a super detailed race report. I’ve run this twice before so those reports (2016, 2017) are more in depth to the race route, etc although I do have some nice videos to put in the blog this year that give a good idea of what it’s like to run this race, at least in the daytime.

This years race was held September 9th. There were a couple changes this year. In fact, I’ve never run the same race twice here since it changes a little almost every year. The fun suspension bridge over the river at Tettagouche was damaged with the spring flooding and the state park officials wouldn’t let us ford the river. I don’t really know why since they let us cross at Split Rock but whatever. This added some distance to the race since we had to go down a snowmobile/ski trail and cross the river by the highway and then go back up to the superior hiking trail. Crew couldn’t go to the Tettegouche aid station either. My wife loved this change since she hated having to carry stuff up the trail from the parking lot but I hated it because it is the most important aid station of the race due to the time of day and the distances between stations both before and after. Also the finish line was different. I’m not sure if that was new this year or just new to me since I hadn’t run it for 5 years. The race time was moved back 10 minutes to 7:50AM to help make up for the course changes.

My wife was crewing for me again this year. We stayed in Two Harbors before the race. It was really hot that day. I got my bib by myself since there wasn’t a pre-race meeting like usual or the usual spaghetti dinner. The meeting I didn’t miss since it’s pretty long and I’ve heard it a few times already. I did really miss the meal though.

It was hard to sleep since it was so hot and there wasn’t air conditioning at the motel. We just left the door open and had the fan blow in air to the room all night. No one murdered us or stole anything. Maybe that should be Two Harbors new tourism slogan “You won’t get murdered or robbed here!”

Since it was supposed to rain the entire next day, I planned on my wet foot racing plan so there wasn’t much of anything to do the night before except eat and go to bed. I would wear my Altra Timp which drain water really well and change into the Olympus once it stopped raining before dark. I had a race plan kind of figured out but I wasn’t really sure how I’d do this year. I wasn’t feeling all that great about the race. I was getting decent miles in but not near enough hills and I knew it would suck with the rain. I had the important things written down for my wife but not much else. I asked her if she wanted me to write more stuff down and she said “I’ve done this before, I know what you want.” …I should’ve written more down.

Race morning was pretty laid back. I think I got up around 5:30 or so. I hadn’t had caffeine for a few weeks so I felt real awake after taking some race morning. There had been a little rain already but it was supposed to really start right around the start of the race. The nice thing was that it was still pretty warm. Over 60 degrees so I wasn’t worried about getting cold even with the rain. I didn’t wear any sort of rain gear but did bring a cheap poncho just in case something happened and I needed some warmth.

The bathroom line was long as always at the start. I thought the race email said they’d have extra bathrooms this year but it was the normal amount. We didn’t get there real early so there wasn’t a lot of time we had to kill waiting for the start. Here’s a nice video showing what the starting line area is like race morning.

https://photos.google.com/share/AF1QipMU9U4t9GhvIJFpiBm-ngfUluFC457dQuX7nGPuReU1wLdmkFxwpVMZ3Er8ZZNYPg/photo/AF1QipO94T2ZxjQk_jGuofB8-7D8rc3WCn6wcCd4aPbj?key=eW5pYVc4SWRSd2hCOHpXS0R5alpSamZZcTdBU0Vn

The rain was just starting to come down fast when the race started. My plan was to finish in 29:45. Pretty much based on nothing other than it was in between my other 2 finish times. I knew it would probably be slower since the rain makes you take it easy on the downhills since everything is slicker and I didn’t really care when I finished, just that I did. I didn’t want to get hurt on the 4th leg of Gnarly Bandit after already going through the first 3 races.

On the easy bike path at the start of the race. Photo Credit: Cary Johnson

I was about 10 minutes behind schedule already by the first aid station. I was eating well and feeling good. It was raining pretty hard. It was foggy everywhere so you couldn’t see much of the lake or anything pretty. The nice thing was that I didn’t get stuck behind a conga line even though I was slower this year. Everyone was moving pretty well although more carefully than normal.

https://photos.google.com/share/AF1QipMU9U4t9GhvIJFpiBm-ngfUluFC457dQuX7nGPuReU1wLdmkFxwpVMZ3Er8ZZNYPg/photo/AF1QipNxbnXUy-vs7mVhb92zmUW6TbTT2KNSNT4tGGDN?key=eW5pYVc4SWRSd2hCOHpXS0R5alpSamZZcTdBU0Vn

That video by Eric Hadtrath was just after Split Rock aid station and it’s usually really pretty there. As you can see, it was raining pretty hard all morning. So much so that I didn’t stop to pee all morning. Oh I had to pee a couple times, I just didn’t stop. Why bother? I was taking a shower all morning!

The water from the aid station tasted horrible to me again. I asked, and it’s the same water containers and water they’ve used at this race for decades so I’m not sure what the deal is. The water tasted better at latter aid stations but still not good. I’m glad I wasn’t sweating much at all so I didn’t have to drink much of it.

Here is a video of me somewhere between Split Rock and Beaver Bay

https://photos.google.com/share/AF1QipMU9U4t9GhvIJFpiBm-ngfUluFC457dQuX7nGPuReU1wLdmkFxwpVMZ3Er8ZZNYPg/photo/AF1QipPpuTCiiXYpdUDQnY9QUSQdg_v_EURqXUuuPjLR?key=eW5pYVc4SWRSd2hCOHpXS0R5alpSamZZcTdBU0Vn

Before Beaver Bay is where the trail starts to get rocky and sucky. I often times run on the rocks on purpose because I actually slip less and stub my toes less that way. This year when I stepped on one with the front of my foot I felt pain on the top of my foot. That was odd since usually if my foot flexes severely like that, the heel/Achilles hurts not the top of my foot. It didn’t last long and nothing seemed wrong but as I’d find out around mile 80, it did do something. Still not sure what but that foot was hurting a lot by then.

During this section everyone’s race bibs started disintegrating from the rain. I saw mine come off so at least I didn’t loose it. I rolled it up and put it in my pocket making sure not to bend the chip inside it. At the next aid station they wrote our numbers on the pink ribbon we have on our backs. I don’t know if everyone is getting bibs from a new manufacturer this year or what but I had this happen at both rainy races this year and I’ve never had rain destroy them before. It rained in 2016 at this race and I had no issues then. They just feel different too. More papery than plasticy like the old ones.

Bib is already gone. Photo credit: Cary Johnson

The video below was taken coming into Beaver Bay aid station. Notice all the fun rocks and mud? That slowed me down some.

https://photos.google.com/share/AF1QipMU9U4t9GhvIJFpiBm-ngfUluFC457dQuX7nGPuReU1wLdmkFxwpVMZ3Er8ZZNYPg/photo/AF1QipPBGo5g_krjQF6UmbznW2TL54-BTrjHkBOvz5M2?key=eW5pYVc4SWRSd2hCOHpXS0R5alpSamZZcTdBU0Vn

I got to Beaver Bay about 10 minutes late. I spent much more time at the aid stations this year than normal. I even sat down pretty often which I never do. Over all I spent about 45 minutes longer at aid stations than normal. Some of that is due to changing socks and reapplying Vaseline to my feet to prevent trench foot that I don’t normally have to do. The rest is due to taking my time eating real food. More of the early aid stations had real food than years past. Like grilled food and soups, etc. All very nice but it does take longer to eat and you can’t eat soup while on this technical course. It’s hard to eat anything on the technical sections other than a gel.

I told my wife about the water making me want to barf and that I couldn’t drink it anymore. Now since she said “I’ve done this before, I know what you want” I assumed that she would know to get bottled water to give me at the later aid stations. In fact, I specifically said I want the water from the water bottle we got at the motel but she didn’t have it with her at this aid station. She never bought any water the entire race so I was stuck drinking the aid station water. As I said before though, it did get better so at least I stopped gagging from the taste. It still tasted bad but not gagging bad. I ended up getting soup at most aid stations to cover the flavor, or putting in electrolytes as well. I really wish I knew what it was since it’s only water from Zumbro and Superior that made me sick and both of them use the same containers. Plus I never had an issue at those races before. And it’s definitely the taste, not some other GI thing. I had one bottle in my pack that still had motel water and one that I refilled with aid station water at Split Rock. One made me literally gag and the other tasted just fine. I’ll just plan ahead and make sure to bring my own from now on.

In case I forget later, I’ll just say that the aid stations and volunteers at this race are amazing! It’s always hard when I go out of state to other races to remember that we have it really good at MN races and not to expect that at other races. The vast majority of other races aren’t run badly by any means, but they’re just not the same. Again, the volunteers are plentiful at this race and are awesome. We’re kind of spoiled here. The only race out of state that has matched it was Actif Epica in Canada in my opinion. The race itself wasn’t super fun but the aid stations and volunteers were perfect there. OK, I guess Ronda Dels Cims was really good too and Spartathlon had great volunteers. I guess I’ve been spoiled with out of country races as well!

After leaving Beaver Bay I happened to be in the right spot to get a video recorded of me again. This time it’s mud and roots! I always wonder if HURT 100 is pretty much like this the entire time. Thanks again to Eric Hadtrath for taking these videos!

https://photos.google.com/share/AF1QipMU9U4t9GhvIJFpiBm-ngfUluFC457dQuX7nGPuReU1wLdmkFxwpVMZ3Er8ZZNYPg/photo/AF1QipOvjtPVFwBiRHbF5JtFjBSaZU8eRnb2Doo8fd-S?key=eW5pYVc4SWRSd2hCOHpXS0R5alpSamZZcTdBU0Vn

On a side note, there was a new section of trail (reroute) during this first day but I can’t remember where exactly. It was pretty easy to tell it was new since there weren’t any rocks or roots exposed on it yet from erosion. It was so fast to run on without always having to watch your step. It must’ve been awesome to hike the superior hiking trail when it was brand new and like this the entire way!

This is the first time it wasn’t very far to the next aid station, only 4.3 miles. The last 2 were 10 miles. I think it was after this aid station that I had to take a pit stop in the woods. It luckily wasn’t down pouring so at least my toilet paper still worked. The downside was of course a group of 6 people passed me and then I was stuck behind them for a while. I never seem to go the same speed as other people. I can pass them downhill and then on the next uphill there they are passing me. Sometimes I just take my time behind them but this time I charged ahead and stayed enough in front to not feel them right behind me.

Silver Bay has some industrial sections of trail, meaning you’re crossing RR tracks and looking at buildings and pipes, etc. I got to the aid station 20 minutes behind now. I wouldn’t see Jessie for 20 miles and over 5 hours since the next aid station (Tettegouche) was off limits for crew this year. I took socks and my small foot kit since I knew it would be likely I’d have to change socks at Tettegouche as I hadn’t put any in the drop bag there. I’m not sure what else I did here besides get more food.

The rain was slowing down but the course was still wet and very foggy. There are some awesome areas around Silver Bay with cliffs and drop offs. It was kinda eerie to look to your side where you know there is a cliff and only see fog below you. You don’t know if it’s 50ft or 1000ft. I mean it’s not 1000ft since this is MN but you couldn’t tell just by looking. It did clear up enough by Bean and Bear Lakes to see them at least

So a bit of a sidebar here. I’ve known about Pokemon Go since it came out. It began just before I ran Volstate in 2016 and I’d see kids all over in the middle of the night walking around looking at their phones. Anyway my kids started playing it this summer so I joined along since it’s something I can actually be better at than them. I was trying to get a bunch of candy for my Wailmer by using Puffins and it worked for awhile but then the app quit keeping track of my distance, blah blah blah. Silver Bay is the first time I turned my phone back on to see how the app was doing since it had been close to 6 hours. Surprisingly there are tons of Pokemon all over the superior hiking trail. In fact there is a gym at the overlook of Bean and Bear Lake which seemed really weird to me. I didn’t take the time to battle the gym but I did spin a couple pokestops there. I mean there were 5 times more Pokemon on the most remote areas of that trail than on my road in my hometown. It would be a great way to break your phone trying to look at it while hiking such a technical trail since you’d fall all the time. You better have a super protective case if you try that!

My shoes were finally starting to dry out some since there wasn’t giant puddles of water to run through anymore. It was still raining off the trees since they collected all the fog and it was probably sprinkling some too but I definitely had to stop when I micturated now 🙂

It seemed like the turn off the superior hiking trail for the re-route took forever to come. I kept thinking I missed it in the fog. This course is generally very well marked but it seemed like every time I needed a confirmation marker, I couldn’t find one. Eventually it came and we ran down what I think is usually a snowmobile trail or maybe a ski trail since there are lots of those at Tettegouche. Either way it had at least been mowed down. There were large water holes in it. Some would go a couple feet deep so you had to be careful to watch the person in front of you and where they stepped so you didn’t make the same mistakes. You couldn’t avoid the water but you hoped you’d miss the deepest part of it at least. So much for dry shoes.

Coming into Tettegouche aid station. Photo Credit: Alex Bangs

The aid station was amazing! Before it was basically just a trail intersection that crew could meet you at and very little at the aid station. Now since the aid station was down by the highway, it had full course meals! It was almost 4pm so the food was very welcome. I had bacon and I know at least 1 or 2 other cooked food items. I changed my socks and reapplied my wet foot mixture. There were no signs of blisters or trench foot so things were good on that front. I’m sure I was here way too long but the food was so good and it was important to take care of my feet. I got my emergency flashlight from my drop bag although it would be easy to get to CR6 before dark. You just never know if your crew will be there though so best to be prepared and have it early.

The next section is close to 10 miles (same as the last) and usually my worst as far as how I feel. Most years it’s late afternoon and hot and I’m fully out of energy by now (33 miles). It wasn’t hot but there was zero wind and of course 100% humidity so I was still sweating plenty. Overall I felt OK. I knew I would never make up the time I was behind but I was fine with it. People weren’t passing me and I wasn’t passing anyone either so everyone was doing equally as bad as me today. Along the way to CR 6 is an inland looking overlook called Sawmill Dome. Not much of a view this year as you can see below.

Look at those nice roots just waiting to hook your foot and send you off over the cliff. Photo Credit: Cary Johnson

You can hear the aid station from here but of course it takes way longer to get there than you think it should. I got to CR6 20 minutes behind schedule. Not that much but my wife was concerned and all worried I got hurt. She was like that the entire race. I kept telling her I would be slower but even when I did a section the speed I thought I would, she would think I was late and hurt. I guess it’s because she hadn’t seen me for over 5 hours and probably just missed me 🙂 I would now see her more often for the rest of the race.

I think I changed my shoes here and I got my headlamp. I left my watch for her to charge and I’d pick it up at Finland. I left with a couple other guys. The beginning of this section is fairly hilly but the last 5 miles or so is very flat or gradual inclines. If you feel good you can run that entire part. I didn’t feel good but I ran as much as I could.

I got runners knee at Black Hills and I didn’t want that happening again so I would stop every mile and work out any quad knots I had. It slowed me down but seemed to be working. In general I’ve never done so much “in race” stretching as this one. I even used a impact massager at Tettegouche for awhile (another awesome thing about that aid station). I didn’t push things ever during this race and my time definitely shows it.

My feet were starting to hurt some now as well. I still didn’t know it was because of that one rock 30 miles ago and just thought it was regular old pain from stepping on a million rocks and roots.

Finland seemed to take forever to come since I didn’t have my watch to tell how far it was left to get there. I made the turn to the aid station and started seeing people coming towards me. I briefly panicked since I had forgot it was a short out and back to this aid station. I sat down at Finland and was glad to get some food. I got my watch back and I think used the bathroom for my second dump of the race. I had lost another 10 minutes since I couldn’t run the whole flat part.

I left the aid station and had to assure some runners that forgot about the out and back as well. It was still foggy and slightly cooler now that it was dark. It was difficult to see the markers in the fog. It seemed like every time there was a turn in the trail there was no marker to confirm the direction, just a single flag at the junction and then nothing further down the trail. The trail just looks so much different in the fog than I remembered so I was always scanning the trees for the blue blazes which are much more frequent than the race flags. At least I didn’t get lost, I was just more paranoid than usual. It didn’t help that I didn’t really see anyone the next 2 sections. I thought there would be more people around since I was moving slower than normal. I started to listen to music now to help with the pace and stay awake.

Sonju Lake aid station is lost from memory so not much to say. I got to Crosby Manitou just before 1AM. 40 minutes behind. The aid station was more subdued than other years but still awesome. I think I changed socks again here. The clouds were starting to thin out but still widespread. It was a full moon but I could never fully see it. There was just a brighter spot in the sky due to the clouds. I know I got more food here and left for the suckiest part of the course.

So this section is pretty well known as the sucky part. I’ve known that since I’ve run it 3 times before already. For some reason though I was remembering it as not as horrible as it really is. I thought there was a straighter less steep section towards the end but there really isn’t. It’s just pretty much sucky rocks and steep hills up and down for miles. It doesn’t help that this section is almost 10 miles long, it just adds to the misery. I guess add that it’s dark too and it just has that eeriness that other parts of the trail don’t in the dark. The trail is often overgrown so trees are trying to grab you from the sides as well which can be creepy at night. So…yeah, it sucks, trust me.

By the time I got to Sugarloaf I was now an hour behind. I don’t remember much about this either so I’ll just move on to Cramer Rd. Well I guess I think I changed headlamps here just to make sure it wouldn’t die since I had to have the light on fairly bright with all the fog. I also started listening to good story podcasts that kept me awake just fine. I’d occasionally take some caffeine but I never got all that tired.

It was light out by Cramer Rd so I dumped my headlamp and got back my headband. The last time I did the race I was already past the next aid station by this time. Ugh! Things were hurting now. I knew I’d end up walking most of the rest of the race which just sucks. There are some really runnable sections the last marathon of this trail and I knew I wouldn’t be able to take full advantage of them. While it’s disheartening to know that, there’s nothing you can do but keep going. I think I changed my socks one more time here.

I knew from before that the Cross River isn’t the Temperance river that the next aid station is name for. I didn’t remember that you follow the Cross River for what feels like FOREVER! I thinks it’s only a mile or so but I kept thinking the bridge would just be around the next corner and it never came! After many false hopes, finally the bridge arrived. Then it’s mostly downhill to the Temperance aid station.

I don’t think I did much here at all. I was an hour and 15 minutes behind now and it had dawned on me that I was wasting a bunch of time at aid stations. I wanted to get done by at least 32 hours so I needed to not stop so long.

I thought the next section would probably take 2:30 since I was doing so poorly but I did it in 2 hours which was almost what I had scheduled at the beginning of the race. The reason this section is difficult is because of Carlton Peak. You go from the bridge over the Temperance River at 750ft to almost the top of Carlton Peak at 1450ft. The beginning is runnable if you didn’t feel as crappy as I did. I was able to run a little at least but had to hike most of it. I couldn’t even power hike anymore since my feet hurt more doing that than even running. At this point the marathon people were passing me constantly. I got so tired of stopping to let them by. I felt like I was standing still more than I was moving. There were over 300 of them.

Finally I got to the top of Carlton. From there it is fairly straightforward to the aid station at Sawbill.

This is me at the top of Carlton. I feel like I look. This is probably the only picture of me at a race you’ll see of me not smiling or at least have a neutral face. Photo Credit: Cary Johnson

I got to Sawbill in decent time. Only 13 more miles to go. I was figuring it would be about 5 more hours if not longer. I didn’t stay long and kept going. Normally, this is my favorite section. It’s totally runnable and fun to run if you have decent legs. I ran maybe 20% of it. It was getting hot. It wasn’t supposed to get warm on the second day but that had changed since the race started I guess. Usually this section of trail is muddy year round but since it had been a pretty dry summer, it had soaked up the rain from yesterday and was actually still firm.

I started counting down the big hills left to go. Oberg aid station was a quick stop for water. I couldn’t even run downhill anymore so the fun downhills of Oberg and Moose mountain weren’t fun anymore. At least I didn’t get stung by any yellow jackets this year. People were passing me all the time. Most were marathoners but a few 100 mile people as well. Overall, I was running near the same 10 people in the 100 mile race since Silver Bay.

Somewhere near Oberg. Photo Credit: Awen Briem

The climb up Moose mountain sucked as much as I thought it would. Mystery mountain wasn’t too bad but still slow. Finally it was time to go down the mountain towards the finish line. Yay! It wasn’t fast but I did run the last mile or so to the finish line. The bib I had in my pocket for most of the race still worked so they were able to announce my name as I finished in 31:54:13.

Man I look bad. Not my usual finish smile. Photo Credit: Mike Wheeler

I got in under 32 hours which wasn’t as bad as 34 hours which had been a worry at one point during the race. Surprisingly I was 44th out of 222 starters for my usual 80th percentile. Seems like everyone had a difficult race this year.

I sat down and the awesome volunteers got me what I needed. I eventually got up to eat some finish line chili. My sister in law did the marathon race and passed me at some point but I didn’t notice when. I didn’t know she was running it so I wasn’t looking either. Pretty much the first thing she asked was how I ran that at night. At first I was confused and thought she was talking about the Crosby section since that sucks so bad but then I realized she did the marathon and not the 50 mile so she didn’t know about that section. It looks like trail running had a definite impression on her. Not sure if it was a bad or good impression though. If she’s like most people, it’s a mixture of both. Trail races are definitely harder than road races but at the same time more enjoyable and might I say fun? I was hooked from the first mile of the same race she had just run when I did it 10 years ago. That was my first trail race and I’ve loved them ever since.

Interestingly, about 5 of the marathon runners that passed me said they wished they could do the 100 mile distance. As in, they didn’t think they could ever go that far. I told all of them I ran the exact same race you’re running 10 years ago, you can if you want to!

We got my drop bag and headed to the hotel to clean up and sleep. I was pretty dirty although I never fell once during the race. I didn’t even have to catch myself ever. Most likely since I didn’t ever push it and took my time in the difficult spots. I did stub my toe pretty bad a couple times and had to pop a blister under that toenail I think around Cramer Rd. Nothing was purple on my feet so I knew nothing was torn but man everything from the ankles down hurt. I soaked them in some ice water before bed just to make sure they wouldn’t swell.

We did the usual nap and then went to eat at the same place we always do. It was much busier than other years so maybe the word got out.

Gnarly Bandit pt 4 is done. Only Wild Duluth is left. I hope my feet can make it.

Finishing this race gave me 840 race miles in a 12 month period and doesn’t include the miles I paced at FANS. That’s the most I’ve done for that time period.

Kettle Moraine 100 Mile – Race Report 2022 (Gnarly Bandit pt 2)

I finished this race almost a month ago so my memory is starting to fade on specifics. For how I felt during the last 40 miles of the race, that’s probably a good thing. This race took place on June 11th, 2022 in Wisconsin near Whitewater on the Ice Age Trail. I ran it in 2015 and finished in a pretty good time of 22:24. The course was slightly different then but probably similar enough to still be comparable. I didn’t really enjoy the race that year. There is a new race director now so I hoped it would be better this time. I didn’t have a crew like last time so I knew I would go slower due to that. Plus I wasn’t going to try that hard since I had Black Hills 100 in 12 days after I finished Kettle and I needed to stay healthy.

Here is a video they made of this years race. I’m not in any of the shots as far as I could tell. At 7:29 in the bottom left corner you can see a guy biff it. That’s not me but I’m almost positive I tripped in the same spot as I was looking left trying to see some sand hill cranes. The video gives a very good representation of what the course is like other than the 2nd out and back since that was in the dark.

So I guess I’ll start in that I got there the day before the race since packet pickup was only available the day before the race and not race morning. I ended up staying in Janesville since it was a lot cheaper there and had more food options available. The packet pickup certainly didn’t run as smooth as it could’ve. I got there soon after it opened so I knew it would be busy. The only real issue is there wasn’t any way to know where to line up. The lines weren’t labeled up high on the tent like most races so you would know from the back which line to go in. Oddly they were organized by first name. If you weren’t in the correct line you had to get in a different line and start over. Luckily I was in the correct line just by chance. I didn’t know what my bib number was since I never got the pre-race email. Not in my spam either. Luckily I later found it online so I could read it. It said we were supposed to get parking passes at the packet pickup, they never gave us any. Things weren’t looking good for how the race was run in my mind at this point. (I never had to pay for a pass and I didn’t get towed so I guess things changed in the few days between the email and the race?)

The race starts at 6AM since it’s nice and bright out by then already. The race used to be held a week earlier in the year but they changed it due to national trail day being that weekend and I’m guessing the Ice Age Trail people told them to change it. I didn’t see a single hiker in 2015 when we had the race then so it really wasn’t an issue. In fact I did see about 8 hikers this year so it was worse to change it.

The weather was pretty good. It had rained overnight a little and everything was wet. In fact the entire race it was pretty much wet since the humidity was high and there were clouds for most of the day. The wind was at our backs in the morning and against us on the way back from the first loop which helped to fight the little heat there was. I remember thinking the course was somewhat hard back in 2015 but I just hadn’t seen enough difficult courses yet. There is really only a 2 mile section around the Hwy 12 aid station that is technical and this is in the dark and late in the race which makes it a little harder yet. Otherwise, the part I remember being fun after Bluff aid station was still fun. The section we do 4 times still sucks but not as much as I remember.

I’m just going to quickly go through the first out and back since I don’t remember much anyway. There are aid stations all the time which is nice. I think the longest section is 5.1 miles. I got by with just 2-500ml bottles the entire race. Occasionally I’d drink up at the aid station if I was getting behind on fluids but mostly I didn’t need to. There is a new section that I call the McMiller loop that goes around a shooting range. It’s loud and kinda annoying after a while. You can hear gun shots non-stop for several hours both on the way out and the way back. This also has a prairie section in it. If you read reports of the old course about having a prairie section in it, this is an additional section. The original prairie section that you go through on the way back in the heat of the day is still there. The other big difference is that there is a loop at Scuppernog instead of the out and back they used to have. It was certainly more difficult than the old course in my memory. There was zero breeze but it was pretty so there’s that I guess. There was a volunteer at one point to help keep us 100mile and 100K people on course because the 50k entry to the course was in this section and I could definitely see how it would confuse people as there were course flags going in 2 directions.

I fell a couple times in the tall grass sections. The track was very narrow, nothing had been mowed, and I’d occasionally hit a rock that was hiding in the grass at the edge of the trail. I got dirty but nothing else. Otherwise things were going according to my 25 hour finish plan. There weren’t as many runners as in 2015 but someone was usually always within sight or sound. I got hot but not overheated. I just had to slow down some. Around mile 45 or so I got super tired. I had only been up for 11 hours or so but I was sleepy. My quads felt tired as well. I knew then already the night would be slower than I was planning. I wasn’t really concerned since my only real goal was to finish healthy but It’s always a bummer when you realize things aren’t going to go very well.

I’ll say here that the race volunteers at the aid stations were awesome! The race itself was run very well during the race as well. The check-in process was the only issue I saw overall. There weren’t any gels available but I knew that going into it so I put some in my drop bags along the way. Overall I got things right as far as where I put items in my drop bags.

I got to the start\finish line after the first out and back in 14 hours which was on schedule. It was 8pm and I picked up my drop bag and just walked to my car to do stuff there. I had to change socks and reapply lube. I got my headlamp and left my hat there. I probably did a few other things as well since I was there for 20 minutes.

My stomach was doing the same crap as it was at Zumbro. Once it got dark, my being tired just got worse. I was super frustrated as the course is pretty runnable all the way to Duffin but I just had to walk a lot. Even more frustrating was I wasn’t even hiking fast. I sat down at Duffin for a little bit. The volunteers gave my some Pepto but it didn’t help any either. Looking back I should’ve chugged more caffeine I think since I hadn’t really taken that much. Antacids helped some but never fixed it.

It was foggy now. Like hard to see more than 5 feet kinda foggy. The moon was pretty much full so it was spooky and really cool looking at the same time. Throughout the night it would reflect off the water when there was some. It was downright stunning at Rice Lake but I never got a picture of it. I think I thought in my head it wouldn’t turn out so why bother, but I should’ve tried. It was reflecting off the lake and had fog over the lake in spots as well. It was the only good memory of the night.

I left my watch at Hwy 12 in my drop bag to recharge so I didn’t have any real idea of how far I was along the trail until I got back. I think it was just before this section that I noticed I was pretty much going as slow as a couple other runners. One was Jen but I don’t remember the guys name and he wasn’t with Jen and I that much anyway. Jen and I stuck together, not by discussing it, but just because we were both going so slow and it seemed ridiculous to try to pass each other constantly as though either of us gave a crap anymore on our performance. We discussed past races. She was questioning why she ran ultras (a usual topic when feeling like crap).

We got to Rice Lake and I saw Andy Lohn there. He must’ve passed me during the last section or two. Sooo many people passed me in the last 2 sections. He had a pacer and looked much better off than me but I think he was hurting some as well. I didn’t stay long and Jen and I left to go back to Hwy 12. I don’t know how slow we were going but it was around 2 miles an hour. Bad! About 2 miles before we got to Hwy 12 her headlamp died. Remember this is the only section of the trail that I would call bad and now she didn’t have any light. Oh and her phone was almost dead so she really couldn’t use the light on that either. So now we really had to stay together. It ended up better for her to be behind me than in front of me. She was tripping a lot but then again she was tripping a lot when she had a headlamp so it was hard to tell if it was worse or not. I don’t remember her ever falling though. We asked runners that we ran into if they had a headlamp but they either said they didn’t or didn’t even answer. Her plan was to ask at the aid station if anyone had a spare. If nothing else it would be light out in 40 minutes or so and she could just sleep there until then.

We finally got to the Hwy 12 aid station and she did find a volunteer that lent her his headlamp. I got my watch so now I’d now exactly how slow we were going. A guy that I recognized met up with us again. I think it was the same guy as before but I can’t be certain. Even though I had only been up for 24 hours, I felt like I do at the 40 hour mark at Arrowhead. I decided I was going to take a nap on the next bench we saw. For most of the race there were benches like every mile it seemed. Now of course none were to be found. The sun started to come up and the mosquitos came out. I didn’t have any bug spray on so stopping to take a nap was out of the question now.

At the Duffin Aid Station I took a bunch of caffeine as a last ditch effort, sometimes taking a bunch makes my stomach worse but I had to try something. I also put on some music as well. I apologized for my rudeness but I needed to do something to wake up. The music did help. I probably should’ve tried it sooner as I could walk fast now, but perhaps I wouldn’t have been with Jen when her light went out if I had so in the end I guess things worked out fine.

The race had timing mats along the course and it gave splits between the mats. The section from Rice Lake to Bluff I had the 7th slowest time out of 133 people! Empirical proof of the suckyness that it was!

By the time I got to Bluff I felt like running some. My stomach wasn’t 100% by any means but I felt more awake and my legs weren’t really hurting much. I left Bluff before the others and ran slowly on the flat section right after the aid station. It didn’t feel too bad. I never really saw them anymore after that. I just ran when I could and walked much faster than I had through the night. Again, remember we were going like 2 mph before. Now I was doing 16 minute miles.

I passed someone even towards the finish line. Not that it really mattered but it’s nice to be able to run across the finish line instead of zombie walking. I finished in 26:32. Yes over 4 hours slower than the last time I ran it. I got my buckle. I guess they have buckles for under 24 hours now. In 2015 we got a copper kettle. It keeps happening that they make buckles for certain times after I’ve already done that time. Tunnel Hill is the same. I did under 20 hours before the had an under 20 hours buckle.

Jen finished about 20 minutes later. I slept in the car for a little bit as the finish line food wouldn’t be there for a while. I had a couple helpings of the food and then left for home, sleeping in the car a couple times along the way.

Jen and I happy to be done!

Overall the race was put on well. If it was closer to home I would maybe even run it again. It is part of the Midwest Grand Slam but I don’t know if I even plan to do that. Some of those are pretty far away and it’s a pick and choose so not everyone runs the same races anyway in that series. I was 61st out of 133 finishers so pretty much right in the middle. 176 people started of the 200 that signed up for the race.

The swag. Another hat. Guess it’s hat year.

Zumbro 100 Race Report – 2022 (Gnarly Bandit part 1)

This is the 2nd time I’ve done the 100 mile version of this race and the 3rd time I’ve been there. The last time I did the 100 miler here was 7 years ago! The course has been changed a little since then so it’s actually 102 miles now with 13,500 elevation of gain. Overall the course changes were good as far as my memory goes. I did pretty bad last time and had to walk the entire 6th loop that year finishing in 28 hours. The current course is a 17 mile loop that you do 6 times for the 102 mile race. While it’s called a loop, it is pretty much a back and forth all over the Zumbro Bottoms Management Area running what seems like every possible trail there is. There are areas where the race director has a choice of taking the easy way or the hard way…of course the hardest way is always the chosen path. It is a very pretty area at least.

My plan for this year was to follow my original plan from 7 years ago of 25 hours and figured with my 7 years of experience I’d probably be able to do it. Plus I’ve finished Superior in 27:30 and that’s a way harder race on paper. I never felt all that great leading up to the race though. I was running OK since Arrowhead but I didn’t feel all that ready for Zumbro. I didn’t run many hills in training due to the weather and that certainly would affect my race. In general it’s hard to run a 100 mile trail race in early April in MN due to poor training conditions here.

The reason I was doing this race again was mostly because it is part of the Gnarly Bandit Series. It’s a series I’ve wanted to do forever but it never fit into my schedule with other big races I’ve wanted to do. This year I yet again didn’t get into Western States and I didn’t want to apply for Spartathlon this year since I knew I wouldn’t get off work for it 2 years in a row. So after looking at my work schedule, I realized I only had to change 1 thing around and it would work! It entails 4 – 100 mile races and a 100k race at the end. They are all fairly tough trail races and 2 of the 100 milers are only 13 days apart now (used to be 3 weeks) so it’s tough to complete. The good news is that it is fairly easy to get into all the races for it if you plan for it right away. Some of the other series out there are basically impossible to complete anymore just because you can’t get into the races. There are usually 5 or so people that attempt it every year. This is the first time in 4 years that all the races are happening at the full distances since Zumbro has been cancelled in the past for weather and of course the whole Covid shutdown. That was another reason I waited until now to do the series, I wanted to do the entire thing. It’s the same reason I chose the harder version of Hrimthurs. Very few have done both Hrimthurs and Gnarly Bandit. I hope to be one of them.

The fun drive there.

There was no bib pickup the night before like usual so I just left real early from home on race day Friday April 8th. I got there about 35 minutes early which is what I was hoping for. It had snowed during the night but luckily the plows had been out already at 5 in the morning to salt the roads. It snowed last time I was there as well. In fact it pretty much snows every year at Zumbro. One of the reasons I’m so slow at Zumbro is I never have a crew and I end up having to change clothes almost every loop, sometimes a couple times a loop. Add an hour of time to what you think you should get if it’s a year of wild temperature swings (which is most years).

The view of the start/finish from the first ridge. Photo Credit – Cary Johnson

There were I think 52 signed up for the 100 mile race but only 46 showed up to start. That’s lower than past years, I assume due to many people not training during the Covid years and dropping to a shorter distance. I totally get the desire to do that, especially if you’ve done this race before. While a loop course seems like it’d be nice since you don’t need drop bags, etc, it actually sucks because every hard part you know you have to do again and again and again. I had forgot how sucky the sucky parts were in the 7 years since being there.

I got my bib and found out there are only 3 of us going for the Gnarly Bandit this year. It will be fun getting to know Timothy Adamski and Andy Lohn. I have already met Andy but not Timothy. Timothy is way faster so I may not get to talk to him anyway 🙂 There is the tradition to get a photo for Upper Midwest Trail Runners for Gnarly Bandit runners at the start of every race. If you’re not a member but live in the Upper Midwest, I strongly suggest you join. It’s a great way to find out about the more local races, there are contest running series you can do, and there are great discounts as well. I more than pay for my membership just from them.

Gnarly Bandit Runners. Photo Credit – Jamison Swift

There are quite a few people that run this race often, some even every year. I think I would lose my mind doing the 100 mile distance every year. Any other time of year and I’d probably love it, including winter. April, not so much. The buff I have on in that photo is I think from 2014. I must’ve seen at least 5 people with it on at the start and more than that probably own one. Mine is in pretty tough shape and all stretched out. I was hoping to get a new one this year at the race but we’ll be getting hats instead. My favorite race shirt is the one from this race in 2015. I have a LOT of race shirts so that means something that it’s my favorite. Wait, skip that, my Spartathlon jersey is my favorite race shirt but I still wear my Zumbro t-shirt more. It needs replacing as well.

Start line. Photo Credit – Anna Woletz

The race started promptly at 8AM and we were off. The trail up the first hill seemed in worse shape than I remembered it. Perhaps it was from 7 years of erosion. I had my Z-poles with and attached to my vest. I didn’t use them for this loop though as it wasn’t worth the effort to take them off and on for the hills since they were short and I was moving well. Plus with all the rocks, I was worried I’d get a pole stuck and snap it. The snow and leaves had everything covered so that you really didn’t know what you would be stepping on. You knew there are rocks and sticks everywhere but you can’t see them until everyone steps on every part of the trail to uncover what’s there. On fresh legs it’s not too hard but you need to pay attention. By the 3rd loop it was clear where the best path was.

I think the top of the first ridge. Photo Credit – Cary Johnson

It was right around 32 degrees at the start and it warmed up a little on that first loop already. I was hot by halfway through and wished I had started with just a long sleeve shirt instead of my thermal shirt. It was very pretty to run through the snow covered hills. There seemed to be much more sand with the current course than I remember. There is a 1.7 mile stretch of nothing but fine beach sand. I think it used to be less than a mile. Wear some gaiters! There also isn’t the steep narrow downhill that I had to hang on to trees while going down in the mud one year so that was nice.

Somewhere on the first loop. Photo Credit – Cary Johnson

The major difference really in the new course is the big reduction in aid. There is a water only aid station just before mile 5 and then a full aid station just after 13 miles into the loop. So you need to bring food for over 13 miles and water for over 8 miles which takes a little more planning than in the past. If you forget something at any of them, you’re going to suffer because you won’t have an opportunity to get anything for awhile. There used to be 2 more aid stations in previous years.

I think this is coming down the first ridge. It looks real nice right now but it became shoe sucking mud the next 3 loops. Photo Credit – Jamison Swift

I got to the 5 mile aid station and filled up with water for the 8.5 miles. I grew up drinking well water and generally like it. The water this year was simply put – bad. At first I thought it was just an off tasting well water but it tasted more like water that had been sitting in a water bottle for months in the sun. Perhaps it was a combination of both. It actually affected my water consumption. Electrolytes helped some to cover up the taste but I can’t drink just electrolytes the entire race.

The section between aid 2 and 3 is where the sand stretch is as well as many hills. Other than the sand the trail condition was pretty good. The ground was still froze so there wasn’t mud yet for most of the first loop. Then comes Ant Hill. I don’t know the story of the naming of this hill but it’s the worst part of the course in my opinion. It’s almost all rocks of varying size and steep. I know in the past I’ve run down this hill fast and suffered the consequences so I took it easier this year. Plus you still couldn’t see where it was safe to step yet due to the snow and leaves. Later on you could run down if you wanted but by then my legs would be too tired for that. I don’t have a picture of Ant Hill so you can be surprised when you get there.

So that’s not me but a good picture of the sand section. Other parts you’re down in a deep cut of a dry creek with the same sand. Photo Credit – Kevin Langton

After Ant Hill we went back up another rocky but more manageable road. I don’t remember doing this in the past so I think it was a new area. I would’ve much rather run this the reverse direction. Then we turned off into someones private land for a bit and then down a nice runnable mile long road to the 2nd aid station. I’ll tell you now that once I got to the road on the last loop, I was very happy. It’s all easy from here to the end.

Coming up the rocky jeep road after Ant Hill. The path clearly hadn’t been made yet as going on the side ended up being the best path on subsequent loops. Photo Credit – Jamison Swift

By the time I got to the 2nd aid station my stomach was already going south a little. Some of the gels I was eating were technically a couple months expired so perhaps that was it too but I’ve never had a problem with expired gels and really they should last for years if kept sealed. Mostly I think it was the water taste messing with my head. I don’t really think there was anything bad in the water though. I got some pop here and some chips.

It’s now just a flat road to the start/finish line from there. I measured it at about 3.8 miles. It is exposed to the sun and wind which can be good or bad depending on the temperature. I enjoyed the cold breeze this time since I was wearing too much.

Road from aid station 2 to the bridge (2nd loop I think). Photo Credit – Cary Johnson
The last couple miles of the loop. Photo Credit – Kevin Langton

I was hoping for about 3 hours on this loop since I did that last time but it was almost 3.5 hours. My legs already felt spent. I knew Zumbro would yet again wreck my goals. 5 more loops and my legs already wanted to quit. The last 2 years had been spent running flats and gaining speed for Spartathlon. It had helped a lot with Arrowhead too since my over 50 pound sled felt light compared to other years. I have definitely lost my hill abilities though. That’s all I’m doing this year so I better get it back soon. I pretty much just told myself the next 24 hours would suck but it was all training to make the rest of the season better.

I had to use the portapotty and then went to my car that I parked along the course to use as my aid station. I changed shirts, and got more food and water for the next loop. I spent about 10 minutes or so which wasn’t bad. My feet were a little wet from all the melted snow and wet grass but I wanted to wait to change socks. I had a cut on my right shin, likely from all the branches that would come out from under the leaves and try to trip you when you stepped on them. I left my poles as I didn’t plan on using them until maybe at night.

The ground had thawed out and was now muddy in spots. It still wasn’t as bad as it can be at Zumbro but there are a few spots where my gaiters were the only thing that kept my shoes on my feet. You’d sink in about 6 inches and hoped you didn’t fall as the mud hung on to your shoe. Of course for the next 3 miles after those spots, your shoes were at least twice the normal weight from the half inch of mud stuck to them top and bottom. Eventually it would dry and mostly fall off.

Half way through this loop I definitely was having issues with my stomach. None of my usual treatments did any good. The water still tasted gross. I usually hit a wall around mile 25 or so anyway so I thought it might just be that but it wasn’t. It somewhat hurt to run so I ended up slowing down a lot. This continued until about mile 75! I wanted to run faster but I just couldn’t. I had zero energy whether I was eating or not. I even tried an anti-nausea pill which did nothing, probably because it wasn’t really nausea. I hope to not have whatever it was ever again. I was pretty frustrated watching everyone pass me and moving so slowly.

Parts of the course that had been easy, were harder in the mud. Some parts of trail had a side incline and it was almost impossible to stay on it with the mud. It was overall a pretty nice day though.

The soup at aid station 2 was about the only thing I looked forward to on every loop. I always felt a little better after having some. Of course it was also almost 4 miles of flat course after it so that probably had as much to do with feeling better than the food but I’ll take the placebo effect. I really didn’t have anyone to talk to most of the race so I started listening to music and kept the podcasts for the night.

On top of the ridge about halfway through the loop. Nice views. I don’t remember running this ridge other years but I could be wrong. Photo Credit – Cary Johnson

I finished loop 2 in 3:50 of moving time. Way slower than planned but I knew then that at least a 27 hour finish was the new reality. I still kept my socks on as they were dryer and I didn’t want to waste anymore time. I got some different food to try this loop. New food didn’t change anything though.

Loop 3. Photo Credit – Kevin Langton

Loop 3 took 4:20 to finish. I don’t really remember much about this loop. The mud was pretty much just as bad as loop 2. It was warmer and the sun was out occasionally. I saw a squirrel. The sun was setting as I finished the loop and got back to my car at 7:45PM. I was half way done.

Photo Credit – Cary Johnson

I got my headlamp out and changed my socks. I had to pop a couple blisters which is unusual for me. I think I still had my shoes set for winter thickness socks from Arrowhead and I was moving around too much in them. It was getting colder so I think I brought along more things to change into in case I got cold. Originally I wanted to get done with the 4th loop just before midnight so I’d be in front of the 50 mile runners but I knew that wouldn’t happen anymore so I took my time to make sure I got everything done that I needed. I planned on using my poles this loop since I was so slow anyway and I thought they might make me faster.

The sky was clear which made for great views of the stars. It was colder but the wind died down as well so it was pretty close to the same wind chill as the third loop. I was tired. More than usual. I tend to do well in the overnight hours compared to most but this year I pretty much just maintained where I was. The poles helped on the hills but made me go slower the rest of the time, especially when I was walking so I decided I’d get rid of them after this loop. Plus I fell twice while using them and never did without so clearly they didn’t help in that regards either.

I finished the 4th loop in 5:10 which just sucks plain and simple. It was just after 1AM and the 50 mile race started an hour ago. I still felt like crap and even though I only had 2 more loops left, I knew they would both be over 5 hours long. It was getting colder. I think around 25 degrees. I knew the course would be nice and frozen so that would help but I needed to get pants on. It takes so much time to get pants on since you have to take shoes off, etc. The neighboring people had a tent that they earlier said I could use. No one was there and it was cold so I just went back and changed in my car where it was still somewhat warm from the sun having heated it up in the daylight. I put on pants and a thermal shirt. I got warmer hats and gloves in my vest. I took off shivering since I had been just standing around doing all this. I turned back and got my coat as I knew it could get even colder and I’d be dumb not to have it. That took more time. I spent over 20 minutes doing all this stuff.

Photo Credit – Christian Worby

The trail was indeed in awesome shape. I warmed up and thought I might have too much on but I was moving slow so I was just fine. The shoe sucking mud was now much firmer but if you stepped in the right spots, you were fine. I met a few other runners on this loop which helped my pace some. About halfway through this loop my stomach started to feel better on and off. It was awesome being able to run at a decent speed when I was feeling good.

The long sand stretch had frozen solid as well by the time I got there. It seemed like really dry sand during the day but was solid and firm now. I knew it would be soft again on the 6th loop but it was fun for now. Since I was moving better now, I actually finished loop 5 in the same time it took to finish loop 4. Time wise though it was 6:40AM since I had such a long inter-loop time. The 34 mile race would start soon and I wanted to get out before that started.

Finishing the 5th loop. Photo Credit – Jessica Knighton

I spent about 15 minutes here. I changed into shorts again. I also removed all my upper layers and redid it with the warming weather in mind. So I put on a long sleeve shirt, then my thermal over that, then my coat over that (it was still 24 degrees). The plan was to take stuff off as needed during the loop. It would suck to take the time but I knew it would be 20 degrees warmer and sunny by the time I finished so I had to shed layers. I left about 6 minutes before the 34 mile race started.

The nice frozen trail! Starting loop 6. Photo Credit – Pat Lehnherr

The trail was still nice and frozen so I didn’t mind that I would soon be passed by a bunch of runners. They wouldn’t be ruining the trail for me until hours later when it thawed out. I still felt good so my goal was to push it a little bit on this last loop and make sure to get under 28 hours. While I wasn’t happy about that time, I felt it was still better than the last time I was here and got 28 hours on a shorter course. In the back of my mind I just kept thinking how I’ve done Superior faster than this and that I had finished Spartathlon just 8 months ago. Some days just don’t go the way you want to. I knew I would at least still finish. I was well within the time cutoffs.

Having some fun running on loop 6. Photo Credit – Pat Lehnherr

I had to stop twice to shed layers and my vest was super full with all of it. The ground thawed and everything was muddier than even yesterday. The sand was now soft and energy sucking again. I ran when it was possible and I knew it was possible to get done under 28 hours. I was almost glad to see Ant Hill just because I knew it would be the last time I’d have to go down it. This is when the first of the 17 mile runners started flying by. I got to the last aid station after running down the road for the last time. I didn’t spend much time here and I kept on going.

I still took a couple walking breaks the last 4 miles but ran as much as possible to make sure I’d get done before noon. Finally I got to the open field of the finish line. I was running which was a big improvement over the last time I did this race. I finished the loop in less time than either loop 4 or 5, at 5 hours flat. It was 11:56 AM for a finishing time of 27:56.

Heading into the finish. Photo Credit – Mike Wheeler
Done! Photo Credit – Mike Wheeler

The volunteers at the finish line were awesome. Someone got me a chair, something to drink, and a pizza! I got to hang out watching others finish their race while I ate. The sun was so nice and warm. I wasn’t very tired now that the sun was out. I saw a few friends finish their race and found a few more that had dropped from their races. I thanked everyone and got on my way home. I slept for an hour along the way when I got tired.

The first leg of the Gnarly Bandit series was done. All 3 of us finished. Kettle Moraine is next up. I said I’d never do it again until I did Gnarly Bandit. Well now is the time.

The banner is getting crowded now so I just signed in the same spot.

Arrowhead 135 – 2022 Race Report

The 2022 edition of the Arrowhead 135 took place on the latest day possible (Jan 31st) this year since that’s when the last Monday in January landed. Since last years race didn’t happen, I was excited to sign up again for it this year. I was so excited in fact, that I clicked the unsupported button when I was registering. I reminded myself after I hit the button that I yelled out loud at the finish line in 2018 that I would never do this race unsupported again. My brain was like “dude, it’s been 4 years, you have no memory about how hard it was anymore, just leave it be, you can always change your mind later.”

So if you don’t know what unsupported means, I’ll tell you. It means no one can help you what so ever. You run this race like you are all alone in the world and no other human exists except for the race directors, who will punish you if you cheat. If another human happens to notice you, they must not smile at you or talk to you, in fact they are encouraged to taunt you with hot food and random pieces of food they drop along the trail that you aren’t allowed to pick up and eat. OK, it’s not quite that bad but the rules for unsupported did get more strict since the last time I did it in 2018. You do get absolute zero help from anyone, including other racers. If it’s an emergency, then of course you can get help but you are disqualified. In 2018 you could still throw garbage away. Now you can’t. Not sure I agree with that one, and I didn’t even know that had changed until halfway through the race. You also can’t change to supported during the race like you could in 2018, you are simply a DNF. They still let you use any fire you find along the way to melt snow into water. I have a feeling Jackie has her eye on changing that one too. 🙂

There was some discussion after the race about eating “found food” but let me assure you, it’s not allowed. That would make cheating super easy. I had to just walk on by food on the trail. Normally I pick up garbage to throw away but since taking food would be cheating and apparently I couldn’t throw garbage away anymore, I wasn’t going to take any more things on my journey. Can you tell I think the garbage rule should be reconsidered? I hate litter and me having to carry garbage just makes littering more likely.

Addendum: Ken says he’s fine with throwing garbage away during the race. The volunteers I guess didn’t understand that.

For more details about the race itself and previous race reports click 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020. As usual I drove up there on Saturday. I stopped by the Fortune Bay Casino to see how check-in would happen since they are now closed on Monday and Tuesday and I wanted to see how to get my room before 3pm on Wednesday. Basically I was told it wouldn’t happen so that was a waste of a stop. I was hoping I could just get the entry card now that they would program not to work until Wednesday and I would just carry it the entire race. I was pretty sure I was still going to do unsupported and I went pretty fast last time so that’s why I wanted a room Wednesday morning. Plus due to Covid, we couldn’t sleep in the hospitality room like usual waiting to get in our room so I wasn’t sure what I would do. Oh, and all the restaurants in the casino were closed save one that was only open during the day. It was starting to seem like the finish line was going to be a continuation of unsupportedness.

I left for International Falls and stopped in at Gateway General Store (the first check point) since I wouldn’t be able to go in during the race. I got some cheese and sausage for the race and thanked them for helping with the race. I checked the trail condition there. It was pretty soft snow so I wasn’t looking forward to the snow on race day since it was going to be fairly warm that day as well.

Along the way to International Falls you cross the trail while on Hwy 53. Even the car GPS knew about the importance of the trail and let me know when I was going to cross it.

I got to International Falls just as they were starting to check in racers at the Backus Community Center. They had it in the gym this year to spread things out more. It probably worked better that way really. I had to make a quick run to the car to get my fuel since I didn’t have it in my bag. I was seriously panicking that I somehow forgot it even though I make a checklist and everything when I pack. It was in the car! It was easily the quickest check-in I’ve done. Ken was handing out the bibs and he asked if I was unsupported. I still had 2 more days to technically decide and I was expecting a ribbon to put on my bib like last time when I said “yes”. Out comes a large paint marker and Ken puts a big pink X on both bibs. The paint was slow to dry, and I watched as my fate to run this race unsupported slowly dried itself into permanence. There was no going back now!

I was planning on eating at the Mexican restaurant in town like I’ve done every year but it closed down in 2020 due to Covid. I ended up eating at a place next to the hotel which was pretty good. I got back to my room and talked to my family and got some of the food ready for the race. I had all of the next day to pack so I didn’t do very much on Saturday besides checking on the weather. It was supposed to be mid to upper 20’s on race day and then get windy and snowy on day 2, followed by a cold northwest wind and below zero temperatures the second night.

The next day was filled with organizing and packing for the race. I dropped off my finish line bag and went shopping. I was in luck because the grocery store had the 2 types of chips I had been looking for all month back home and no one had them in stock! I was hoping to go somewhat light since it wasn’t supposed to get cold until the second night but that was so far away, things could easily change for the worst. I basically could’ve left 6 pounds of clothes at the start line if I was confident how things would go. Instead I had to take them with since unsupported is no joke. I knew my sled would be heavier than the last time I did unsupported because I was planning on bringing more water with this year.

Looks like a giant turd. Bivy sack, sleeping pad, and sleeping bag rolled up and ready for use.

I took a short nap in the afternoon since I felt tired. If I’m tired before a race, I sleep no matter what time it is. Trying to force myself to sleep when I think I should usually doesn’t work. I packed some more when I got up and then took a break to go to the required pre-race meeting. There weren’t any surprises and it took slightly less time than normal. I found out there would likely be showers at the finish line at least like most years so that was nice to hear. The meal was served take-out style but there were some tables set up for eating there if you wanted. I ate quickly and talked to a couple of guys I usually see along the course every year.

I talked to the family once more and then finished packing while going through my “night before” checklist of stuff to get done. I picked out my race day clothes based on the forecast and set them aside. I got to bed around 9:00.

I woke up at 5AM like usual. The weather was already warmer than expected so I had to change what I was going to wear. This made the sled even heavier. I made sure this year to not have a bunch of extra food with. I brought just over 9000 calories with knowing I wouldn’t eat it all. That was in addition to the required 3000 calories of food you need to finish with. So with the sled and everything together, it weighed 60 pounds even. That’s the heaviest I’ve ever had but that was part of the plan since I was carrying enough water to not need to melt snow during the race.

Pre-race photo.

I headed to the race start and got checked in. I stayed in my car until about 6:50 and then got out and put my sled together. I headed to the start line and went to the bathroom one last time. The bikers took off, and then just as the skiers took off, I realized I hadn’t locked the car. I had to run against everyone to go back the parking lot, lock the car, and then run back to the starting line just in time for the race to officially begin at 7:04AM for the runners.

https://www.facebook.com/watch/?v=638564350749667

https://www.facebook.com/watch/?v=420020443142578

There were 10 people on foot signed up for unsupported initially. There was no way for me to know how many were running unsupported on race day. In the end there were only 3 that started the race on foot unsupported (plus 1 kicksled). That’s less than usual. Perhaps people are hearing how difficult it is and deciding against it. Not a bad choice I guess but I think everyone should do it at least once if they’ve already finished this race.

It was about 11 degrees out and an occasional head wind. I had on a single pant layer and shirt layer with a jacket. I was expecting more wind so when it didn’t show up, I had to remove my coat about 6 miles in. I talked to Greg Pressler and Margaret Gordon for a while. Greg had done Volstate and Margaret was a rookie at Arrowhead. We hit the turn onto the Arrowhead trail from the Blue Ox trail and split up from there. Occasionally, I would be with someone for a brief period of time but mostly I was alone with someone always in view. I ran on and off. The snow was surprisingly good which helped since my sled was so heavy. I got to Hwy 53 in a slightly slower time than usual and sent my wife the usual photo.

Too warm for an ice beard today.

The trail in the afternoon started to soften up a little but still not as bad as I was expecting. I don’t think it ever got to the upper 20’s like was expected so that made a big difference. There was a pretty clear path that had the best footing so we were a long stretched out line of runners making our way to Gateway. I was still able to run here and there and was eating well. I added a few new food items this year that I never thought would work well in cold weather, but with testing I found out they worked just fine. In the end, I really never had a stomach issue the entire race and only occasionally something didn’t taste very good. I got to talk to a few more people that I run with every year. Many hadn’t raced much at all the last 2 years so they said they were under-trained. 5 of us went into Gateway pretty much in a row.

Coming into Gateway.

I was going to get into Gateway pretty close to the time I was planning on. I got in at 4:20PM. I stopped to get my coat back on and get food and water into my vest for the next 3 hour section. I left my headlamp off for now. I was 14th place (foot division) when I got to Gateway. A bunch of people were inside eating awesome hot food and soup when I left a few minutes after I got there so I certainly left in a higher placing. I was quite sure they would catch up to me at some point before Mel George’s.

Usually I start to get sleepy after Gateway. Maybe it’s because I usually have some nice hot food in me or just exhaustion, but this time I still felt great. I ran for a while and settled in for what would be over an 11 hour trip to Mel George’s. I talked to Charlie Farrow who was kick sledding. He ended up bivying before Mel George’s which was his plan. It got dark so I put my headlamp on, reloaded on food and kept on moving. The hills were sometimes big enough to get on my sled and ride down but mostly I just ran down them since they were small and my feet didn’t hurt yet. Some years, even a 10 foot hill seems worthwhile to sled down just so I’m off my feet for 15 seconds.

John Storkamp and Margaret caught up to me again I think around Sheep Ranch Rd. I stuck with John for a little while. It was weird going through the swamp section that is usually so cold. It was colder and windier in that section but nothing at all bad since it was still probably 18 degrees or so there. Once I climbed up the big hill at the end, it was in the 20’s again. I took a small amount of caffeine around 9pm to help get through the night although I wasn’t overly tired. I wanted it to be out of my system by 4am in case I wanted to sleep. I changed socks for the first time around Sheep Ranch Rd as well.

I have to say, the one thing that seemed much different this year is that the hills didn’t seem as high as I remember. Especially since I was pulling the heaviest sled I’ve ever had. I hadn’t trained on hills or anything either. I was always surprised when I got to the top of the big hills that I was done already. I’m not sure of the reason for this. Perhaps it was just mental.

I now got out my ipod to listen to some music since I knew I probably wouldn’t see many people for the rest of the night. Ray and Troy caught up just before Mel George’s which was about when I expected most of the people to catch back up to me. There was a line of 4 of us crossing the lake. The lake probably had the worst snow of the entire race.

I got to the check-in cabin at 3:32am and told the volunteer my number and unsupported status. I was 7th at this point. I think I put on a second shirt here since I knew I’d eventually have to as it got windier and colder the remainder of the race.

I was originally planning on not sleeping this year since bivying last time I went unsupported was such a failure. The weather forecast changed my mind though. Trying to sleep on my sled in -30 windchill wouldn’t work during the second night so I thought it was best to try to do it now when it was still in the 20’s. I knew the shelter 2.5 miles after Mel George’s faced the north so it would be protected from the south wind. I always thought it was so stupid to have the shelter face the north since that’s the usual wind direction but now it didn’t seem so dumb. I got on my snowpants and puffy coat and laid down on the sled.

I started shivering right away like I always seem to the second I lay down. I figured it was just like when I stop at the end of the race and get cold. My body needs time to adjust to not making heat from my legs. I heard a bike go by and then a person on foot at some point as well. I thought it was right away but looking at times that people checked out of Mel George’s I had been down for a while. I would wake up shivering every 5 minutes it seemed and I’d do some crunches to warm up. The frost on my shoes had melted and my toes were pretty cold from being wet now. There really wasn’t anything I could do since my booties were in my sleeping bag and I wasn’t going to get them out. Then a couple times I wondered why my lip hurt so bad only to realize I was biting the inside of my lower lip really hard. I was clearly in and out of sleep but never really felt like I was sleeping. I hadn’t set an alarm, knowing I wouldn’t sleep long and if I did, then I needed it.

Damage from biting my lip.

I got up after an hour and changed socks and got ready to go. It was supposed to be a cold head wind so I dressed warmer but it ended up taking forever to get windy so I took that stuff back off after an hour or so. All together I was stopped 90 minutes here which pretty much matches the time I spent trying to bivy and making water the last time I was unsupported. While I didn’t feel like I had slept, I felt much more refreshed so I knew it had been worthwhile. Soon the sun would be up and then I’d be even more awake.

The 2 big hills right after the shelter were harder to go down since it had started to snow and it was hard to see with the headlamp. I ended up going down slower than usual to play it safe but it was kinda a disappointment. It started getting lighter out. I had hoped to not stop at all before I got to the road crossing after Mel George’s but I ended up stopping I think 3 or 4 times to get my clothes right, etc. I hate wasting time. It was supposed to be cold but it wasn’t. I guess I should’ve just waited until I was cold instead of trying to get ahead of it.

I caught up to Ray at the road crossing. The road and trail after that crossing were the worst snow of the race. It was soft everywhere and the new snow made it even worse. I was in somewhat poor spirits when I usually like this fairly flat section. Eventually it firmed up again and I just went into cruise mode listening to music.

I had a muscle that started to cramp in my lower left shin. I’d have to constantly stop and massage it to relax it. It sucked realizing I’d have to have pain for the rest of the race. Nothing seemed to help it stay away. I started to realize that it didn’t hurt after I rode down a hill. It never got worse but it also wasn’t going away permanently. It slowed my walking speed quit a bit. I couldn’t stretch out my stride and running seemed to make it worse so that didn’t seem wise either.

I don’t remember much else about the race until around noon. I never saw the Myrtle Lake shelter this year, maybe it was gone? It was still snowing and was very windy. It was also very pretty in some of the valleys with the snow coming down and everything being covered in white. There wasn’t any point in taking photos since they never capture it correctly. If not for the wind, I would’ve been tempted to just sit and watch the snow for awhile.

I started seeing signs along the trail. They were all shaped like a fox jumping into the snow but had short phrases on them. They were so spaced out I didn’t remember what the last one said by the time I got to the new one. Many seemed to be about snow or cold. I’m not even sure they were all supposed to be related to each other. The signs ended after the Embark checkpoint so maybe they put them up. Otherwise I have no idea what they were about.

Before I knew it, I was getting towards the hilly section. I had left Ray behind now and was by myself when I got to mile 99 where the hills start. Again the hills didn’t seem that big or difficult. They didn’t even seem to go on forever like usual. My sled was likely only about 36 pounds now after all the water and food I’d used. Plus, I had on more clothes as well since it was finally cooler. I was awake but knew that could change once the darkness came. The new snow made it so I couldn’t sled down the hills as far as I’d like but at least I could still go down them. Oftentimes though, I’d run down since my sled wouldn’t run into me due to the snow slowing it down so much. There were a lot of snowmobiles in this section going way faster than I usually see them going through the hills.

There was one hill around mile 107 that I could see 2 people up in front of me. It looked like a kicksled and Margaret. Eventually I caught up to her. The kicksled was too far ahead to see anymore. We talked for awhile. She had lost some food which I never saw. I suspect the snowmobiles either grabbed it or ran over it. I told her there might be some food left by other racers at Embark.

My leg cramp was gone for good now so I could finally walk fast again. It doesn’t seem like 2 minutes a mile faster is much but that adds up with 30 or so miles left in the race.

The wind was luckily coming from behind us since it was really blowing and was 0 degrees now. I told her what was coming for the rest of the course and that it would be wise to get whatever clothes she wanted on for the last section while in the nice warm tent.

I had turned my GPS watch back on around mile 100 so I’d have it the last part of the race. I knew the course would be real windy soon so I stopped before Embark to add clothing. Margaret continued on. I added my hooded puffy coat and got mittens and a hat ready in case I needed them. I knew the puffy coat was more warmth than I needed but I wanted the wind proof layer and hood. I took off a coat from underneath it to help stay cooler. I ended up just having a buff on under my cloth hood the rest of the race. Occasionally I’d put up the puffy coat hood when it was really exposed. I also got my headlamp out since it was getting dark.

Anyway, I got going again and got to the Embark checkpoint at 5:53PM in 5th place. I had never gotten there so early. It was still somewhat light out! It was a little further down the trail than normal. I ran on through since I couldn’t stop for anything anyway. I had enough water to make it to the finish so I didn’t need the fire either.

Right after the checkpoint, I went to grab my water from my vest and realized my vest wasn’t there! I panicked. I thought I’d have to run a mile back to where I put on the pant and coat layer. I wondered how they let me go through the checkpoint with no reflectors, etc. Then I realized I should check under the coat. Sure enough I had just put the coat on over my vest. Phew! I stopped and changed things around.

Then I realized my blinkies were getting dim and needed a battery change. I decided to wait until the top of Wakemup hill so I’d be warm and there was a shelter there from the wind. I stopped there and changed out the lights. So in the last 2 miles, I had spent about 20 minutes of down time doing seemingly nothing important. I think there was another stop for clothing issues in there as well but I can’t remember. I know I was pissed I wasn’t moving.

The ride down the last hill was fun but again the sled didn’t run very far at the end. I started to do some math on how long it would take. It’s always way longer than I’d like. I was still awake but took some caffeine to help keep it that way. My math had to be wrong since I would think at one point I’d be done at 1am and other times 3am. Clearly I was more tired than I thought.

I got to the road that had the detour on it in 2020 (Olson Rd). It was still there. Apparently that’s just the new route and they really need to add some permanent signs. They hadn’t mentioned it at the pre-race meeting once again so I wasn’t expecting it this year. I saw a stationary headlamp up ahead. It was Jim Reed and he started coming towards me as I got to him. He was unsure if it was the right way. I told him about 2020 and that I was 95% sure I was going the right way. Indeed it was the correct way but it adds a mile to the course and curves enough to really make you wonder what the heck is going on. Now the course is really 135 miles instead of the 134 that it used to be.

Jim and I ran within sight of each other for a long time. As is usual, at about 38.5 hours into the race, the sleep monster showed up. I took some more caffeine and made sure I was still eating. I wasn’t near as tired as I sometimes get but I had to concentrate on moving fast. I could occasionally run but there wasn’t much reason to. I didn’t want to aggravate my muscles and have the cramp come back either.

I had switched to listening to podcasts instead of music as it tends to keep my attention better. I was counting down the miles to the next road crossing / finish line. They seemed to take forever. Again, my math seemed wrong as often as it was right. I’d look back and not see Jim’s lights for miles. Then 15 minutes later, I’d look and he seemed right behind me. I was clearly having a hard time keeping pace due to being tired. It’s the difference between 14 and 20 minute miles if I’m alert or not. I was never super tired like other years and I could follow the podcasts just fine. I just couldn’t keep a constant pace.

I seemed to wake back up the last 4 miles and kept up a good pace. It seemed like the lights of the casino never got any closer. Finally I got to the turn to the casino. Just a couple miles left and I’d be done. I wasn’t going to get the 42 hour finish I wanted, but I was way faster than I’d even been before. I finally got to the finish at 1:37am for a 42:33 race time finish. I was 1st in the unsupported category, 3rd male and 4th overall. It was easily the best I’ve done at this race!

I didn’t get a finish line photo but they all look alike I guess. It wasn’t too cold outside and I was fairly warm since I ran a bit the last 2 miles. It was about -10 degrees but still about -30 with the windchill. I caught my breath and we went inside for the gear check. We then went up to the finisher lounge. I got some soup and my drop bag with clothes in it. The unsupported trophies are a little different this year than the first one I got. I also got a hat.

I took a shower, gave the race directors an accidental “show”, and went back upstairs. There was a group of us that called the cab for a ride back to International Falls but they couldn’t get there until 8:45am. The restaurant didn’t open until 9am. I slept for a couple hours on and off on a couch and checked my email, etc.

By the time I drove back to the casino after getting my car, I could check in to my room. The rest of the time was the same as other years except no buffets. It was unfortunate that we couldn’t hang out in the finisher lounge due to covid. It better be back to normal by next year.

Most of the items I got from the race.

The temperature graphs of the nearest official stations. It’s always colder on the course. Wednesday night got to -40 so a day can make a huge difference with this race as far as weather goes. Luckily my car started just fine so I could go home.

Once again, the race was run amazingly well, even with a lot less volunteers due to covid. Ken and Jackie do a great job!

I always cut my beard in a different way after my winter racing season is over. The last couple years, my daughter had designed it. Here is this years.

The End.

Tuscobia 80 Mile – 2022 Race Report

I started in the new year with the 80 mile version of the Tuscobia winter ultra at 10AM on New Year’s Day. Well we started late so more like 10:05. I’ve run at this race 2 other times, the 80 mile version in 2016 (the first year they had that distance) and the 160 mile version in 2019 in which it rained and sucked big time. I enjoy the small towns along the course and the people of the area but I don’t really care for the trail itself if I’m being honest. The 160 mile version was very boring and the rain didn’t help with creating a fond memory of doing that version of the race either. It’s the only race that the “type 2” fun still hasn’t kicked in. I’m still glad I did it since it was part of Hrimthurs but 2019 sucked, plain and simple.

So why all the backstory of this trail and why did you do it again? Well, in 2016, it was my first winter ultramarathon with pulling a sled. It got down to about -18 in spots and I barely made it through since I wasn’t expecting it to be that cold and I was new. In the end though, I finished in second place in just under 23 hours and so began my love with winter ultras. I came back in 2019 and finished the first half of the 160 mile race in 21.5 hours with much better snow conditions than in 2016. I knew I would never want to do the 160 again but I wanted to see just how fast I could do the 80 mile version. So, I signed up for the 2020/21 version which of course got cancelled and signed up again this year. My goal in essence was to win. I wasn’t there for the scenery or the thrill of it. I wanted to go fast and I wanted to win.

For a while it looked like this year might be a very low snow year in which I’d have to take a backpack similar to Actif Epica. I was kinda looking forward to that actually since it would be a nice difference for this race and 80 miles is much less than 104 so it’d be easier than Actif too. In the end they got close to a foot of snow that stuck around and compressed down to 1-2 inches on the trail depending where you were. It was enough to pull a sled on but there were rocks, sticks, and leaves in many places since it was so thin. The day before the race I tested out the snow in a couple spots. It sucked! I felt bad for the 160 mile people that started that day as I knew they were going through it. It was 2 inches of mashed potato crap that you just get nowhere on. I knew it would harden up really nice in the subzero temperature forecast for that night though so I wasn’t worried.

The forecast was essentially the same as what it was for the 2016 race. It was supposed to get down to around -20 during the night while the race was going on. There was supposed to be a little wind but that never showed up which actually ruined some of my race plan as you’ll see.

There was a gear check in the afternoon on Friday which was different than normal due to Covid, including a location change. It went fine. I came back for the required pre-race meeting. This being the third time I’ve heard it, there were no surprises. Usually it’s nice to talk to the other racers at this meeting but I only talked to a couple nearby to me since we were spaced out in an auditorium. Once I saw the results, I noticed a couple people listed that I didn’t even know were there. Some people with masks on just look like everyone else I guess and I didn’t notice they were there.

There wasn’t a long required gear list like most years. I’m not sure of the actual reason for this but I agree with it for this race. There is a road within sight for the vast majority of the race and decent cell coverage as well so getting help is easier here than Arrowhead where I would never, ever skimp on supplies. There is a section between Couderay and Birchwood that you are in the middle of nowhere but that’s it. If it wasn’t for the cold weather being forecast I would’ve brought even less than I did bring. I’ve been fooled with forecasts being conservative and it getting much colder. I didn’t want to be stuck not being prepared for the worst. Basically the only thing I changed from what I’d typically bring is that I left my sleeping bag, bivy, and sleeping pad back at the hotel. I brought my extra puffy snowpants and puffy coat that I wouldn’t normally bring for these temps in their place so I only cut a couple pounds of weight really. I also didn’t bring any sort of stove. There was no reason whatsoever that I’d need to make water with the plentiful fill up spots at this race. A 2L insulated thermos is all you need here.

In the end my fully loaded sled weighed 28.5 pounds at the start. WAY more than I was expecting but I wasn’t going to be the reason the required gear list came back to this race. This is the first race that I feel I brought too much stuff with. There were 2 thick layers I wasn’t even close to needing and I was testing out a couple pairs of gloves that added weight I didn’t need as well. I always bring too much food but I can’t predict what food will taste good ahead of time. I don’t know that 10 pounds less stuff and food would’ve made that much difference in how I performed but that’s about how much I could’ve gotten rid of and still been safe with the weather that actually showed up.

That being said, I never condone going with no extra supplies in winter ultras. People can “get away” with it in all but the worst conditions, and often they are at the front. I’ve sometimes had to get things out of their pack for them because their hands were too frozen or fix their sleds for them because they didn’t think to bring repair supplies along (another pound I could leave at home). I’ll say this here like I say it in person; If you need to use hand warmers in anything other than a true emergency you are doing something wrong! Seriously, having them in your race plan simply isn’t a good plan. Bad things can happen, so have them with for those times, but never plan to use them.

The start of the race was in a different location than usual but I never heard the reason for it other than it was out of our control. It looked to be pretty much the exact same distance anyway so I didn’t care. We started at Northern Pines Resort on Butternut Lake. This was the first time my family ever came to a winter ultra. The hotel had a hot tub and since it was so short they’d hardly notice I was gone anyway. The added benefit was I didn’t have to ride the school bus to the start line and I didn’t have to drive myself home after I was done!

We got to the start line just after the bus did the way it looked as they were still unloading bikes from the semi trailer. I waited for the porta-potty in what felt like the slowest moving line ever. I was nice and cold by the time I got back to the car which isn’t really a bad thing at these events. You don’t want to start out nice and warm if you plan on running. I checked in before heading to the car.

About 15 minutes later it was time to get things ready and head to the starting line. The family stood out of the way and I got lined up behind the bikers. We were going to go a mile or so on the lake to start the race so we were told to stay near the cones to keep from going through a fishing hole. It’s not as scary going on a lake during the day than at night at Arrowhead for some reason.

Waiting for the start.

The bikers started off first since they’re usually faster. I took off running once it was possible and pulled up towards the front. It was sunny and -3 according to the car. We would be going with what little wind there was for 4 miles before we turned west once we got to the Tuscobia trail. It wasn’t supposed to get more than about 5 degrees above zero for the day and I was expecting more of a breeze once we turned so I wore my clothes that protect some from the wind and not much else.

Getting on the lake. No I’m not smelling a fart from that biker. I’m testing the air temp by breathing in hard through my nose. It’s a learned skill. Photo Credit: Gregory T Photography.
I’m on the left with the bikers. Photo Credit: Gregory T Photography.

Once we were off the lake, it was a single track route for a mile or so. No chance for passing for the most part on the single track. When we got to the road leading to the trail, things were spreading out a little. I was feeling pretty good and almost a little too warm but I knew that would change once we were in the trees and not going with the wind. Jeff from Indiana was in front of me a little bit. Once on the trail for a few miles, Jeff, Eric and I were together for much of the beginning of the race. There would be a little back and forth as we stopped for food, etc but we got to talk for a long time. We were pretty much together for the first 20 miles or so. It was nice to get to know a couple new people. I think Eric said that he had read my blog before. It’s always nice to hear that people get something out of them. Without it being said, it was pretty clear we were all going for first place.

We were probably averaging 12 minute miles and the snow was pretty good. There was about a 3 mile section that was as good as snow can get. There were a few bikers with us as well. Jeff’s family was cheering us on at most every intersection. They didn’t have a cowbell at first but they had one after about the third one. I knew I wouldn’t see my family, they were bowling and having fun.

Photo Credit: Watterson Family
Not sure were this was, but they told us it was above zero temp at that point. Not surprising since we had nothing on our heads anymore. Photo Credit: Watterson Family

Somewhere between Loretta and Winter I started pulling ahead a little bit. I still felt good running and I was going to run as long as it felt good. Plus, it was finally cooling off a little again so I wasn’t worried about getting too hot. The first “larger” town on the course is Winter at about 29 miles into the race. I normally stop at the gas station here to get some hot food but I wasn’t really in need of hot food. It was 4:15PM when I got there and just over 6 hours into the race. This was faster than I was expecting but I didn’t get too excited since I knew the section after Couderay would be much slower. I was expecting to get under 21 hours for the finish but under 20 hours was a real possibility based on how things were going.

I went into the heated indoor bathroom at the train depot in Winter which is super nice. I wanted to add a shirt layer for the colder temps coming, checked my phone, and got a few other things done in preparation for the dark. It took me 10 minutes and Eric passed me here and was in the lead from then on. I could pretty much always see his lights since it’s such a straight course for long sections. After Winter I didn’t see Jeff behind us anymore, only an occasional biker.

The only official aid station of the race is just before Ojibwa. Eric was leaving just as I arrived. I got some hot water, and some chips and left. I had already taken care of everything else in Winter. I was anywhere from 2-10 minutes behind Eric depending on when we’d have to take breaks for food, water, etc. Radisson came and I added a coat there.

It was getting colder and I thought it would get much colder than expected since there weren’t any clouds in the sky for most of the evening. But then around 10PM or so the clouds rolled in so it looked like it wouldn’t get super cold anymore. I still only had on 1 pant layer and thought it would be prudent to put on another pair once I got to the snowmobile clubhouse at mile 60ish. I wasn’t cold but I could see myself having to put on another pair if it got much colder and I didn’t want to do that in -15 degree weather. It was about -10 to -12 at this point.

While on the long uphill after Couderay I saw what I thought was Eric’s lights but they looked slightly different. Indeed, they were a bikers and not his. My muscles were getting annoyed with me but nothing major. The snow conditions had gotten slightly worse as well. Sleds never pull well over real cold snow to begin with but it was the snow that the bikers went over that was the worse. It almost seemed like there was a static charge that they gave to the snow somehow and my sled would just stick to it. I had the option of either going on the path made by the bikers that gave better grip to my feet but made my sled stick. Or, go on the other parts of the trail where you’d collapse into the snow with every step but the sled would run better. I usually ended up taking the better footing option.

At this point I was hoping it would get much colder. I wasn’t going to be able to run the last 25 miles. It was looking like the only way I would win was if Eric had to stop for a while to warm up or make lots of clothing adjustments to deal with really cold temps. It didn’t look like he had a lot of supplies with him but it’s hard to tell since a puffy coat can be compressed down so much. The wind that was supposed to show up never did either. It wasn’t supposed to be much (just 5mph) but when it’s -15, it makes a huge difference. I still put my nose cover on since it was about -12 and I didn’t feel a need to be cold for no reason. I even ended up getting my mittens out but they were too hot so I’d take them off about half the time to keep from sweating. Looking back to the first time I ran this race in the exact same temperatures, I was much better prepared now. In that race I was pretty cold and miserable the last 25 miles of the race. Plus my water froze before Birchwood that year. This time I felt great and still had 2 more layers if I needed them. Experience is a great teacher!

I couldn’t remember exactly where the snowmobile clubhouse was located since I don’t even think they had it open for us until 2019 and that year it was closed by the time I got there. Eventually I could see it and I pulled in just as Eric was leaving. I had already made up my mind it would be foolish to not add a second bottom layer and since I was taking off my shoes, I might as well change socks. I tried to be efficient but I knew it would take awhile, plus I had never seen inside so I didn’t know where things would be located, etc. I got some soup and crackers as well while changing my socks. I was there for almost 40 minutes so now Eric was that far ahead of me. I don’t even know how it took that long but that’s what my watch shows. I think I walked back and forth in there about 20 times so clearly I wasn’t efficient at all!

I made a new glove choice that ended up being the wrong one and had to change them soon after I left as well. Even more time gone. I passed the 15 mile marker soon after I left the clubhouse which meant 19 miles left in the race. That’s not much distance to make up that amount of time. It was clear that unless Eric quit, I would be second. I couldn’t see anyone for miles behind me so I wasn’t concerned with getting passed. Finishing under 20 hours was still a real possibility so I kept plugging away as fast as I could, running very rarely and mostly speed walking as best as I could.

The hills after Birchwood weren’t even sledable this year due to the cold and rocks on them. Once I got to the long straight sections through the woods I just started to zone out and count down the miles. If I couldn’t see Eric here, I had no chance of catching up. I ran through my head a bunch that I didn’t really have to stop to change all that stuff at the snowmobile club. If I had only spent 5 minutes instead of 40, perhaps I could’ve run Eric down. Of course he probably didn’t push as hard as he could’ve either since he never saw me the last 5 hours. It is what it is, he clearly made better choices than I did.

The cold they predicted just never seemed to show up. It was about -12 most of the night. I could tell the last 3 miles of the Tuscobia trail got colder, probably down to about -18 at most but more likely -15 and completely calm other than what wind I made moving. You could see smoke from houses and such go straight up. All in all, I’m sure it was a good experience for a bunch of people to get a feel for what long term cold temps are like. I’d just caution them that with even a little wind, things will feel much colder. 2016 felt much colder with the 5mph side wind that year. I likely would’ve needed googles this year if there was a little wind.

There were quite a few dogs barking at me this year the last 10 miles of the race. Someone let their dog out of the house at 5AM to bark at me. I was surprised someone was up that early on a Sunday.

Finally I reached the junction with the Wild River Trail where we go for almost exactly 4 miles south to the finish line. Again no one was in sight. I ran most of this section just to make sure I got in under 20 hours. I’m always skeptical that my watch is recording the distance correctly so I always think it’s further in this section than it is. I saw my first and only wildlife of the race, 2 rabbits in this section. I reached the finish line just before 6AM to absolutely no fanfare. With covid I wasn’t really expecting anyone there outside anyway like there often is other years. I got inside and told them my time. We weren’t allowed to hang out at the finish line for long due to covid so I never saw Eric to congratulate him and see how his race went. Jeff ended up getting 3rd which is great. The white beard gang from the beginning got the top three. I really miss the finish line stories at winter ultras. It’s probably half the fun to me. I’m glad we could still run the race but this covid crap is getting old.

My official time was 19:57 which was almost 3 hours off my time in 2016 under the same conditions. The snow and weather conditions in every year affect the finishing times but sub 20 hours is rare for this race so I feel pretty good about it. I got my 2nd place wood medallion and a $30 gift certificate award for TwinCityRunning in addition to my finisher hat. I called my wife to wake her up and come get me. It was nice to get to go to a hotel to take a bath and sleep in a bed before going home unlike the usual of sleeping in the car and then driving home myself.

So once again I got second place. I’m not sure if I’ll be back to Tuscobia. It’s nice and close but I don’t know how much better I could do. All together I was not moving for less than an hour. For a winter ultra that’s not much at all. It’s not a course that calls to me like Arrowhead or the mountain races do. We’ll see.

Spartathlon – 2021 Race Report

I’m not sure how to start a race report that I’m sure will be extremely long. I waited over 2 weeks to start this and still can’t organize things in a way that seems perfect. I’m not going to worry about it and just start. Hopefully by the time you’re done reading this, I’ll have written all I want to say and you’ll be informed.

I think I first learned about this race in 2012 from the ultralist, 2013 at the latest. It interested me immediately. It is a race that follows in the footsteps of Phidippides. Who’s that? You may have heard that he ran from the battle of Marathon to Athens to proclaim the victory over the Persians and then died because it was so strenuous. Most historians would say that’s wrong. It may not have been him, and most likely the messenger never died. What’s very much agreed on is that Phidippides was a long distance runner by profession and he was sent by the generals of Athens to run to Sparta to ask for help to fight the Persians that had landed at Marathon.

He left Athens and arrived the next day. That’s 153 miles in less than 36 hours people! The Lacedaemonians said they would help but couldn’t leave until the moon was full based on their religious law. Who are the Lacedaimonians? That’s what the Spartans called themselves. It’s the area where Sparta is. Anyway, it’s not written when or how Phidippides returned to Athens, only that he did return. Most believe he started walking back the next day and likely took a couple days to return with the news.

This is where there is a lot of good story making that comes into play. The unsubstantiated story is that he then goes to the battle of Marathon, fights in it, then runs back to Athens and dies. That part of the story is written much later by less accurate writers. Also I’ll mention that the original writer Herodotus calls the runner Philippides and not Phidippides but everyone refers to him as Phidippides now. To me, if this part of the story is true, then he only died because he probably was wounded somehow. Clearly a marathon isn’t going to kill a guy that just ran over 12 times that distance the week before.

In 1982 some people decided to try to run the same route and see if it could be done in under 36 hours. A lot of the details of this 1981 run can be found on the ultrarunning history podcast among others. I don’t want to get into it too much. The end result was that yes it could be run in under 36 hours. Within months the Spartathlon race was organized and has been run every year since other than 2020 due to Covid. This year is considered the 39th race as they count this 1981 run as the first.

So I had always heard that the name Spartathlon came from adding Sparta, Athens, and London together. This is because it goes from Athens To Sparta and the first runners were from the UK (London) or at least associated with the UK. Recently I’ve heard it’s a combination of Sparta and a word meaning foot. Regardless, Spartathlon just sounds right to me. I don’t know what else I would call it if not that.

It is run the last Friday in September. I don’t know why. Phidippides started his run September 2nd or 3rd, 490BC based off of Herodotus’ account. This is using the Athenians Lunar calendar. If you go by the Spartans Lunar Calendar it happened August 3rd. The issue is Athens calendar starts after the summer solstice and Spartans start after the fall equinox. Because of the blue moon effect, this would put it in August for the Spartans. Which is right? I’d almost have to say the August date because why would the Spartans be following the Athenian calendar? Regardless, I’m just fine with them running it later in the year than he did it. The cooler weather the better!!!

At the end of the blog I have the translation of Herodotus Book 6 Chapter 100-117 with some extra stuff as well. It’s interesting history I think.

To me the distance isn’t the hard part about the race. Even the hot weather can be dealt with. The issue I have is the difficult cutoffs in the race. You have to start this race off fast if you want to beat the early cutoffs. Even more so, there are 75 check points along the route and every one of them has a time cutoff! If you get there late, they kick you off the course and put you on a bus. There is basically no room for error. You can’t catch back up at night once it cools off. You can’t puke and rally if your puking makes you miss a cutoff. Having a time cutoff every 30 minutes or less is nerve racking.

The general cutoffs are this. 0-50 miles you have 9 and a half hours. 50 miles to the mountain top (about 51 mile distance) in 13:20 (22:50 overall). Mountain top to the finish (52 miles) in 13:10 (36 overall). You can clearly see the first 50 needs to be fast. The second section is where most of the elevation gain is. The third section has some hills but is mostly downhill or flat. Those are broad strokes. The overall elevation gain is just under 11,000 feet so it’s pretty flat and almost all of it is runnable if you’re so inclined. In fact you need to run almost all of it if you want to finish in time.

Because it is such a difficult race, they have qualifying times you have to beat in order to even apply to the lottery to get into the race. The qualifying times keep getting faster and faster. I had qualified for this race since my first 100 miler in 2014 and beyond. That doesn’t mean I was ready though. Perhaps I could’ve finished it in 2015 with dumb luck if I applied and got in. I decided I wanted to feel ready when I applied so I waited until 2018 when I had a 100 mile qualifier under 20 hours. I got on the wait-list in a pretty low spot so I trained as though I was in and waited for an email. It never came. It was pretty devastating really. Many people told me I’d get in based on past history of the wait-list. I basically wasted an entire summer running season since I didn’t do any major races that year.

In 2019 I was on the wait-list again but in a worse spot. Some still said I’d get in but I didn’t believe it. I still didn’t have any big races planned other than I’d have to run a fast 100 miler again to qualify. I did Tunnel Hill again and got a good enough time. In 2020, with 4 tickets in the lottery, I finally got in. I purposefully ended that sentence with a period and not an exclamation point. While I should’ve felt excited, I didn’t. Covid had already shut down racing and the borders were closed everywhere. We knew the chances of this race happening were close to zero. Our (my wife and I) brains couldn’t take another up and down on this Spartathlon roller coaster. It may seem weird that this affected us so much emotionally, but it really did. This race was in the works for us for years. To yet again have this race “taken away” would be hard.

Since there was no other race to train for anyway, I trained hard for Spartathlon. I had zero issues and was running great. I ran 60 and 70 miles weeks for the first time in my life. Then the race was officially called off due to the government not allowing athletic events. The borders were closed anyway so even if it went on, we couldn’t have gotten there. Instead I ran my “around the county” run that I’ve wanted to do since I was a child. I learned a couple more things that would help with Spartathlon so perhaps it was for the best.

Now it’s 2021 and my entrance carried over (including the race fee) which was awesome. There are a couple things about the race direction that could use improvement in my mind but they did us all a huge solid by carrying over all the entrances and fees. That was not the norm during Covid.

I only had 1 race in 2021 set up. It was The Drift 100 in March. After that it was time to start training for Spartathlon. I started getting this belly pain on my long runs in April. It got worse and worse over time so I went in to physical therapy. Nothing improved after 2 months and the exercises were making it hurt more so I stopped and went to a different PT. Dry needling helped some and there were definitely some additional muscles messed up but nothing ever got rid of the pain, including not running.

I was able to run more and more throughout this time so at least I was getting decent training in. It wasn’t as much as the year before though and it didn’t have as many hills as the PT said that would likely make it worse. The thought is it might be a “sports hernia” which the specialist I went to in September said was a very generic term and there’s no diagnostic test for it. It’s more of a diagnosis by exclusion kind of thing. The only thing that might help is putting mesh in my entire abdominal area which I’m not at all excited about. I’m really not convinced it will take the pain away and it’s not just something you can undo.

So I was doing twice a days fairly often and getting 65 mile weeks at the peak. I haven’t run more than 16 miles for my long run for 2 years now. The sports physiology research has shown there’s no advantage to exercise sessions longer than 2.5-3 hours from a physical standpoint. I don’t need the mental aspect of long runs anymore, I know what it feels like already to be tired, sore, and sleepy. It seemed odd that such short long runs would work so I asked my elite running friends and sure enough, if they want to do 30 miles, they do two 15 mile runs in a day and not one long run. That was good enough for me and I switched. I like 2 a days. I feel stronger that way even though I’m running more miles overall. I know many people if not most do 100 mile weeks preparing for this race. I don’t really have that kind of time. I got by with much less so don’t fret if you’re “only” getting 70 mile weeks.

I did loose weight for this race (almost 20 pounds). I usually bulk up a little for the winter race season so -40 doesn’t feel so bad. Because of that I always start my diet for summer races just after Christmas. I take the slow and steady approach so I really don’t even notice it. I just count my calories and how much I run and aim for losing a half pound a week. It works well for me. I got down to 152.5 pounds for this race which is the lightest I’ve been in 16 years. I just realized that’s about a mile of race per pound. 🙂 There still was another 5 pounds at least that could’ve be lost, but I don’t need to be that skinny. So why loose weight? Simple physics. It’s easier to move a lighter object. More importantly though, is it’s easier to stay cool if you don’t have a bunch of insulation around you.

I usually make a point of it to say that there is no body type for an ultrarunner. I still believe that. I know obese people that have finished ultras, including the long winter ones. At the same time, I’ve always known the winners are thin. I’ve also been suspicious that taller people have an advantage in ultras, especially at walking. I have to say that this race pretty much confirms those thoughts. I’m 5’9″ and I felt short. I was actually one of the taller ones on the American team but overall looking at the start line I was quite short. I have over time also lost more upper body muscle as I’ve run more and more. It’s a normal process. A look around at the Spartan Mile (more on that later) showed everyone else had little upper body mass as well. Interestingly, also almost all the guys could’ve been 5 pounds lighter as well. We weren’t cookie cutter copies by any means but there were similarities in key areas.

We felt pretty confident that the race wouldn’t be cancelled this year. We had gotten vaccinated in March and Greece opened up to Americans in the spring. The measures put in place in Greece were being lifted as well. We got plane tickets in June and had already made reservations for an Airbnb and car before that. We ended up not getting another crew member to help Jessie out during the race so she’d be doing it all on her own. She’s amazing so I knew she could do it.

I was so preoccupied with my belly issue that it was hard to get super excited about the race. I didn’t even know if I could go 30 miles. It hurt bad by 11 miles. The end of August I paced my 9 year old son at a 12 hour race. He went 46.3 miles, half of which was walking but my belly pain wasn’t all that bad. That, plus the specialist saying I wouldn’t do any permanent damage by running gave me some confidence a finish was at least possible. It might hurt like crazy but when doesn’t 153 miles hurt?

I started making the packing list for the trip. It was long and detailed. I knew I would be using mostly my own food as the aid stations don’t have much and I was pretty sure I wouldn’t find what I wanted there in the grocery stores. Therefore, 1 checked bag was basically all food. That’s no joke. I should’ve taken a picture. The nice thing was then there would be room to bring back stuff after we ate most of the food. We had one other checked bag and 2 carry-ons. 1 carry-on was filled with all my race stuff that was irreplaceable. It looked like we were going there for a month. In reality all the clothes we brought fit in one small carry-on.

I stopped taking caffeine a couple weeks before we left similar to my winter races where I know I’ll have to be up with no sleep for a couple days. Staying up for 36 hours usually isn’t that hard but with having to have such a constant hard effort, I figured I’d be more tired than normal and wanted all the help I could get staying awake.

My plan for what to wear is what I had been planning and training in for 3 years now for this race. Thicker shorts to help hold the water and sweat, Ultimate Direction waist belt with added pouch, team shirt, hat, neck sun protector, and start with Altra Torins for shoes, switching to Olympus for the mountain and maybe switching back after it. The waist belt has a 20 ounce water bottle in it. I would carry my phone in the back and put a bunch of food in the front pouch and more in my short pockets if need be. I hate handhelds but that would be an appropriate choice if you love them. I love vests for ultras but with the heat and the multitude of aid stations, I didn’t use one. I did bring one with though just in case. I pretty much always have backups of everything important.

I always make pace charts and laminate them to protect from rain, etc. The race hadn’t updated the road book which has what aid stations your crew can help at. Even in the beginning of September it wasn’t updated. The rules of the race never were updated before the race. Right there means you have 2 different set of rules as they list different aid stations. I was starting to think they’d cancel the race since there was a similar communication black hole right before they cancelled it last year. I waited as long as I could before making my pace charts. Finally the road book was updated 2 weeks before the race and it only had 11 instead of the usual 15 spots that crew could help at. It was a little frustrating since I wanted as much help as I could get. I quickly made my sheets and laminated them but still didn’t make up my list of drop bags or what I wanted Jessie to do for me at each place she could help. I planned on making those decisions once we got to Greece and knew more about the weather forecast.

We flew to Greece the Friday before the race and got there Saturday morning since it’s an 8 hour difference. We got in earlier than we were supposed to so we had to really take our time since check-in wasn’t until the afternoon. Getting through customs was ridiculously easy. We had to show them our form that said where we were staying and they looked at our vaccination card. That took 5 seconds. Then we waited in line for the actual customs for less than 10 minutes. The two agents were just talking to each other the entire time. They never spoke a word to us or even looked at us. They just took our passports, opened them, stamped them, and handed them back. I was impressed actually that they could do that without ever turning their heads to look at us or the passport while grabbing them. There was a door that said “things to declare” that was closed. The “nothing to declare” door was the only one open so that’s where we went and got our bags.

I don’t know where else to put this but I’ll just add that Athens is actually Athina and Sparta is Sparti when you look at most maps and pronounce things. It will help to know the Greek spelling of things when you’re trying to find things in google maps. Sometimes it’ll be listed as our spelling using the Latin alphabet, sometimes it’s in Greek, and other times it will be in our Latin alphabet but with the Greek spelling. For example Athens Αθήνα Athína is all the same place.

We took the metro into Athens. Our Airbnb was at the Acropolis station so we were really close to everything. We were able to drop our luggage off at least at the Airbnb and then went shopping and walked around the base of the acropolis. All the little shops sell pretty much the same things. It’s very much like Mexico in that way, haggling seems just fine as well.

I loved where we stayed. It was super quiet and the bed was comfortable. We went to the Acropolis Museum later in the day after taking a nap. We had to show our vaccination card to get in the building. We needed it to get in every museum actually. Everywhere else you just needed a mask when indoors. We had been to London in 2008 so we had already seen all the things that were taken from the Parthenon back then. Not surprisingly Greece is kinda pissed they still have them. This museum was built specifically to get those things back. Anyway, it was worth the money. Due to Covid all the museums put markers down on the floor and blocked stuff off so you could only go through the museum the way they wanted. It was a little annoying having to go through all the pottery to get to the things I’m more interested in. I really tried to like the pottery. I mean it’s cool that something that old is still together but I just can’t get excited.

We had to of course have a meal of Greek food that night. It was all good. The main thing I wanted to try was moussaka. It tasted like a MN hotdish. I tried some ouzo knowing I wouldn’t like it, but wanted to say I at least tried it. It was nice people watching. Oh, and everywhere we went had things in Greek and English. There was the occasional small shop off the beaten path or in a small town that didn’t speak English but it didn’t matter. It’s pretty easy to just point and such. The other thing that helps is they are required by law to give you the bill before you pay. This is for everything (shops, gas, tolls, etc), not just at restaurants. Kinda like a receipt before the receipt. It’s easy then to know what you are paying for and if it’s correct. Tax and tip are included in the price other than for gas which had a 25% tax on top of the listed price. It cost the equivalent of over $9 a gallon.

I get asked a lot about gyros. So at every place that served gyros, they put french fries on them. In fact almost every meal is served with french fries and bread. Normally that would be great. The issue is that the fries kinda suck. It’s not that they’re under cooked or cut real thick or anything like that. They just taste soggy somehow. The few times I saw the oil used, it was similar to what’s used at home so I can only surmise it’s the temperature that they’re cooked at that is different. Or the potatoes grown there are just way different. They also don’t use tzatziki on much at all. They usually have 5 or more different sauces to choose from and tzatziki isn’t the standard. We never even had it at any meal so I can’t tell you if it tastes better or worse.

The dumpsters you see in the streets are communal. I’m guessing it’s paid for through taxes or something. So you just put your garbage or recycling in any dumpster you see, you don’t have to worry about filling up someone else’s dumpster. Generally there are garbage cans all over in Athens as well.

If you’ve done any sort of construction work or remodeling, you will probably be like me and not be able to turn off the “this is built wrong” and “that’s dangerous” part of your brain in Greece. I don’t know if there just aren’t building codes or if no one follows them. Based on our experience, I’m guessing it’s more of the latter. You want an electrical outlet directly behind the faucet of the kitchen sink? You got it! There is apparently no such thing as a GFI outlet either in Greece. Smoke alarms? Why would you want that? You won’t be able to get out of the house in time anyway since ALL the doors have to be locked and unlocked with an old school skeleton key, even from the inside of the room. Someone in our group saw a power line go under a road. Not buried in the ground, it was laid on top of the road and they just put another layer of asphalt on top of it! You want to do some plumbing? Just punch a hole in the wall and tap into the pipes with a hose, it’s all good. It’s never ending the things that would never be allowed in the US.

The next day (Sunday) we planned on going to the Acropolis so we got there before the 8AM opening. Why? Because I failed to mention that it was 100 degrees on Saturday. The air was so dry too. My throat hurt when I was done running Saturday afternoon. It felt very similar to running in Death Valley. Anyway, we wanted to beat the worst of the heat and sunshine. It’s so bright with all the marble there. I had to squint even with sunglasses on. After we were in line for a few minutes, the guard said it wasn’t opening until 10:30 that day since the prime minister was coming.

OK, change of plans. We had a pass to see like 7 different ruins so we went to the other 6 places instead and also the big park next to the Acropolis that has the Philopappos Monument. Kerameickos, Roman Agora, Athenian Agora, Hadrian’s Library, Temple of Zeus, and Hadrian’s Arch are where we went. Bit by bit it became clearer on how Athens used to look over 2000 years ago. We walked over 10 miles so I didn’t run that day.

We also watched the changing of the guard at the tomb of the unknown soldier they have in front of parliament. They have some interesting shoes with a poof ball and nails on the sole to make sound. They use an exaggerated step as they move very slowly. I wasn’t very impressed. I’ve now seen changing of the guards in the UK, France, Italy, and Greece. I know people hate Americans for thinking they’re the best at everything, but when it comes to military changing of the guards I believe we are. These guys weren’t together at all, there was another guy that helped them get their uniforms correctly in place, and he even wiped the sweat from their foreheads. There were also a bunch of corrections they made to get their feet in the right spot. You could see them whispering to each other as well, although maybe the guy was telling them they sucked super bad and he was disappointed. Enough snobbery.

On Monday we finally got to go tour the Acropolis. There is certainly more put together now than there was in the past but it is still very much in ruins. Lots of history up there to say the least. We stayed on the top for awhile and then made our way down to the things around the base that we hadn’t seen yet. I was glad I had seen the replica of the Parthenon in Nashville before. It helped to get a sense of what was supposed to be there.

That afternoon we went to the Archeological Museum. There were some pretty good things there but a lot of stuff I would’ve rather skipped if not having been forced to go through the museum in a certain pattern. This was the only place that was of a significant walk to get to. On the walk back we noticed a lot of the embassies of other countries.

The typical bathroom in Greece. Enjoy hovering and putting your toilet paper in a pail with everyone else’s.

After walking around for 8 miles during the day I went back to the park by the Acropolis to run around the marked and unmarked trails there. It was really fun. I would definitely recommend hiking the trails. One of them follows another ancient road out of Athens along a ancient river that doesn’t flow anymore. I wish I would’ve brought my phone with to take pictures. There’s an observatory on a hill as well.

I think it was late Monday night or otherwise Tuesday morning that the race changed its mind and added back the aid stations that crew could stop at. Well a couple were still at different spots than most years, but there were now 15. My wife was pretty pissed, I was actually expecting it. I just had a strong feeling things would be changed last moment at this race. She had everything written out with all the 15 aid stations but threw those notes away when the road book came out with just 11. Now she had to redo them again. I was just glad that I hadn’t wasted any time planning out my drop bags yet.

Tuesday we didn’t have anything planned since we got everything done that we wanted to see already. So the morning was taken up with writing our notes and planning my drop bags. I wrote what I wanted at each check point she could go to and filled in the gaps with drop bags. She grumbled a little more and I think was getting anxious about helping me all on her own.

In the afternoon we went to the Panathenaic Stadium which is where the first modern Olympics were held but was built over 2000 years ago originally. This place had a audio guide which was nice. It also has almost all of the torches used for the various Olympic games throughout time.

She got first place.
Hey, quit bragging!
Pretending to hear our National Anthem.

We did some final shopping and then got ready for something we had planned a couple weeks before we left. So I was worried about loosing my heat acclimation right before the race. I took my hot water baths at home everyday the 3 days before we left. The 100 degree temps once we got to Greece certainly helped to prevent losing it as well. What we had done was set up an appointment for a Hammam massage. We’d never heard of it in the USA but it looked like it would be nice and hot. It was definitely worth it. We didn’t do it until 6:30PM but everything is so late here that it was starting to seem normal.

So it starts with some food. We got some yummy figs and Turkish delight served with tea. Of course I didn’t think to ask if there was caffeine in it before I tried some. We’re still not sure if there was or not. Then we put on swimsuits and went into a steam room like thing where the walls and tables are heated. You lay on them and get really hot. They tell you to pour cold water on yourself to cool down. I was loving getting hot. I think they thought I was getting a little too hot when they checked my pulse but that was my plan. We were probably in there for 30 minutes before they came in for the massage and treatment.

It’s interesting. Lots of water pouring on you. Getting scrubbed with gigantic amounts of bubbles, sesame seeds and honey at different times. Plus all the dead skin scrubbed off. You get massaged as well through all this. There’s probably better descriptions of this online somewhere. We enjoyed not knowing ahead of time. Then we got more food and tea while we cooled down. We ate a lot of dessert. Once we were cooled down we got dressed and went back to the Airbnb. It cost the equivalent of less than $100 each which seemed very reasonable. There are lots of these places in Athens so it could probably even be cheaper if you searched around. The workers had to wear masks in the steam room because of Covid. Imagine wearing that for an hour in that kind of heat.

The next day (Wednesday) we got our rental car about a block away and found a parking spot next to the Airbnb (we kinda lucked out). We loaded it up and were on our way to Marathon to check out the things there. It wasn’t on the way to Glyfada where we would be staying for the race portion of our trip but it seemed like an obvious thing to look at since the race is about the run before the battle of Marathon.

The drive there was fairly stressful. Google would be telling us to turn way too soon it seemed. There aren’t roundabouts but you still have 6 roads come together in spots so it’s a bit confusing. We eventually figured it out and got to the plains of Marathon. I guess this is supposed to be fertile soil. It’s more red like Georgia but not as red. At least the hillsides were green unlike Athens so they must get some rain. We went to the Archaeological Museum of Marathon first. They were very strict here for some reason. They checked our vaccine cards over and over and seemed very confused by me only having one shot of the J&J vaccine. She finally accepted us saying it is only a one shot vaccine with that look on her face that says “Whatever. I still don’t believe you.” It is a small museum filled mostly with Egyptian statues and of course more clay jars. They also have part of the top of the victory monument that used to be in Marathon.

There is a mound very close to this museum where the Plataeans that helped in the battle are buried. The door was locked although I’ve seen pictures of the inside from the few times the museum staff are nice and give tours to visitors. It’s basically skeletons in boxes that they unearthed. I’m more curious how they have the roof supported so the dirt mound doesn’t cave in but we couldn’t go in so I’ll never know I guess.

We next went to the park that has the Tumulus of the Athenians mound. It’s where the 192 Athenians that died in battle have their ashes buried. It’s more interesting to go here because it’s pretty much the only place in Greece that the signs actually tell you history instead of just describing the architecture of the building. On many occasions, we could be heard yelling at signs “I can clearly count how many pillars there were on this building, WHAT WAS IT’S PURPOSE?!” Honestly, just show a small drawing of how it looked instead of paragraphs of words trying to describe it. Use that space for actual history.

Map of the Marathon plain.

You can read about the battle in the historical text at the end of the blog. The signs here told a bit of a different story as it probably includes additional texts and I’m guessing the Persians account. The area is filled with olive trees. It’s actually kind of hard to see the mound through all the trees except for a few spots.

After this we went to the marathon museum which is a museum about the marathon distance race. While parking some lady made a point of it to yell at us for slowing her down when we turned onto the road. At least that’s what we think she was mad about. She stopped traffic so she could yell something at us anyway. That was the only bad driver we met. Despite the roads being being crowded and curvy, people were very mellow and things went smoothly. If you had to move over, you just did and no one was mad about it. If someone was in your way, you just went around them, no matter what the lane lines said. With small agile cars it was pretty easy to zip around. In a lot of ways it felt like island driving in the Caribbean.

The museum had pretty detailed information on every Olympic marathon race and some of the marathon races around the world. There was a small display about the Spartathlon race but it was broken so I don’t know what the big red button would do. There was a video about the marathon as well, of course showing him dying when he arrived in Athens (insert eye-roll here).

The Spartathlon display.

We then drove to Glyfada which is a Southern suburb of Athens and where the old airport was. The race puts all the runners and crew from the various countries together in 1 of 4 hotels. This year the Americans were in the Oasis Hotel which was also the hotel that we registered (checked-in) for the race. The rooms are very nice here. From here on out all the meals, hotels, and transportation is included in the cost of the race registration (6 days worth). That’s a really good deal for 600 Euros. The price goes up to 700 Euros next year but still that’s cheap. You can choose to eat elsewhere on your own of course. We also had our own car so we didn’t use the buses other than the last night. We got there about 2PM and they were still serving lunch. Well, not “still” as much as they don’t start serving until 1:30 or 2. So we ate first and then brought all our stuff into our room.

We then went down to register for the race. Registering was pretty quick. They didn’t have my doctors note on record so I gave them that and was allowed to continue to the next table. There I got a tracker, envelope with badges, chip timer and tickets in it, and a bag that had more stuff. I wasn’t really sure if I had everything or not. I didn’t know much about the tracker. I knew the Brits always had trackers themselves and so I was concerned that I was given one. Was that a mistake? Some people online thought it was since some other people hadn’t been given a tracker at check-in. Turns out that yes indeed, everyone was getting a tracker this year and every year from now on. They weren’t all there in time so they occasionally ran out of them at check-in which is why some didn’t get them. Luckily I was on the British WhatsApp group so I knew how to use it. I really don’t know why the race couldn’t tell us this stuff before we got there. Clearly it had been known about for weeks ahead of time by them. The tracker doesn’t need line of sight and could be put in a pack or waist belt. While looking at the tracker website I could see circles around islands. That plus the fact you didn’t need line of sight makes me think they use phone towers and not a satellite. They add a couple ounces of weight but I knew it would help Jessie immensely in knowing where I was during the race.

I found out about the shoe chip timer from Amy. She said Andrew Snope who I ran Volstate with didn’t know about it and didn’t have it for the beginning of the race one year. It’s made to go in the laces of the shoe. That makes it very difficult to change shoes since you have to unlace everything on 2 pair of shoes to move the chip. I never untie my shoes and I didn’t want to have it take forever to change shoes so I decided to buy some zip ties and attach it to my laces that way. Then we could quickly cut the zip ties to remove from one shoe and zip them into the next shoe very easily. It worked just as planned during the race so I would suggest zip ties if you plan on changing shoes.

We were a little concerned they would be testing everyone for Covid again at the check-in. This ended up not the case. I think the National Public Health people were there just to watch over stuff and maybe test those that weren’t vaccinated. That was good because statistically someone would’ve had a false positive with testing that many people.

While looking through the packet in my room I realized there wasn’t any mention of what starting wave I was in. The race was going to have groups of up to 50 people start in waves at least 5 minutes apart. This seemed like it would be a big cluster as how would anyone know what the time cutoffs were since everyone started at a different time. I talked to some Brits that were much more in the know about what was going on. They assured us we didn’t have to worry about the waves. This is when it dawned on us that like our experiences the past week, there is what’s supposed to happen and then there is what actually happens. Had we been told it was like this in Greece before we got there, we wouldn’t have been nearly as anxious. I’m not going to go as far as to say you shouldn’t worry or assume things will just turn out fine on their own. Just don’t expect as rigid of an environment as the rules make it seem.

We decided to go swimming since tomorrow was supposed to be cold and windy. There is a beach just a couple blocks from the hotel. The beach is rocky like most places on the Mediterranean it seems. I was glad I brought my aqua shoes. The water was kinda cold but we adjusted fine. There weren’t any waves so we didn’t stay in very long. I walked along the shore to look for interesting rocks while Jessie sunbathed. I didn’t need anymore sun after the last few days. We stayed only an hour or so.

After getting back to the hotel we walked around the town and was planning on buying a cooler for ice during the race from a store that someone on the WhatsApp group recommended. It was closed but indeed would have what we were looking for based on what we could see through the window. I don’t think the place even had a name. We asked the shop owner next door when it would be open and he told us the next morning. Glyfada is a nice area. Much less crowded than Athens and there are actual sidewalks you can use instead of just walking on the road like in Athens.

I ran 3 miles that afternoon and met up with Steve Troxel who was running on the same path along the beach. His wife didn’t come to crew as originally planned so she’ll have to come next time. We talked a little race strategy and had a nice relaxed run. That was the last time I’d run before the race.

Supper was served at 8PM. We always sat with Americans and eventually met almost the entire team before the race. I only knew 3 of them from Facebook and online chats. I knew I had run in races with a couple others but never met them before, I just noticed it while looking at their ultrasignup history. To us the food at the hotel wasn’t too bad. The chicken was always dry anywhere we went in Greece. It was buffet style, although there were very few options and never any milk which was annoying. Some hotels have worse food it sounds like and people eat elsewhere. We’re cheap so we only ate out the night before the race with a bunch of the American team. This was more to mingle than to eat somewhere else. The more connections we could make, the better off Jessie would be if she needed help crewing. After the drive to Marathon, I think she was getting concerned about finding her way.

Due to Covid there wouldn’t be any pre-race meeting. We had gotten an email weeks before that all the information would be put online. Finally at 10:30 Wednesday night they put a couple page note on the website. It was written as though it was to be read days before anyone arrived. It explained the trackers (finally) and about a couple detours (one of which was only for crew vehicles and not the runners). If you hadn’t known about the recent crew check point changes, it let you know about that. Another new change was made in this letter that there were now 13 check points that wouldn’t take drop bags. I was planning on using one of them so I had to adjust that. I certainly understand there can be last minute changes to a race but this was starting to get ridiculous. We just laughed as we wondered what new changes were in store for tomorrow. Perhaps we’d get an email the day after the race describing some changes that were to happen?

Thursday morning I got my drop bags packed up and ready to put in the drop bag boxes. They didn’t let you put anything in the boxes until later in the afternoon though. I enjoyed eating as many carbs as possible from my stash of food from home. We went and bought our cooler. They were out of hard side coolers. We had seen one in a store in Marathon so we should’ve just got that one. Oh well. We got a soft sided cooler instead and I guess that way we could bring it home instead of throwing it away. We also got our zip ties and batteries since I forgot those at home.

The main event for the day was taking our group photos for the American team and most of us having supper together at the traditional spot which is George’s Steakhouse I guess. At the photo I realized only 14 of us were there and not the 17 signed up. A couple were missing for injury and I’m not sure what happened to the third. I gotta say we looked pretty good in our team shirts. I was one of the younger members of the team and I’m 45. Only 3 people were under 40. To finish this race in your 60’s is pretty awesome. We split into a couple groups as the vegetarians understandably went to a different restaurant. I wasn’t planning on eating much there since I was carbo loading.

The 14 runners.
Runners and crew.

We sat with Thomas and M’Lee Jackson. I had actually done a preceptorship in vet school where they live in Washington. I think my wife was happy that we weren’t just talking about races. We had a good time and Jessie and M’Lee would help each other out during the race since they were both crewing on their own. It was starting to get late and we knew we should get back and go to bed.

Photo Credit: Amy Mower

I did my usual night before prep of taping my feet and such. I went to sleep pretty easy.

The Race:

The race was to begin at 7AM on Friday September 24th at the base of the Acropolis by the Odeon of Herodes Atticus. We got up around 4AM so we could leave around 5AM. We wanted to make sure we’d have a parking spot and plenty of time to find it, etc. You don’t want to be short of time with a flat tire or something before the biggest race of your life. I had my homemade shake, beet juice, caffeine to get things moving, and a little real food. I put on my KT tape I need for runs longer than 20 miles and also put a piece on my belly hoping it would potentially help keep it from hurting. It doubled as protection from the waist belt rubbing on my skin. I also put on sunscreen right away so I wouldn’t have to worry about it during the race. I felt proud and lucky to wear our USA team shirt.

Beet Juice!

I felt ready. Was I ready? There’s always a doubt that creeps in before an ultra, even the ones I’ve done numerous times. 36 hours of running is a long time for something to go wrong. When I say running, I mean it. There was almost no time for walking in this race for me. If I could drop 8 minute miles for hours at a time, then sure I’d have time to walk. I can’t even do that for a marathon. This race is 6 of them in a row! There was definitely moments of imposter syndrome that showed up in the days before the race. I’ve raced with the best in the world before, but here, almost everyone was the best in the world, not just a couple. And almost half won’t finish! It reminded me of the “bright shining star” speech we all got the first day of vet school.

This speech was giving to us by the mental health department so we wouldn’t get depressed and off ourselves (it’s a real problem in my profession). They show you a bell curve that everyone that’s taken statistics has seen. They show that in high school you were way over on the right side of the curve and a “bright shining star”. Then in college, you were still on the right side of the curve but maybe not quite as far, still a “bright shining star”. Now in vet school you were likely just in the middle of the bell curve. They stressed over and over, you are still a “bright shining star”, you’ll just be getting B’s and C’s most likely. It made us all laugh but the message got through. In this race I was clearly way over on the left side of the curve. I’d made the cut to get here but I’d have to have a great race to finish.

We left the hotel around 5AM. The road was empty and we made it to the parking lot by the Odeon of Herodes Atticus within 15 minutes. XP9F+Q7 Athens, Greece is the google code. That’s 3-4 times faster than during the day. Traffic sucks in Athens! We just relaxed in the car for a bit. There was only 1 other car with people in it. They were with the race. I got out to check out the start line. There was nothing there. It’s 90 minutes before the race start and there’s nothing here. Did we go to the wrong spot? I found those people and asked where the porta potties were that are supposed to be here. They thought they’d maybe show up later.

What an awesome view to start a race.

I went back to the car after taking a couple photos of the lit up Acropolis. We searched around the parking lot in the dark and found a building that had WC (water closet) on it but it was closed and blocked off. I went up the hill of the Acropolis to see if the bathrooms at the entrance were open. Nope. The people said there is one in the parking lot where we were parked. Well that one is closed so I guess I’m pooping outside while it’s still dark.

My wife kept watch as I hid behind some trucks along a shipping container looking thing. I placed some toilet paper down on the ground and expertly landed my load on said toilet paper. I was pretty proud of myself. I picked it all up and put it in garbage dumpster that was on the other side of the shipping container thing I was hiding behind. Then I saw a faint light glow from the container for 5 seconds before turning off. I decided to investigate around it and then started laughing my butt off. The shipping container looking thing was a multi-stall temporary bathroom! In my defense, this thing was hidden behind multiple semi trailers. At least I knew where to go the next time before the race. It even had water in it.

That black space on the right was where I was. I’m still laughing about this.

I went back up to the start to see if anything had changed. There were a few more cars now and they were taping down the start line. In a race where there are permanent signs along the road and they paint markers on the road for the turns, there is no permanent start line I guess. In fact the start line area had nothing but this line. No banner flags, music pumping, crowds of people cheering, etc.

That red and white piece of tape is the start line. They also had a few glow sticks under the tape as well. This photo was taken exactly 1 hour before the race started.

We stayed in the car and slowly it got lighter and lighter outside. It was somewhat cold so we stayed in as long as we could and then I went up with about 25 minutes until it started. I turned on my tracker and hoped that the SOS button wouldn’t get accidentally pushed during the race. We had brought a gardening knee pad and a pillow from the flight to sit on. I wasn’t going to sit on stone or stand any longer than needed. About 15 minutes before the race it was time to start lining up. Due to Covid they were trying to keep everyone apart from each other, wave start, masks, etc. As we had already learned from being in Greece for a week, what people say will be enforced and what is actually enforced are very different things. I wore a mask until a few minutes before the start. It was clear everyone was just going to start running at 7AM no matter what the race directors told us to do. We all did our part to try to stay apart but it really isn’t realistic since we’ll all be running together once the race starts anyway.

Jessie and M’Lee – contemplating the monumental task of crewing their husbands alone for 36 hours. They would end up helping each other get through it.

There wasn’t any sort of check-in like most races have and like the rules said there would be. I talked to some of the other Americans and we lined up together. It was go time. There was a simple 10 second countdown before the race started. It was started with an air horn that seemed to never end. 280 of us started the race out of 341 that were signed up. Most of the people that didn’t show up were due to Covid restrictions in their own country (especially Japan) or injury. Normally there are 400 allowed in the race.

It was slow going to start with due to it being crowded. The beginning of the race is downhill so it was frustrating to not be able to open it up and just fly down 7 minute miles for the first 2 miles. I talked to Chris Calimano for the downhill about Arrowhead 135 of all things. It’s probably the most opposite race as you could get from Spartathlon. My main goal was to keep moving fast and comfortable for as long as possible to get a buffer on the cutoffs. You never know when you’ll need to stop for the bathroom and so I wanted at least a 5 minute buffer quickly.

Since I’m on the subject of bathrooms, here’s some important race information. There basically are no porta potties or bathroom facilities along the race. I knew this going in and was concerned about it. My wife said a couple check points (CP) had them but they were all out of toilet paper and worthless. Don’t fret though. There are plenty of places to go along the way, even in the city of Athens and for both #1 and #2. So in Athens you are along a busy road but after just a couple miles it starts going uphill (you better be running up this hill, it’s not bad) and there becomes opportunities. There are areas that look like they would maybe be a bus stop area but it’s not. It’s just an area of a bunch of junk, garbage, and overgrown plants on a widened area of concrete with a wall. Often times this is just after an overpass or bridge of some sort. You can hide behind these areas pretty easily. You’re not completely hidden but no one can directly see you other than other runners (no cars will see anything) and no runner is going to care. These kind of areas continue until you are out of town miles later. There are also lots of garbage cans in town. Once you get in the country they are rare. Of course bathroom use in the country should be pretty obvious as what to do. I always bring my own kit that includes enough toilet paper for a session, a couple wet wipes, and an individual use packet of butt lube. I’d replace the kit the next time I saw Jessie.

The race course supposedly follows as closely as it can the original route that Phidippides would’ve used. Of course now most of this route is paved but would’ve been dirt or stone then. We start from the Odeon but I’m guessing Phidippides would have been given his orders from the generals in the Agora and used the main road from there. That is on the North side of the Acropolis and not the South. It would’ve been really awesome if they would’ve opened the gates and let us run on the ancient paths through the Agora and Kerameikos area that had the gate to the city through the city wall. Regardless, once past Kerameikos, we were basically on the ancient path to Sparta as far as I know.

The blue is the race route. The red is the ancient road from the Agora.
The ancient road through the Kerameikos area. This is looking towards Athens and the gate through the city wall that used to be at the end of the path.
This is the same view as the Google map above. The gate into the city is in the top left and you can see the road going out of the city that we followed. Really crazy to be following a path that has been used for thousands of years.

They had one lane of the road closed off to traffic and there were cops at every intersection keeping traffic away. The race basically shut down all traffic on the roads we were on until we passed by. Horns honked to cheer us on. “Bravo” was said to us by everyone that we passed along the way. It almost felt like the crowds you’d see at a marathon. The lane being blocked off allowed us to be able to pass other runners as needed safely. It was rare that we were ever 3 people across though and it was mostly single file running after the first 2 miles.

This race doesn’t allow headphones. They say it is for safety and for solitude. For the first 10 miles or so you wouldn’t be able to hear them anyway. The traffic noise through town was so loud. And the fumes from all the diesel vehicles (way dirtier than our emission standards) was horrible. It was hard to breath at times. Since I didn’t want a repeat of the “Rocky Top Tennessee” incident of the Barkley Fall Classic, I decided ahead of time I needed a better song to have on a never-ending loop in my head. I actually put a lot of thought into this and determined that “Coolin’ With Da Homies” song from the Eurovision Song Contest Movie was the clear choice. It’s got the perfect cadence for cruising if you sing it a little faster in your head, easy to learn, and makes me laugh at how horribly lame it is every time I hear it. If you haven’t heard it, it’s basically what kids my age in the 80’s would make up ourselves, thinking we could actually rap.

If it doesn’t play for some reason or gets taken down, just google it and have a listen.

After about 10 minutes, the song was just automatically playing in the background in my head. I could even be talking something over in my head and still hear it in the background in my head like it was really there and not just in my head. Make sense? Anyway that song was on loop for almost all of the next 35 hours. Occasionally I would hear a song playing from a car driving by, or at a check point and that would be in my head for a while until I realized it. I’m thankful I currently can’t remember any of those songs now because they were all horrible. The only other time I didn’t have it on loop was when I was really tired early the second morning and was singing out loud everything I was doing and thinking in a rap version with some random beat that came in my head. Singing out loud is a great way to stay awake.

After a couple miles.

My first goal was to get to the marathon distance (CP 11) in about 4:15 which was what I did in my county run and other timed racing events. In normal years this would be the first crew support aid station. This year that wasn’t until the next one (CP 12). Things went pretty much as planned. My watch ended up losing all the data from the first 17 hours of the race so I only have the tracker data to go off of besides the official timing mats for most of my race data. By CP2 (5.8 miles) I already had a 13 minute buffer which made me feel good. I saw Bob Hearn twice while in the city and made sure to not get in front of him. If you’re in front of Bob, then you’re likely starting out too fast in my opinion. In general I was getting passed more than I was passing people and I was just fine with it.

This is the first race in which I never went into “race mode”. In other words I never tried to race anyone or do anything to get in a better position than anyone else. Perhaps I could’ve finished sooner if I had, but just as likely I would’ve pushed too hard somewhere and not finished at all. It’s almost cliche how often I hear you need to run your own race, but for me in this race, that’s exactly what I did. The only point of this race for me and I think most people is to see if you can run in the footsteps of Phidippides and finish in the same time. Now don’t get me wrong, we have a lot more help than he did. At the same time though, he was a professional runner, had certainly been on the route to Sparta many times, and had a lot more reason to run fast than we did. If becoming a slave under the Persians was the cost of failure, I’d be giving it my all too! The point is, the ultimate goal for most is just to finish. I sincerely wanted everyone in the race to finish, and I didn’t care if I was last.

The race course is pretty easy to follow. Some put the route in their watch to follow but I didn’t. People have made wrong turns in the past but usually don’t go too far off course. I never made a wrong turn which was good, I couldn’t afford the time. There are markers painted on the road that point the way to go at most intersections. They additionally have X’s painted on the roads you shouldn’t take. Since I was always within sight of someone else, I mostly just followed the person in front. That can be dangerous so I tried to always confirm it by looking at the road markers.

This is the typical newer sign. There are more worn ones that have the SP letters on either side of the arrow or at the top of the arrow. Photo Credit: Chris Calimano

Around the time school should be in session we were running through a town and came upon groups of children cheering us on. In one section they were in a tunnel under a road and their screams echoed like crazy! It was pretty fun running by giving high fives and such.

Marisa Lizak the first place American this year.

My belly pain had showed up right about an hour into the race. It continued to get worse until about 3 hours into the race and then just kind of stayed at that level. I tried to ignore it and stay in the moment of the race. If it got worse, so be it, I’d just have to deal with it.

Toward the first area of refineries outside Athens.

Even though I had Jessie crew me, there were long periods of time in the beginning where she couldn’t help and I didn’t even see her. Lots of other crew were along the course cheering but they just couldn’t give aid. I left things in a few drop bags so I didn’t have to carry as much food and such from the beginning. The first drop bag I had was at CP7. I was going to put it at CP6 but that was one of the check points that they recently said we couldn’t have drop bags at. It was just more gels and drink mix. I ended up only using 2 drink mixes the entire race. It was so hot that I had to use water from my bottle to wet myself constantly after the first couple hours of the race. Because of that, I didn’t want to spray electrolytes all over myself so I only put straight water in.

Lets talk about the weather shall we? As stated earlier, this is generally a hot race. I heat trained for years even though it’s really only the 10 days or so before the race that really matter as far as your body goes. The weather the day before the race would’ve been perfect. It was 70, cloudy, and windy all day on Thursday. It felt downright cold after the 100 degree weather earlier. Alas, on race day it was back in the 80s with full sun and no appreciable wind on the course. It’s almost like being in the mountains in snow when it comes to the sun in Greece. It seems to just bounce off everything and is way brighter than it should be for the latitude which is equivalent to the middle of the US. The air was much drier than I was told it would be. I constantly read in race reports that it was hot and humid. I checked the weather history and the dew points were in the 50’s and lower 60’s in September. That’s really comfortable compared to MN so I just assumed conditions along the course were different and the race reports were correct. No, it’s dry. I guess compared to Arizona it’s humid? Just looking at the country, you’d think you were in California. It looks very much like wine country in spots and dry central valley with scrub brush here and there in others. Clearly it doesn’t rain much and the Mediterranean doesn’t seem to pump much moisture into the air in September as least. This was both good and bad. Good because evaporative cooling actually worked but also bad because I wasn’t used to breathing in such dry air. The heat didn’t let up until around 6PM. While it was still hot, it certainly seemed to be one of the cooler weather years this year. I needed all the help I could get and 80’s instead of 90’s for temps was a great help!

There was a detour at CP 10 that added 0.4 miles to the course. Since I’ve never been on the course, I didn’t notice it. I just kept following the runners in front of me. By the way, I could always see another runner during this race save a couple 10 second periods in especially curvy areas through some small towns. It’s probably because I was in the back of the pack where most people are. 60 of the 167 people that finished the race, finished in the last hour. Over half finished in the last 2 hours. Think about that. That’s likely why I could always see someone.

The issue with the CP10 detour was that it wasn’t known to us until a couple weeks before the race and the road book that they gave out didn’t have the increased mileage included in the distances listed. The most critical issue for most was that they didn’t increase the cutoff times for any of the aid stations after CP10 to adjust for this added distance. I got to the marathon distance on my watch right on time at 4:15 and yet the CP11 seemed nowhere in sight. Did I make a wrong turn? If I did, so did about 50 other people. I kept going and about a half mile later I got to the checkpoint in 4:20 official time. Good thing I had the buffer built up to 30 minutes before this CP.

This is were the race started it’s ending for many runners. Lots got caught chasing the cut offs from here on out. CP16 has probably the hardest cut off to hit. It’s 36.3 miles this year with a cutoff of 6 and a half hours. That’s under a 10:45 pace which isn’t impossible but you also have to run 120ish miles after that so you can’t be spent. Many would be out of the race before CP22 (50miles) where the cutoffs start to get easier.

I saw Andrei Nana pass me just after CP11. I got to CP12 to see my beautiful wife in her crew outfit. It really helped that all the Americans and crew had on the same shirt. They were easy to spot from a distance and even if they weren’t your crew, they’d know where yours was and be cheering you on. I ended up never putting my sunglasses on so I just gave them to my wife. She gave me more gels and food. She failed to ask me the 3 questions she was always supposed to ask at every CP I saw her at. Did you poop? Do you need lube? Do you have garbage? I think she only asked them twice the entire race. So didn’t really forget anything else, save one, that was written down though so it worked out in the end I guess. I remembered those questions myself this race, even when tired (which is the whole reason she’s supposed to ask, I forget when I’m tired usually). The most important thing she gave me this aid station was a kiss. Trick! She was all business, no kisses or softness whatsoever. The most important thing was an ice bandana.

Ode to the Ice Bandana: You’re amazing!

OK, not much of an ode. I had never used an ice bandana before. I guess I’ve seen people have stuff on their necks during hikes on occasion in my life but I’ve never seen anyone use them during a race. I guess since most of my races are trail races and there’s no ice around and it’d never last anyway, that’s why I’ve never seen them used. I had only read in a race report about them a month before the race. Most people talk about putting ice under their hat or in arm sleeves or down their shirt. I tried the ice hat in training at home and it didn’t seem to help much. I tried the down the shirt and it didn’t seem to do much either, plus they would somehow find their way past my waist belt over time. I declare the ice bandana to be the “cats ass” as we’d say in college. Just google how to use one. Super easy and even though it takes 30 seconds to redo at every aid station, it’s worth it. Sometimes I could skip an aid station if there was still enough ice.

The ice cools all the blood going past your neck and then as it melts, the cold water goes down your body and then evaporates. It’s like 3 cooling actions in 1! I’m almost positive I wouldn’t have finished this race without it. I know Phidippides didn’t have people giving him ice along the way, but I don’t care. I’ll take the advantage.

The rest of the daylight hours of the race would involve the following cooling strategy. Drink water as needed. Ice bandana. Hat. Neck sun protector. Then I would take my water bottle and every 5 minutes put a little on my hat to soak through to my scalp. I’d also squirt it down my shoulder and each arm. It felt amazing. I’d also wash my face with some water every 15 minutes. There was an aid station about every 20-30 minutes where I’d fill up my water bottle and soak myself there as well. They have buckets of ice water with sponges in them that you can use to get yourself wet. Not the most hygienic I suppose but nothing about an ultra is hygienic. To the races credit, there was always ice at the check points. Occasionally there were only 5 cubes left but still enough cold water. I rarely put ice in my water bottle. It would melt almost instantly and really all I was after was the evaporative cooling effect anyway since it was so dry.

Corinth Timing Mat.

So what else was at the check points? Not much really. There is water and usually some Coke. Very occasionally I saw juice of some kind. For food there was very little. Some raisins or dried apricots. There were supposed to be figs which I love but never saw any. They had plain bread with nothing on it, also this dried bread that they must really like because it was everywhere (think giant crouton), often times potato chips, and crackers. I fell in love with the crackers. That’s all I ever got from the aid stations. There were supposed to be chocolates, candy, and yogurt at a lot of them but I never saw it. At I think 5 checkpoints there was a light meal. This usually was just some noodles in a small bowl or soup. I guess once my wife said there were meatballs. None of it ever sounded good so I usually never even went over to the food table when I was at a check point she could help at. I did have some soup once in the night I think.

CP 18. Not me in the photo of course but just wanted to show what a CP looked like. You can see the timing mat in the background. I had a drop bag here as well with more gels and food. You can see how sparse the options are. Behind the guys left leg is the bag of ice water and sponge. Also the drop bag area.

So I continued on with over a 20 minute buffer against the cutoffs. After CP12 is where it starts to get very pretty. This is about 30 miles into the race. There are occasional hills and lots of curves as the road hugs the edge of the sea, sometimes at sea level and other times on the cliff. The photos people take don’t do it justice. I’m sure there are professional photos somewhere that have the right colors but none of the regular Joe pictures I’ll put here. The water is so clear and you can see so far down in the water. The colors are amazing blues and greens. You can see islands in the distance. If it wasn’t for it being the hottest part of the day it would’ve been perfect. I walked most of the hills here as they were just at that point where you could walk or run but with the heat it just made sense to power hike up. I can’t remember how long this pretty area lasts, about 4 miles I think. After that you are still close to the sea but running in what seems like the longest town in the world. I’m sure it’s just a bunch of them together but there’s pretty much always a fence on the left side of the road and houses blocking the view of the sea. This is for miles. Here are photos Jessie took along the pretty section.

I was getting tired already somehow. I was also starting to hurt generally everywhere. My hamstrings where sending the message they could cramp at anytime and sort of laughed at me because they knew I didn’t have 20 minutes to spare to stretch them out like at Volstate. My belly pain wasn’t any worse and seemed like it was getting overpowered by all the other pain.

There are occasionally concrete pillars along side the road that have numbers carved in them. They were matching up exactly with the course in kilometers so I’m suspicious they were originally put there for the race. The first one I think was maybe 11? I for sure saw one at 49 but I never saw any more of them after that. Maybe I’ll ask around if I ever end up back there again.

So with this being a road race it would be wise to wonder about the road camber. I was somewhat worried about it but had seen on videos that we would run on different sides of the road at different times which lessened my worry. In my opinion, there isn’t really much to worry about at all. The first 10 miles or so are run on the right side of the road before we start going against traffic. Later on when the traffic is much less, you can basically just go wherever you want. Moreover, the camber on the roads in Greece is almost non-existent. It’s nothing like in MN or TN. The road is cambered on the curves of course but it goes both ways so it all evens out. I didn’t notice any issues from the camber whatsoever.

Just before CP16 was the bridge that only runners could cross. The road was more than half washed away leaving 1 lane to cross on. I made it past the difficult CP16 with over a 20 minute buffer (I still wasn’t going to use all that up just to stretch). That made me feel fairly good. My goal was to hit the 50 mile mark (CP22) around 9 hours (4PM) which would put me 30 minutes ahead of the cutoff. Again that time is based on previous events. An interesting fact is that the first race in 1983 had an 11 hour cut off instead of 9:30 for this check point. They also started at the Panathenaic Stadium about a mile away from the current start. I’m not sure when it changed.

CP 19 is another oil refinery with oil being pumped from ships offshore. The smell was what you’d expect. This is about 44 miles into the race and was the time I realized that I now had zero belly pain. I could cough and not feel any issue whatsoever. Perhaps the muscles finally relaxed like they often do once fatigued.

Soon was the uphill to the Corinth Canal. It’s only about 200 feet but seemed more. I guess since it’s almost 50 miles into the race it just felt like it was more. So I didn’t do much research on the canal. You can do it yourself I guess. It’s obviously over 200 feet deep though. This is the only time I took out my phone during the race. I wanted to so many times but it didn’t seem worth the risk of losing 30 seconds here and there throughout the race. Technically you can only carry a phone for emergency use according to the rules but people used them for lots of things: music, calling crew, etc.

Jessie would be at the next aid station CP22 which was only 1.6 miles further. This is only the second time I could see her. I crossed the timing mat at 8:55 race time which was 35 minutes ahead of cut off and about what I was hoping for. Only 103 miles left! There is a sense of relief to get past this point. The cutoffs get easier after this. Not EASY, but easier.

Don’t know this guy but that’s the bench I sat on and popped blisters. This is CP22. You can tell the British Crew by their red shirts.

My Altra Torins were giving me blisters on the top of my toes from rubbing with every bend of the top of the shoe. I had to take my shoes off earlier than planned. I was thinking about just cutting the toe box open but that would take time. I told Jessie to do it and she flatly refused. In fairness, she probably had no clue what I meant anyway. So we decided to switch to my tried and true Altra Olympus. They are significantly heavier though so I wasn’t excited about that. I was hoping Jessie would cut one of the 2 pair of Torins I had along in her spare time so I could use them after the mountain but that never happened. In the end I never changed shoes again.

I changed socks since I had my shoes off anyway. Jessie cut the timing chip from my Torins and got zip ties to put it on my Olympus while I popped my blisters on the top of both big toes through the tape on my feet. The tape does great at preventing most blisters but not on the top I guess. I had never gone this far in Torins so I wasn’t all that surprised there was an issue in an untested shoe. I put on new socks, gaiters, and shoes. I would regret the gaiters since they made my feet so hot and took them off at the next check point she could give aid at. I kept them off until the mountain.

Photo Credit – Robert Kulijewicz

The rest of the time spent was getting food and a protein sugar shake I made.

Speaking of food, I was doing quite well with food intake. Gels still tasted great which was unusual for me this late in a race. I usually am overheated and have to walk a lot to keep cool and have real food by 35 miles. The ice bandana and water was doing their jobs at keeping me cool and moving well. The shake ended up not sitting that well miles later. Nothing horrible but it didn’t give me the usual boost at all and made me slow if anything.

I had basically taken about 3 gels an hour. I use GU since they have glucose and fructose in the correct ratio for maximum absorption rates. I had only taken a packet of raisins and chips from the aid stations up to this point. The rest was my own gels and food (snack cake type things). Being able to continue food intake was something that was vital to me finishing this race in time. I couldn’t afford taking off time to deal with GI issues.

This is the time I realized I was in a pretty consistent group of about 25 runners. I might not see some for an hour but then I would again. This was pretty much the same group from mile 30 until the last 15 miles where I dropped back more than the rest of the group did. I never got to talk to anyone very long though. There wasn’t a language barrier as almost everyone could speak English quite well. In fact, the Irish were almost harder to understand than other Europeans sometimes 🙂 It was more that I didn’t feel like talking all that much (it just hurt to talk with the dry air) and I wasn’t going to change pace just to keep up to someone. Part of my race strategy going into the race was to have conversations since it makes me go faster most of the time and would pass the time quicker with the whole no headphones rule. It also keeps me awake when I’m tired. During the sleepy times though, no one was close enough to talk to. I could always see someone but they were too far away to talk to.

The next time I could see my wife was at CP26 (58miles) at ancient Corinth. She really wanted to look around there but didn’t have time I guess. I kinda remember running past an area that seemed like a cemetery to me at the time. I very much remember running down a cobblestone road in the town towards my wife and M’Lee sitting down at the aid station. It looked like they were having a good time enjoying the beautiful surroundings. What I didn’t notice was the giant ruins just to my left going out of town. It’s almost comical how I missed it. It sounds like almost everyone misses it their first time running the race. I think part of it is they have photographers on the other side of the street so you look that way at them. I guess we’ll just have to go back sometime.

Running down to my wife at ancient Corinth. The fence behind me is where you can see part of the ruins. Much more can be seen going out of town.

I had a drop bag here that had a spare headlamp in. I knew it would be too early to use it but the plan was for me to take it in case something happened and Jessie couldn’t make the next stop at CP29. If she wasn’t there, then I’d have it already and if she was there, I’d just give her the crappy one and take my good one. Well we both forgot about it so it got left. I realized it fairly soon after but I wasn’t going to go back to get it. I was 43 minutes ahead of the cutoff here which was about where I wanted to be. I should’ve been adding time from here until the mountain even with my slowest planned pace of 14 minute miles. Everyone says you can gain time here and you really can if things are going well. You’ll see that didn’t really happen.

I gave back my gaiters since my feet were hot. My toes were feeling great again in the Olympus shoes though. My stomach was feeling a little off. I wasn’t nauseous but maybe just gassy? I slowed down eating which I didn’t like. I figured it would have to just settle down after the shake I had back at CP22.

So I was somewhat worried as the sun was going down about the headlamp. I knew the math I did before the race had to be right and I’d have my headlamp in time, but I had to triple check since it was 3 check points until I’d see my wife again. These checkpoints were pretty close together so I was indeed fine. I remember in this section seeing a grandma teaching her little grandkids how to cheer us on. It was very heartwarming. She’d help them clap their hands and say “Bravo!” in the way only little kids can.

CP28 had a timing mat since it was at 100km. I got there at 6:40PM which would be 11:40 race time. That’s not too bad of a 100km time so I was still feeling pretty good about my pacing. Just before CP29 is the start of a 20 mile section that is almost all uphill. It’s not too steep to run but at the same time it’s nice to walk some of it since it’s over 60 miles into the race.

I got to CP29 just before 7PM so the sun was still up. I got my good headlamp and spare batteries since they made a point in the days before the race that everyone was required to have batteries. Of course no one checked. I think I ate a bit of food here. I got rid of my hat, ice bandana, and neck protector. I put on my headband. It would be mostly uphill for a while now and I wouldn’t see Jessie until CP32.

It was now pretty crowded on the road. There were LOTS of cars crewing the people around me constantly going back and forth, yelling things to their runners, honking their horns, etc. It’s very common for people to honk as a sign of encouragement. The traffic was kind of annoying as the road was curvy and it would’ve been nice to just get in the zone cruising up the hill and cutting corners. I got to CP30 at 7:30PM and then turned on my headlamp.

This is where my memory starts to get a little hazy. I remember I was plenty tired around this time but my pace was still good. I know I wasn’t eating much since my belly hurt. Looking at the data, I was moving much better than I remember at the time. Likely this was because it was cooling down. Anyway it’s just a constant uphill on a slightly curvy road. It gets pretty steep right before CP32.

So CP32 (mile 70) I think is where I started having some crackers. I had tried a little food before the aid station and I realized that the reason my stomach seemed off was that it was so empty that the first couple things I ate just made it grumbly since it finally had something to work on. Once I started filling it with crackers, it was back to normal and I could pound the gels again. The only other race I could eat gels this late in the race was my first 100. I still felt either gassy or like I’d have to poop at some point. I’m sure no one cares about this but some of this stuff I just put in so I can go back and learn from it in the future. I’ll just note these crackers didn’t really have much salt. They were more like a buttery flavored cracker, not a saltine type at all.

There is a short downhill which I couldn’t really distinguish at the time and then back to climbing up. The biggest buffer I had from the cutoffs up to this point was at CP 33 with an hour. This is where things started to go bad. I was eating fine, my legs were about the same as the last 30 miles. But I lost 10 minutes of buffer from CP33 to CP35 according to the tracker. The issue was I was basically sleep running. While it’s not that hard to sleep run, it is hard to run fast while doing it. To you non-runners, it’s a little hard to describe. You’re not actually sleeping by most people’s definition, and you’re not completely unaware of what’s going on. Like I’d know instantly if a car was coming or something like that. It’s more that you can’t concentrate on running or anything really. The mind just goes into a weird sleepy state. You go into and out of it every minute or so. I took some more caffeine but I was losing time. I wished I could just sleep for 20 minutes as that would fix it. 20 minutes isn’t something I had to spare though. I knew I would eat up some buffer getting to the mountain up the steepest part of the road so I had to save the buffer for that. Plus it’s not like you can guarantee that you’ll instantly fall asleep if you stop.

I got to CP35 (77miles) at 10:13PM. There was a timing mat here and my crew was before it. I went across the mat and then back to my crew. Yes I had to go backwards. It wasn’t much but it really pissed me off at the time. I was already mad about losing time and being so tired. Plus my stomach was not right still. Amy, Rachael, and Dave were helping out Jessie here which I was somehow expecting. I think I had maybe seen them along the route earlier? They ignored my attitude like an awesome crew should and helped out. I asked if they had some gas-x (I think my exact words were “that stuff you give babies for gas”) and they figured out what I meant and luckily had some which I took. It either ended up working or things got better on their own since I was eating better. Either way I was very happy about them being there and having it for me.

If there was a low point in the race, this was it. I know I always say there are multiple low points and there probably would’ve been here too but like Jessie Ventura said in Predator “I ain’t got time to bleed.”; I just didn’t have time feel low, and my mind accepted that as fact it seems. I remember sitting down on some weird ledge thing with my feet in a gutter by a church just mad at the situation. I was up 50 minutes but was wanting to be further ahead instead of losing time like I was. I remember saying out loud “this f-ing sucks and because I’m going so slow now, I’ll have to run 13 minute miles the last 50 miles and I don’t want to have to run 13 minute miles!” I never really thought it would be impossible to finish or had any thoughts of quitting. I just really didn’t want to have to run the entire last 50 miles. I wanted to be able to walk some if I wanted to, and enjoy it a little. I could see the future and it wasn’t going to be comfortable at all. Instead of getting by with 15 minute miles, I’d have to do 13 to stay ahead of the cutoffs due to hills and time spent at check points once I got over the mountain. If only I could sleep! I was very frustrated but there’s nothing to do but keep going. I reminded myself how crappy I felt after stopping in Andorra instead of making them force me off the course. I remembered I’m following the footsteps of someone trying to save his family. The speeches in your head are never as uplifting as the coaches speech in the movies and there’s never any music, but I got off my feet, pouted while I walked slowly up a hill on the stone road out of sight, and then yelled out and started running.

Again, not me but that is the ledge/gutter on the right side of the photo I was sitting in during my frustration.

It would be tempting to think that the race was half over at this point. Half the distance was completed but I looked at this race more by how much time was left. In my head I set myself up thinking it would take all 36 hours so I was still almost 3 hours away from being half done with the race. I think this was a good way to look at it. I’ve had winter races where I’d get excited that I’m only 5 miles from the finish but it still takes 2 hours to get there and it’s just mentally a drain. I wanted to prevent that. I remember at 50 miles thinking I’m a third done with the distance but only a quarter done with the race since it was 9 hours.

I pretty much kept a steady but slow pace. Instead of being in the “fast pace” column I had made on my time chart, I was now in the “slow pace” column. I think after CP37 is where the road turns to gravel for a few miles. The support cars were super considerate for me and drove under 10mph so they didn’t make a bunch of dust. I heard that wasn’t always the case for other runners. The moon was coming up. It was midnight. The moon at times was bright enough to turn off the headlamp but I didn’t. I wanted to keep the blinking light on in back and I guess there wasn’t a reason to save batteries. It was only 12 hours of dark.

Soon enough I got to CP40 (87 miles) and saw my crew again. My watch had stopped working a few miles before this. Usually it records everything before it dies but this time it didn’t do that so that kinda sucks. The plan was to give it to Jessie to recharge at this CP anyway so I gave it to her and got a regular watch so I’d at least know what time it was and could see how I was doing based on the cutoff times at the CPs before I saw her again in 5 miles. There’s some downhill before this CP and after. I made up a little time but not much. I was pretty much an hour ahead of the cutoff. I had hoped to be an hour and 45 minutes ahead.

All through the night I could hear what sounded like a shotgun on occasion. I wasn’t quite sure what it was all about at the time and it never seemed super close so I wasn’t too concerned. I also heard coyotes a few times. That’s what the gunshots were for I found out later. People set off charges to scare them away from the flocks or whatever else needs protecting I guess.

There are also dogs barking all through the night. I felt pretty sorry for the people that lived along the course since their dogs would bark all night long on race night. Also, all the cars kept on honking through the night. Some would do it right as they passed me and scare the crap out of me. I was fine if they honked as they pulled up to me but the ones that waited until they were right along side me would freak me out for some reason. Seriously guys, stop honking by 1AM. It’s just rude to the people that live there. In general I was getting tired of seeing crews helping their runners on the road as well. Some would just cruise along the runner for 10 minutes at a time. Others would stop every 100 feet and wait for the runner. Handing them stuff, etc. All of it was against the rules and more importantly dangerous when the road is curvy. The car is in the wrong lane basically stopped, how is someone coming the other way supposed to know you’re there? This happened day and night the second half of the race. I was glad I couldn’t understand what they were saying so at least I knew they weren’t Americans.

I saw my wife again at CP43 (92.5miles) and got my watch back. The plan was to eat a lot since the mountain was in a couple hours and I’d be going slow anyway up the steep road to get to the base of it. I think I did have some more shake here but I wasn’t all that hungry since I had been eating fairly well anyway. I was tired again I know and my pace shows it.

I had another beet juice at CP45 where I had a drop bag. The road gets pretty steep from here until the mountain base. From CP45 you can see the road switch back and forth with a good view of the mountain the entire time. It was weird seeing how high up the road would have to go in the next few miles. I walked the entire time which was the plan and by the time I got to mountain base CP47 where Jessie was, I was only 40 minutes ahead of the cutoff which of course wasn’t where I wanted to be.

I guess I’ll talk a little more about qualifications for this race. As stated earlier there are requirements to even apply for this race. For men you have to do a 100 mile race under 21 hours and for women 22 hours. Now it’s not unusual for women to have an “easier” requirement than the men for the races that have one. The issue with this race though is that the check point cutoffs don’t care what sex you are, you either get there in time or you don’t. The cutoff for CP47 (99.5 miles this year) is 22:10. That’s only 10 minutes longer than the requirement to get in for women. Plus you have 54 more miles to go plus the steep mountain pass. So if you’re just getting under the qualifying time at a flat 100 mile race and are spent at the end of it, you may not have what it takes to keep ahead of the cutoffs at Spartathlon. It’s just something to keep in mind. That’s part of why I didn’t feel ready to apply until I got under 20 hours for a flat 100mile race. With all that being said, not many people time out after the mountain as far as I’m aware and those that do usually are having some sort of physical issue like cramps or GI issues.

It was windy now and I had completely dried off so I didn’t need to change into a dry shirt before the mountain. Everyone looked cold waiting for us at the aid station. I put on my gloves, arm sleeves, and took my emergency poncho in case it was as cold as everyone says it is at the top. I was actually just starting to wake up. The cold wind felt amazing to me. I didn’t really stay long at all, maybe got a little food and more gels. I put my gaiters back on as well. I took the sharp left turn off the road and up the dirt trail to Sangas Pass on Mount Parthenion at 4:30AM.

The start of the dirt path up the mountain pass. Photo Credit: Chris Calimano

I warmed up in 2 minutes of going up the mountain so I took off the gloves and arm sleeves. The trail was well marked and had light markers everywhere. It was much easier than I was expecting based on all the reports I’ve read. The trail wasn’t very wide but the footing was better than I expected. It was smooth compared to the Superior Hiking Trail if you’ve been on that. I was passing a lot of people on this section, mostly because I felt so much better in the cold that had woken me up. I got up the 1.4 miles and 1000 feet in 20 minutes which was much faster than I was expecting.

Looking down part of the trail we went up. They had lights on all the poles and caution tape strung between them. Photo Credit: Chris Calimano

I saw flashes from a photographer at the top but I guess my picture must not have turned out well since they never posted it. I think maybe I took some water at the top but basically just kept on moving back down the mountain.

When Phidippides went over this same pass, he claimed that he met the god Pan. Pan called out his name and asked him why the Athenians paid him no attention, though he was of goodwill to the Athenians, had often been of service to them, and would be in the future. Phidippides told the Athenians this when he got back to Athens. Indeed, the Athenians believed he had met Pan because they believed Pan helped them win the battle against the much larger Persian army days later. The Persians are said to have had sudden and unwarranted fear during the battle. This is where the word panic comes from, because Pan caused the fear in them. From then on, the Athenians worshiped Pan more and had celebrations for him, etc. Kinda interesting I think. Anyway, I didn’t see anything unusual at the top of the pass other than a twisted destroyed high tension power line pole on the ground.

I was expecting to be able to go down the mountain even faster than I went up since I love downhills and reports made it sound like it was scree going down which would be easy to cruise down. It certainly wasn’t what I would call scree. It was a jeep road made of sharp rocks that for the most part didn’t move. I was glad I had on trail shoes just because of the extra cushioning, not necessarily due to the traction. The main reason I couldn’t go fast was because some of the rocks would roll and it didn’t make any sense on which ones would or wouldn’t. With natural rocks on a trail I can almost always tell where to put my feet. I don’t know why but I do. This was a road that they put a bunch of rocks on and it just baffled my skills I guess. Sometimes you’d hit a rock and it’d roll down just for me to step on it 3 more times as it kept rolling down. Everyone else seemed to have similar issues as we all tried to find a track in the road that wasn’t sucky. I must’ve gone back and forth on the road 15 times trying to find a better way down. I ended up taking longer going down the stupid mountain than up! I was frustrated by the time I made it into the town of Sagas. Stupid weird rocks! Looking back I guess it was better to go slow and not get hurt with 53 miles left in the race. Also if you think the trail down goes a lot further than the trail went up, it does. It seemed to take forever to get down the mountain on that stupid road. I would’ve much rather had an actual trail!

The bottom of the road coming down. It was steeper higher up and it seemed rockier as well. Photo Credit: Erica Sietsma

I kept making my way and the course levels out again. I could tell I’d have to use nature’s facilities at some point in the race and decided it was best to take care of it before it got light enough for everyone to see what I was doing. The road had a steep deep embankment so I went down it and took care of business as quickly as I could.

Just before CP52 (mile 107) there is a 150 foot hill back up to the aid station. This is the first time I could see Jessie again since the base of the mountain. This is I think also where Tom Jackson passed me up. I got there at 6:52 AM almost 24 hours into the race. It was getting light out again now. I gave back the headlamp, gloves, arm sleeves, gaiters, headband, and emergency poncho. I took back my hat and neck protector and got a new bathroom kit. She slathered sunscreen on me for the sun of the second day. There were meatballs here that my wife said were gross so I didn’t take any. I was 40 minutes ahead of the cutoff, the same as before the mountain. I would lose time from here on out. 46 miles in 12 hours was doable but I’d rather have 13 hours.

The sleep monster was back again as it started warming up. Usually the sun wakes me up but it did very little for me. After CP52 it goes down the 150 feet and is flat for about 17 miles. This area was farmland filled mostly with vineyards it seemed (especially after CP55). The workers were just starting to get to the fields and were getting ready to harvest the grapes. They looked so good! The bathroom fairy said it was time to go again. Now it was sunny so this would be a bit more difficult. All there was surrounding the road were fields. There weren’t any porta potties supplied for the harvesters so since they were clearly just using the field, I would too. I waited until I found a plowed field. It just seemed gross even to me to go in a field with grapes. I was much more visible in an open field but so be it. I was at least a bit more discreet than the guy I saw go while standing up on the side of the road. Can’t get that visual out of my head. Maybe he didn’t think he could stand up if he squatted? I didn’t take any Imodium as I was pretty sure that would be the last time of the race (it was).

Speaking of bathroom visuals, I have to describe something that just amazed me. So on the first afternoon of the race a woman stopped just ahead of me. Now by stopped, I don’t mean she moved off the road, etc. No, she was running along and then just suddenly stopped. She was wearing I guess what I would describe as boy shorts. She didn’t widen her feet, squat or anything. She just reached down and slid the crotch over and a perfect stream instantly came out. The best way to describe it is that it looked just like a water fountain that has the water bottle filler built in. It was a perfect, large, and forceful stream without any splashes or drops. I mean NONE! After 5 seconds, she just stopped peeing and started running again. That was easily the most impressive micturation I’ve ever seen. Many others including my wife saw her do the same thing and they were just as impressed.

CP57 (mile 116) came at 9:20AM. It was hotter today than the day before. I got my ice bandana back again. Oh how it love you ice bandana. There wasn’t any wind in the morning but by the afternoon there was wind.

Soon after CP57 Will Thomas passed me up. He had been fighting the cutoffs the entire race. He was gaining on them and I was loosing on them. I was now the last American. I was running almost all of the time. I would’ve loved to do a walk/run as was the plan. My hamstrings still weren’t right. My butt and hips were now starting to tighten up as well. Stretching for 20 minutes likely would’ve helped but I didn’t have the time. Generally things were still working well enough though. I think most of the slow moving in this part of the race was just due to being so tired mentally. It was hard to stay awake and focus on moving fast, not just moving like I can get by with in winter races. There were still 9 hours left in the race. It was still too early to put myself in the “smell the barn” phase of the race and go balls out.

I was doing math a lot as I watched people pass me. I was barely keeping up with the pace of the cutoffs. If I hadn’t been doing such a good job at managing aid station time, I would’ve already timed out of the race. In my plan I had 108 minutes allotted for the all 74 check points. I very likely used about 60 minutes total for the race. I won’t know exactly because of my watch messing up. I know 60 minutes still sounds like a lot, but that’s what I normally take in a 100 mile race even with a crew. This is including bathroom breaks, etc. Anytime I’m not moving is included in aid station time. If I didn’t have to remake the ice bandana I would’ve saved even more time but that was essential for me. The other ice methods just didn’t work well for me.

4mph is all I needed. That seemed easy. Then you remember you have to make up that 45 seconds at every CP getting ice and water. Then you remember the big hills yet to come. Ugh, stupid 13 minute miles are indeed what was needed and that required running almost constantly. This is where the run around the county helped out. It was there I realized that I could force myself to keep running almost indefinitely. It takes a lot of mental effort if there isn’t someone to run with, which there wasn’t. This is the only time in my life I would’ve loved a pacer. I’ve never used one, but here is where I would’ve finished at least 30 minutes sooner with one.

I wished I had the energy to catch back up to Will and see if that would get me going but that wasn’t going to happen. I could still see people but no one was close enough to talk to. I didn’t feel like talking anyway. I was pretty sure I would finish. No, I was somehow sure I would finish. I knew more things would go wrong but I knew I would just will my body through it somehow. That’s why waiting so long to do this race paid off for me. Experience has taught me that our bodies are capable of crazy things. Of course I had heard the same thing from other runners, but some things just have to be experienced on your own to fully understand. You think you can’t run another step, and then you see a competitor and you run to pass them. A great song comes on and you can push harder. So much of ultrarunning is mental, this race even more so. I’ve seen Andrei Nana (8 time finisher) write and talk about the mental part of this race in particular. In fact, his pre-race speech the night before the race was definitely unique. I won’t go into details, but there were some very odd things we could do to him if he didn’t finish the race. There is an attitude you need to have when going into this race in my opinion. I’m not saying people who don’t finish, don’t have the right attitude. Things can just go wrong with your body, same as with a car, and you just don’t have time to fix anything with the constant cutoffs every 30 minutes. I think though that this race is mentally and physically a “doctorate” level ultramarathon, you better study for both!

Running into Alea

CP60 (mile 122) I got to at 10:46AM. I don’t remember much about what happened here other than thinking to myself “there are 32 miles left and I have just over 8 hours”. I had used up so much of my buffer that I was now even with my slow pace side of my chart instead of the fast pace side of my chart like the day before. I started not even looking at my chart anymore. I just looked at the cutoff time for the next check point and used that as my gauge for how I was doing. The time cutoffs the rest of the race were very accurate for how long they took me to go that section. I was basically 8 – 15 minutes in front of the cutoff from here on out.

The last really big hill starts after CP61. It’s about 800 feet up a curvy, wide, busy road. It’s the road to Sparta. We’ll be on it for a long time before turning off onto an even more curvy but less used road on the downhill to Sparta. The addition in this years race is that the road was freshly tarred. As in, it was as black as possible and there wasn’t a line painted on it anywhere. Being in full sun on a completely black busy road at noon isn’t that fun, as you can imagine. So I hiked as fast as I could up this long hill. I was doing pretty well, even getting under 15 minute mile pace sometimes. Why couldn’t I move this fast when walking earlier? Oh yeah. because I was sleep walking then.

I never saw a single cow. I’d occasionally hear a cowbell in the dark but they were on sheep. I went past at least one larger goat farm at night based on the smell

I had some food in a drop bag at CP62 part way up the hill. Everything I ate tasted good. I was still eating gels even. Gels tasted good after 120 miles, crazy! Everyone had a clear sense of urgency in their face. Again the crew vehicles were doing some really stupid dangerous stuff. I guess since there weren’t any lines painted they thought they could drive wherever?

The wind had picked up a little. It was so hot with the hot wind off the asphalt that I started to carry an extra water bottle from each check point. I’d get myself soaked, fill up my water bottle and then take another half liter plastic water bottle to use along the way keeping myself wet. I would still almost be dry by the time I got to the next check point. At one point when I was almost out of water I saw a half full large water bottle in the ditch. I dumped it all over myself, it was indeed water.

For all the rules this race has, there is no rule against littering. There is a crazy amount of garbage along the roads in Greece. To Minnesotans and most Americans, with our adopt a highway program, and community service for criminals, the roads are very clean. There doesn’t seem to be anything like this here. You’ll even see a bunch of garbage along peoples front yard wall/fence. They don’t even clean up the garbage in front of their nice looking house. If it’s outside the walls I guess they don’t care.

Up to this point I had been collecting all my garbage like normal and dumping it eventually at a check point. Now things changed. I kinda feel like a giant douche but I started littering as well. Again, it wasn’t against the rules and there was already garbage everywhere. If I ever go back to Greece, I’ve already decided I’m filling up at least 2 giant garbage bags of trash from the road. I will only have to walk about 100 feet to do that. I’m not joking, there are spots I could fill 2 large bags in 20 feet.

Why am I telling you this? I don’t know. It’s the reality of the race and I’ve never read about it in a race report before. I’d use up the plastic water bottle within 5 minutes and in my current state it just seemed impossible to carry that empty bottle for another 30 minutes. Weird looking back on it. Like why didn’t I just crush it and put it in my waist belt?

I got over the top of the hill. The next section is kind of up and down through the trees. So it’s kinda walk run if I remember correctly. CP65 (mile 132) came and went. I could get aid here but I was trying to get through these things as quick as possible that I think I barely said hi as they helped with my ice bandana and got me water.

It’s mostly downhill to CP68 (mile 139). Things were hurting more now. I wasn’t cramping or anything but some muscles had certainly had enough of this whole “running all the time” thing we were doing. Problem was, the walking muscles were even more pissed it seemed. The downhills were hurting my butt muscles more than my quads which seemed weird. Sharp pains happened with almost every step. I tried lots of different gaits, seeing if anything would help. None did, and they all seemed to slow my pace a lot. In the very brief moments of time when things didn’t hurt, I could run 11 minute miles easily. I had the energy now as my mind was in “go time” mode but the pain was making me so conservative in my steps. I couldn’t fully trust that my leg wouldn’t buckle from the pain on any particular step and I’d fall. I’ve been in this situation before and just walked in the last 16 miles. That clearly wasn’t an option here.

There’s one more hill after CP68 that’s 300 feet. It really wasn’t that bad. It’s just a shorter version of the bigger hill earlier on the same road. It think it was along this section of road that I passed a man that was having a hard time of it going up a hill. He was frustrated and complained that it was impossible to finish the race in time. The cutoffs were ridiculous and it couldn’t be done! I just said we have to try. I knew I could finish and I wasn’t going to let the negativity get to me.

They like to say it’s all downhill after that “last” hill. It’s not. There are a couple undulations soon after the top of the hill so just know that going in. Soon enough though, it is mostly downhill. It’s about a half marathon to the finish and I had just over 3 hours to do it. Every mile I got done in 15 minutes was another mile I could take longer if need be since I still had a small buffer. I was getting so close but I knew I’d use up those 3 hours. No use getting excited just yet. Be smart and pay attention so something else doesn’t break.

My wife was now stopping to cheer at every check point like most of the crew had done the entire race. The rules say you’re not supposed to but of course how can they stop you and why would anyone follow the rules anyway? At least they’re all together and not strung out along the course like some do which is the dangerous thing to do. I did actually see the race officials tell one vehicle to move in the last couple hours of the race that was pacing their runner with the car down the curvy hill.

I had been seeing the bus that they put you on if you time out for hours. Basically I had seen it since the morning even when I was 30 minutes ahead of the cutoff. I never looked inside it.

I was still peeing a lot which it started to dawn on me was weird since it was so hot, although I was drinking a lot. I had taken a lot of caffeine so I was thinking it was from that. Then it finally dawned on me that I hadn’t been eating as much real food as I normally do and also hadn’t been drinking any electrolytes like usual. I realized then that I was probably hyponatremic for the first time in my life. The next check point was 71 which the crew can’t give aid at. I told them I was hyponatremic. I asked the aid station if they had salt. They did but it was just a big can of salt. I poured a big bunch in my hand, threw it in my mouth, and swallowed it down with water. It wasn’t too bad. When I was unpacking my waist belt at home after the race, I realized I had salt tabs in there the entire race. I had forgotten I put them in there just in case this happened. Another laugh out loud moment.

The crew could help at the next check point (72 at mile 147.4) so they gave me a couple salt tabs there to take. Within a couple hours everything was normal again. I wonder if this affected my performance or not? I’m not really sure but probably not that much in reality. Don’t get me started with the electrolytes prevent cramping myth. I never had cramps anyway.

Things really hurt after this check point. At least I think it was this one, it might’ve been before this. It took almost half a mile before I could try to run. It took a full mile to start running. Then things felt good and I cruised pretty well down hill. I was realizing that stopping even for 20 seconds was messing things up. I wished I didn’t ever have to stop again but I needed to get water at every check point since it was so hot. I got things down to 20 seconds or less at the checkpoints. I made sure to keep moving while at them other than the 5 seconds for the ice bandana. It seemed to help as it never took as long to get going as it did after that one horrible one. It was a good thing too as I was only about 8 minutes ahead of the cutoff based on my watch because of that section although the tracker has me even closer than that. I got a little scared there but realized that this close to the end, the officials would likely let me keep going as long as I was moving well and not crawling along.

I caught up to a couple runners here and there that were moving slow and then a race official would drive up to them and I’m guessing tell them to get moving or they weren’t going to make it. I never got talked to so I guess I looked good enough. I never really walked though either anymore.

We were on the smaller, more curvy road now. It seemed steeper now as well. I really wish I could’ve just opened up my stride and got this thing done but I just couldn’t trust my legs. I’d always eventually find the right stride length to keep things from hurting and just cruise along. I’d try to run in the shade as it was getting later in the day now but the race officials started yelling at people to stay on the same side of the road. I was keeping pace OK now and slowly building a buffer. More than that though, even with only 10 minutes of buffer I could walk a lot more now and still finish since there were only a few miles left.

I saw Jessie for the last time at CP73. I told her to not stop at CP74 and just get to the finish line so you’d have time to get there and park. There were about 3.5 miles left. People kept saying only 5K left but I know it’s further than that. It took forever to get to CP74. I was even getting worried I had missed a turn somewhere. The road flattens out after CP73 and you’re on a busy road again. Everyone is yelling bravo, cars are honking. It’s so uplifting! I always read in the reports about crossing the river and then turning left. Well you actually cross the river soon after CP73 as well so I was starting to think maybe that was the bridge and I missed a turn. I was just following the people in front of me but that doesn’t mean I’m on the right path. I hadn’t seen a crew car at all and there weren’t any painted markers on the road for miles. I asked a car passing by, and they told me I was on the right path. Yay!

I had to walk some along the road. I was going to finish. I had time to walk. I crossed the river again (which was completely dry) and finally got to CP74. I filled up my water bottle again, though it was finally getting a little cooler as the sun was going down. I had a drop bag with my American flag in it. I grabbed it and put my hat and neck protector back in the bag since I didn’t need those anymore. It was 6:23PM and I had until 7 to get to the statue.

The last mile and a half is through the busy town. Everyone is cheering you on. I almost felt bad that everyone was having to cheer for us for so long. The winner had finished before the sun came up and now the sun was almost gone. I was just projecting though and they were very supportive and excited to see us running through town. I’m sure there’s a great pride for all of Greece that people want to come from around the world to run in the footsteps of their ancestors. The road has small ups and downs the entire way it seemed. It took a while but there was an officer that told me to “turn here” so I did. More hills and more road.

I was enjoying my walk with an occasional run and trying to soak everything in. This is where I got passed by a couple runners. Interestingly one of them was the same man that hours before was complaining that it was impossible to finish. I reminded him of that and he just smiled.

Another turn and now I was on the last leg to the finish line and the King Leonidas statue which you touch to finish the race. Of course he wasn’t king yet in 490BC but we ignore that little detail. I ran from here on out albeit slowly. It’s almost cruel that they make you run all through town when it could be a straight shot to the statue. There was a boy riding along side me with a bike. I’m sure there are usually more in a non Covid year.

I can hear faint music now and everyone is cheering. Kids are all around and I give them some fist bumps. I have my flag around me running down the path on the closed off, palm tree lined street. Tears welled up. I guess the realization that I was finally finishing this race that I’d been building towards for so long made me very emotional. I could finally let my mind stop being so concerned about the race and just…be. Joy is the best word to describe it. Pure Joy!

I could now see other Americans that finished cheering me on. I saw my wife just before the last block and she said she could run the last part with me. Now the statue was in sight. We stopped running when I got there. I walked up the steps, crossed the timing mat, and kissed the foot of the statue as is tradition. It was 6:47PM, 13 minutes to spare and almost exactly the time I had for my slow pace on my chart. I paused there briefly and then got a hug and kiss from my wife. We hugged and cried for a bit. I think we pretty much both said “that was really f-ing hard”.

I got a olive wreath put on my head and handed a finisher shirt and medal from the city of Sparta. Normally there are girls there that also give you water from the river to drink. I’m sure it’s just bottled water they pour in since the river is disgusting but regardless, this year they didn’t do it due to Covid. I didn’t even see any of the girls although they were there based on photos I’ve seen. We got some photos taken and then were brought over to a finishing area where they are supposed to check you over medically and such.

Ok prepare for lots of photos and videos.

The top photos are from spartavoice.gr which I think is a local online newspaper. The bottom one Jessie took.
Taken by my wife.
Taken by Amy Mower. Thanks.

At the medical area they seemed to be understaffed and inundated with runners. Someone was finishing almost every minute the last hour of the race. I had to flag someone down to give my timing chip and tracker to. There were 5 people to finish after me. Two of them were after 7PM but they were allowed as official finishers. I suppose with the detour adding distance, that was the reason? After the last runner came in of course we heard Zorba’s Dance. If that doesn’t sound familiar, trust me you’ve heard it. You hear it a lot in Greece and I don’t mind it. As you’ll find out later we danced to it even…poorly.

After about 15 minutes I started shaking like crazy from the cold of being soaking wet and no longer producing any heat. I got a blanket but after 20 minutes of not having anyone look at me, we decided it was just best to leave. They are supposed to clean your feet and pop your blisters, etc here. Some people even get IV’s and such. I didn’t know if we’d get in trouble but I didn’t care. We got up and I very slowly walked in my socks and slippers to our hotel 3 blocks away, shivering like mad. I guess a lot of people did the same thing and just left after waiting for so long.

Sitting down waiting to be looked over.

I wondered if I had the slowest American finish so I looked it up. Nope, I have the second slowest time ever by an American. I am the 65th American to finish this race. I guess since Scott Jurek was born in MN I can’t say I’m the only Minnesotan to finish. Speaking of Jurek, if not for Covid, I was thinking of seeing if Dusty Olson would want to help my wife crew me since he never got to go. We asked a few people earlier but in the end we were worried about someone popping positive for Covid right before the race (we weren’t sure if they’d test us right before the race or not at the time) and then having to quarantine instead of racing. The less people in my group, the less chance that could happen was our thought. My time of 35:47:42 is ranked 3472/3671 of the total finishes in the 39 years of the race. Pretty bad and yet still very good to me. I’m proud of it. Overall 167 of the 280 starters finished the race which is just under 60% I think that is pretty average now that the entry requirements are harder. It used to be less than half that would finish. 9/14 Americans finished which is 64%.

After a brutally slow walk we got to the Hotel Apollon which was the hotel that the Americans were placed in. We cranked the heat up in the room so I could warm up. The shower in this place is ridiculous. It was 2 foot by 2 foot square with a shower curtain for the walls. The water wasn’t even lukewarm which really sucks when you’re already shivering. I really wanted to have a tub to soak in and clean off but it was better than nothing I guess. I quickly posted that I finished the race. I simply wrote 2 words: Joy, Weary. I could think of no better way to describe it.

The bed felt like it was just a box spring mattress. You could feel wood and springs poking up through whatever cushion there was supposed to be. Good thing we were dead tired. Before sleep though, we needed to eat.

The food is served at a restaurant offsite. It was odd to get a voucher from the from desk and then go to another place to eat but that’s the way it works at least for this hotel. Luckily we were told this by some veterans or else we wouldn’t have figured it out. Communication in general is pretty poor with this race as I’ve mentioned before. Some people didn’t even have rooms set aside for them at the hotels and they had to find places to sleep. Usually you can figure something out with teammates but you shouldn’t have to. Plus with everyone finishing at different times, you never know if you’ll get a hold of anyone else on your team. We walked to the restaurant with my finisher shirt on and sat with a couple other Americans that were just getting done eating. The food was really good. You didn’t have an option what you got but it was good and enough to fill me up. We were of course wide awake now which always seems to happen so we talked for awhile before heading back to sleep.

Sleep came easily and lasted for about 4 hours for me. I was then up from the typical leg pain. I got online and sure enough most of the American team was up and online as well. It doesn’t matter how tired you are, you just can’t sleep for 10 hours straight after an ultra. Your legs won’t let you. Well in this case the bed sure didn’t help either.

One other weird thing about the entire time after the race on Saturday was that we had profound deja vu. I think I might have seen a photo of the courtyard of the hotel somewhere online at some point but otherwise that was it. We’ve never been to Greece let alone this hotel in Sparta. Everything seemed familiar. The toilet, the shower, the weird window vent in the bathroom going to the main hallway, the walk to the restaurant, the bedroom, the elevators, basically everything. We both felt it which was even more creepy. My only theory was that our immense weariness was affecting our brains to give us that feeling.

So a newer tradition to Spartathlon is the “Spartan Mile”. It’s called a mile but we just do one lap around the track that is directly behind the statue of Leonidas. There is an additional race right after where they do a full mile but not many do that. Both are open to every participant of the Spartathlon regardless of if they finished or not.

Here is the history of it as written online:

The idea was born on a bus towards the World Championships in Turin in 2015 … The Swedish runners Andreas Falk and Johan Steene wanted to find out who was the fastest to run a Swedish “mil” (10 km). “But…” Andreas said “… we have never equally good conditions! There is always one of us who just ran a race and that´s unfair…” A twinkle lit in Johan’s eyes … “Yes… we may never have equally good conditions… but sometimes we have just as bad! Let´s have a duel in Stockholm two weeks after Spartathlon!” Now Annika Nilrud got excited: “YES! I’m coming! I’ll support you guys! This is the event of the year!!” Six months later, just before Spartathlon, Annika was wondering “Well, what about the “mil” race!? I’ve already booked tickets!” Johan and Andreas twisted uncomfortably. Didn’t they have to do the laundry or some other necessary chores? And maybe feed the cat? Then Johan said: “Ok… now we’re here after all! We can take it right after Spartathlon – the very day after!” Andreas stared, but Johan continued: “Maybe a “mil” is too far… but how about a mile? There’s an athletics track just behind the statue of Leonidas! Everyone can join!” Collective anxiety… a mile the very day after Spartathlon? It felt extremely long! We all decided that after Spartathlon a mile isn’t a mile – then it corresponds to one lap of the athletics track. And, ideally according to ancient Greek tradition – all runners should be naked! Or at least very lightly dressed. A new tradition was born. From that time the anxiety before The Spartan Mile by far exceeded the nervousness before Spartathlon.

I was looking forward to this even almost as much as the race itself. I know that seems weird but I was really excited for it. Even if I was the only one that showed up, I was doing it. Just a perfect example of the stupid stuff we do as ultrarunners.

It’s supposed to be done completely naked like the Greeks raced. Well actually they tied their penis with a rope somehow but I’ve never seen a diagram or anything about how that was done so I couldn’t do that. Of course with all the cameras and stuff in the modern age we just go in our underwear. No shoes of course either. I’m sure almost everyone would be naked if it could be guaranteed no photos would be taken. My stories of bathroom breaks at ultras should show how little we care about what people see. I myself won’t put any photos or videos here either but if you really want, it shouldn’t be that hard for you to find them online. There’s even a Facebook page.

About 30 of us started at 11AM. Man did those first steps hurt! Everyone was laughing and having fun. It took a full 200 meters before I could start to run a little faster and open my stride some. There was nothing pretty about it that’s for sure. The vast majority of us were just happy we could move at all and weren’t trying to race. The people that didn’t go the full distance at Spartathlon of course had an advantage with not being as sore. The winner finished in 1:19. I got 2:42. I think I finished about mid-pack. I have to say “running” a lap with the podium finishers the day after a race is pretty special. Very few sports have that kind of camaraderie. I hope this sport always stays that way. The mile was won in 6:07 by the way.

We had gotten my drop bag before I did the spartan mile. It seemed no one knew where we were supposed to get our bags. Even some of the veterans didn’t know because someone else had always gotten them for them. Finally we found some Brits that knew and it was a bit of a hike. It’s the municipal gymnasium of Sparta. The coordinates are: 37.07686574185248, 22.43414709693198 They put all your drop bags in 1 bag for you. Or at least they’re all supposed to be in there. They didn’t have my headlamp in there so now it’s gone. Sounds like that’s not uncommon so don’t put anything in the drop bags you can’t afford to lose. That’s why I put my older headlamp in there to begin with. They made it sound like they would put all lost and found stuff in Athens but that was very vague. I assumed it would be in the hotel we stayed in Glyfada since that was the hotel we registered for the race at but there was nothing there. In an email the next week, it sounded like the lost and found was at the Hotel London. Whatever, it’s gone now.

We checked out of the hotel, checkout is nice and late in Greece, and took off in our car for Olympia. Many people go to ancient Corinth since it’s on the way back to Glyfada but we’d never be closer to Olympia than we were now. We went past areas that were burned out from the recent fires. It seemed like most of the olive groves were spared from the fire since they cleared the underbrush from those areas. There were lots of roadside stands with potatoes for sale in big sacks. We were always on the lookout for a grocery store so we could get some caffeine pop. Most were closed due to it being Sunday. We finally found one with reasonable prices and got a bottle. We also ate at a nice town square restaurant in some town I’d never be able to remember how to get to. It was very pretty.

Now where we wanted to go to was the place where the original Olympic games were held thousands of years ago. What we got was a tree lined pasture on both sides of a small road on top of a hill. We kind of suspected about a mile before that it wasn’t right. It was a pretty drive so we weren’t too upset. We figured it out and put in Archaeological Site of Olympia into google and we drove the 20 more minutes to get there.

It was pretty cool. I mean everything is pretty much in ruins like everything else but the stadium is in good shape. The one you see is actually the third stadium to be used for the games although all 3 were in the general vicinity since it all was done where they worshiped Zeus. It was a religious event and so any rule breaking was almost always met with death. The word stadium comes from the distance “stadia” which is the length of the footrace they had. The start and finish line are made of stone and are still there. The distance is 197.27 meters according to the sign there.

Entering the stadium.
That’s the start line and the finish is of course at the far end.

We saw a couple racing each other barefoot but not naked. We walked down to the other end of the track. Jessie didn’t want to but I wasn’t about to come all this way and not go to the other end. Once we were there, it was decided to race back to the start. No way was I going barefoot, the surface was not friendly looking. We took off and Jessie took a commanding lead. I think she thought she had it in the bag after watching my performance at the spartan mile and seemed to let up. I told her that I was starting to feel better and would be able to run faster soon. Sure enough I could start to get some speed and was now gaining on her. I passed her with about 20 yards to spare. The spectators complained we weren’t barefoot.

This is the spot that the Olympic flame is started for the current Olympics.
This is the mirror they use to collect sunlight to start the fire. Pretty cool it’s lit by sunlight.
Zeus temple.

We didn’t go to the museum there as it was getting late enough already. It was a long drive home, over 4 hours since traffic just sucks there. Even on the toll roads, it’s pretty slow. If there is any sort of highway type looking road in Greece, it’s a toll road. You don’t need to have a pass, almost all lanes are cash lanes. It’s fairly expensive. I think it cost 12 Euro for just this drive and not even half the distance was on toll roads. It’s faster than the non-toll roads though. It’s straighter too, so if you don’t like curves, take the toll roads as much as possible.

We weren’t too worried about missing supper. They don’t even start serving until 8PM so we were fine getting there around 9:30. We talked to some teammates about what we all did for sightseeing that day and then the hotel staff kicked us out of the restaurant and had us go to the pool area instead. I think we finally went to bed around 11PM

The next days goal was getting a Covid test so we could fly back. I would’ve rather got one Sunday but nothing was open not surprisingly. We got tested and eventually got our results. We were negative so we had to go home and not get a 2 week vacation from the government of Greece. Mostly we spent the day repacking everything for the trip home the next day. We did a little shopping, eating desserts at one of the many dessert/bakery shops you’ll see in Greece. Lots of ice cream places as well. I got a bottle of wine for the awards ceremony that night since I was told they tended to run out there. Plus I rarely like whatever they serve. It took a little bit to understand what the bottles were since it was all in Greek but I got something I ended up liking. Nothing had a screw top but I figured they would have a bottle opener at a restaurant that serves wine. Oooo, foreshadowing!

The awards ceremony was at an outdoor place on the shores of the Mediterranean a couple miles away. You don’t have to dress up, but most do so we got fancied up. We didn’t drive in case we couldn’t drive back safely. We should’ve just drove, or taken the tram. Instead we took the bus which was slow and we were warned it was slow so we felt pretty dumb. Anyway, the view at the place was great. It was an older run down place but in the dark you couldn’t really tell.

Sunset on our last night in Greece.

We sat at a table of Americans, some of which we hadn’t talked to yet. One woman instantly reminded me of one of my wife’s college friends. I knew they would get along great and called her “new Lanae” in my head until I learned her name (Erica). The food was served slowly and there were multiple plates. While that’s not surprising for Europe, we had no clue that’s what was going on. We all just got the same 1 plate at the beginning. Nothing else was served until after the awards ceremony an hour later. Some even left before the second plate came out. There was no vegetarian option. I’m not even close to being vegetarian but I was pissed for those that were. There are a lot of ultrarunners that are vegetarian, more than the general population. Probably almost as many as in the veterinarian community. I had seen some salads on a table so I went and got some (they didn’t serve them until the third plate) so they’d at least have something. I mean come on. Oh you ran this really hard race? Enjoy your crappy salad with no protein as your reward.

I’m getting ahead of my wine story though. I brought my bottle of wine and right away went to the bartender to open it up. Sure enough, all their wine had screw caps so they didn’t have one. Turns out this was just a catered event and there was no real bar or restaurant so they didn’t have a way to open the bottle. There are ways to open a bottle without a corkscrew but they are all a little messy and of course have the risk that you’ll break it. You can push the cork down or put it in a shoe and pound it against a wall. There really wasn’t a wall anywhere and that seemed the more risky of the 2 options. The knives were too wide for the opening to get the cork pushed all the way down. After much effort with a fork handle and completely bending it, I got it. Of course I also spilled on myself but it was white wine and dried quickly. It was very good wine so I guessed well at the store.

The wine and fork. Photo Credit: Erica Sietsma

The awards were given out by country so we had to wait a long time to get ours. The race just had the medals on a platter and you were supposed to pick one up yourself. For our team Andrei took them and put them around our necks like normal which was nice. Only 1 team member wasn’t able to make the ceremony so we were 8 strong up there instead of 9. I’d love to see 20 Americans up there someday as finishers.

The American finishers!

Once the awards were given out and a couple movies taken during the race played, the music started. It wasn’t very good to start with. We had noticed that the radio stations that played English music had a lot of Micheal Jackson and other 80’s music. This is what the DJ was playing here too. Certainly not the songs that an 80’s station would play back home. It was kind of funny to us. We kept wondering “Do they think we like this music?” Finally some Salt-N-Pepa came on which was all that was needed to get the American women out there. If you see videos of people dancing at the awards ceremony, I can almost guarantee you that the Americans are out there busting a move in it. After walking around and it having been 2 days since I finished the race, I was able to dance perfectly normal which surprised me some. It’s rare that my wife ever dances so I had to take advantage of it and be out there with her. The music was good from then on. There was even some new EDM that he played, the kids would’ve loved it.

Good thing the weather was nice.

At one point the Czech team brought out a wine bottle and then you jump over it. Seemed odd to us but we played along. Then they stacked another on top, etc. No one ever knocked one over. More food was served here and there. Some fruit and cheese, salad, dessert. Only 1 bottle of wine was ever brought out for a table of 9 so there was clearly no worry of getting drunk.

Finally Zorba’s Dance came on while my wife and I were out there and a Greek woman instantly grabs us and all of a sudden we’re in a circle trying to figure out what we’re doing and not to trip. It starts slow but we never got the hang of it so by the time it got fast we were doing pretty bad.

We are in the middle. It had gone on for about 2 minutes before this video started. We had to quit before it was over. My legs were on fire after dancing for an hour and then this!

We decided to leave after that. We asked the bus driver when he was leaving and he said he didn’t know. We ended up walking home which was dumb. The tram didn’t seem to be going the way we were going so we couldn’t take that either it seemed. We should’ve just waited for the bus. We did get to see a prostitute on the walk home though.

Our flight home was delayed for over 6 hours but we had to return the rental car by 9AM so we ended up going to the airport before then anyway. We ate and tried to sleep in the airport. For some reason, the Athens airport must want everyone to join the mile high club. They played nothing but Barry White and similar music for 60 minutes straight while I was trying to sleep at the gate. The plane was pretty empty since most people could get on other flights. Everyone had their own row on the plane to lay down and sleep if they wanted. With the delay we missed our connection so we had to sleep in Chicago. The only good thing is that Europe has pretty strict laws about airline delays so we each got 600 Euros from the airline. You have to ask for it. They aren’t required to tell you that you are entitled to it. It took about a month for them to respond to our request but we’re getting paid without a lot of hassle so that’s good.

Once I started running again at home days later, the belly pain came back. I’m super bummed about it and not quite sure what to do.

If you want my wife’s perspective on all this, you can read her crew report. It’s pretty good and gives details on things I didn’t know during the race. In fact it’s probably best the runners don’t know what’s going on. Otto’s crew got a flat tire and he never knew about it since they got it taken care of between check points they could give aid at. I think he even had to run past the repair shop they were in and they were worried he’d see the van.

This is a short video of the race put out by the race itself. It’s not an American heard at the beginning at the race. Kinda funny though.

Thanks for reading and I hope it helps if you plan on running this race. Here are some links to get more information. There is usually good information in other race reports as well.

https://britishspartathlonteam.org/ Probably the best place to start. They are very well organized and have a lot of veteran knowledge on their team. Make sure to go to the resources section for a good excel spreadsheet planner.

https://spartathlon.us/race-reports Go to the bottom of the list for a good report for crews among other things on the website.

Bob Hearn has some good information including the best elevation profile I’ve seen, good race reports, he also has his runs on strava that give mile by mile pacing and elevation changes that helped me in my pace planning.

http://www.Spartathlon.gr The actual race website. Usually the information is very slow to come out. I’ve learned everything through other channels days before anything is published on the website. You’ll have to be more proactive with gathering information for this race than you’re probably used to. Don’t assume anything and document everything you send/receive from the race. They don’t send out confirmation emails that they received things from you generally. Bring all of that documentation with you to the race. You likely won’t need it but if you do, it will be so much easier. They didn’t have marked down that I had my doctors letter even though I sent it in to them months ago. I had it with so I just handed it to them and kept on moving.

A video showing the entire route in fast speed.

The following is the excerpt from Herodotus Book 6 Chapter 100-117 that talks about the run with some context before and after.

100.

When the Eretrians learned that the Persian expedition was sailing to attack them, they asked for help from the Athenians. The Athenians did not refuse the aid, but gave them for defenders the four thousand tenant farmers who held the land of the Chalcidian horse-breeders.1 But it seems that all the plans of the Eretrians were unsound; they sent to the Athenians for aid, but their counsels were divided. [2] Some of them planned to leave the city and make for the heights of Euboea; others plotted treason in hope of winning advantages from the Persians. [3] When Aeschines son of Nothon, a leading man in Eretria, learned of both designs, he told the Athenians who had come how matters stood, and asked them to depart to their own country so they would not perish like the rest. The Athenians followed Aeschines’ advice.

1 Cp. Hdt. 5.77.

101.

So they saved themselves by crossing over to Oropus; the Persians sailed holding their course for Temenos and Choereae and Aegilea, all in Eretrian territory. Landing at these places, they immediately unloaded their horses and made preparation to attack their enemies. [2] The Eretrians had no intention of coming out and fighting; all their care was to guard their walls if they could, since it was the prevailing counsel not to leave the city. The walls were strongly attacked, and for six days many fell on both sides; but on the seventh two Eretrians of repute, Euphorbus son of Alcimachus and Philagrus son of Cineas, betrayed the city to the Persians. [3] They entered the city and plundered and burnt the temples, in revenge for the temples that were burnt at Sardis; moreover, they enslaved the townspeople, according to Darius’ command.

102.

After subduing Eretria, the Persians waited a few days and then sailed away to the land of Attica, pressing ahead in expectation of doing to the Athenians exactly what they had done to the Eretrians. Marathon1 was the place in Attica most suitable for riding horses and closest to Eretria, so Hippias son of Pisistratus led them there.

1 For a detailed discussion of various questions connected with the battle of Marathon, readers are referred to How and Wells, Appendix XVIII.

103.

When the Athenians learned this, they too marched out to Marathon, with ten generals leading them. The tenth was Miltiades, and it had befallen his father Cimon son of Stesagoras to be banished from Athens by Pisistratus son of Hippocrates. [2] While in exile he happened to take the Olympic prize in the four-horse chariot, and by taking this victory he won the same prize as his half-brother Miltiades. At the next Olympic games he won with the same horses but permitted Pisistratus to be proclaimed victor, and by resigning the victory to him he came back from exile to his own property under truce. [3] After taking yet another Olympic prize with the same horses, he happened to be murdered by Pisistratus’ sons, since Pisistratus was no longer living. They murdered him by placing men in ambush at night near the town-hall. Cimon was buried in front of the city, across the road called “Through the Hollow”, and buried opposite him are the mares who won the three Olympic prizes. [4] The mares of Evagoras the Laconian did the same as these, but none others. Stesagoras, the elder of Cimon’s sons, was then being brought up with his uncle Miltiades in the Chersonese. The younger was with Cimon at Athens, and he took the name Miltiades from Miltiades the founder of the Chersonese.

104.

It was this Miltiades who was now the Athenian general, after coming from the Chersonese and escaping a two-fold death. The Phoenicians pursued him as far as Imbros, considering it of great importance to catch him and bring him to the king. [2] He escaped from them, but when he reached his own country and thought he was safe, then his enemies met him. They brought him to court and prosecuted him for tyranny in the Chersonese, but he was acquitted and appointed Athenian general, chosen by the people.

105.

While still in the city, the generals first sent to Sparta the herald Philippides, an Athenian and a long-distance runner who made that his calling. As Philippides himself said when he brought the message to the Athenians, when he was in the Parthenian mountain above Tegea he encountered Pan. [2] Pan called out Philippides’ name and bade him ask the Athenians why they paid him no attention, though he was of goodwill to the Athenians, had often been of service to them, and would be in the future. [3] The Athenians believed that these things were true, and when they became prosperous they established a sacred precinct of Pan beneath the Acropolis. Ever since that message they propitiate him with annual sacrifices and a torch-race.

106.

This Philippides was in Sparta on the day after leaving the city of Athens,1 that time when he was sent by the generals and said that Pan had appeared to him. He came to the magistrates and said, [2] “Lacedaemonians, the Athenians ask you to come to their aid and not allow the most ancient city among the Hellenes to fall into slavery at the hands of the foreigners. Even now Eretria has been enslaved, and Hellas has become weaker by an important city.” [3] He told them what he had been ordered to say, and they resolved to send help to the Athenians, but they could not do this immediately, for they were unwilling to break the law. It was the ninth day of the rising month, and they said that on the ninth they could not go out to war until the moon’s circle was full.2

1 According to Isocrates the distance traversed was 150 miles.

2 This statement probably applies only to the month Carneius (Attic Metageitnion), when the Carneia was celebrated at Sparta in honor of Apollo, from the 7th to the 15th of the month.

107.

So they waited for the full moon, while the foreigners were guided to Marathon by Hippias son of Pisistratus. The previous night Hippias had a dream in which he slept with his mother. [2] He supposed from the dream that he would return from exile to Athens, recover his rule, and end his days an old man in his own country. Thus he reckoned from the dream. Then as guide he unloaded the slaves from Eretria onto the island of the Styrians called Aegilia, and brought to anchor the ships that had put ashore at Marathon, then marshalled the foreigners who had disembarked onto land. [3] As he was tending to this, he happened to sneeze and cough more violently than usual. Since he was an elderly man, most of his teeth were loose, and he lost one of them by the force of his cough. It fell into the sand and he expended much effort in looking for it, but the tooth could not be found. [4] He groaned aloud and said to those standing by him: “This land is not ours and we will not be able to subdue it. My tooth holds whatever share of it was mine.”

108.

Hippias supposed that the dream had in this way come true. As the Athenians were marshalled in the precinct of Heracles, the Plataeans came to help them in full force. The Plataeans had put themselves under the protection of the Athenians,1 and the Athenians had undergone many labors on their behalf. This is how they did it: [2] when the Plataeans were pressed by the Thebans, they first tried to put themselves under the protection of Cleomenes son of Anaxandrides and the Lacedaemonians, who happened to be there. But they did not accept them, saying, “We live too far away, and our help would be cold comfort to you. You could be enslaved many times over before any of us heard about it. [3] We advise you to put yourselves under the protection of the Athenians, since they are your neighbors and not bad men at giving help.” The Lacedaemonians gave this advice not so much out of goodwill toward the Plataeans as wishing to cause trouble for the Athenians with the Boeotians. [4] So the Lacedaemonians gave this advice to the Plataeans, who did not disobey it. When the Athenians were making sacrifices to the twelve gods,2 they sat at the altar as suppliants and put themselves under protection. When the Thebans heard this, they marched against the Plataeans, but the Athenians came to their aid. [5] As they were about to join battle, the Corinthians, who happened to be there, prevented them and brought about a reconciliation. Since both sides desired them to arbitrate, they fixed the boundaries of the country on condition that the Thebans leave alone those Boeotians who were unwilling to be enrolled as Boeotian. After rendering this decision, the Corinthians departed. The Boeotians attacked the Athenians as they were leaving but were defeated in battle. [6] The Athenians went beyond the boundaries the Corinthians had made for the Plataeans, fixing the Asopus river as the boundary for the Thebans in the direction of Plataea and Hysiae. So the Plataeans had put themselves under the protection of the Athenians in the aforesaid manner, and now came to help at Marathon.

1 In 519, according to Thucydides (Thuc. 3.68); Grote gives a later date.

2 The twelve gods were Zeus, Hera, Poseidon, Demeter, Apollo, Artemis, Hephaestus, Athena, Ares, Aphrodite, Hermes, Hestia. The βωμὸς was a central altar in the agora, from which distances were reckoned.

109.

The Athenian generals were of divided opinion, some advocating not fighting because they were too few to attack the army of the Medes; others, including Miltiades, advocating fighting. [2] Thus they were at odds, and the inferior plan prevailed. An eleventh man had a vote, chosen by lot to be polemarch1 of Athens, and by ancient custom the Athenians had made his vote of equal weight with the generals. Callimachus of Aphidnae was polemarch at this time. Miltiades approached him and said, [3] “Callimachus, it is now in your hands to enslave Athens or make her free, and thereby leave behind for all posterity a memorial such as not even Harmodius and Aristogeiton left. Now the Athenians have come to their greatest danger since they first came into being, and, if we surrender, it is clear what we will suffer when handed over to Hippias. But if the city prevails, it will take first place among Hellenic cities. [4] I will tell you how this can happen, and how the deciding voice on these matters has devolved upon you. The ten generals are of divided opinion, some urging to attack, others urging not to. [5] If we do not attack now, I expect that great strife will fall upon and shake the spirit of the Athenians, leading them to medize. But if we attack now, before anything unsound corrupts the Athenians, we can win the battle, if the gods are fair. [6] All this concerns and depends on you in this way: if you vote with me, your country will be free and your city the first in Hellas. But if you side with those eager to avoid battle, you will have the opposite to all the good things I enumerated.”

1 One of the nine archons, all chosen by lot.

110.

By saying this Miltiades won over Callimachus. The polemarch’s vote was counted in, and the decision to attack was resolved upon. Thereafter the generals who had voted to fight turned the presidency over to Miltiades as each one’s day came in turn.1 He accepted the office but did not make an attack until it was his own day to preside.

1 Each general seems to have been head commander in turn.

111.

When the presidency came round to him, he arrayed the Athenians for battle, with the polemarch Callimachus commanding the right wing, since it was then the Athenian custom for the polemarch to hold the right wing. He led, and the other tribes were numbered out in succession next to each other.1 The Plataeans were marshalled last, holding the left wing. [2] Ever since that battle, when the Athenians are conducting sacrifices at the festivals every fourth year,2 the Athenian herald prays for good things for the Athenians and Plataeans together. [3] As the Athenians were marshalled at Marathon, it happened that their line of battle was as long as the line of the Medes. The center, where the line was weakest, was only a few ranks deep, but each wing was strong in numbers.

1 There was a fixed official order; but Plutarch’s account of the battle places certain tribes according to a different system. Perhaps the battle-order was determined by lot.

2 e.g. the great Panathenaea, and the festival of Poseidon.

112.

When they had been set in order and the sacrifices were favorable, the Athenians were sent forth and charged the foreigners at a run. The space between the armies was no less than eight stadia. [2] The Persians saw them running to attack and prepared to receive them, thinking the Athenians absolutely crazy, since they saw how few of them there were and that they ran up so fast without either cavalry or archers. [3] So the foreigners imagined, but when the Athenians all together fell upon the foreigners they fought in a way worthy of record. These are the first Hellenes whom we know of to use running against the enemy. They are also the first to endure looking at Median dress and men wearing it, for up until then just hearing the name of the Medes caused the Hellenes to panic.

113.

They fought a long time at Marathon. In the center of the line the foreigners prevailed, where the Persians and Sacae were arrayed. The foreigners prevailed there and broke through in pursuit inland, but on each wing the Athenians and Plataeans prevailed. [2] In victory they let the routed foreigners flee, and brought the wings together to fight those who had broken through the center. The Athenians prevailed, then followed the fleeing Persians and struck them down. When they reached the sea they demanded fire and laid hold of the Persian ships.

114.

In this labor Callimachus the polemarch was slain, a brave man, and of the generals Stesilaus son of Thrasylaus died. Cynegirus1 son of Euphorion fell there, his hand cut off with an ax as he grabbed a ship’s figurehead. Many other famous Athenians also fell there.

1 Brother of the poet Aeschylus.

115.

In this way the Athenians overpowered seven ships. The foreigners pushed off with the rest, picked up the Eretrian slaves from the island where they had left them, and sailed around Sunium hoping to reach the city before the Athenians. There was an accusation at Athens that they devised this by a plan of the Alcmaeonidae, who were said to have arranged to hold up a shield as a signal once the Persians were in their ships.

116.

They sailed around Sunium, but the Athenians marched back to defend the city as fast as their feet could carry them and got there ahead of the foreigners. Coming from the sacred precinct of Heracles in Marathon, they pitched camp in the sacred precinct of Heracles in Cynosarges. The foreigners lay at anchor off Phalerum, the Athenian naval port at that time. After riding anchor there, they sailed their ships back to Asia.

117.

In the battle at Marathon about six thousand four hundred men of the foreigners were killed, and one hundred and ninety-two Athenians; that many fell on each side. [2] The following marvel happened there: an Athenian, Epizelus son of Couphagoras, was fighting as a brave man in the battle when he was deprived of his sight, though struck or hit nowhere on his body, and from that time on he spent the rest of his life in blindness. [3] I have heard that he tells this story about his misfortune: he saw opposing him a tall armed man, whose beard overshadowed his shield, but the phantom passed him by and killed the man next to him. I learned by inquiry that this is the story Epizelus tells.

Some more history on Hippias:

The name and family of the mother of Hippias are unknown.[2] He succeeded Peisistratos as tyrant of Athens in 528/7 BC. His brother Hipparchus, who may have ruled jointly with him, was murdered by Harmodius and Aristogeiton (the tyrannicides) in 514 BC. Hippias executed the tyrannicides and it was said that he became a bitter and cruel ruler, executing a large number of citizens and imposing harsh taxes.[3] Hippias’s cruelty soon created unrest among his subjects. As he began losing control, he sought military support from the Persians. He managed to form an alliance by marrying his daughter, Archedice, to Aiantides, son of Hippoklos, the tyrant of Lampsakos.[4] This relationship with Hippoklos helped facilitate Hippias’ access to Darius’ court at Susa.[5]

The Alcmaeonidae family of Athens, which Peisistratos had exiled in 546 BC, was concerned about Hippias forming alliances with the Persian ruling class, and began planning an invasion to depose him. In 510 BC Cleomenes I of Sparta successfully invaded Athens and trapped Hippias on the Acropolis.[6][7] They also took the Pisistratidae children hostage forcing Hippias to leave Athens in order to have them returned safely.

The Spartans later thought that a free and democratic Athens would be dangerous to Spartan power, and attempted to recall Hippias and re-establish the tyranny. Hippias had fled to Persia, and the Persians threatened to attack Athens if they did not accept Hippias back. Nevertheless, the Athenians preferred to remain democratic despite the danger from Persia.

Soon after this, the Ionian Revolt began. It was put down in 494 BC, but Darius I of Persia was intent on punishing Athens for its role in the revolt. In 490 Hippias, still in the service of the Persians, encouraged Darius to invade Greece and attack Athens; when Darius initiated the campaign, Hippias himself accompanied the Persian fleet and suggested Marathon as the place where the Persian invasion of Attica should begin.[8] According to Herodotus, the night before the Persian fleet reached Attica, Hippias dreamed that he had sexual relations with his own mother, a dream which encouraged him greatly, since he took it as an omen that he would regain possession of his native land. But when he set foot on Greek soil, one of his teeth, which was loose due to his advanced age, fell out on to the beach. Hippias was dismayed, believing that this fulfilled the real meaning of his dream: he would only regain this bite of his native country.[9]

Hippias had five sons, all of whom along with other Peisistratids joined the invading Persian army of Xerxes in 480 BC. Never again would the Peisistratids have influence in Athens.[10]

Hippias is said to have died on the return journey from the Battle of Marathon, at Lemnos.[11]

Hippias was one of several Greek aristocrats who took refuge in the Achaemenid Empire following reversals at home, other famous ones being Themistocles, Demaratos, Gongylos or Alcibiades.[12] In general, those were generously welcomed by the Achaemenid kings, and received land grants to support them, and ruled on various cities of Asia Minor.[12]

The Drift 100 – Race Report 2021

The Drift 100 is a winter race in the Bridger-Teton National Forest and Shoshone National Forest in the mountains of Wyoming, at elevation. How much elevation? A lot for a winter race but not bad for a summer one. The total elevation gain is around 9000 feet. The lowest elevation is the start line at 7650 feet and it goes up to 9850 feet. You can see the Tetons from a portion of the course but it was night when I was on that part. Half of this race is run above 9000 feet so it’s not the easiest to come from 850 feet where I live. The course crosses the continental divide several times. The race starts kind of in the middle of nowhere so the closest city is Pinedale, WY and is only 30 minutes away. As most winter ultras, it’s done on foot, ski, or fat bike. As always I chose foot.

As an aside, this will probably be a more mundane race report as I’ll try to put lots of details of the course itself since I haven’t read any reports yet that had good details. This is only the second year this race happened as well.

As usual, the race is longer than 100 miles.

Despite there being lots of snow drifts on the course, the name is actually due to the annual movement of cattle onto the spring/summer pasture lands in the forest and back again in the fall. This movement is just called “the drift”. The “drift” follows the Green River up to the Upper Green River Valley where there is allotment for cattle to pasture on federal forest land.

Sign at the beginning of the race.

The course itself is a figure 8 pattern with very little of the course being run on twice. It’s all on snowmobile trails. Most of the trails are actual roads in the summer but the difficult parts of the course are just trails. One portion isn’t even groomed. As with all winter races, there is required gear you need to carry with you. The list may change so it’s just best to look at the race website for the most recent list. It’s mostly similar to Tuscobia’s old list. The most unique thing on this list is $200 cash. If you quit the race, you have to pay $200 to be taken out by snowmobile. I was expecting a 100% finishing rate when I saw this. It wasn’t. I guess money isn’t a good motivator for some.

The race cutoff is 48 hours which is pretty good. I could see it being harder to make that if there was a huge snowstorm during the race but otherwise, it’s a reasonable cutoff. Also the course was very well marked with both snowmobile trail markers and race signs. There are places all over where snowmobiles go off trail but trust me when I tell you you’ll know if you’re off trail. If you step off the groomed trail, you are pretty much instantly up to your waist in powder. In the white out condition areas you just keep following the poles in the ground along the trail. Yes, white out conditions!

This year we had to have a negative SARS-Cov2 test before the race but we also got to have a drop bag at the Strawberry Aid Station. I ended up not really using anything out of it except some food but it was nice to have. As usual I still ended up bringing too much food with. The check-in was the night before with scheduled times to keep from getting a crowd.

The pre-race meeting was after the gear check/check-in and was nice and quick. They took our photos but I think there was a technical issue so I don’t know if we’ll ever see them. There really wasn’t anything to cover during the meeting that wasn’t already on the website. There were a lot of people that were doing their first 100 mile race by the show of hands. I’m not sure how many of these were runners, bikers, or skiers but regardless, us Minnesotans were surprised. You do have to qualify for this race but it seems like the bar isn’t very steep to get in. I’m not sure why you’d want your first 100 mile race to be in the winter honestly. I’d recommend this not be your first 100 mile race, especially since you’re going to be walking most of this race anyway.

I’m going to give a entire paragraph to the timing of the race. It was March 12th-13th. That’s pretty late in the year. Even Iditarod is the week before. I’m not sure of the reason for that. The weather certainly isn’t going to get very cold so perhaps that’s the reason. I’d rather it get super cold so people quit. This year, it was way too hot during the daytime. There was even 2 inches of slush the second afternoon. I didn’t stop to make a snowman but easily could’ve. The other issue is snowblindness/sunburn. I did what I could to prevent both but still ended up getting sunburned under my beard and the bottom of my nose. I kept wiping off anything I put on the bottom of my nose so I don’t even know what there is to do to stop it. The sun is so strong, your at elevation, and the snow just doubles the radiation. They warned us of that but I never thought I’d get burned under my beard. I guess if you want a full suntan just go to the snow covered mountains and walk around naked for 30 minutes and even your butt crack will be tanned.

Are we playing Tetris at this race?

I decided to drive out there instead of flying my gear and such. There was a storm predicted for South Dakota so I left Tuesday night and drove down through Nebraska to get away from most of the storm. As usual I just slept in my car in a field during the night. I got to Pinedale Wednesday afternoon. It’s a nice town and set up mostly for tourism and cattle. It’s over 7000 feet in elevation so that was good to get somewhat acclimated. I usually like to have 48 hours before I go hiking or running in the mountains but I only had 36 hours before the race so not ideal.

The next morning I decided to head out to the starting line. I had already gotten some intel about it from other people but since I had a whole day to kill I went anyway. I brought my newer smaller sled I was planning on using and loaded duffel bag. I stopped at the signs along the road to learn stuff and enjoyed the awesome clear views of the surrounding mountains.

I got there in no time it seemed. The race starts at the snowmobile parking lot for the Continental Divide Trail. For the race you actually park in the second parking lot which is 50feet down the trail. I took out my sled and just started running in my jeans and regular shoes. The trail basically felt like it was snow that had been melted a bunch of times until it was small chunks of ice. Pretty ideal really but my sled didn’t seem to glide at all. It had no run to it once I stopped. I realized the fins I had added to it to prevent me from sliding in circles downhill were digging in to the ice. I didn’t have long enough pieces to go the whole length of the sled. So much for using that sled I guess. I decided to use my old trusty big sled. I swear the old sled looked at me when I got back to the hotel room in a way that said “I see your new hussy didn’t work out so well”.

The rest of the day was eating, putting screws into my shoes, rechecking everything I was bringing, packing food, and relaxing. Then the gear check and pre-race meeting as stated above. I quickly ate at a restaurant after the meeting and headed back to the hotel. It’s mountain time here so I called home before the kids went to bed since it was an hour later at home. I quickly did my final packing of things and did the pre-race things I could do now, like taping my face.

Since the race started at 9AM I had plenty of time the next morning to get ready. I slept pretty well and got up before 6. I had hoped to sleep a little longer but circadian rhythm is tough to beat. People were looking at me when I went down for breakfast but I didn’t realize until I went back to my room it was probably because I had tape on my face already. The rest of the morning was spent getting hot water from the microwave, lubing feet, eating, getting dressed, etc. My sled weighed 36.5 pounds including food and water. That’s the lightest I’ve gotten it down to. With the warm weather we’d have, not needing snowshoes, and being able to have the drop bag, it wasn’t too hard to get down. If I could afford a down sleeping bag I’d drop 2 more pounds. I didn’t want to be pulling a heavy sled up 9000 feet worth of elevation gain. I left my hotel just before 8AM. We had to check in again at the start.

The forecast for the day was sunny and 34 degrees. The problem was that it was currently -4F at the start line with a headwind of around 8mph. So clearly there was going to be a lot of changing clothes today. It sucked putting on extra stuff, knowing I’d be taking it all off in 2 hours time. I put on as little as possible and just planned on running cold for at least the first hour. I even saw about 10 people with Cold Avengers on at the beginning due to the wind. I stayed in my warm car listening to music until it got to race time. I took some pictures with the Brians from MN and got my picture taken by a photographer.

Trusty old sled at the start.
“Which of these 3 is not like the other?”

There were 42 of us that ended up starting. They allowed 50 to enter and had a wait list but they burned through the entire wait list before the race and ended up with 42. I think they could easily handle another 50 participants in the 100 mile event but who knows with permitting and such.

We just had a mob start after they said “Go!” I think that’s what they said.

My plan for this race was largely based on things I learned at Actif Epica since they are similar distance. Basically what that means is that I wasn’t going to sleep at all and I was going to try to not spend so much time at the aid stations. I also hadn’t had any caffeine or chocolate for the last month so that caffeine would work better during the race like it did at Actif. There were a lot of really good racers signed up based on my previous knowledge of some and previous results of others. A couple ended up not coming but I was still unsure if I’d even get the top 5 like I usually try for.

There were more people on foot than bike – 21 vs 13. That’s unlike most winter ultras. There also were 8 skiers which is a lot. I’m not too surprised since there is definitely enough snow, which is usually a main worry of skiers. Pretty much all the bikes and skiers were in front of me. I think I was somewhere around 6th for most the first section. I know 1 guy had a backpack and was running pretty well. I swear I got his name but I can’t find it in the race list so apparently my brain was already getting messed up by the sun. It’s easier with a sled, trust me. I’m guessing he quit at some point or I passed him at an aid station.

Since there weren’t many racers in this event, I rarely had a chance to talk to anyone. Most of the race I couldn’t even see anyone. I did talk to Jake for a bit. He is a mostly an obstacle course racer (OCR) it sounded like. We talked about World’s Toughest Mudder experiences for a bit. There was another OCR guy last year as well and I think a couple more besides Jake this year as well. I suppose it’s a word of mouth kind of thing as to why there were so many.

There was certainly a younger crowd at this race than I’m used to at winter ultras. Usually I’m one of the young guys but I was definitely on the old side of this one.

A couple hours into the race.
Looking back towards Southeast on “S” trail.
The start of the first climb.

So the first 9 miles of the course is basically flat and just following rivers upstream. Then you start the first big climb of the race. It’s about 1000 feet over 5 miles and it was easily the easiest climb of the race. I was power hiking it pretty quickly. If not for the sled, I could’ve ran it. Well…the sled and the elevation! I was puffing quit a bit. I tried to not mouth breath but it was so hot now that it didn’t have as bad as an effect as if it was below zero. Even so, my throat was already getting sore so I tried harder to not mouth breath. I got passed by a few people that were running up the climb. For me running would’ve been downright stupid with my breathing the way it was already. Plus it was above freezing now.

I had taken everything off and put on a long sleeve t shirt by 11AM, just as I suspected I would. I’ve never worn just a t shirt in a winter race. I was still too hot but I didn’t feel like taking my shirt off and getting seriously burned everywhere.

My homemade Inuit style snow googles. Also time to change into a t shirt!

Since I knew there would be an issue with snow blindness ahead of time, I decided to make a pair of Inuit snow goggles. The reason for this is that regular sunglasses usually freeze up quickly in the winter. Even snow goggles freeze up if there isn’t enough wind or you’re sweating. That certainly wasn’t an issue this year at this race since it was above freezing and windy during the time you’d wear them but of course I didn’t know what the temperatures would be like months earlier. These can be worn at any temperature and not freeze up. You’ll certainly have more field of view with goggles but again that’s only if they aren’t froze over. It’s surprising how much you can see with my improved design. I wouldn’t drive a car with them on but it’s good enough for human speeds.

I was also hoping they would keep the wind mostly out of my eyes as well. I only got to train with them for 2 hours in the cold at home before the race but again it never got cold at the race so I still don’t know how they’ll work in -20F for 12 hours. The race start was -4F and windy and they worked better than expected at blocking the wind so I was pretty happy about that and suspect they’ll do just fine at -20 and windy. I still brought along 2 pair of regular goggles just in case. Plus I wasn’t sure if they would pass the gear requirement for goggles.

As a side-note, I fully plan on using them at Halloween somehow. Maybe put lights on the inside somehow to make them glow? They didn’t cost anything to make other than to buy a couple Dremmel bits since I used scraps and old stuff around the house (including a bra – thanks honey!).

No clouds all day.

After the 1000 foot climb, there was just small rolling hills for the most part. The course is now at 9000 feet or above for the next 40 miles. There was one nice longish downhill that was fun to sled down. It was the first one of the race and I was looking forward to more. I had heard rumors that many of the hills were dangerous to sled down. As in they were way too long and you wouldn’t be able to control yourself. Challenge accepted! In the end I sledded down every hill that gravity and the slushy snow would allow. You certainly need to know what you’re doing on a few of them and have practiced turning. I only had to jump off the sled once because I was kicking up so much snow I couldn’t see and thought it safer to just bail than to keep digging into the turn.

The trail turned East and so I knew it would be about 5 more miles to the first aid which is called Strawberry. First you come back to the Continental Divide (CD) Trail and go on it for half a mile to get to the aid station. I wasn’t planning on staying long. My feet were still dry since there wasn’t any snow powder going on top of my shoes and with it being so warm, everything was evaporating well. The wind seemed to be picking up a bit now and the sun was starting to get lower and cooler.

I got to the aid station at 3:35 PM (6:35 race time). This is at mile 26ish in the race. I was guesstimating I’d get here around 5PM so I was ahead of that. The shelter that is there is brand new and very nice. I think they slid it on the snow to get it there earlier in the season. I didn’t go in it at all this time since they had the hot water and food outside. I filled up with hot water since they warned that people tended to run out on the next section (I had too much in the end) and took some snacks. I wasn’t hungry enough to spend the time having a meal warmed up for me. There is a vault toilet bathroom there so I made use of it as well. I changed back into a thermal shirt and got gloves, hat, and jacket into my jump spot of the bag as I figured I’d need them in the next hour or so. I spent 10 minutes here. I left in 6th place but didn’t really know where I was at the time. It was too early in the race to care that much anyway.

Strawberry Aid Station

The next aid station is 25 miles away called Sheridan. This is by far the worst section of the race as far as steepness and difficulty goes. I was thinking it would take 9 hours for this section in my pre-race plan. Since I hadn’t seen or talked to anyone on the course for hours I decided to get my ipod out and start listening to music. You continue on the CD trail mostly uphill for 4.5 miles and turn on the A trail. The A trail is quite pretty. It opens up out of the trees for great views to the North and West. It’s the first time you can see things in those directions. It was getting closer to sunset now but I was glad to get to see these views before dark. It only lasts for a mile so enjoy it. I saw a helicopter circle around once and then again about 5 minutes later which I thought was weird. When you turn onto A you also cross the actual Continental Divide (not the trail) although I didn’t realize it at the time. I thought the first crossing was later.

Looking South. Gypsum and Big Sheep Mountains (to me it just looks like one giant mountain). I could see them pretty much all the daytime hours of the race.
Looking West on A trail. I believe Darwin Peak. The Tetons are being blocked by that hill on the right side of the photo.
Looking North on A trail. That valley is what the trail follows down. Coffin Butte and probably something else I can’t figure out the name of.

After about a mile it looks like you turn off the trail to the left but in reality you are staying on the A trail and if you kept going straight you would be on the AA trail. This left turn goes down a pretty good size hill. The thing with the next 3.1 miles of trail is that it is not groomed. This means you get to hope that the snowmobile path you chose is firm enough to not posthole through. The downhill would’ve been awesome on firm snow but the ungroomed snow slowed you down a lot, even though you’re on a snowmobile track. I couldn’t even make it completely down the hill. I’m thinking maybe too since this was on the North slope of the hill and then in a narrow valley that it hadn’t melted near as much either. Either way it was “sticky” slow snow to go through. You also couldn’t use poles to help since they would punch right through the delicate crust of the snowmobile path.

I could see I was catching up to a skier which you would think could just glide down this entire 3 mile downhill section. The wind was funneling up this valley and making a strong headwind of probably 15mph. I stopped a couple of times to get more clothes on; mad at myself each time that I didn’t put more on the last time I stopped. It was getting dark in the valley so I got my headlamp out the last time I stopped to get clothes on.

I then saw the blades and very top part of a helicopter. It looked red like it was old and rusted out. I soon saw that it was a complete helicopter and wasn’t an abandoned one from years past. It was in fact the one I had seen flying around before. They were rescuing a snowmobiler. I had guessed he flipped over while climbing a steep hill but I found out later that he had hit a tree after cresting the hill or something like that. They were a couple hundred feet away but he was getting put on a board so it didn’t look good.

I soon caught up to the skier which I think was Emily. She was definitely having a hard time with the snow conditions. She would be the only person I saw this entire 25 mile section. I kept on going down the valley with an occasional uphill. It was getting harder to find a good path to follow and I would start falling in here and there. There was no point in trying to slide as it just wouldn’t go. I ran for some of it since it was downhill but I certainly didn’t need to, my sled wasn’t running into me from behind. Every step was starting to make me mad because I knew that was one more step I’d have to go up. And the hillsides looked steep.

I got to the turn onto trail B around 6:30PM and turned on my headlamp. It was indeed steep. On paper it says it’s 1000 feet up over 3.7 miles. The thing is, 600 of that is in the first 1.4 miles I figured out later. It’s the steepest part of the course and you can definitely feel the pull of the sled. While it is quite steep, it isn’t as steep as some places at Arrowhead. Specifically, the hill after the cold swamp before Mel Georges, the 2 big hills after Mel Georges, and Wakemup hill. If you’ve done Arrowhead, you’ll know what hills I’m talking about. Some of the hills in the 99 -108 mile section are pretty similar in steepness. In fact the section of this race from the turn on B at 35 miles until about 47 miles is reminiscent of the Arrowhead 99-108 section. It’s nighttime for both and lots of hills. The difference of course is it’s the second night at Arrowhead so you’re much more tired there.

Anyway, I’m still not at the top of this hill! After the first 600 feet, it comes out of the trees and into an open space. I didn’t know that was going to happen since I had been told it was mostly trees in this section. In fact there aren’t any trees for a couple miles and then other sections of open space as well. Plan on being exposed is what I’m telling you. The cold wind was smack in my face so I had to again stop twice to keep adding clothes or changing gloves/hats. I also had to put on my nose/face protector. I wasn’t even that mad I was still going up, just mad about the lack of trees. On the plus side, the stars were out like crazy! It was a new moon and with the clear high elevation air, I could see everything. If it wasn’t so windy and cold, I would’ve stopped and laid on the sled for awhile. I crossed the Continental Divide at the top and then briefly two more times on the way to the turn on F. If not for being so windy I would’ve done the obligatory peeing on both sides of it that is tradition for my family and I’m assuming every male in the world. Again, this wasn’t the first time the trail crossed it, but at the time I thought it was.

The turn on to trail F (just before mile 40) is more of a continuation of the same path you are on instead of turning. This is good because it is on a hill and I was moving pretty fast as I slide through the intersection. Then of course you start climbing again. There was a sign around 42.5 miles that said it was the highest part of the course but I don’t think that’s right. For 1 it went down a small hill right after the sign and then went up a bigger hill so clearly that hill was higher. It also said in the course description that it’s around mile 47 and looking at the topo maps, that’s right since it goes through a 3000 meter line (9843 feet) there and only a 2970 meter line where they had it (the next hill was 2980 meters so I was right it was taller). Just don’t be fooled that you’re at mile 47 if you see that sign at mile 42.5.

I’m sure the views are pretty nice from this height in the daytime. You’re supposed to be able to see the Tetons pretty well from the viewpoint near the highest spot on the course.

I think it was fairly soon after I got on F that I saw some lights coming from behind and heard some noise. I assumed it was a snowmobile as they had snowmobiles going by every 2 hours or so to pick up people that were quitting and just to check on us. It ended up being a groomer. I didn’t think they were supposed to be out tonight since they were out the night before but whatever. Usually the groomer makes the trail worse at home when it’s warm like this. This time it didn’t really make a difference either way. What it did do was erase the footprints in front of me so now I could tell how close I was to the people in front of me. We all had trackers but without cell service that didn’t do me any good to see where anyone was. It took 30 minutes to see the first set of prints so that person was probably almost an hour ahead. The next set was around another 30 minutes from there so even further ahead. I didn’t see anymore tracks before Sheridan so the rest of the people had to be quite a bit ahead. Looking at the race flow chart now, I see that the 2 in front of me were just 30 and 60 minutes ahead of me. I ended up closing some of that gap before Sheridan. The trail crosses the Continental Divide and then mostly follows it until after the high spot on the course. It crosses it again at Sheridan Pass.

After the true highest spot, it’s mostly downhill to Sheridan. I slid down maybe 5 hills but nowhere near what it looks like I should’ve been able to on the elevation profile. I mostly power hiked downhill in what seemed like forever to get to the aid station that just kind of sneaks up on you. Since there is no electricity and they didn’t have a generator at the aid station, there was just a faint glow from a window and I think a couple small lights if I remember correctly. I got there at 12:36AM (15:36 race time) which was just under 9 hours from when I left Strawberry.

The shelter itself is small with only two 5 foot benches against the wall to sit on. A lot of the space is taken up by the wood stove and table with the race food, etc on. I was still 6th I figured out later but there were only 2 racers there at the time. I was planning on eating here and changing my socks since it seemed like the vaseline had mostly worn off. My shoes were fairly frosted over now too since it had gotten colder. It was probably around 10 degrees I’d guess. There wasn’t much room to do anything but soon the other guys left so there was more room to maneuver.

They warmed up the rice and veggie option as that seemed like a better fuel source than beef stew. It was OK tasting but not what I was expecting I guess. It was pretty hot at first so I did other stuff while it cooled down. I tried to recharge my watch but my power pack wasn’t working, even though I had tested it at zero degrees. There’s 6 ounces I drug around for 102 miles for no reason. I got more water, changed socks, planned what to wear for the next section and then ate the cooled down rice.

They had music playing there. Some of it was odd sounding remakes of older songs. It’s hard to remember what all was playing but at some point one of the volunteers (it was just me and 2 volunteers at this point) said it reminded him of “Dayman” from the show It’s Always Sunny in Philadelphia. I know the song very well so I started singing it. It was horrible because my throat was all messed up from the fast breathing I had to do because of the elevation. Anyway, he was impressed I knew the song. I told him there is a industrial/dance kind of remix of that song on my ipod that he hadn’t known of. I can’t even remember how I found that version since it was just made by a fan but here is the song from the show itself.

Anyway, he proclaimed, “now I want you to win the race!” I’m not sure who he was cheering for before this point but I was glad to have a new friend cheering me on. I think the next song was “Tainted Love” from Soft Cell that started another rabbit hole discussion. After about 45 minutes I was finally on my way. That was longer than I’d like but it was just hard to get things done quickly in a small space and it took awhile to cook and eat the food.

You continue on the F trail for a tenth of a mile and then turn right onto the E trail. In the description they say this is an easy section to Warm Springs Aid Station since it’s mostly downhill. That’s not really true. There’s plenty of small hills and 3 big hills before you get there. I was planning on this section taking 5 hours since I was assuming it would be as easy as they said. I ended up only averaging 3 mph so it took 5.5 hours. It felt like such a slog. I didn’t have much energy at all. The food I ate did nothing. I took a caffeine pill to help and maybe it did but I never felt great.

The E trail wasn’t recently groomed like the F trail was so I could see what looked like 5 sets of footprints. Yep, still in 6th place. It was also colder now. Based on the snow starting to squeak loudly and my nose freezing shut on strong inhalation, it was somewhere below zero but I’m not sure how cold. It was only like this for about an hour or two and then it seemed to start to warm up. I think the wind shifted from the West to the Northeast at the same time like some new air mass was moving in.

Only a couple hills were sledable. I never saw a person this entire section. I did start to see a fair amount of people quitting and going by on snowmobiles. I was thinking of stopping at the Green Creek Shelter but I can’t remember why now. I think it was to change into different clothes or something? I saw it was a good hundred yards off the course and there were at least a couple bikers there so I ended up just continuing on. Plus it was up a hill. Who needs to climb an extra hill?

The 3 big hills start after this shelter. They are long and somewhat steep. I was going much slower than I would like and figured someone would be right behind me at any moment. Turns out everyone else was going slow too and I was actually gaining on everyone. The first big downhill was a disappointment. It was too shallow to sled down all but a small part of it. The second downhill was awesome fun. It was a half mile long with a 180 degree turn in it that I navigated perfectly. I got up to 20 mph! The third downhill was basically too shallow to sled down as well. It was just quicker to run them.

After the hills, it is another couple miles to get to the aid station depending on what you call the bottom of the hill. Again, it’s so shallow, it’s hard to tell when you’re done going down and just going flat. It was starting to get light out now so I turned my headlamp off. I was still going to hit my initial goal of getting to Warm Aid Station by 7AM but it had definitely taken longer to get there than I was planning on from Sheridan.

Sunrise the 2nd day. This is about a mile from Warm Springs aid station.

I got there at 6:55AM (21:55 race time). This is mile 67.9. It is a trailhead parking lot with a vault toilet bathroom and they had put up a dome tent for shelter. I didn’t want to go into the tent for several reasons. First, it would melt the ice on my shoes and then I’d have wet socks. I wanted to just let them melt on their own when it got warm later in the day. Second, I saw there were a lot of sleds and bikes parked outside that I wanted to pass. I opened up the zipper enough to look inside and saw it was crowded anyway. I said I was checking in and asked what food options there were. Thanksgiving dinner (whatever that meant) and hot dogs. I asked for a hot dog and then went about getting hot water put in my water bottle. I still had plenty of water left over in my thermos from Sheridan. I also reapplied lube to my legs and butt. Sexy I know. You are probably thinking, “I didn’t need to know that”. Remember one of the reasons for this blog is just to remind myself how things went so as to learn for future races, hence “reapplied butt lube”.

It seemed like forever to get my hot dog and I was on the edge of getting cold. It was supposed to be real windy on Union Pass which was coming up so I got another coat out and more windproof gloves and hat on as well. I ate my hotdog which was literally just the hotdog with no bun. I was expecting a bun. Either way it tasted awesome and hit the spot as nothing I had with me seemed to taste good.

I was here for about 15 minutes which was 10 minutes longer than it should’ve been. I should’ve just asked for the cold hot dog and moved along since I didn’t do anything that took longer than 5 minutes here. I started off with the extra clothes on in what I found out later was 2nd overall and first place male. I figured I was only passing maybe 3 people. Cole started out right after I did.

It’s not even a mile before the last BIG climb of the race starts. This is the Union Gap climb. It’s 1400 feet over about 4.4 miles. I say about because the vast majority of the climb is in less than 4 miles. It’s not an even climb so some parts are steeper and some seem almost flat. A third of a mile into the climb I realized I was way overdressed. There was zero wind in the trees at the bottom of the hill and the sun was heating me up as well. I ended up wasting almost 10 minutes stopping twice to change back out of everything I had just changed into at Warm Springs. Cole passed me as well so I was pissed at myself for making an error like that. This is of course where experience of the course helps a great deal. I can pretty much know what’s coming up ahead at Arrowhead from anywhere on the course and know what direction I’m going in even in the dark.

I was thinking it would take around 2 hours for this climb. With the stopping, it took almost that long. The trail started to open up here and there and the views were awesome. The wind started to pick up as well. I think partly because it was daytime and partly because there were less trees as well. I was glad I knew how long this hill was because there are lots of false summits.

Looking Northeast 3 miles up the hill. Told you it was pretty.
Panorama view. Also notice the trail is softening up quite a bit already.

I knew I was getting close to the top and I could tell the wind was really going to be an issue once I got there since it was already getting pretty strong. I stopped to get the more windproof stuff back on again. I knew I would probably be too warm with it all on but I’d also be WAY too cold without it. The trail was softening up due to the heat and it was clear there had been a fair amount of snowmobile traffic. I had to move around the trail to find better footing quite a lot.

It was also very sunny again. I put my Inuit snow goggles on but after a half mile or so I realized they were making me really tired and almost dizzy. Apparently it takes a fair amount of brain power to process everything through those small slits. I hadn’t expected this but I wasn’t necessarily surprised either. Vision always gets kind of weird when I’m tired. I got out my tinted goggles and wore them. Since it was already in the 20’s I didn’t have to worry about anything freezing. I have to say though that my tinted goggles certainly aren’t tinted enough for that kind of light. I almost had to squint even with them on.

Finally I reached the summit of Union Pass and crossed the Continental Divide for the last time of the race. The pass is fairly flat so it was kind of hard to tell where the actual top was. The wind was impossible to miss though. It was coming from behind me mostly but also from the left side of me for long stretches as well. The decent is too shallow to sled for the most part so I’d try to run at times but I was getting fatigued and it felt so much better to just power hike down.

Around the summit of Union Pass.

There are occasionally trees along the next 5 miles but they did absolutely nothing to stop the wind. You could stand right next to a thick line of trees and the wind would just come at you from every angle possible. I’m not sure what the wind speed was but had to be at least sustained at 25 with gusts of at least 40. I suggest peeing before you start this section or else just be inclined to piss all over yourself since the wind will do it for you no matter which direction you aim!

The drifts had already started and were getting bigger by the minute. In the beginning, they were mostly only 4 inches deep. What was interesting to me is how slippery they were. Back home drifts are soft while they’re being made so stepping in them is just like stepping in fresh powder – your foot goes straight down. After a while they get a hard crust on top and eventually get as hard as concrete once the cold air gets to them. These drifts were like stepping on a pile of banana peels. You had no way of knowing which way your foot would go other than the certainty that it wouldn’t go straight down. I would say 90% of my accessory muscle use during the race happened in these 5 miles. The sled also dragged across the drifts like they were made of gravel which I thought was odd. Clearly I tried to stay away from the drifts as much as possible.

About a mile into the decent when the wind was coming from the side, it was a complete white out for a half mile or so. The poles along the side of the trail were visible so I just followed them staying on the far right of the trail. The wind blew me off the trail a couple times and I’d posthole all the way down. I didn’t dare go any further onto the snowmobile trail since there was currently a parade of fast moving snowmobiles flying down the trail. They didn’t even throw any candy. This was easily the busiest section for snowmobile traffic. Probably 150 of them passed me in the section from Warm Springs to Strawberry with the vast majority at Union Pass. It was Saturday so I’m sure that was part of it. Another reason to not try to sled this section since you’re much more visible standing up.

It didn’t seem to matter how far down the mountain the trail went, the wind just kept blowing. The drifts got higher and higher. Even when the trail went along side the trees, the wind didn’t stop, it just blew around from a different direction. The mile before the trail intersected with the AA trail, was completely drifted over. They would go from over knee high on the left side to only 8 inches high on the right side so I stayed to the right. The snowmobile traffic had stopped now. It would’ve helped had they been in this section to level the drifts. I was glad that the trail would soon be turning west again into the forest so the wind would get more reasonable. Occasionally there would be a cloud that blocked the sun but not too often.

I was hot most of this time since it was above freezing and the sun was strong but I couldn’t remove the windproof stuff or I’d get way too cold and wet from the blowing snow. In fact I didn’t have one of my bag’s zippers fully closed and that compartment got completely full of snow. Completely.

Finally the turn west and into the trees. My watch had died now so I really wouldn’t know how much further until I got to the section of the trail that I had been on before. About 4 miles before the Strawberry Aid Station I saw Cole up ahead sledding down a hill. I was surprised I had caught up to him. Well, almost caught up, I lost sight of him in the trees again. I was trying to eat things but not too much was enticing. I decided I would try the beef stew at Strawberry and I’d also have to change my socks since my feet were pretty soaked with the warm weather and all the drift busting I had been doing for hours. I took a caffeine pill to help with the final push that afternoon.

Time wise I had thought it would take around 8 hours for this section. I was moving faster than that so I started doing math now that I knew more of what the rest of the course would be like. I figured I’d get to Strawberry around 1PM which was only 6 hours for the section. I was thinking I could finish the race around 7PM then for a time of 34 hours total. It can be dangerous doing math during an ultra as things can change quickly but there isn’t much else to do to pass the time.

I ended up getting to Strawberry (mile 84) just before 1PM pretty much the same time as Cole got there. I knew I had to get stuff done but I wanted to just skip the aid station at the same time. With 18 miles left to go a lot can go wrong so it’s best to take care of things early. I checked in and asked them to get some beef stew ready. Then I got my stuff from my bag to change socks, etc. I remembered this time to tell them to just warm it up and not get it hot so I could eat it right away. I ate the food while doing all my other stuff, taking a bite here and there. It was really good and I wished I could’ve ate it all (it was a huge portion compared to the rice I had last night) but I didn’t need that much. I got some pop as well. I even had some time to chat while the food was being warmed up. I found out that Cole and I were going for second place. I thought that seemed right but I wasn’t sure if that meant second place male or overall. It didn’t really matter, my plan was to go fast and see what happened. I used the bathroom to lube up again. Total time there was about 20 minutes.

Cole left 5 minutes ahead of me. They said it was windy for most of the rest of the course. In reality it wasn’t very windy for the first few miles so I was worried I was overdressed again. They kept talking about the steep hills but they never seemed to come. I checked a couple times thinking I had gone on the wrong trail but I could see other footprints and bike paths so I knew it was right. I had forgotten you go uphill for a few miles first with lots of dips along the way to get there that don’t show up on the elevation profile.

Normally I would’ve been able to sled a lot more this whole day but the sled would slow way down when I sat on it compared to it just running on it’s own. The top 2 inches of snow were soft and you could easily make snowballs if you so desired. So I didn’t ride until the big downhills.

On the elevation profile it looks like you go down 1500 feet in a straight line. It’s really more like steps with a downhill here and there. The first one was OK but not like what I had been told it would be like. I’m guessing it was the snow holding me back. I could see Cole again up ahead. I’d usually follow the path he made with his sled the best I could.

The entire time from Strawberry, you’re basically going South. This day was the day the giant snowstorm hit Colorado and would hit Wyoming that night and the next day. In the distance you could see a gigantic black cloud that went up to space hanging over Colorado. It was amazing to see. I didn’t want to take the time to get my phone out to take a picture so you don’t get to see it.

About half way down this downhill section comes the best part of this entire race. It starts around mile 90 and I had no idea it was even going to happen because there are trees here and there. It is just over a mile section of downhill that is completely sleddable without stopping. It is the most fun I’ve ever had at a race. It’s a full 5 minutes of sledding. Not only do you get to go fast in spots, but there are multiple turns and bumps that your momentum will get you over before the next downhill. If it was guaranteed that no snowmobiles would be on the trail, I really could’ve opened it up! Instead I’d have to slow down at the blind corners to make sure I didn’t run into an unseen snowmobile. I wonder how much more fun it would’ve been if not for the slower sticky snow. Looking at the tracker data, I think a couple people didn’t sled down this part. They totally missed out!

After the long downhill, there were a couple smaller downhills and a few hills that were too shallow to sled down with the current snow. I had basically caught up to Cole and a biker had just passed us as well on the last downhill. He waited at the bottom to watch how we sledded down the hill. I was surprised there was a biker still out here but I’m guessing he slept at night sometime (maybe one of them at the Green Shelter?). Another one passed me later on as well.

I felt amazing after all that fun downhill sledding. The food and caffeine seemed to be kicking in as well. I had lots of energy. I wasn’t really sure how much was left since my watch died but I was guessing about 10 miles. The trail wasn’t near as drifted over here and had a nice firm surface most of the time if you knew where to walk. I started power hiking as fast as I could to take advantage of the the great footing and energy I had. Cole seemed to be falling behind. I couldn’t see anyone ahead but I also know from past experience that if the person in front of you is having a rough time, you can catch up to them pretty easy over 10 miles. Turns out the first place woman was almost finished when I was at this point so I had no chance of catching someone. I decided I’d give it my all but still played it smart by not running since I was moving so fast just hiking and felt I could keep that up for hours. It was also almost impossible to run and not mouth breath due to the elevation and my throat was already shot. If someone would start to catch up, then I’d run.

It was windy again as we were out of the trees. It was somewhat cloudy now as the sun was getting lower in the sky so it would feel almost cold at times. I was pretty sure now that I’d finish by 7PM and I would try to beat the sunset at 6:20PM or so. Getting the headlamp out was my new enemy. I “felt” like I was going 4mph but I knew that may not be the actual case. I wouldn’t know how much further the finish was until I got to the S trail intersection that we had turned on yesterday morning. From there it was supposed to be 6 miles. Surprise, it’s a little further.

Slowly I became alone as Cole drifted behind. I didn’t let up because I really wanted to get done by sunset. I think I was moving about 17 minute miles which isn’t bad. My family was cheering me from home I found out later. This is the first race I’ve had a tracker that actually worked. I can’t imagine cheering over hours of time. One of the interesting things about winter races is how long the endings take. While I’m currently telling you about this last push, it may seem like things are happening kind of fast. In reality, it took about 3 hours to go from the bottom of that huge downhill to the finish. That’s 2 movies! And that was a pretty fast time, most took 4 hours. It’s like that for many ultramarathons, but ESPECIALLY winter ultramarathons.

It was still 3 miles to go after the last turn onto trail P that went to the Kendall Valley Lodge where the finish line was. The sun slowly went behind the hills and the shadows got longer. A mile or so from the finish a snowmobile was coming towards me with 2 people on it. The photographer from the beginning of the race was on it and got off to take photographs. It must’ve been light out enough yet for some good photos. I asked if the photos would be on the website or somewhere, assuming he was just taking photos for the race. He said he was a reporter for the New York Times. I thought he was joking. I don’t even know if the New York Times has even done an article about people doing the Iditarod on foot so it seemed pretty far fetched. He continued that he was doing an article on back country use of national forests or something like that and felt this was a good example of that. He said to just ignore the camera so I tried to do that. I had lots of questions I wanted to ask though so I probably wrecked all the photos with my mouth moving. He remembered I had the goggles at the beginning of the race. It’d be kind of cool if he ended up using one of the photos although I have no way of knowing when/if the article will come out.

As I watched the shadows start to creep up the mountain to the East, I could see the Lodge come into view over the next hill. I ran a little bit to make sure I’d beat the sunset. In Arrowhead tradition, the finish line is at the top of a hill. I heard cowbells and a couple cheering voices. I have a video of me finishing but I’m not sure I’ll be able to get it uploaded to the blog. It’s basically me hiking quickly and then leaning on my poles smiling after I cross the line. That’s when I found out I was the first place male! Wow. That’s the first time I’ve gotten first in a 100 mile or longer race, and in the mountains no less. My strategy and a little luck had ended up paying off. My official time is 33:18 (6:18PM).

Finishing a race during this current pandemic kind of sucks. There’s no other way to say it. You can’t really hug anyone. You can’t all get together with strangers in one spot to tell your race stories and thoroughly enjoy it. I really wanted to just hang around and watch the rest of the runners come in but that just wasn’t in the cards. Winter races themselves are all about solitude in general, but after the race it’s all about coming together. I really missed that. Ultrarunners are already a different breed, but winter ultrarunners are an even more unique breed. I’d say normal, but most people would say “special”, in that way only Minnesotans can. In some ways it would be hard at this race to all get together anyway since it’s not a big enough lodge for everyone to get a room to stay after the race.

I remembered to turn my tracker back in and then loaded my stuff into someone’s vehicle that was kind enough to drive me the mile back to the start line across the river where my car was. Actually, the race directors loaded it up for me. I thanked them for everything and off we went to my car. I was still awake but I knew if I didn’t get back to Pinedale soon, I’d end up sleeping in my car instead of a hotel.

The driver was asking advice on winter races as he knows some people that want to do this race. First off read blogs and race reports like this. No, I should say STUDY race reports and blogs. Then test, test, test your gear. Also, talk to someone on an actual phone about it. This will likely be a 3 hour phone call if you really want to scratch the surface. If the weather is nice, you can grunt your way through. If it’s bad weather, you could get seriously injured if you don’t know what you’re doing. I can’t stress enough that these CAN be dangerous. People lose body parts. This year wasn’t a bad weather year. I’d be surprised if anyone got frostbite despite there being quite a few rookies. Plenty of sunburn I’m sure.

I drove towards Pinedale and got cell service after a few miles so I could call home. They were all pretty excited. My kids are pretty tough to impress but this time they were. I got a hotel and a big pizza. Showered and slept till 7AM or so. I can’t remember if that was Daylight time or Standard. I forgot to mention that Sunday morning was daylight savings time so those runners overnight had that to deal with. The race was still a 48 hour time limit so the cutoff time was 10AM.

15 of the 21 runners finished the race (71%). It looks to me that there were 4 pairs of people that finished the race together. Shows how much people like to get together. Originally my friend Paul was signed up for this race and I expected we once again would’ve ended up spending a huge amount of time together but he deferred to next year. Even without him 3 of us 5 Hrimthurs from last year were at this race.

Since the snowstorm was indeed the storm of a generation, all the roads in Wyoming were closed other than the one going West to Idaho. It was still nice weather in Pinedale. The roads wouldn’t be opened until Monday afternoon at the earliest and I had to work Tuesday so I went West. Then up through Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota and finally home. I slept in the car in South Dakota somewhere. It was good to finally get home Monday noon!

The race is well run with lots of great volunteers. I’m sure the demand to get into this race will continue to increase and the finishing rate will also increase once people hear how fun that last downhill is! How can you stop at mile 70 and miss the hill at 90?

Bur Oak

This is my most favorite tree in the world.  It may look small but it’s the biggest bur oak I know of.  I’ve seen both the tallest and largest tree in the world but this is still my favorite.  It’s easily over 300 years old.  That trunk is about 3 feet wide and the span is probably around 80 feet.  For perspective on how slow northern bur oaks grow, a branch from one of my smaller bur oaks got torn off 40 feet up during a storm.  It was 11 inches wide and had 110 rings.  The trunk of that tree is about 20 inches wide.  That’s why it’s easy to see how this big tree is at least 300 years old!  There’s not a person alive that has seen this tree in their lifetime as anything other than a mature, giant tree.

How did it survive?  This was prairie when it was “born”.  You wouldn’t have seen another tree around in this photo back then other than perhaps a cottonwood on the bank of the nearby creek.  This is prairie land.  The mighty bur oak has thick bark that can withstand the fires that prevented other trees from surviving, but it takes years to develop that thick of bark.  It can survive severe drought with its deep taproot.

Perhaps the somewhat narrow steep valley that this creek cut has something to do with it.  Could it have been much wetter ground 300 years ago that prevented the fire from burning the grass around the tree?  Maybe the fire rarely went down into the valley.  This could’ve gotten it to 30 years old where it could survive the fires.

What then of the bison?  What few trees that would’ve been around were used heavily by the bison as scratching posts.  Bison herds were very destructive at first glance.  They’d eat the grass, chew up the dirt, and rub trees raw.  But, the prairie needs that!  The newly exposed dirt would bring forth wildflowers and other forbs.  The bison eating the grass is what actually adds carbon to the soil by the plants trimming some roots after grazing and making new roots.  Prairie grass roots go down deep, some over 10 feet.  That’s what actually built up the soil, not the decay of old dying plants.  Seems strange at first, but yes grazing grassland takes more carbon dioxide out of the air and puts it into the soil than just letting it grow wild does!

Quick side note just to prove the point more fully.  Only 40 miles or so from here is Jeffers Petroglyphs.  It’s an area where humans have been carving into the exposed rock for 7,000 years.  The entire surrounding area is still intact prairie because it was impossible to till the soil with the large exposed rocks.  On a tour I asked if they’ve ever dug down to find more rocks that used to be exposed.  Sure enough they had recently dug down in an area and showed it to me.  They started where the rock was exposed and followed it down its natural slant, deciding to quit about 3 feet down from the surrounding soil.  All the rock they exposed had carvings on it!  And that’s just were they decided to quit.  That’s what prairie grazed by animals does, it builds the soil by adding carbon.  That’s what makes our topsoil so black in the prairie states, the carbon from centuries of prairie grass roots.  Experiments in the last 30 years has confirmed it.

Okay, back to the bison.

Perhaps the bison preferred the small river just a mile away that has a sandier bottom to drink from, or even the large Minnesota River 2 miles downstream to bathe in.  We’ll never know.

What then of the Dakota that lived here in this tree’s early life?  They used trees for various things but maybe not the bur oak.  Either way, they let it stand.

Tornadoes, thunderstorms, and windstorms are a constant threat on the prairie for a tree that stands above the rest.  I’m guessing it was protected in this 60 feet deep valley from the full force of the storms it’s seen.

Then what about when this tree was middle aged?  When Europeans first settled the land and began to till the soil.  Lumbar was very expensive.  In fact most settlers, including my ancestors, lived in sod houses or caves before they could build a house.  Even at 140 years old, this tree had enough lumber to build a small house at the time.  Why wasn’t it cut down?

We’ll of course never know the answer.  My hope and belief is this.  That everyone that has ever seen this tree saw it in the same way that I did the first time I laid eyes on it.  They saw the beauty.  They saw the perfection.  They saw that some things are worth more than money.  They realized that this tree was more important than their current needs.  Perhaps they even thought they’d like their great, great, great grandchildren to be able to have a picnic under it.

I’m so thankful!

Thankful for everything that others have done for me, both in my lifetime and before I was born.  From people who know me, and from strangers alike.

Even those who had no idea that a decision they made would make me smile every time I run past this tree.

IMG_20200525_090313
I know it may look small from a distance, but it’s even bigger than the barn that is 100 feet closer to where I was standing.

Actif Epica 166K (104mile) – 2020 Race Report

Actif Epica is the 3rd and final race in the Order of the Hrimthurs series and takes place in Manitoba.  This years race took place on Feb 14-16th.  Good thing my wife and I don’t celebrate Valentine’s Day or I might’ve been in trouble.  The race course had a major change this year in that it is now an out and back for all distances, meaning we start and finish in Winnipeg.  The course was changed yet again just 2 days before the race with the addition of 4 miles due to some construction.

After finishing Arrowhead 135 just 16 days before the start of this race, I initially wasn’t sure what distance I would do.  You can do the shorter 72 mile distance and still be admitted to the Order of the Hrimthurs since that is the original distance when they started the series.  I had signed up for the 100 mile distance initially so my plan was to just see how I recovered from Arrowhead and decide the week before the race if I’d drop down or not.  In the end I felt good enough to go for the longer distance.  I knew it would bother me later in life seeing that asterisk next to my race results saying I did the shorter distance.  In reality there will probably be some other kind of asterisk next to it since the course was changed this year and then changed again to be 4 miles longer.  I knew that at some point during the race I would be mad for doing the longer distance but at least I knew that going into it.

My training for this race consisted of relaxing, LOTS of stretching, making a packing list, and worrying about if I could fit everything into a backpack.  Yep, I forgot to  mention that this race is almost entirely on roads, sidewalks, paths with no snow.  Therefore you need to carry everything on your back somehow.  I don’t have a nice large running pack so I just used my 35L Atmos hiking backpack.  It’s heavier and not nice to run in but I knew I really wouldn’t be running much anyway having just done 2 races before this.  On fresh legs though this would be a fast race if you could pack light.

The gear requirements aren’t horrible but in reality you still need to bring what’s needed for the race.  This year was going to be windy and cold.  Much colder than the last 2 races this season.  So I needed to bring a lot of clothes and gear to make sure I’d make it to the end while moving slow and not making much heat.  I basically brought everything to Canada including a sled in my car and decided to make final decisions there as to what I’d carry.

Mandatory gear chart 2020 – Sheet1

Like I said earlier, the course had a couple changes just 2 days before the race.  I had already made all my distance sheets and time estimates, etc so now they weren’t accurate anymore.  I didn’t have time to make new ones so I just had to add about 90 minutes of time to what I was planning.  I still didn’t know the final cutoff time for the race at that point but knew it was in the morning.  Finally Thursday at 6AM they published the cue sheets which have the written directions of the course and the cutoff times.  I had the GPS track the day before but you need both for the race.  I quick printed them off, laminated them, and put them on a carabiner so I’d have quick access to them during the race.

AE2020 CP Cut-Off Times – Sheet1

The finish line cutoff was 9AM Sunday!  That’s only 37 hours for a 104 mile winter ultra.  While that might seem like a lot, especially for a flat course, in the winter it’s not.  Oh, and more importantly, this race starts at 8PM so you’ll for sure want to sleep during the race but due to the short time cutoff you won’t be able to.  Plan on staying up for 50 hours without sleep if you want to do this race.  No, that’s not hyperbole.  This race really seems to be geared toward bikers (it likely is a great race for bikers) who start the next morning.

I drove up Thursday night to Winnipeg.  It’s always interesting explaining to people what a winter ultramarathon is.  It wasn’t any easier to explain to the border agent getting into Canada.  I assured him I wasn’t bringing any weapons into Canada which really seems to be the only thing they care about going into Canada.  I stopped by a bar along the race course that I was planning on stopping at the first night to get water since there wasn’t supposed to be any water for the first 33 miles of the race.  I of course had to get some poutine.IMG_20200213_202055

I made it to my Airbnb which was super cheap due to the exchange rate.  Basically everything was 25% off in Canada during my stay due to the strong dollar.  I brought everything in, called home, and went to bed with the goal of sleeping for as long as possible.

The next morning I woke up about 7:30AM.  I wanted to drive some of the course to make sure it was as I thought it’d be.  The wind was about 35mph so snow was blowing everywhere.  It was below zero but was supposed to warm up during the day with the South wind.  I drove past kids getting on to a bus at 8:30AM which seemed weird.  Weirder still was all the concrete being poured at construction sites.  They must use some very hot water to keep that stuff from freezing.  Let’s just say that winter is definitely not the season to go and visit Winnipeg.  I’m assuming the summer is much nicer.

The course was indeed just gravel and dirt roads.  It was white out conditions so it was kind of hard to drive the course.  I took a photo to show how little I could see.  When I looked at the photo, I could see the road really well.  That was weird.  I put on my polarized sunglasses to see if that was the difference.  Nope, still couldn’t see the road.  Somehow the camera on my phone got rid of all the whiteoutness (yep made that word up).  I then started to drive while just looking at my phone.  It was so easy to see the road but felt so weird to be just looking at this small screen.  I had never heard of this effect before but I’m glad I know it now.IMG_20200214_093508

IMG_20200214_093649
In real life I could only see a generalized darker area that I knew was the road and not the ditch.  It looks much easier with the phone.

What’s weird is I never saw any drifts anywhere.  Even in the very few areas with trees, I didn’t see huge 10 foot drifts like I would at home with this kind of constant wind.  My only guess is that the trees don’t slow the wind down enough for it to drop snow into drifts.  I certainly now knew that pulling a sled was out of the question.

For people unfamiliar with the Red River Valley, which is what the entire course goes near and crosses several times, I’ll give you some geology.  It’s flat!  Like way flatter than most anyplace.  The Utah salt flats are the only thing I can think of that are flatter and that’s not by much.  It’s flat because the entire area was the bottom of glacier Lake Agassiz.  Here is a great website to explain it a little bit: https://mrbdc.mnsu.edu/minnesota-river-valley-formation .https://mrbdc.mnsu.edu/sites/mrbdc.mnsu.edu/files/public/mnbasin/fact_sheets/graphics/glaciers/lake_agassiz.gif

As you can see, it was gargantuan in size.  It burst it’s banks on the Southern most point and created the River Warren in about 2 weeks times.  We’re talking over a mile wide and about 600 feet deep river.  The Minnesota River runs in the same valley now but is minuscule in size competitively.  Anyway, if you’ve ever driven through any of that area of MN or Canada where the lake was, you know how flat it is.

When the Red River floods, it spreads out a large distance due to this flatness.  Every town is either protected by a dike system or the houses are built up on man made hills.

IMG_20200214_094410
House built on man made hill.

IMG_20200214_093022
Man made flood-way that goes around Winnipeg.  The locals told us about it’s history during the race.  Oh and this bridge had chunks of concrete missing all along both sides, no they weren’t for drainage.

Here are some more photos I took of the course on Friday morning.

IMG_20200214_092209
Fraser Rd which had the first aid station on it.

IMG_20200214_092416
The flood way dike.  Looking South with the city of Winnipeg behind me.

I got back to where I was staying and started to really pack my backpack with what I thought I’d need based on the weather forecast.  Basically it would get to about -18F the second night and be really windy and cold on Saturday.  The first night would be pleasant.  So I’d need lots of clothes at the end of the race but not much to start with.

Gear check started at 3PM so I got there first thing to pick up my bib and check in.  Gear check was pretty laid back which was nice.  While this is still a winter ultra, the entire course had cell phone coverage, lots of aid stations, and while you can get lost on a road, you’re still on a road which means civilization is always near by.  This all makes this race much safer than any other winter ultra, hence the limited gear requirements.  Gear check is under the CN Stage at The Forks which is where the Red and Assiniboine Rivers meet.  It looks like a big dressing room with a wall of mirrors and lights for putting on makeup.  This is also the Start and Finish line of the race.  We got a toque for some swag and I also won a pair of running sunglasses in the raffle.  I need a pair so I hope they work great.

Screenshot_2020-02-23 Tweets with replies by Actif Epica ( ActifEpica) Twitter(3)
Gear check.

The required pre-race meeting started at 6:15ish PM at the Forks.  Not being a local, I had a hard time figuring out where to park with the passes and where the meeting was.  I didn’t get towed so I must’ve been in the right spot.  It was basically the open lot parking lot across the street from the Human Rights Museum.  The meeting is in the building that says Forks Marketplace on it and on the second floor.  If you are in the building with lots of little food places, you are in the right place.  It was a pretty short meeting.  We found out we had to go together for the first 1km for safety and then we could start racing.  Ha!  Like us runners would take off like that.  Certainly that was geared towards the bikers.  Similarly, there was a spot over a mile from the end of the race that was the “finish line”, meaning whatever place you were in at that point you had to maintain until the end of the race.  Again, I’m sure it was geared more towards the bikers not going crazy trying to pass each other on crowded narrow trails through town.  In the end it didn’t matter for us runners but it did seem weird to finish a race almost 20 minutes after you passed the “finish line”.  The turn around location for us 104 mile runners was a stuffed animal tied to a pole along a river and we’d have to take something from there to prove we were there.  It ended up being a kit kat bar.

After the meeting I talked with fellow Hrimthur runners about the “fun” that was about to begin.  I had by far the biggest pack.  Some volunteer made the often heard comment “You pack your insecurities”.  Well considering in 3 of my 6 winter ultras up to this point, I had on everything that I packed at some point in the race, he was wrong.  I knew I’d need almost everything I had.  Plus we weren’t really sure if we were allowed to wear your emergency clothes during the race.  Some people’s emergency clothes were a joke in my opinion and would do little to keep you warm.  Basically they just had another shirt and tights.  I went back to my car to get a little food and make one more pack adjustment to get the center of gravity much lower.  My pack weighed almost 21 pounds at the start.  With a lighter backpack and warmer year, it could be 5 pounds lighter at least.

Before I knew it, it was almost race time and I had to hurry to the stage for the race start.  The start was like many ultras in that it was just heading out the door and saying “go”.

There were 8 of us that started.  We were all talking about where we were from and who was going for Hrimthurs.  Paul and I had spent 13 hours talking at the end of Arrowhead so we knew each other pretty well already.  A couple others I knew just of their name.  We got across the busy road at the 1km spot and we were off.  Not.  We just kept going together for probably a good 4 miles before anyone took off.  We ran a bit here and there but it really sucked with a 20 pound pack on tired legs.  We walked over 4 miles an hour which was plenty fast.  I would’ve preferred going a touch slower but I wanted to stay with the group since there are a lot of turns in the 14 miles or so of town.

I’ll just say here that you should plan on taking a wrong turn somewhere during the race.  Even the local Winnipeg guys took the wrong turn a couple times.  The ideal would be what Patty had which was an app that just told you where to turn from her phone in her pocket.  That way you didn’t have to dig stuff out all the time to see where you were and read where to turn.  It gets hard to read small font in the dark when you haven’t slept for over 40 hours as well on the second night.  I only got lost a couple times and none were horrible.  One guy ended up quitting after a wrong turn because he couldn’t handle it mentally from what I heard.  That sucks.  Going 70 miles and then quitting.  I understand it though, I was pissed before the race about the extra 4 miles, it would be tough adding a couple more on your own mistake.  Being an out and back helped some too as things would often look familiar.  The problem was when it DIDN’T look familiar, then I’d worry I made a wrong turn.

Anyway, a bit later, 2 more people took off leaving the 5 of us going together.  We’d often pair up and have conversations.  Then switch positions and talk to someone else.  I was surprised how few people we saw out and about since it was Valentine’s Day and they do celebrate that in Canada.  Perhaps they don’t like to take walks in the winter.  I never saw a single person walking on any of the sidewalks or paths through town.  Not even to walk a dog.  There were  a few people when we went past the U of M campus.  I guess it was pretty late at night though.

We got to the bar at mile 14 but I had water so I kept on going.  Plus we were told at the meeting that there would likely be water at the first aid station but it wasn’t guaranteed.  Soon after is where you get out of town and the trees.  Now the full wind could be felt although it was very little by this point at night.  Still very pleasant and I still had on light gloves and no wind protection layers on.

Screenshot_2020-02-23 Tweets with replies by Actif Epica ( ActifEpica) Twitter(2)
Probably my favorite picture of the race.  The 5 of us at some point still in the “town” section.  I’m in the back with the triangle reflector.

Because of the course change, the way to the first aid station was turned into an out and back spur.  So we were doing an out and back spur on an out and back race.  Things often felt so pointless.  Whoever made the Crow Wing Trail (which is what we were basically following) didn’t like to take the shortest path to anything!  Here is a general overview map to get an idea of what I mean.course

We actually took a different path to Crystal Spring from Niverville but came back on the path you see.  The point is you can see many roads that would cut a great distance off if your goal was simply to get from The Forks to Crystal Spring.  You can find the actual GPS track on the Actif Epica website.

The first aid station was almost 19 miles into the race and called Fraser Rd.  There was a porta-potty, fire, and shed that had some snacks and some Coke.  I had a can and I think some chips.  I loaded up with some more water and put on my semi-wind proof jacket on.  I think I got warmer gloves as well.  We would now be going into the wind for the next 14 miles to the St. Adolphe curling club.  Canada seems to have curling clubs like we have bowling alleys.

We got there at 1AM and left 10 minutes later.  We went back the way we came due to the construction and made the turn South on the bridge across the flood-way.  The couple guys that were ahead of us before, all of a sudden came up behind us after the bridge across the flood-way.  They had not taken the turn and probably added a mile or more to their race.  Now we were 7 strong again for a time.

The road sections weren’t bad.  We could kind of turn our brains off as you basically would go for miles before a turn and then miles until the next turn.  My shoulders didn’t hurt as much anymore.  They hurt like crazy for the first 6 hours but then just got used to it I guess.  I normally thermoregulate by running when cold and walking when getting hot.  With the backpack though, that wasn’t much of an option.  It just hurt too much on my feet and back to run.

We got to the curling club at 5:23AM  Everyone but the leader was still there when Chad and I got there.  I checked on my feet and added some more Vaseline since I could feel a couple hot spots starting.  I also ate a cheeseburger a volunteer had and reloaded my water.  I didn’t need much as the next aid station was only 7 miles away.  I spent 30 minutes here which is about what I expected.  Chad, Patty, Simone, and I left together at 5:53AM.Screenshot_2020-02-23 Tweets with replies by Actif Epica ( ActifEpica) Twitter(1)

I’ll say here that the volunteers at this race were excellent.  Most went far above and beyond what was needed.  I’ll be so bold as to say you probably could’ve gotten one of them to wipe your butt if need be.  Gross I know, but I think it gets my point across.  I think it was either at St. Adolphe or for sure by Niverville that I first experienced a volunteer coming up to me to take off my pack.  The first time seemed kind of weird, like why are you invading my space to help me do something I can handle myself.  That changed real fast though.  By Crystal Springs, I couldn’t wait for a volunteer to undress me.  In my head I was like “Oh yeah, take it off.”  At least I hope I never said that out loud.  It felt so good to get that pack off the second you walk into an aid station and not have to fumble with it yourself!

The road South to Niverville seemed to take forever but we got there in 2 hours.  The sun came up during this time.  I was still tired even with the sun so I took my first 100mg of caffeine.  I hadn’t had any caffeine since Arrowhead and I slept as much as possible in the weeks leading up to the race to help my chances of staying awake for the entire race.  While initially I had planned on sleeping a little bit as some point, it was clear that there wasn’t going to be any time to sleep once they added the 4 miles and didn’t add any time for it.

The aid station was the Niverville Hockey Arena.  They had the best perogies I’ve ever had at this aid station.  They topped them with sour cream, cheese, and bacon.  I think I had 8 of them.  I was here 25 minutes.  It would’ve been shorter if not for the awesome food.

We left at 8:23AM and it was now getting windy.  The temperature was already dropping but it would continue to drop throughout the day with a strong mostly West wind.  We had gone 40 miles and had about 9.5 miles to Crystal Springs.  While it was nice to have the sun out, the wind sucked.  I put on my wind jacket and more wind proof gloves.  We still banded together for the most part but we talked less now.  It was hard to hear with the wind anyway.  We tried to help a volunteer get his van out of snowdrift on one of the roads but he was really stuck.

This is where you start going on actual dirt roads.  I’m talking heavy black field road dirt.  I was all of a sudden very glad it was cold.  This stuff would stick to your shoes like crazy if it was near freezing with the sunshine.  There were miles of it.  The first couple bikers passed us in this section.  With a tail wind in spots they were probably going over 20mph at times.  The last section going West into the wind by Crystal Springs was tough.  My hood was making vibrating sounds it was so fast.  I’m guessing around 25mph based on the snow starting to blow and having to lean into the wind just to walk.  Finally I had to run the last mile or so into the aid station to warm up a bit and left them behind.

Or so I thought.  Chad was sitting in a chair when I got there.  I guess he got in a vehicle and quit a couple miles back.  I thought he was right behind me the whole time.  I only spent a couple minutes here.  I was going to do the out and back to the turn around point quick and then spend more time when I got back.  I took off alone.  About the time I was leaving the complex, the first place runner was coming back.

The out and back was almost 6.5 miles long along a river.  It wasn’t as fast as the road of course but it wasn’t too bad.  I got lost once while getting to the river but it wasn’t too far.  I saw the other 2 runners still ahead of me when they were going back.  It was easily the prettiest portion of the race.  I got my kit kat bar and turned around.  Now the main pack of bikers were coming slowly.  The snow was slowing them down significantly.

IMG_20200215_120749
Views of the river.

IMG_20200215_120745

I returned to the Crystal Springs aid station at 1:30PM, just over 2 hours after I left.  I took some time here to eat, pop my heel blisters that formed from all this walking, change socks, charge my watch and headlamp, and get water.  All in 30 minutes with the help of the awesome volunteers.  In fact I was catching up to the runners in front of me, not because I moved faster but because I didn’t spend as much time at the aid stations.

If I thought the wind was bad before, it was worse now.  Full on straight into the wind for long sections.  The temperature was also dropping.  It was probably around 10 degrees at most.  With the windchill it was probably -20F.  I wished I had put my wind pants on and almost turned back to put them on.  I didn’t though and just kept on going.  I put on my face protection bands I made this year and they worked well.  I basically just kept my head down and looked up every once and a while to make sure I hadn’t somehow missed a turn.  They always took much longer to get to than I wanted.

Screenshot_2020-02-23 Actif Epica ( ActifEpica) Twitter
This isn’t me but it shows what it was like Saturday afternoon. Strong NW wind.

There is this weird area on the way back to Niverville (remember we go a different way) that has the road take these 90 degree turns and then a random slight turn onto an unused field road or old trail.  The 2 guys in front of me missed the turn.  I tried to get their attention by yelling and using my whistle but they couldn’t hear me since I was yelling into the wind and they were  a ways ahead of me.  Eventually they figured it out and started coming back.  Just like that I was somehow in 3rd place.

This angled trail section was almost 2 miles of post holing straight into the wind.  Every once and awhile the drift would be hard enough to walk on for a step or 2.  Just enough to somehow make it worse than just post holing the entire way.  I tried to just think to myself “light as a feather” as if that would somehow not make me sink.  I pretended it worked.

Finally we got to some trees and then went with the wind into Niverville.  This was again a long boring road.  There was one place that had a bunch of corn spilled from harvest time.  In the months since, not a single animal had bothered to eat it.  Apparently no deer, birds, mice, etc live in the area.  Once in town the rest of the race would be on roads I’ve already traveled.

I got to the aid station just as it was getting dark at 6PM.  While I would’ve loved to sleep here, there was no time.  I spent 45 minutes getting a bunch of stuff done.  I basically was getting ready to go the entire 36 miles straight through if need be without stopping.  I ate a bunch more perogies, added layers of clothes, got my headlamp out, charged my watch, changed my socks one more time, and did a lot of math about my chances of finishing the race in time.  There was little room for error.  14 hours seems like a long time to go 35 miles.  When you’ve already gone about 70 miles and haven’t slept for 36 hours already, it’s not.  There was a real likelihood my speed would drop below 3mph.  Nothing to do but try.  I left with Paul.  We would essentially do a repeat of Arrowhead and finish the last 13 hours together keeping each other awake.  I’ll quickly add that I was happy I brought all the clothes I did.  I know Paul had to lend someone some mittens since they hadn’t brought any.  It was getting much colder now but the wind was subsiding at the same time.

We were going pretty slow it seemed to get to St. Adolphe.  We got lost trying to find the dike we were supposed to take to the curling club.  It was so frustrating.  We saw the runner in front of us on a dike that ended up being the wrong one.  He was long gone by the time we realized it was the wrong one, he ended up quitting.  We could see the curling club in the distance but couldn’t find the right path.  The GPS made it seem like we were right there.  Finally we figured it out after going through some deep snow and got to the aid station at 9:20PM.  Paul and I didn’t need anything but water as it had only been 7 miles.  There was some confusion I think as to who we were, likely because they were expecting the lost guy instead of us.  We were only here 5 minutes.

Screenshot_2020-02-23 Tweets with replies by Actif Epica ( ActifEpica) Twitter
Me in blue jacket getting water.

This section into town was cold and boring.  I took more caffeine and it was working.  While I was tired, I wasn’t swerving all over the place or hallucinating.  Paul was worse off so we tried to keep talking.  I think after these 2 races we could do well in a gameshow where you have to know stuff about the other person.  While it wasn’t all that windy, it was definitely colder so any wind felt bad. I was close to having to put on my emergency clothes but we didn’t know if we’d get disqualified so I really didn’t want to.  There were race cars (cars involved with the race) almost constantly now passing us or meeting us at most turns.  I asked one of them what the temperature was and he said whatever being the equivalent of -18F degrees which was already colder than they had forecast he said.  The coldest the windchill got was probably around -35F since it doesn’t take much wind at all to get to that.  Running into a slight breeze will get you there easy.  It was about 1AM.  The wind had slightly shifted to the Southwest now.  It was in our face but I was hoping that meant a warmer air mass was moving in and it would not get any colder.  I ended up being right.

It was easier to stay awake in town due to all the turns and distractions.  With all the trees now, it also felt warmer.  We no longer were worried about having to put on our emergency layer.  The women passed us just in town.  They were definitely moving faster than us.  More bikers were finally passing us as well.  I thought they would’ve passed us hours ago.  We got to the U of M aid station at 3:37AM.  Just over 10 miles left in the race.  We didn’t have much to do here.  I wanted some new warm water and changed out my wet face coverings for my last fresh one.  We also went to the bathroom which was of course down a hall and stairs.  Ugh, stairs suck!  We hit the bathroom stalls and almost simultaneously said we could fall asleep on the toilet in a second.  It was so comfy and quiet.  We stayed awake and left the aid station after getting our packs on one last time at 3:58AM.  5 hours to go 10 miles.  The women were still drying off some clothes so we ended up leaving before them.

The next 8 miles seemed to go fairly quickly in my head.  We were doing well not to get lost.  There was a race car seemingly at every turn.  He’d almost always ask our numbers, as if he couldn’t tell we were the same 2 people he talked to 5 minutes ago.  It was like we had our own personal stalker.  I’m sure it was to make sure we didn’t cut the course or something but it was kind of funny.  He was seriously at every turn for about 4 miles.   Finally we got to the trail along the river section.  The bike tire tracks made it pretty easy to tell where to go from now on.

We kind of felt like running, I think mostly just to get the race done with.  We ran probably over a mile.  Now I was nice and warm the rest of the race even though it was still -15F.  We got to the “finish line” area where we weren’t supposed to pass anyone anymore.  I think it was still almost 2 miles to the actual end of the race though.  We started seeing more race volunteers as we go to the busy road, bridge and Forks complex.  There was either 1 or 2 other races going on as we got closer to the Forks.  I think it was a half marathon and maybe a 10k.  Runners were constantly coming at us from the other direction.  Everything seemed different to me than it was 35 hours ago when we left this area.  Eventually we could see the CN stage and made our way into the true finish line / dressing room.

We finished at 7:32AM Sunday so 35:32 for the race.  We were third.  The trophies for us last 4 runners were waiting on the table along with a couple people.  It was awesome to get our pack off one last time!  We got our pictures taken and waited for Patty and Simone to finish a few minutes later.

IMG_20200216_074059
The bigger trophy is the Order of the Hrimthurs.  I also got a buckle.

We talked for a bit while trying to stay awake.  Simone still didn’t seem to understand what the Order of the Hrimthurs was that she just got.  I think it was mostly just a language barrier thing but we found it kind of humorous since at the beginning of the race she made it seem like she had no idea about it.  Like it was the first time she had ever heard about it, and perhaps it was.

We headed over to the Marketplace to eat some breakfast.  I just ordered a bunch to use up my Canadian money.  It was good but I couldn’t finish it all.IMG_20200216_083329

I took a shower at Paul’s hotel and then took off for home.  I always bring an inflatable mattress and blankets along.  So I sleep in the car until I wake up, usually about an hour.  Then drive until I’m tired, and go back to sleep again.  I slept twice before I got to the border.  There was a long line of cars.  I somehow picked the slowest line.  Once I finally got to the agent, I found out why.  He was super chatty.  He wanted to know way more details than necessary to find out what I was doing in Canada.  Like how long I’ve been doing winter ultras, how we ate, how we slept (we don’t), what we wore.  I don’t even think he asked me a single question about if I was bringing anything into the country.  Finally I got back into the USA.  It was supposed to snow overnight so I continued my sleep/drive cycle until I got home around 1AM.  It ended up not snowing until noon but we got 10 inches so I was glad I got home.

Looking back I’m very glad I did the longer distance.  I was indeed cursing myself several times during the race about that decision.  Mostly when I realized how close to the cutoff I’d be, and also when my flexor tendon hurt so bad I essentially couldn’t run the last 35 miles.  I hope they change the start or cutoff time some for the long distance run.  I didn’t get to sleep until about 51 hours and that’s crazy long.  On the plus side, my plan of getting lots of sleep and not having any caffeine before the race seemed to work.  I don’t think I have any desire to do this race again anytime soon.  It would be a great starter race for a bike though I think.

Here is a great video of the race with us 104 mile runners.  I couldn’t embed the video so you might have to watch it on Facebook itself, sorry but it’s worth it.

https://www.facebook.com/plugins/video.php?href=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.facebook.com%2Fjcholowka%2Fvideos%2F10162975495590484%2F&show_text=0&width=560

I put screws in my shoes to help with the icy roads and sidewalks.  They were pretty worn down by the finish.  Enough that they didn’t do that well on pure ice anymore.IMG_20200217_172549IMG_20200217_172534

In the 3 races combined I covered 400 race miles in 7 weeks.  That’s plenty!  Not many people have finished the Order of the Hrimthurs on foot.  I think 11 different individuals have finished in the past seasons total.  I’m pretty sure 5 of us over the different distances finished it this season.  I’m actually feeling pretty good already other than my shoulders.  Now it’s time to loose weight again for the rest of the season.

The end.

Barkley Fall Classic – 2019 Race Report

Well I went back to Tennessee to once again torture my body in September.  Mostly I wanted to have a better performance than I did last year, or at least not almost pass out from the heat.  For a refresher of last year, you can go here where I talk much more about the race than I plan on in this report.

The main thing different I did this year was to make sure I was heat trained.  I spent 10 days out of the 14 before the race taking hot baths to get my core temp up after whatever training run I did that day.  I just sat in my bath tub and got my core temp up to at least 101.3 for 40 minutes or so.  That’s right CORE temp.  That’s the only way to get an accurate reading and it’s much safer as well so you don’t overdue it.  Oral temps aren’t accurate for heat training and every research paper on heat training or heat stroke confirms that.  Just make sure to mark that thermometer so no one ever puts it in their mouth by accident!  Really it wasn’t too bad at all.  The first few sessions sucked pretty bad.  By the end I didn’t ever feel light headed or anything anymore.  I would watch episodes of Mysteries of the Abandoned since no one else in my house likes those.  I learned a few interesting things but mostly it just passed the time.

I didn’t get near enough hill training in again.  Mostly I was concentrating on getting back to full mileage after Rhonda but I did get a few hilly runs in at least.  I lost some weight as well to help with the hills.

Once again I flew out to the race.  I stayed at my friend Clark’s house about an hour away from Frozen Head State Park where the race is held.  The time zone at his house is different than the race time but I kept reminding myself that I’d just need to adjust accordingly.  It was a great place.  Nice and quiet with good conversations.  Him and his wife even fed me a few times!

I got in later Thursday night and the packet pick up started at noon on Friday.  I left at 10am to get there with the time change right at noon.  This is really the only race I know of that I try to get to packet pickup early.  That’s because it’s the first time you find out what the course is going to be.  Laz changes it every year although there are only so many places the course could go.  He had hinted it would be longer with more elevation this year and it definitely was.  The swag bag was similar to last year.  The shirt was white this year and much more usable.  I don’t know why anyone likes to wear black shirts while running in the summer but that’s what we got last year.

Clark came along for the pickup to show me way there and back.  We went back to his house and I started studying the map.  I figured it was about 35.9 miles long and just under 12,000 feet elevation gain.  That’s about 2 miles longer and around 1,000 feet more elevation gain than last year.  I was guessing it would take around an hour longer due to that but I subtracted some time since I wasn’t expecting to be hit by the heat so much this year.  After looking at each section and figuring out how long each would take me, I concluded on a finish time of 11:50 and was fine with that.  The course this year was basically impossible to get lost on unless you weren’t paying attention since it was all on maintained trails or under power lines.  There were even signs where the trail split which was nice but unnecessary if you can read a map and pay attention.

The rest of the day was spent going 4 wheeling, carbo loading, and hanging out.  I got everything set up for the race after supper and went to bed around 8:30pm to get some good sleep before the early rise and long day ahead.  I wanted to get to the parking lot around 6am like last year so I planned on leaving at 5am.  I set my alarm accordingly for 4:20am.  Did you catch it?  The time zone change I had been reminding myself about the last 36 hours?  I didn’t!

As is usual for me, I woke up early.  It was 3:30am and so I went to the bathroom hoping I could fall asleep again after I was done.  While siting on the toilet in the dark, it dawned on me that in fact it was now 4:35am RACE TIME!  A slight panic set in but quickly subsided since I was really only 10 minutes behind and very thankful that I woke up early.

I quickly went through my checklist of stuff to get done before leaving.  Checklists are very useful when sleepy or in a hurry!  I left about 10 minutes later than expected.  I drove through the dark night which had a surprising amount of traffic for 4am local time on a Saturday.  Along the way was a church with a big lit up billboard.  It said “Preparath to meet thy God.”  Seemed spot on for something to see while going to this race.  With the time zone change I arrived at 6am and set about using the porta potties (much nicer than last year), leaving my drop bag, and finalizing everything.

I heard several groups of people talking about actually trying to finish this year.  The words were sometimes different but that was the basic premise of the conversations.  That kind of stuff irks me.  Why even sign up for a race if you’re not going to try, let alone continue to sign up for the same race?  I also know people who every year get caught by the sweeps before the first aid station.  It’s of course normal for some to get hurt, sick, etc and get caught before the first station but I’m talking about the same people each year.  They have zero chance of finishing and they know it.  Yet, they continue to take a spot from someone else to get even their first attempt.  I won’t get into specifics but I remember most of their names and their results and I’m not saying all this to embarrass anyone.  I’m saying it to anyone reading this who is thinking of signing up for this race.  Think about if you are ready to have a fighting chance of finishing the full distance.  Think about others wanting a chance to see if they can complete this difficult race.  Ask yourself, if you’d like it for someone else to get in instead of you and then not train or even try hard to finish.

Some people get all touchy about this like I’m being a jerk complaining about it but I don’t care.  This is a very difficult course and deserves the respect of that fact.  Plus there are literally hundreds of people on the waitlist that are training just in case they get that email a week before the race saying they finally got in.  If you’re just signing up to say you were there, that’s not the right reason.  I put pretty much the same post on the race Facebook page and laughed for the next hour at all the responses I knew I’d get.  I always like the “life’s not fair so deal with it” response people like to give.  No SH&T!  That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t attempt to be courteous and thoughtful in the decisions you make in life.  There are plenty of other 50k races you can sign up for and half-ass train for and then just blow off that don’t have waitlists.  This race is special, act accordingly.

With that said, there will always be lots of people who don’t complete the full course.  Some don’t even finish the shorter “marathon” course.  If they trained hard and gave it their all, I’m happy for them and they deserve to be there.  Of those that fail and are lucky enough to get in again, the vast majority will try even harder the next year since they know what’s coming.  That’s awesome!  But those that I spoke of earlier, that keep just showing up for the shirt, and to say they were there, and make up some stupid stories about how “epic” it was, I guess I’ll just call them classless.

So what do I think is a good test of whether you should sign up or not?  If you want a reasonable expectation of finishing the full course in the time allotted, you should have finished a hilly (over 8,000 feet of gain) 50 mile race in 12 hours or less.  That’s how this course “runs”.  That’s not to say you can’t finish the full course with worse results than that in your racing history.  Let’s just say I’d be surprised if you didn’t finish if you have that history.  There are people that have finished 100 mile races that still don’t complete this race, I suspect mostly because of the time limit.

Anyway, it was time to line up for the 7am start of the race.  I lined up around a third of the way from the front since that’s about where I was expecting to finish.  I also planned on going up Bird Mt. a bit slower this year so as to save some for the end of the race.

We had to have a flashlight along for the entire race this year but they didn’t check for them until the decision point like last year.  Since we had to have them along, a lot of people wore their headlamps at the beginning of the race which made the first 2 miles much easier since it is still dark then.

They had a big sign and a bucket around a mile along the course telling people to put their GPS watches in if they had them.  They are against the rules.  Of course a mile later the backpack on the woman in front of me made the distinctive Garmin beep sequence.  Whatever, people always feel the need to cheat I guess.  Really I can’t even imagine a GPS watch on your wrist is all that accurate on this course, let alone in your backpack.

I made it to the top in 45 minutes, the same as last year.  There was a big log that people seemed to have a hard time going around part way up so there was a big bottleneck there.  It wasn’t hard by the way.

I tried not to bomb down the other side like last year.  I still had to pass a group of 15 or so people but once I caught up to the next group of people, I just stayed with them.  They were going fast enough and it kept me from going crazy.  It seemed to take forever to get down the hill this year.  There are 3 climbs before the first aid station but they didn’t seem as bad this year as I knew what was coming.

My heel was hurting already on my right foot.  I kept checking for a rock or something but couldn’t find anything.  I didn’t tape my feet since I was expecting to get wet in the tunnel again.  In hind sight I probably should’ve just taped them since the tunnel was mostly dry.  After a couple hours it didn’t really hurt anymore, so I just figured it was a rock.  I did have a small heel blister when I finished the race so I was surprised it didn’t hurt the entire race.

I got to the first aid station which was the same location as last year at 9:15am.  Right on schedule.  7.4 miles in and I still had some water left, but that was my plan for this race.  I was NOT going to run out of water this year, even if that meant carrying extra.  It was still cool and there was even a breeze for most of the morning.  This was the first bib punch.  It was clear that it was going to spell IM A WINNER when completed.  The next section was a short 3.7 miles back down a gravel jeep road to the ranger station.IMG_20190923_200753

FB_IMG_1569447960819
Nice easy road down.  Photo Credit: Larry Kelley

i-vXRFrhp-X2Again I just took it nice and easy down the hill.  Nature was calling so I took a quick pit stop in the campground bathroom.  It was nice to be able to wash my hands and face.  I planned on getting to the 2nd aid station at 10am but got there a few minutes early.  Over 11 miles of the race in only 3 hours.  I of course knew this was all the “easy” part of the course so I didn’t get excited.  The next section is the Chimney Top Trail.  We did this after the decision point last year and I was super slow on it.  I was looking forward to power hiking this section like a boss.  It’s over 6 miles so I filled up completely with water again and ate some food.  This is also one of the only places on the course that they had a timing mat.

20190921_095535
Leaving Aid Station #2. Photo Credit: Mary Bogart

This section was SOOOO much easier this year since it was so much earlier in the race.  I was of course not near as tired and I also wasn’t overheated like last year.  I power hiked the entire way up the first 2 big hills passing a few people as I went along.  This trail never really has a final peak as you kind of go up and down a ridge.  The last peak ridge is fairly steep in areas so I slowed down quite a bit there but once that’s over, it’s basically flat or downhill.  There is one spot I had to slow down to confirm I was still on the correct trail since there are several paths going around the rock formations that aren’t the trail.  Just look for the painted trees and stay on the correct color, every trail has a different color.  I’ll leave it up to you to figure out what trails are what color.

FB_IMG_1569448405513
Just starting to come off Chimney Top.  Photo Credit: Larry Kelley

I’ll add here that cramping seemed to be a major thing affecting what seemed like most runners.  I saw people having issues at every stage of the race, some even on the first hill.  I didn’t have any problems with cramping at all.  I’m not sure if I’m lucky or if I’ve just done this long enough.  I cramped occasionally the first 2 years of running and then it just stopped.  I think it may just be that once you get adapted to ultra distances, you’re muscles are able to handle things much better.  Kind of the same thing as not getting a side ache while running after a big meal anymore.

After the sharp turn left in the trail, I knew it’d be fairly easy up to the Tub Springs Aid Station #3.  It turns into a jeep road after the place we turned off last year.  It was slightly uphill but a nice easy power hike to the aid station where Laz was to punch our bibs.  I got here I think about 11:50am so 10 minutes ahead of schedule.  I lost my timing sheet somehow but had it memorized anyway for the most part.

The next section was going down another jeep road toward the top of Testicle Spectacle.  It was mostly downhill with about 300 feet uphill after the road crossing.  It was now hot and the wind was gone.  The temperature was around 88, similar to last year but the dew point was around 60 which was much better than last year.  Not a cloud in the sky for shade.

Finally I was at the top of the hill.

I was basically planning on getting to the bottom of Testicle Spectacle around 1pm which was almost 2 hours later than last year.  That’s how much more of the course Laz put before the big difficult hills this year.  I was looking forward to this hill all day.  Well this and Meth Lab which is right after.  I took off down the hill but as expected I almost immediately caught up to people going more cautiously.  Since it was an out and back section, there were people going both ways which slows it down even more.  Most people were going down on their butts very slowly.  I was surprised how many people just had regular road shoes and not even trail shoes, let alone the aggressive trail shoes that are needed.  I was happy to get a picture of me running down this hill.  This is in one of the steepest sections towards the top.

DSC_0192
Photo Credit: Steve Durbin

Below is a video someone else took of the race.  Around the 7 minute mark is where we started going down the steeper part of Testicle Spectacle.  I say “we” because I’m behind him for part of it and can be seen a few times.  The part of the video with Ratjaw is really good as well.

 

Whoever we were following went off the best path and we had to climb back up a steep hill to get back on track.  We didn’t even go all the way to the bottom of TS which is actually after you go up a small hill in between.  There was a tent and a bib punch.  I was now about 15 minutes ahead of schedule.

Next was the climb back up.  I tried to get in front of people so I wouldn’t be going so slow up the hill.  It really wasn’t hard at all this year for me.  It helped that a lot of the hill was in the shade because it was 2 hours later in the day than last year.  Also we weren’t doing the entirety of Testicle Spectacle.  There was more waiting for people coming down than getting behind people going up.  I didn’t trust that someone above wouldn’t just biff it and take 10 of us out like bowling pins.  I tended to just make a new path up the hill to stay out of the way.

DSC_0328
I’m pretty sure this is the top of TS.

At the top was some person incorrectly telling people they could go this easier way down Meth Lab Hill by going on a road.  It really only made the first 20 feet down easier for them anyway but I don’t know why anyone was listening to her.  The rules are clear that you have to stay under the power lines.  A lot of this hill is runnable.  I see a lot of race reports that say it’s horrible and impossible to run.  Those people usually don’t make the time cut off so believe whoever you want.  There are certainly areas that you will slide down this hill in powder and/or gravel.  If anything I just slide on my hands, I never slide on my butt.  It slows you way down to do it that way, and I don’t feel like having a pound of dirt in my shorts the rest of the day.  There were a couple mud holes part way down too this year which added to the fun.  Towards the bottom you hit a road that cuts across the hill and has a sign pointing you left out of the power line cut.  There was one small unmarked turn that I found someone looking at his map but I remembered it from last year and showed him the way.

This year I ran the entire road section to the Prison Aid Station #4.  I felt pretty good about that since last year it was a hot overheated walk.  I filled up completely with water again here and ate some more sugary stuff.

I walked to the prison to allow myself to relax and get my body ready for Ratjaw.  We went over the wall and through the tunnel the same as last year.  There was barely any water running this year so I only got one foot a little wet.  Also someone in front of me had a flashlight so running through the tunnel was much easier as well.  We got to the base of Ratjaw and crossed the only other timing mat.  It was now 1:45pm.  The sun was right above us.img_6834.jpg

This shows the very bottom of Ratjaw.  It’s nice and steep here.  The person at the bottom told up there was a bib punch somewhere in the upper section of the hill.  She also recommending going to the right side of the tree you can see in the upper left part of the photo.  I’m not in this photo by the way.  I waited for the person in front of me to get most of the way up the hill and then I started.  I went to the right of the tree and then had to hit the brakes as the guy in front of me had stopped for some reason.  This isn’t really a hill you can just stand on the side of very well.  I got off balance and started to fall to the left of the tree.  I did a little “jig” and then grabbed on to the tree and swung around back to the right side.  I got some applause from the observers below and made the comment that it was so fun the first time I wanted to do it again.  By now the other person had moved so I continued up to a semi-flat area and proceeded to pass a couple people that weren’t sure where to go.  Up.  You always go up on this hill.

Being that this was 2 hours later than last year, it was a lot less crowded.  In fact you couldn’t put Rat Jaw any later in the race and still have it part of the “marathon” run.  In case you didn’t read the report from last year, if you don’t make the cutoff to continue for the entire course, you can just run back to the start via an easy shortcut and get a “marathon” prize.  Most years it’s not even a marathon distance.  You can also just decide to take the short way even if you still have plenty of time for the full course.  He does this to mess with peoples’ heads supposedly.  Personally I think more people would quit this race sooner if there wasn’t the “marathon” option.  They wouldn’t even go up Rat Jaw if they knew there was no chance of finishing the full distance and wouldn’t get the consolation finish.  Last year Rat Jaw was kind of in the middle of the race before the decision point and the year before that it was pretty much in the beginning.  I’d like to see all the big hills be after the decision point.  People might actually train better so that they get the chance to do them.

The path on the first part of Rat Jaw was easier than last year.  It was much wider and not near as many thorns got me in the portion up to the access trail.  I made it up fairly quickly and I wasn’t overheated this year!  I stopped for about 10 seconds to look over the dozen people laid out in the grass like I was last year.  Heat training was helping but I was still tired.

I continued up the path and then got into a traffic jam.  I wasn’t too upset about it since I didn’t mind taking a break here and there on the section up to the turn.  At one point I heard some people saying they thought it’d be another hour to the top.  It had already been 50 minutes and I told them it wouldn’t take near that long for the rest of it.  Soon enough we got to the turn where it flattens out a lot.  I was looking forward to this “easy” part since you can hike it instead of climb it.  But due to the slow people in front it still took 40 minutes to go the less than half mile.  Last year slow people would move over when they took a rest but not these guys.

There was supposed to be someone punching our bibs somewhere after the rock cliff wall you go through.  At least that’s what the woman at the timing mat at the bottom said.  You never can fully believe anything anyone says at this race so I was somewhat worried I already missed the location.  This section is where it’s solid thorns.  They were a couple feet taller than last year so no one ever made a nice path through them like last year since they were above your head.  Instead it was easier to just bear crawl through them.  It was like going through a tunnel of thorns.  Every once and a while you could get your head up above the thorns and see where you were.  Finally we could see a white shirt where we correctly suspected was the bib punch.

By now there were another 20 people behind me.  Still the people in front didn’t move over and just told us to make a new path if we didn’t like it.  I think a few people did try that but quickly quit since it was just as slow to make a new path.  It was an easy thing really.  It’s not steep and going slow doesn’t make the thorns hurt any less or grab you any less.

Occasionally someone behind me would pull off a cane that had completely attached itself to my head and pack.  I thanked them since they did kind of hurt in my head.  The thorns this year were different than last year.  Well more specifically there seemed to be 2 kinds of thorns this year instead of 1.  There were the regular long thorns you’d see on a rose that cut you.  There were also these more clear, smaller thorns that broke off into your clothes and skin.  I didn’t have any of them last year although I heard about them in previous years.  Some of the leaders from 2 years ago said they had thorns come out of their skin this year from then.  This is the type of thorns they were talking about.  I only had about 4 in my arm when I got to my friends house after the race.  I haven’t had any come out since then and don’t suspect there are any still left.

Finally after 90 minutes total, I got to the top.  It took about as long as last year even though I didn’t stop for 10 minutes.  I lost 20 minutes having to follow those guys.

 

 

This slideshow requires JavaScript.

There are lots of great photos of people all cut up at the top of Rat Jaw.  As you can see from the photos, I wasn’t one of them.  I got scratched up sure, but not all bloodied.  I saw people very cut up only half way up Rat Jaw with blood dripping off their arms.  I’m not sure what they did to get so cut up but it’s part of why I won’t be going back to this race.  I didn’t see anywhere near that much blood last year or I wouldn’t have come back this year.  Blood born diseases are real and I’m not going to put myself at risk to getting them.  Even without the blood, there are plenty of other diseases you can get just from the scratches and cuts from the plants and dirt.  I’m sure the risk is low but think about it;  you’re getting cut by the very same plant that 100 people directly in front of you got cut on.  Perhaps that’s why I’m not very cut up, I was consciously trying hard to not get cut.

After Rat Jaw is the tower.  As I neared the top I heard a voice announcing  my arrival, “From the frozen tundra of Minnesota”.  It was Carl Laniak who helps direct Volstate (among other awesome things).  It was great to see him again although it was just briefly.  I told him later that he had the best spot for bib punching on the course.  He certainly deserves it, Volstate is hard on the RD’s as well.

After the tower was a short jog down to the aid station we were at once before, and the decision point.  It’s where you decide to do the full course or take the shortcut back.  I got there at 3:30pm.  I was there 90 minutes before the cut off, the same as last year.  The cut off was 10 hours this year instead of 9:30 like previous years.  I got some food and drink from my drop bag and also my poles since I thought they’d be helpful on Bird Mt.

I got my bib punched saying that I was a winner and continued on the full course.  It was a basically flat 3.1 miles to the next aid station that we had been to before.  I really didn’t feel the urge to push it.  I wasn’t concerned with my placing in the race and was hoping that someone behind me that I wanted to talk to about Andorra would catch up.  I was also fairly hot.  Nothing like last year, but the temperature was maxed out now and there was no wind.

It probably took close to 45 minutes to get to the next aid station where I got the final punch.  It took 2:15 to get to it from the reverse direction this morning.  I knew it would take longer now going the other direction, even with it being more down than up.

It wasn’t a great finish to the race.  It was hot.  I was slow.  Bird Mt. seemed higher than I knew it was and I had to take a few short breaks going up it.  The poles did nothing to help since my arm strength was all used up bear crawling for a third of a mile.  I was mad at myself for not realizing that at the decision point and just leaving them there.  I started to feel a little nauseous which usually never happens to me.  In the end I wasn’t really all that concerned since I knew I had plenty of time to finish and would still even finish close to my expected time.  The entire race I was planning on listening to music on this last 7.4 mile section, but I never did.  I’m not sure why as it might have brightened my mood.  This really is my favorite part of the park, even though I suspect most like the Chimney Top area better.

Finally I reached the top where some of the people that passed me were taking a break at the top.  I guess they were just as tired as me but wanted to wait till the top to stop.  I ran behind 2 people on the way down.  It was a nice even pace down the hill.  I suppose I could’ve passed them if I really wanted to but I never tried.  The asphalt road at the bottom seemed to take forever to get to the finish line.  Around a half mile before the finish line, the marathon shortcut merged onto the road as well and I saw a lot of people coming from that direction.  Some were walking and some were almost sprinting.  I finally crossed the line at 6:55pm for a race time of 11:55.

After some cheaters were removed from the results (there are always people who cheat but this year they actually seemed to do something about it) I was 79th out of 456 starters.  There might even be a few more people removed before it’s all said and done.  Only 186 people finished the entire 50k course in the allotted time.  That’s quite a bit less than last year but it was also the hardest course this race has had.

 

 

This slideshow requires JavaScript.

I got my 2nd year medal since I finished it twice now.  I ate a Sword ice pop and sat on a chair for a bit.  The steak sandwich meal tasted even better this year.  After that I got changed into normal clothes and out of my dirty stinky ones.  I was in much better shape at the end this year.  So much so that I wondered if I didn’t take it a little too easy.  I was able to walk around normally and could stand in line for the food just fine.  Usually I have the “ultra” walk going on at least a little bit, and I hate just standing in line for the first hour or so after a race.

I waited around for a bit for a couple people I knew that I thought would be coming in soon but I never heard their names announced.  I decided to leave as it was getting dark and I didn’t want to have to drive when I got tired.  I gave a ride to a couple of runners that had to park in the overflow lot and then I was on my way.

The drive back was uneventful and after eating some awesome home made pizza at my friends house, and a shower, I crashed asleep.  It wasn’t the best sleep since the scratches and cuts hurt with every slight movement I made in my sleep and I kept waking up.  The next morning I was sore and hungry as normal.  I ate an awesome breakfast and sat around talking and looking at Facebook until it was time to catch my flight home.

As I stated earlier, I don’t plan on ever going back.  Mostly it’s just a bad time of year scheduling wise and it’s a long way to travel for such a short race, which increases the cost.  It also is much more crowded than I like.  While I don’t want to degrade the race by saying it’s somewhat like an obstacle course race, some parts of it have that quality.  You run and then stand in line at an “obstacle” and then run again and do another obstacle.  The obstacles could be as simple as a tree over the trail or as difficult as Rat Jaw.  Again, I’m not trying to denigrate OCRs, I used to enjoy them, but it’s not what I’m looking for in an ultramarathon.  Overall this race is fun and worth it if you’re serious about your training.

Ronda dels Cims – 2019 Race Report

To start with I failed to finish this race so if you’re looking for a full description of the course, you won’t get it here. In fact, good luck finding one anywhere. You can get the gpx file easily but that doesn’t tell you much. There are official videos that show portions of the entire course but they basically consist of the peaks and rivers and not much else in between. Really the only thing helpful was Google Earth.

Also this report is almost as long as my VolState report so be warned.

Prior to doing this race I found and read 5 race reports. That’s all I could find. I think 1 of those was even translated. There must be more somewhere, perhaps in many different languages that Google didn’t find. Regardless, this race was mostly an unknown besides it being very difficult. No one who had finished it responded to my questions. Only 1 person who had started the race and quit responded to me. A big part of my success in ultrarunning is my preparedness. If I hadn’t done some mountain peak hiking in the past, I would’ve known even less than I did about what to expect.

The real reason I failed to finish this race had to do with being under trained. I knew full well what I had to do to get as prepared as I can in MN. The Minnesota river banks are actually the equivalent of 2,000 feet elevation gain per mile if you know where to go. That’s what I started training on. Then I somehow woke up one day in May with my knee feeling tight. Nothing hurt the day before, no acute injury or fall. Obviously it was some sort of overuse injury. Long story short, I got physical therapy but I essentially did no training other than to keep some sort of running ability and cardio. I think I got up to maybe 25 miles a week which isn’t even my normal long run. No hill training at all! Remember in my Arrowhead race report where I said “hope” should never be a word you say before an ultra? Yeah, I certainly “hoped” my previous training would somehow get me through this race. The race and trip was already paid for, so there was no reason not to try.

So just what is this race? I’ll try not to glamorize it since I really don’t want it to get popular and it is really hard. It’s a 170 km (106 miles) long mountain race in Andorra. Andorra is in the Pyrenees Mountains between Spain and France. By the way I never saw a Pyrenees dog there. It takes place usually in July but has also been in June. I think they try to have it during a full moon. Ronda dels Cims means “round of the peaks” by most translations and it basically goes around the perimeter of Andorra with occasionally going across the border into Spain. It goes up and down 16 mountains. That adds up to over 44,200 feet of elevation gain and 44,200 feet of loss. The only good thing is that it never goes over 10,000 feet above sea level so that never was a factor.

So that averages out to about 420 feet of elevation gain every mile. Of course because you have to go down as well, that means the average steepness of the race is 840 feet a mile. That’s steep! For comparison Superior 100 which is one of the hardest 100 mile trail races is only 22,000 of elevation gain. Hardrock is 33,000 feet of gain but is of course much higher elevation above sea level. Really it’s not even so much the steepness that bothered me, it’s the fact that so much of it isn’t runnable downhill.

I did some fun math if you’re not used to thinking about hike steepness in feet gain per mile. If you didn’t know, there is a race up the stairs to the observation deck on the 86th floor (1050 feet up) of the Empire State Building. Based on my observation of the stairs in the building and extra steps for landings, the stair rise and run itself, math, etc I come up with this: Go up the Empire State Building using the race course and back down, then run 1.8 miles, then do that all again 41 more times! This would actually be much easier than the race since the downhill and flat portions are all runnable and at sea level.

Only about half the field of runners finishes every year.  The record time for this race is over 30 hours on the normal course.  Hardrock’s record time is under 23 hours for comparison.  While I haven’t run Hardrock, I am assuming more of it is runnable to account for this difference.

So why do this race? If you haven’t figured that out by now, I can’t tell you.

Really the only reason I’m even doing a race report is for myself and to hopefully help our American runners do better there. I guess there’s some information of use if you ever go to Barcelona or Andorra as well. I’ll eventually get to the race but not for a long time I suspect so skip on ahead if you’re just here for the actual race report.

I like to research things if you didn’t already know so I checked out every book that had anything to do with Andorra from the library. By library, I mean every library in Southern Minnesota since there were only 3 total books to be found. Only the book obviously meant for 6th graders doing a book report on the country was of any help. There are no tour books for Andorra to be found. Not even many online resources either. The country’s official tourism website is slightly helpful but the best resources (physical maps, hotel guide, things to do, etc) are only available at the tourism offices in Andorra itself. For example if you look for a hotel online in Andorra you will find maybe 4 in Ordino and another 5 nearby. That’s even using the European travel websites. When you get there and look around you can see there are over 50 places within 6 miles. The paper guide on accommodations you get at the local tourism office is really thick and has all these places in it. I brought one home and I’ll never give it away, it’s a rare treasure, and it’s even in English.

Here’s a brief history on Andorra (probably would only get a D in 6th grade for this paper). It is believed to be created by Charlemagne granting a charter to the people for helping battle the Moors in the 8th century or thereabouts (again a D). This is really kind of suspect at best but at some point in the future a document appeared that said this was true and everyone in the world basically went along with it. It was originally ruled by the Count of Urgell. He gave it up in a land swap to the Diocese of Urgell which means it was under the control of the Bishop of Urgell. Then since they had no army, the Bishop asked the Lord of Caboet for protection and they signed an agreement for co-ruling Andorra in the 11th century. Through a bunch of marriages, revolutions, and stuff like that the Lord of Caboet’s co-ruling status ended up in the hands of the President of France.  So currently one co-prince is the sitting President of France currently Emmanuel Macron. The other is the Roman Catholic Bishop of the Catalan city of La Seu d’Urgell, currently Joan Enric Vives i Sicilia. To start with there were 6 parishes. This was later made into 7 but I can’t remember why. So if you see the national symbol in a church or elsewhere with 6 stars instead of 7, then you know it’s really old. Each parish was ruled by one family that lived in it. They pretty much had absolute power but didn’t abuse it all that often as best as I can tell. Fast forward a bit and you realize how well this co-ruler thing worked out for them. They became a trading area and because of being ruled by both Spain and France in essence, they didn’t have to make allegiance to either of them. They were a kind of mini Switzerland. The populations never grew much until after WWII and even more so the last 20 years. It’s over 80,000 now. They use the Euro for currency now but they aren’t part of the European Union. There used to be no tax on shopping until recently but it’s still not bad by European standards at 4.5%. Basically the mountains are made of slate and because of that so are the buildings, at least the old ones anyway. Agriculture consists of grazing cattle and horses, and growing tobacco. Yes, they grow tobacco in the mountains. Here’s the story on that. Cigarette companies wanted to sell cigarettes in Andorra since everyone went there to shop due to the low prices and no tax. Andorra said you could only sell cigarettes there if you buy Andorran tobacco. Since Andorra’s tobacco sucks, the companies buy it as required but then just burn it and use good tobacco grown elsewhere. Andorra made a modern constitution in 1993 and joined the United Nations the same year. They speak Catalan which to me seems like a mix between Spanish and French. Barcelona speaks Catalan as well by the way, as does all of Catalonia which is probably why they want to separate from Spain which speaks Spanish. Well it might have something to do with being forced to join Spain, whatever (yes I know it’s serious but remember this is a 6th grade report). In Andorra you can go to a Catalan, Spanish or French school and most people know how to speak all three at least somewhat. They don’t know much English though. The end, and yes I did that in 1 paragraph on purpose (a D remember?)

Okay, let’s move on. I haven’t even put one picture in here yet, ugh. I have a lot to share too.

To start with I’ll go over phones. A phone that works in Andorra is one of the requirements for the race. We have Consumer Cellular and we use AT&T towers. You can also use T-Mobile with them since they both are GSM networks. We have unlocked GSM phones. Only T-Mobile allows Consumer Cellular to use it’s network overseas so we had to switch out our AT&T sim cards for T-Mobile sim cards. We basically had no coverage where we lived so we had to use voice over internet for a few days before the trip. Anyway, the phones worked great in Spain and Andorra. I’ve actually never had so much phone coverage in a race before. I guess it helps being on mountain tops constantly. I guess you could try to buy a sim card there but I didn’t really see them for sale in Andorra. There were plenty around in Barcelona but although both Spain and Andorra (and basically all of Europe) use the GSM network, I’ve read that not all Spain sim cards will work in Andorra since it’s a different phone company. Also don’t expect your European Union plan to work in Andorra either since they’re not in the European Union. That doesn’t mean they won’t but they don’t have to allow roaming like they do if you are in a EU country other than your own. It’s confusing but since I didn’t see much for sale in Andorra, I don’t know that I would just wing it and expect to be able to buy a burner phone easily in Andorra. Try to get it figured out before you go.

My wife and I packed our bags for Barcelona. Oh yeah, there’s no airport in Andorra and it’s land locked so you have to go through another country to get there. I put all my race gear in my carry on since I’m paranoid. I brought an extra…well basically an extra everything since almost every race report where someone finished the race, they broke a pole and changed shoes.

We landed in Barcelona on Tuesday morning after leaving Monday. The time change is 7 hours which is another reason I think Americans haven’t fared very well. Even after a couple days, it’s just hard to be well rested. We landed late due to some sort of air traffic issue in New York even though we flew through Washington DC.

First photo of the blog!
First photo of the blog!
We flew along the coast for a while before landing.

We had to deplane on the tarmac and take a bus to the customs area.

I got a strange feeling about Terminator on this bus. Is Cobus Industries just a rebranding of Cyberdyne Systems?

Then we spent over an hour going through the line at customs which took all of 5 seconds once we got to the agent. We got our rental car which wasn’t too bad. It was actually bigger than I’d like since I knew we’d be on narrow roads in Andorra.

Similar to Oregon (what’s with you Oregon?), you can’t pump your own gas in Spain or Andorra.  We didn’t know that at first but eventually someone came over and asked how  much gas we wanted.  Not a big deal, but just a FYI.

I had planned ahead by downloading offline Google Maps for the areas we’d be driving in. Although we could use data, the roaming rate would be expensive so we tried not to use it if possible. I had prepaid for a parking spot near La Sagrada Familia Church which is an amazing church that I’d recommend seeing. More on that later.

We then took the subway to a station near the beaches. There are supposed to be lockers available on some of the beaches but it took us a while to find them. They basically are in a building built into the earth and you pay for them as a group package with a shower, bathroom, etc. It’s not easy to find but they are indeed there (my wife was starting to doubt me I think while looking for them). The basics of the Barcelona beaches is that each sandy area between break walls is called a different beach. There are signs along the beaches starting at #1 in the South and counting up to the North end of town that helps you remember where you started walking from, crossroad you need, etc. Very useful.

I had a friend that said the beaches were topless so I was expecting that to some degree. Most online and tourist books made it sound like there were only certain areas that were topless. No. My friend was right, they ALL are topless beaches. We didn’t really care but just a heads up to expect to see lots of tan old ladies with floppy boobs in your sight line. Sorry everyone, I don’t have any photos. There was an occasional younger set that I’d see, that my wife would miss seeing. Weird how I could somehow find them so much better than her, I guess I have better eyesight. It obviously isn’t a big deal over there. The only thing that kind of bothered me was seeing a mom topless with her 12 year old son next to her. I don’t care how normal being topless is, I don’t think any 12 year old boy wants to see his mom’s boobs. We swam for about an hour. The beaches themselves have a pretty quick drop off and lots of rocks under the water so not really that great of swimming. It at least woke us up after the long plane ride.

So this is probably a good place to talk about bathrooms. It was the best of bathrooms, it was the worst of bathrooms. Public bathrooms had much to be desired in both Barcelona and Andorra. The public bathrooms at the beach were downright disgusting. There were no toilet seats, no toilet paper, and no soap. Yet there were usually dryers in them. I guess to dry your poop off? No changing tables in them either.

So that’s the beach bathrooms which you could maybe expect to be bad. What about the rest? Basically 80% of public bathrooms had no soap. I guess Europe is a bring you’re own soap zone. Even in the bathrooms you had to pay to use, there wasn’t soap. Really gross. I will have no sympathy for Europe if some outbreak happens there. Seriously I will bring my own soap everywhere next time I’m there.

In all this bathroom wasteland, there was one true treasure. At a gas station no less! We had to buy something to get the key to the outside entrance bathroom (usually a bad sign around here). Despite the grungy exterior, inside was a very small slice of heaven (3X4 feet max). It smelled great, there was a toilet seat, toilet paper, soap, hot water, mirror, paper towels, and a plant. I mean a nice plant, not some fake thing with 5 years of dust on it. With it being a single stall and I with the only key, there would be no interruptions from strangers or my kids which were thousands of miles away. I will say it was one of the most pleasant #2 experiences I’ve ever had. My wife in the women’s bathroom had a similar experience.

Next we ate at Burger King since we had limited time and just wanted to keep moving. We walked around the Gothic Quarter a little bit. It’s a fun place to explore. Lots of small shops, small streets, and lots of graffiti. Really all of Barcelona was graffiti. And not good stuff, just stupid idiots tagging their name. They stayed away from the stone and siding portion of buildings most of the time, but every window and door on multiple levels was covered in graffiti. We’re talking about thick wooden doors that are likely over 300 years old that some dick just spray painted their tag on. Occasionally there was one obviously political in nature, mostly for independence.

Gothic Quarter
Basically everywhere we went had this much graffiti.

For the most part Barcelona seemed like we were just in another city in America. Sure the buildings were different but almost all the signs were in English, the demographics were the same as any major city, the rules of the road and driving were basically the same, etc. I wish we could spend more time there exploring someday.

Next we took the subway back to the church. We had a little time to kill before our tour time period opened up so we did some shopping for the kids. We also got some of the exterior photos of the church.

Since I already did a 6th grade report on Andorra, I won’t be doing one on La Sagrada Familia. Just Google it and you will find tons of info. It is indeed as amazing as people say it is. I think my wife and I appreciated it even more since we’ve been in many other older large cathedrals around the world. To us this cathedral took it to another level in terms of beauty and thoughtfulness. It still isn’t finished but will be within 10 years most likely. It started being built over 135 years ago. The photos of the huge areas of stained glass just don’t do it justice to even put in here. Can I also just suggest you don’t spend 15 minutes posing in sexy poses and facial expressions for selfies like we saw some people doing? It’s a church!

The Passion Facade
The Nativity Facade. Notice all the cranes building the remaining taller towers.
These columns are meant to look like trees. They look better in real life and so much different than other churches.

We then said goodbye to Barcelona slowly since there was a fair amount of traffic getting out of town. We decided not to take the tunnel way to Andorra which costs money. I think it would’ve been around 30 Euros and only saved 10 minutes according to Google. It’s a 3 hour drive to Arans, Andorra where we stayed. We enjoyed the countryside as much as we could. I commented to my wife that people around here really like Spanish architecture. I almost immediately realized that duh, I’m in Spain.

The crops were basically in alignment with where they should’ve been in MN if not for the late spring this year. The roads weren’t very fast since we had to constantly slow down for round-a-bouts. At least it seemed that way. The car we got had navigation but it wasn’t very helpful for directions. Probably 2/3rds of the way into the drive we figured out why it kept beeping at us. It was warning us of upcoming radar traps. Unbeknownst to us, there are permanent radar sites all over Spain and Andorra where they take a photo of your license plate and ticket you automatically if you’re over the limit. I was just following traffic speed but I’m positive I was going faster than the limit. I haven’t gotten a bill yet from the rental car company so we’ll see. There are almost always signs to tell you they are coming up as well, we just didn’t know what they meant at first. You’ve now been warned. I wish they would’ve said something at the rental car place.

Near dusk we arrived at the international border with Andorra. We didn’t even need to stop to show our passports. We were kind of bummed that we didn’t get an Andorra stamp. There were lots of tunnels the closer we got to Andorra. The mountains also got much steeper. I was getting a little nervous. I knew how steep they’d be but seeing them is another level of reality.

We finished the drive through Andorra to Arans. It was quite funny listening to the Google lady pronounce the road names in Andorra, especially the tunnels. None of the roads have name signs anyway so we just concentrated on where to exit the round-a-bouts. I think there were 50 we went through in the 10 miles or so. That’s not hyperbole, it’s constant. The poor Google lady couldn’t keep up. The signs are in English or at least have the name of the town you’re going to with an arrow sign. Pretty easy to navigate and after just a day I was a pro getting to where we needed to go. After all there are basically just 2 river valleys in Andorra and 1 major road in each.

Some of the stoplights aren’t actually stoplights. They are red unless you are going slow enough and then you get a green light and positive feedback. In this case a winking smile emoji. Sometimes it was a thumbs up emoji.

We had some difficulty getting into our Airbnb since we had to find some WiFi to get the passcode since the owner didn’t bother to text it to us until that afternoon and the message was so long it didn’t all come through. We found a helpful bar owner nearby that let us use his. We ate at the only restaurant in town. It was around 9pm which is actually when most people eat supper around there. Many places don’t even open until 8pm. We were so tired but we had to eat and had to get on local time at some point. It was quite difficult to order with the language barrier so there was a lot of pointing, etc. Most everyone speaks Catalan, French, and Spanish but very little English. Often times there is an English menu available so for the most part it’s not hard to know what you’re getting, it’s the questions they ask or we ask that are hard to get through. Also we both know a little Spanish but not near enough to understand full speed native Spanish. I had rabbit which was one of the things I wanted to try here (a local specialty I read in my book). My wife had carbanara. Both were great!

We settled into our apartment which had a kitchen. The bed was a little bigger than a normal Queen bed which was nice but there were no sheets, just a down comforter, and fitted bed sheet. That would prove to make temperature control very difficult since we didn’t have air conditioning or a fan. There was one old school regular size roll of toilet paper. This was for 2 people for 8 days. Apparently they expect you to just bring your own toilet paper around here too (this is exactly what our Airbnb host told me when I asked for another roll). The other interesting thing was we didn’t have any screens on the windows. In fact we never saw a screen on any windows in Andorra. There are a lot of flies in this country due to all the animal poop everywhere (more on that during the race). Also some mosquitoes but nothing worth putting bug spray on for. So when we opened the windows to get the apartment cooled off, flies would make their way in. Also a stray cat made it’s way into our apartment as well since we were on the ground floor. While Andorra is a very safe country, we still kept the windows closed at night because of the previously mentioned issues, more than worries about theft.

Other quick little quirks. The electricity is different. We brought our converter and a power cord to plug all our stuff into. There is I think zero carpet in Andorra. It made stretching out muscles painful at times laying on concrete. As with most of Europe, you’re screwed if you have a physical disability that requires a wheelchair. The roads are of course narrow and curvy being in the mountains. On the plus side, the roads are all pretty much brand new with nary a pothole in site. There’s also no tractor trailers, just tall trucks.

Something that isn’t a quirk but actually kind of nice is paying by credit card. Every place (in Andorra and Spain at least) uses the same credit card machine and this is the process you go through. You tell them you want to pay with credit card or just show the card to them and they’ll understand. They bring the credit card reader to you at a restaurant or it’s on the counter if you pay at any other store. They punch in the amount you owe. They then hand it to you and you insert your chip credit card into the slot at the bottom. In a few seconds a screen in Spanish or Catalan pops up. Basically it’s asking you if the amount is the correct amount. Hit the green button if it is and then the charge goes through. You take your card and hand it back to them. It prints out a receipt you need to sign and they’ll usually ask if you want a receipt as well. We always paid in Euros since our credit card doesn’t charge transaction fees. In Barcelona they often asked if you wanted it in Dollars, they will charge you 2% for this service. You should never have to give your credit card to anyone. It should always be in your sight. I assume this is so they can’t copy your card or run a charge you’re not aware of. There is no tipping line on any receipts since it’s already included in the price.

So nice of them to once again search my checked bag. This bag has been searched every time I use it. So much in fact that I’m going to leave a letter to the TSA in it from now on.

In general, there is WiFi available almost everywhere in Andorra. Signs are clearly posted in almost every establishment with the password. It is so ubiquitous and so well posted that it seemed quite strange that they even required passwords. Perhaps a security measure. I use a VPN anyway for security. There are even government hot spots in most cities that are free as well. In the end we never needed to use our roaming data at all.

The next day (Wednesday) we went for a hike. My wife wanted to go on one and I wanted to see what the terrain was like. I had researched some hikes to find an “easy” one. There really aren’t any easy hikes in Andorra. The one I picked was to estany de l’Estanyo (Estanyo lake) in Parc natural de la vall de Sorteny (Sorteny Valley Nature Park). It was 5 miles round trip and about 1,800 feet of gain. It also happens to be one of the trails I’d be running on 2 days later. We had to pay a small entrance fee for the park. We got a map at the visitor center and went on our way. It was very beautiful with flowers blooming everywhere. We followed a creek for most of the way.

It was kind of weird to see all these plants and flowers that are invasive species at home living peacefully in their home environment. Instead of taking over the entire area like they do here, they are kept in check and you’d see a couple here and there. It really does kind of make me mad that I’ll never see what America looked like before all the invasive plants and animals ruined the ecology. At least we’re not as messed up as poor Australia. Anyway, it really was a sight to see. Very pretty and fun for me to try to identify stuff as we went along.

My wife on the other hand was not enjoying things very much. She was slipping on the grass (more on that later during the race) and said it was too steep. We’ve gone on hikes this steep so I don’t know why she said that. I’m guessing she was still super tired. When we went through a tree area, the trail did kinda suck and she started crying. I kept on going the 40 feet to the top of the hill where it flattened out and waited for her. She does this basically every hike at the beginning and by the end says it was a great hike and wants to go again. She did not say that at the end of this hike by the way. I think she was mad I didn’t stop and say “there there dear” this hike. In my defense she did want to do this hike.

Where the “incident” happened. I took this during the race 2 days later.

After a couple minutes she continued up the hill to me and we continued through a beautiful meadow.

One of the few flattish areas in Andorra. If all of it was like this, the race would be a cake walk.

Hearing bells ringing up ahead, we continued up the trail to where some bred Brown Swiss heifers were hanging out. They had horns so we didn’t mess with them on the way up. On the way down though I could tell they were pretty tame so I went up to them to pet them. I went to the one that looked the most daring (tame). Having grown up with cattle I know how heifers act. There’s always one that will check you out before the others. I ended up picking the wrong one and the one I should’ve picked came running over once she saw that we stopped. We pet her and she started licking the sweat off of my wife. It was pretty funny since she then wouldn’t leave her alone. Heifers can get kinda bucky and with these having horns we decided to leave them before they got too friendly.

After this there was a stone fence that had steps built into it that you go over and follow the creek up to the lake.

We started to notice the flags that I would follow during the race to show where the course is. The person who was putting them in went past us the opposite direction while we were going up.

As we got closer to the lake, I could see runners coming down off a peak and then going up another peak. They had to be the Euforia race runners. They started that morning on a more difficult course that is the same as the Ronda course up until the lake. It was nice since I then knew about how long it would take me to get there. It was a little longer than I was originally thinking it would take. I knew there was supposed to be 1 American team but I didn’t see them. They did finish which is awesome.

Euforia runners. They had to carry more supplies than us.
The lake.

In all honesty the lake wasn’t that great. If you’ve never seen one, you’ll enjoy it but most mountain lakes are prettier than this one. We headed back down. My wife fell a few more times. We went a slightly different way towards the end which took us to the refugi (pronounced ray-fuji) that would be an aid station during the race. Basically think of the refugi as a mountain hut for hikers to stay at for free. Some even have people there to kind of run the place. This particular one had electricity, WiFi and served lunch if you called the day before. Some are much more rustic.

View from near the refugi.

After the hike we headed back to our apartment to hang out before supper and our free Cirque du Soleil show. Yes that’s right free. Every July in Andorra there are free Cirque du Soleil shows if you know how to get tickets. Basically you just sign up for tourist information emails and they’ll send you the link to sign up when they open the ticket sales. Then you pick your day you want and print off the tickets within 48 hours I think it was. Otherwise they give them to someone else. You can pay for tickets if you want seats but I wasn’t going to do that. I wasn’t even sure we’d go since the show didn’t start until 10pm.

First off we tried to find a grocery store. Google was useless for this. We ended up stopping at a gas station which had a surprisingly large selection of items. And cheap! Days later when we went to the big grocery stores, food was even cheaper. Basically everything is cheaper in Andorra than in MN. Food, alcohol, perfume, etc. And don’t forget very little tax. On the way back we saw a bakery type looking place and stopped in. They had the grilled cheese sandwiches I had read about online, and other things like pizza besides baked goods. This is where I started to learn that there is no such thing as a heat lamp in Andorra. Basically most food you get is room temperature if it’s not just made. No one seems concerned about food safety. There’s no time set that you have to throw food away if it’s not sold by. Even at the one buffet we went to after the race, they just cooked the food in cast iron and put out the pot. I guess that kept the heat for a little while but it was room temp by the time we ate there. Anyway we brought the food home and microwaved it to enjoy with our ultra high temperature pasteurized milk since they don’t sell fresh milk in the country either. It was kinda okay, at least with the yummy warmed up food. We soon started to drink our pop for the remainder of the meal.

Garlic and parsley chips. Quite good. I just got it because I liked the pirate chip guy, I had no idea what flavor it was.

I think the rest of the afternoon we kind of organized things a bit and took a nap. It’s hard to remember since it’s been a month as I’m writing this.

First off for the evening though was going to supper at Topic in Ordino. We had horse the first/last time we were in Europe and loved it. If you want to judge me for it than go ahead, live in your bubble. It tastes almost buttery and very tender. The main meat produced in Andorra isn’t those Brown Swiss we saw in the morning, it’s the horse I’d see during the race. I had researched what restaurants the horse meat producers partnered with so that I could make sure to have local organic horse. Normally I don’t care at all about “organic” foods but for reasons I won’t get into, I only want organic horse meat. Anyway we went there and ordered 3 different horse dishes. I had some sort of appetizer of horse meat and then horse burgers. Mine were great. My wife had some sort of horse stew which wasn’t as flavorful as she had hoped. I concurred it wasn’t great. It still tasted like horse but the stew just kinda ruined it. She would’ve much preferred some sort of horse steak but we never saw that offered anywhere or in the stores either.

Then we left for the show. It was in the capital city called Andorra la Vella which is also the largest city. The show was under a large semi-permanent tent structure. We showed up just before the show on purpose so we wouldn’t have to stand too long. The show was just okay. This wasn’t a Vegas show. It basically was all the things I’ve seen at local circuses here but done better and with much more production effects, etc. It was an hour long which was just about the right length I thought.

Where we parked for the show. This is the normal parking space size. The mirrors of all the cars fold in automatically when you lock them so they don’t get knocked off by other vehicles. You often need your parking ticket stub to use the elevator and to get into the bathroom so always take it with you. You also pay at a kiosk before going to your car to exit so again take your ticket with.

By the next day we were starting to get used to the time zone change. We decided to do some easy tours around the country. There is a perfume museum in the capital that we went to. It was kind of hard to find since it’s in a normal large perfume store on the second level. We ended up finding it and the lady there gave us a phone that had an audio tour in English. Well by English I mean an extremely accented version with many words pronounced wrong. It was still better than nothing and we got enough information to make it useful. It was free for us but I think we were maybe supposed to be charged something.

Next we drove to Canillo where there is a road that goes up and over Coll d’Ordino (Coll means neck but it really means a mountain pass in this situation) back to Ordino. It’s super twisty and some crazy bikers were going up it. Runners aren’t crazy by the way, just bikers 🙂

Nice and twisty!

At the top is a platform that goes out over the ledge giving you a pretty good view of the area. It looked to me like there was a via ferrata route up the cliff if you’d rather get to it that way.

Statue at the end of the platform. Ordino is over the mountain to my right. Canillo where we started is to my left.

We finished the road into Ordino and I got some pictures of the start/finish area. We then went to our apartment and I slowly went through everything I needed for the race. I made piles and checklists for race day and packed up the supplies for my wife/crew in our wheeled carry-on bag.

The Race

Check in for the race was that afternoon in Ordino with a pre-race meeting in English/French at 6pm. Things were kind of spread out all over town but there were pretty good signs to help you get to where you needed to go. The hardest thing was finding a parking spot for the next 3 days. Basically the only rule for parking in Europe is there are no rules. There were some areas blocked off near the finish line but otherwise you just parked wherever you could. That included sidewalks. There were a couple times we just made sure that it would be impossible to tow us without picking the car straight up on a steep incline. No one ever got a ticket during the race weekend, come Monday we saw police everywhere.

This cow had changing LED lights at night, pretty cool.

Bib pickup was pretty easy. I forgot to ask for safety pins the first time through so had to go back for them after the meeting. There was a lot of stuff in the bag we got. We got calf compression sleeves, arm sleeves, compression shirt, headband, a BOGO coupon (worth 42 Euros) for the hot water spa we were already planning on going to after the race, free meal after the race, plus some advertising type stuff and food stuffs. All together the swag was worth more than I paid for the race (which is dirt cheap). With whatever you get if you actually finish, you’re way ahead of the game. There also were drop bags color coordinated for the 2 drop sites you could use if you didn’t have a crew. There were two wristbands that are actually for your crew to wear at all times so that they are allowed at the aid stations. We didn’t know those things until the meeting.

The elevation chart is upside down so you can look down at it. It is not at all an accurate representation of the topography. They basically just drew straight lines from the high to low spots and ignored everything else. I will make my own next time.

The meeting itself was informative but the English portion was an afterthought for the most part. We videotaped the whole thing so we could go over it if we missed something. The slides were in French and the race official told everything in French and then a French guy interpreted what she said. Well he tried and did a very good job as far as I could tell considering there were times she talked in French for a good 2 minutes straight before he was given a chance to translate. Of course he would say something maybe 10 seconds long so very summarized! There was actually a lot of information that wasn’t in the rule book or race guide. Like how to guide a helicopter to land for a rescue, how to squat to have the least chance of dying from a lightning strike, things I don’t normally hear at a local pre-race meeting. You have to have insurance that covers a helicopter evacuation by the way!

We went home and I finished my preparations for the race. I taped my feet since it was going to be dry during the race, or at least no all day rain predicted. I could barely get all the required items in my pack. For the longest time I wasn’t sure what was actually required. The translations were kind of vague for a couple things. A month or so before the race though they put up a list with pictures of the items which made it much clearer. For example “Elastic Adhesive Band” was what we call vet wrap. I was thinking it either meant KT tape or Elastikon, or an Ace bandage until I saw the picture.

Friday morning was race day. I felt fairly refreshed considering the time change. I finished my preparations including putting sunscreen on. Almost all of this race is exposed. It makes for great views but lots of sun and little protection from lightning. We headed to Ordino a little earlier than we thought we’d need to normally so that we could find a parking space easier. We picked up a runner hitchhiking to town, he sounded French. We eventually found a spot and headed towards the race corral. There are zero port a potties or bathrooms provided by the race. There was one restaurant open so there was a huge line for the bathrooms in there.

After that big use of time, I decided to go in the corral where you couldn’t leave from. You had to show an item from the required gear list, this year it was your headlamp and extra batteries. Most of the volunteers for this race look like they’re 12 as I’m sure almost the entire town of Ordino was helping out. I showed my stuff to one of the girls and then walked around the table where a woman stopped me to show her the gear. The girl acted like she had no idea who I was so I had to again get my stuff out to show the woman. Take away here is to just go to the grown-up if there is one. There were 6 of us Americans that showed up race morning but I didn’t see any in the race chute. I’m sure I was the slowest of all of them so I lined up towards the back. On a side note, while normally you will see people of all body types at ultras, you will only see one type here: thin. I was probably the fattest person there and remember I didn’t finish.

There was a drum line there making lots of noise and an announcer/emcee that I can only describe as that person you’ve heard yelling “goooooaaaaalllll” during a soccer game. What was funny was he only had that animation in his voice while speaking Catalan. Once he spoke English he was all boring and down to business. There were some fireworks and then the announcer did a countdown to the start at 7am!

I was nervous but had a good race plan. We all were nervous, most of us would be happy just to finish this race. I can’t imagine what it’d be like trying to win this, that kind of pressure. The only races I actually try to win are the winter races and even there I know someone else’s race would have to blow up for me to win. I knew I had to go at this as a multi day hiking expedition. There would be no running up steep hills or going faster than I wanted just to keep up with others. I would be fine with chasing cutoffs the entire time. I wouldn’t charge downhills like I’m known to do, flying by people as I go. I would run down easy if possible and hike if I had to (you almost always had to). I had only “blown” out my quads once during a race and that was due to screaming downhills early in the race. In that one I was able to walk the last 17 miles, mad but still a finisher.

We went through the city streets. Surprisingly the hilly streets that I disliked walking up and down earlier in the week felt pretty good to run up. I was already towards the back of the pack so there wasn’t much movement in position. My watch was acting all goofy the first 2 miles or so. I ended up restarting it and then it worked normally. Now I had no clue how far I had really gone or how much further to go since the readings were all off. We went on some wide dirt trail and then back in town just briefly before we finally hit the single track. Here there was a brief waiting in line.

Once we got moving again things moved better than I’ve ever seen them go. Almost everyone had poles, myself included. My goal was to not be the rookie American that took someones eye out when his pole slipped back. My poles never slipped so I guess that was one win for the race. For the same reason, I made sure to go behind someone without poles so as not to get taken out by a pole. People were super polite if they wanted to pass or would move over if they felt you should pass them. 99% of the time though, everyone I was with was content with the current speed of the herd. I still just can’t get over how pleasant that first 4,100 foot climb was, as far as speed and not being in a conga line. Over 400 people were in this race.

There were 2 smallish (300 foot) descents during the 4,100 foot climb. I wasn’t sure how many miles I had gone for most of this section due to the watch error. It didn’t matter really, I learned quickly that you weren’t done going downhill until you crossed some sort of creek no matter how many slight uphills you went on your way down. You weren’t on the top until you couldn’t see anything above you. That and the only flat areas in the race were often the very peak of the mountain. The trail was well marked with those flags in the ground when there weren’t trees and ribbons tied to branches when in the trees.

After climbing almost 3 hours we came out of the trees and would essentially be out of them until the decent into Margineda.

7000 feet elevation or so, looking somewhat back where we came from. Trust me, none of what you see is flat.
Pretty much looking the other way.

There was still another 1,000 feet of steep gain to be had. I could see the other runners ahead of me on the top already. The leaders were probably an hour ahead of me at this point and past the first aid station. I heard some cow bells only to find horses with bells around their necks. I never got very close to these.

My anterior tibialis tendons were basically mad at me since the beginning of the race. I had forgot to put KT tape on during the hike 2 days ago so they got a little inflamed then. This pretty much happens every race and always will just because of how my ankle is made. Anyway I just ignored it as best as I could knowing there wasn’t anything to be done about it. What is weird is that after the second aid station I never felt an issue with them again. This is even after tightening my shoes quit a bit due to the steep downhills and my feet moving forward too far in my shoes. Usually tight shoes make it worse. I haven’t really figured out why the pain went away.

Looking left from the picture of the horses above.
Looking North East up the trail. Looks kinda flat right? It’s the equivalent of 700 feet gain per mile for that short section you can see people on. That’s how much these photos don’t show the true steepness. I kept thinking things were flatter when I saw other peoples’ photos and videos and wondering how the race could be 44,000 feet. If I took the photo with the camera level you wouldn’t even see the orange flag in the photo.

I finally got to Coll d’Arenes around 10:40am and enjoyed the view. I was going about the speed I was expecting based on seeing the Euforia runners 2 days ago. I would be behind the chart I had made for my wife but that was really just a guesstimate based on what I thought at home. I would’ve changed it had I known what I know now. I was staying hydrated and still eating up to this point. Actually the entire race I would use up my last water just as I was getting to the next aid station. I couldn’t have done a better job with planning on how much water to fill up with.

View from Coll d’Arenes
Another view
360 degrees. We came up from the left and went over in the middle of the photo. The mountain on the left and right are the same mountain for bearings.

There was a little bit of running on the side of this mountain before we rounded it to go down to the lake we hiked to 2 days earlier. This was a fairly steep and technical downhill. I wasn’t surprised since I saw the Euforia runners walking down it and figured there was a reason. Once I got to the lake I was starting to feel the heat build. I wet my head in the cold water and took off down the somewhat flat area that had the heifers.

I ran down without using my poles. That was my plan and it worked fine for this section. Later in the race I used them on downhills more for safety in the super steep descents. It slowed me down but I figured it was better to be slow than have my race end due to an injury or fall. There were 2 photographers in this section. Neither photo looked all that great so I didn’t buy them. I stopped to take a picture of the “incident” area of the trail. I got to the first aid station which is Refugi de Sorteny at 13 miles into the race at 11:47am. Yes, almost 5 hours for 13 miles, and I wasn’t even the slowest person.

I didn’t see my wife right away so I took my pack off and looked at what food was available. They scan your bib at almost every aid station and it instantly updates to the race app and online. Since this one had WiFi at it, my wife got an alert that I was there and then walked around the building to find me (she was hanging out in the shade). You also could send a text with your location via the race app to anyone you wanted as well. I never used it since she was getting updates all the time on my location anyway. In fact, she said it would even tell her estimated times of my arrivals at the aid stations she could go to.

I had heard the food was much different from our races here. I guess that is kinda true but I found it to be very similar to ours, save the addition of cheese and cut up salami type meat. I absolutely loved that meat and cheese. The salami type stuff you could get in any store for 1 Euro. The cheese I never could figure out what kind it was. It tasted so good at that 80 degree temperature with the meat. It was hard not to eat too much of it. I kept it to a minimum since I needed things easily digestible in this heat. This aid station had less food options than the remainder of them but it was still fully stocked in my opinion. They don’t have gels for you. They have water and an electrolyte mix that wasn’t too bad but I stuck with what I brought since I know what it has in it. Theirs was a brand not sold here. My wife helped out getting water and reloaded mixes and food for the next section. I didn’t mind taking more time at aid stations this race since I wasn’t in a hurry and it was important to not forget anything as it took a long time to get to the next station. I spent close to 30 minutes at every station. This one was faster since there wasn’t much to do.

My wife modeling the salami type meat sticks they would cut up at the aid stations.

The trail goes up for a little bit and then down. After that starts the long hike up about 2,500 feet to Portella de Rialb. This was a very pretty hike. We followed a creek for most of the time. There were plenty of opportunities to cool off in the stream and the springs feeding it. I was dunking my head every chance I got. I don’t know what the temperature was but it was hot for me. There was no wind but full sun. I know John Kelly had issues with the heat as well which is part of the reason he ended up quitting. I wasn’t overheating but it was hard to go slow enough to keep my heart rate down. Because of this I could tell I wasn’t absorbing anything food wise anymore. Normally I don’t care too much about this since I know in the cool of the night I’ll make up ground. At this race though, there is no making up ground. As I would find out that night, you can’t cruise along quickly in the dark in this terrain.

We were told to look for these during a lightning storm and go in them.
Ever up!
I mean come on, how much nicer view can you get? It was like this for miles.

Soon enough I got to the top at 1:43pm. There was a great view of the ski hill where the second aid station was. Of course we wouldn’t go straight there, we had to go down and up an few more times before arriving at the next stop.

30 feet of flat ground, enjoy it while you can.

We then went down around 1,700 feet before going up again to Estany Esbalcat. This lake was a gorgeous one and hidden from the valley below. Well worth the hike if taking a much shorter way to get there.

Come to Andorra for views of magnificent mountain lakes!….and a naked guy swimming in them (look closely).

The race guide says this is a relatively flat and clearly marked trail from the lake onwards. That is not at all how I remember it. I think we went up 400 feet on this relatively flat trail and it switched back and forth a lot that if not for the other racers, I probably would’ve gone off course. Eventually you go downhill and run into a lot of day hikers. I suspect they ride the gondola up and then hike back down to their car. Then it’s uphill to the top of the gondola where there is a restaurant we used as the second aid station at mile 19.3 of the race. This is called Coma d’Arcalis but I just called it the first ski hill aid station as there’d be more. I got there at 3:30pm (yes I was that slow and there were still 50 people behind me). Since the road to the restaurant was under construction, my wife got to ride the gondola up for free.

I spent more time here as I had to take care of a small heel blister I could feel forming due to all the steep hiking. I hadn’t taped my heels since I never get blisters there. The only time I had was at Volstate which makes sense since I walked some there as well. I popped my blister and then used Tincture of Benzoin to help the new tape to stick to my heels. I ate the pasta they had here as well as the meat and cheese. I tried to eat more than usual here for the long haul this evening when I’d be able to digest it. I had my wife take pictures of the food tables to help you know what was available. She missed the pasta and soup table and also the meat and cheese table so this is only half of what was there really. They had paper bowls and wooden spoons to eat the pasta with but you need your own cup for drinks. I just used the bowl for other food after I finished the pasta. The bowl and spoon were composted.

That’s tuna on the left, available at most aid stations, I put some in the pasta. Sometimes they had pineapple as well and different versions of cake.

I left the aid station and started up the ski slope. There was a large group of horses here with their foals. It became apparent that all the ski slopes in the country were grazed by horses during the summer. My blister hurt for a couple of minutes and then never hurt again. Really nothing was hurting, my legs just felt tired. I was worried about my injury acting up but it hadn’t yet. I was getting a little chaffing and realized I forgot to apply more lube at the aid station. I stopped to get it out of my pack and the second I opened the zip lock bag it was in, a bunch of horses came running over. I have a strong suspicion that they are used to being fed by the tourists that ride up the gondola. A foal started to eat my race bib so I had to shoo them away while trying to apply lube down my shorts. Probably a good video to be had there.

Bib eater.

This is probably as good an area as any to talk about all the manure on the course. I don’t know if there aren’t any dung beetles in Andorra or what but if there are, they must not be able to keep up. The manure was a common theme in the race reports I read. While it wasn’t as bad as some of them made it seem, it was definitely something you had to look out for anytime you were in a pasture area. The smell was very apparent as well, which is something coming from me. There were a couple times I was expecting to see an elephant or rhino over the next hill because the manure piles were over a foot high and 2 feet wide at times. I don’t know if these horses are trained to all go in the same spot or if they just hold it for that long but I’ve never seen piles so big before (other than rhino or elephant).

It was fairly gentle incline in the beginning but then it gets steep. Steeper than we’ve had so far in the race and much rockier. In fact it was pretty much all rocks for the next 10 miles. I think we went up 1,700 feet in just over a mile. I even stopped for a couple minutes going up this hill. Normally I don’t stop but at least I took a photo.

The view from where I took a break looking back at the aid station in the distance (center left). That grass is about 1000 feet below me. The lake in the distance is not the lake we went past earlier, you can’t see it in this picture.

It was on this section at the base of Bretxa d’Arcalis I met a guy I would play leap frog with all the way until Refugi Joan Canut Pla de l’Estany the third aid station. He had his bib folded up so just his number was showing so I never did get his name or what country he was from. He could see I was from the USA so his first words to me were “just 400 meters” as he pointed to the top. As if 400 meters is a small amount. That’s still 1,300 feet and it was on loose shale. I’m pretty sure he was from Belgium because he had a French accent and later on talked about the best Belgium runners smoking. See, he smoked a cigarette every time he stopped. I saw him smoke 5 times. The views were nice from the top and it was at least thinking about cooling off. Some runners already had on arm sleeves or jackets since it was slightly windy on top. I made it up in 45 minutes but it seemed much longer than that.

View from Bretxa d’Arcalis looking South.

Guess where we went next? That’s right down. Nice and steep down. This is where I started using poles going down. As the English version of the race guide states, “We take the initial technical descent, remaining concentrated.” Real translation is try not to slip constantly on the moving rocks. It really wasn’t too bad, you just had to go slow and know where to step and place your poles. I was a quick learner. At the bottom were some lakes and then right back up the next climb called Pic del Clot del Cavall (Pic just means Peak if you couldn’t tell).

Again with the steep climb up and my friend telling me how many meters to go. We talked briefly about the race. He had made it to Margineda last time he was here and quit there. He was hoping to get at least that far again this year. I’m suspecting he didn’t make it any further if even that far since I never saw him again after the third aid station. He was under trained the same as me due to injury. I told him I at least wanted to get to Margineda so that I would experience all the worst portions of the course. Weird what kind of goals ultrarunners have. Of course I had no idea if I’d even make it that far. Things were starting to feel better but that can change quickly.

He was the only person I talked to the entire race. Even though I could always see another person either in daylight or their headlamp at night, I felt more isolated than I do during Arrowhead*. It wasn’t a hopeless feeling or anything but just the sense of being alone and somewhat helpless. Kind of like the isolation I felt while watching Lost in Translation, or more so how I think she felt. Seeing a loved one rarely and only for a brief time and then back into a foreign land with a communication barrier. I so wanted to talk about the race with other runners. What we’ve gone through and what is coming up if they’ve been here before. I’m not sure how I could prevent this isolation while running this race again other than to just know it will happen. I pretty much listened to my iPod the entire race because of this.

* {Don’t get me wrong Arrowhead is lonely, but I’m constantly thinking about the race and survival, that I never have time to let the isolation sink in I think}.

From the Pic del Clot del Cavall looking West towards Pic del Comapedrosa.

We reached the top of Pic del Clot del Cavall and the clouds were moving in. It didn’t look like it would rain anytime soon for now at least. If I remember it correctly, it wasn’t too bad at first going down but then got real steep. I know we went down 2,000 feet in just over a mile. There was some nice runnable trail towards the end through the trees. I was starting to feel better in the shade and the wind from running helped to cool me off. Since the last aid station there was hardly anywhere to cool off like the previous section with water constantly around you. Every once and a while I’d see Pic del Comapedrosa through the trees. It’s the tallest in the country.

Finally the trees gave way to a most beautiful scene I’d see in Andorra. I’ll just show you the best picture I have of it but it doesn’t do it justice at all.

This is the best view I saw!

This is the place I’d recommend someone to hike to in Andorra if you’re just there for hiking. Towards the left you might see 2 orange shirts that are workers at the aid station #3 Refugi de l’Estany. That water you see is the Riu del Bancal Vedeller cascading down 2,000 feet in this photo to give you a sense of scale. There’s another one to it’s right that was smaller and you probably can’t see it. There is a lake up there but we didn’t go past it. There were quit a few people with tents around here. You can see just a few of them in the photo.

The peak is the mountain in the center kind of hiding behind this foothill.

It was still a little distance to get to the aid station. I got there at 7:43pm and had gained a few spots even. This was a decent aid station but the refugi was not near as nice as the others. They didn’t let us in it so I’m not positive on what it was like but it was pretty small. There was a water fountain running that was just the stream water that they collected from further upstream and sent down in a plastic pipe. It’s here that I realized probably all the water we’ve been drinking was just collected straight from the streams untreated. I knew Giardia would take a few days to hit me and since I didn’t have any other options I went ahead and drank it. Plus like I said, I’m pretty sure I had already been drinking it and just didn’t know it. There were horses all over pooping and peeing above where they collected this water by the way, I saw them while hiking up the mountain later on. I also saw those heifers standing in the lake before the first aid station as well.

There wasn’t anywhere to sit here really either other than the rocks, so I ate quickly and got on my way. I wanted to get to the top of the mountain by dark. I put my headlamp on now so I wouldn’t have to deal with it later on. I was finally cool and that stretch of easy trail before the aid station allowed my heart rate to finally get down and I was absorbing some calories for once. I started the 2,900 feet climb up Pic del Comapedrosa. This is in less than 2 miles and completely rocks and boulder hopping after the first couple hundred feet.

I passed a couple people right away but didn’t think much of it. It was kind of hard to find the way sometimes. There were plenty of flags but since it was just a bunch of rocks, there is no clear path between the flags. I was doing surprisingly well at picking rocks that didn’t move under my feet. Soon I passed another person, then another. I never pass people on an uphill, like ever. Here I was a flatlander passing mountain people going up the hardest climb of the race. I passed 8 people! This was my only “win” during the race. It just shows how much more energy I had. And probably how little energy they had at the moment. I was almost having fun going up this mountain.

This was taken about a 1000 feet up from the aid station. This is what you’re hiking on and why it’s hard to find an “easy” path.
Looking I think North towards a different peak. The trail went to my left in this photo.
I think this was taken on the last leg up to the peak. I reached the top 15 minutes after this was taken. It’s looking West towards Spain based on the suns position.

There is a false summit and I knew that. The last part of this climb is very steep. It’s steeper than Rat Jaw at Frozen Head State Park if you’ve ever been on that climb. It wasn’t as hard at the top part of Longs Peak in Colorado but it seemed close. There were a couple spots you needed your hands so I guess it would be considered a Class 2 trail but it wasn’t dangerous by any means. All the nice sharp slate rocks would stop you from sliding to your death pretty quickly if you slipped. The rocks slipping beneath you or from above were the dangers. I always made sure to look above and below me if I was in a loose rock area to both not get hit and try not to hit someone else. You will have rocks falling while going up and down this mountain.

Top of Andorra! Looking East.
The last picture I took during the race. Looking West into Spain. Looks kinda steep to the left right? That’s how we went down. It’s considered the easier route (it actually is).

I reached the top in just under 2 hours at 9:50pm. You could still see although the sun had gone down already. I didn’t spend much time up there. I took a couple pictures, had my bib scanned and I was on my way back down. The first part is very steep and I was plowing a lot of dirt and rocks down the mountain. Then you eventually get to a more normal decline with a lake I could tell was there but really couldn’t see since it was now dark.

The trail continued to follow the stream that came out of the lake. The trail was sometimes dirt, sometimes big round rocks, and sections of snow. The snow wasn’t bad when it was in a flatish area but sucked when it was sloped. It seemed forever to get to the aid station. We only went down around 2,000 feet but it seemed more. The trail was occasionally hard to see because the big rocks would block the reflective flags a lot. I suspect whoever put the flags in this section went backwards on the course while placing them so they were in view from that direction more than the way we ran it. I wasn’t the only one having to stop often to look around for the trail in the dark.

I believe it was this section or maybe the next that I got pretty good at telling what species of animal was coming up by the smell of the manure in the dark. Really it wasn’t hard for me since I’m used to these smells. I hate horse manure smell but unfortunately that’s what most of the pastures were. It was in one of these night time manure land mine areas that I saw something that made me laugh pretty hard. Whoever was putting flags in the ground got creative and placed 2 rocks on top of a massive horse manure pile and stuck the flag in between them. I didn’t think to take a picture at the time but it was totally something I would’ve done myself if that was my job.

As seems to be the usual for this race you had to go uphill right before the aid station. I got to the 4th aid station which is Refugi del Comapedrosa at 10:57pm. So I went 2 miles an hour downhill. That’s what I mean by having to hike downhill in a lot of areas. It’s just really hard to make up any time in this race. I could see this aid station from a ways away. It was lit up like a Christmas tree pretty much. It was large and had a kitchen, electricity, and a pretty big dining area. We were only allowed to use a portion of the area. There were benches against one wall. Some were wide enough that people were sleeping on them. There were a lot of worn out faces at this aid station. I found out later that a lot of people quit here. I thought it was a weird place to quit. First off, you still have to hike out of here as there is no road to the refugi as far as I could tell. Plus the next section looked like it would be the easiest of the entire race according to the elevation profile. A nice gentle slope downhill after a couple short uphills. I was looking forward to it. Maybe they knew something I didn’t.

Here they had tomato sauce with the pasta. It was amazing! Much better than eating it with tuna like I did at the first ski aid station. I was getting low on energy again since it had been quite a while since I ate. The cheese and meat was again awesome, as was some cake I had. I also had some pop and I took some caffeine to help get through the night. They had a bathroom downstairs in the basement, of course with no soap. It was pretty hot in this aid station as well which I guess was kind of good since I was still soaking in sweat and it kept me from getting chilled. I didn’t stay any longer than needed. Of course they stopped me on the way out wondering why I didn’t have a coat on. Can you seriously not see I’m still sweating? Next time I’ll just put a sign in 5 languages that says “I’m not cold!” and “I like talking to people” but that part would only be in English.

The next mountain was only about 700 feet up. It started with a easy slope but got rocky and steep the last part. Once on top of this one I think it was pretty easy downhill to a kind of saddle and then an easy (for this race) uphill on the side of the next hill. I was in Spain for a portion of that section. Then we got to what I thought would be a nice easy downhill. I was looking forward to running down the entire way.

What I got instead was a ski slope with multiple narrow ruts going down. Oh and by the way not at all at a gentle slope. Doesn’t seem too bad right? Well add to this the fact that the wind that was present just a moment ago was completely gone and the trail consisted 4 inches of the finest dust I’ve ever seen. By fine I mean flour consistency. This meant it was very slippery and all I could see was a dust cloud from the previous racers and myself. There were flags in the ground but there really wasn’t any trail. You’d go back and forth between the ruts trying not to fall down. So why not go on the grass you ask? Great question. I don’t know what kind of grass this was but it was weird. It looked like fairly normal grass but when you stepped on it, you’d slide all over, almost like it was coated in wax which maybe it was. But that’s not the weirdest thing. If you put your hand down on it with any sort of pressure, it would feel like needles were going into my hand, and this was with gloves on. You couldn’t see thorns or anything and it didn’t burn like nettle but it hurt a lot so you definitely didn’t want to fall on it. Some grass was fine and in the dark it all looked the same so I couldn’t tell what was safe to touch and what wasn’t. It all seemed slick though. Especially since it was a steep downhill.

After about 300 feet or so of this I saw a couple runners stopped on the trail looking around. I figured they must’ve lost the trail of markers in all the dust. Once I got down there, I soon realized why they had stopped for a while. While I was correct that they couldn’t see the flags, the reason wasn’t the dust, it was a group of horses in the way. These seemed even bigger than the previous ski slope group. I think I saw a few mules in this group as well. A few had bells on which helped to know where they were. The main issue was they would keep going down the hill in front of me kicking up lots of dust. Finally after a while of this some of them broke off to the side. Great, now I was in the middle of the horses. I finally got in front of all of them. Then what do I hear? A bell ringing like crazy closing in on me very quickly. I could vaguely see a large horse barreling down the hill right at me. About 5 feet before me, he broke off to the side of me and stopped. I’d start down hill and a different one would do it but he didn’t have a bell so I just had to listen for the thumping of hooves. The moon hadn’t come up yet so there was no light other than my headlamp in a cloud of dust. For the next 10 minutes, my life consisted of being chased by 2 horses down a steep ski slope. I suppose they probably thought it was fun but maybe they were pissed that us runners kept coming up on them in the dark. Either way I was glad to finally get to a rocky area where they quit following me.

By this point I was most of the way down to the highway that we cross at the Andorra/Spain border. There wasn’t a border guard or anything like that though. The road in Andorra is tar and the road in Spain is dirt. It looked blocked off by the race officials who took down our bib numbers. Maybe there is some sort of barricade to keep you from crossing in a car but then why even have the road go there at all if not to go to Spain. Anyway the next part sucked even more than the dust.

We went off trail (well actually I think almost the entire time from the last aid station wasn’t any official trail) down the steep grassy slope in a straight line. It was almost impossible not to slip on that stupid grass. This went on for over a mile. I slipped often and if any damage was done to my knees or legs during this race it was here because of all the sudden jerks and slips. About 2/3rds of the way down I could smell I was coming up on a cattle herd. I was expecting an issue with me running with a head lamp on shining in their faces. Nope. I could run right behind cows laying down and they didn’t even care. They had their calves with them no less!

Finally towards the bottom I completely biffed it and rolled down the hill for about 30 feet. All the dirt stuck to everything. At the bottom of the hill was a stream with no real way to cross without getting one foot wet as far as I could see. I used my poles to vault across as far as I could but still got one foot wet. The first time I had a wet foot the entire race. At least I could change socks at the aid station that was now about 400 feet above me, plus 30 feet of stairs to get into the second ski hill aid station. Ugh.

Through all this slipping I was trying to think what could be done. 2 different surfaces and both are slippery. I suppose really deep treads on my shoes might help but I hate Saloman shoes and Sportiva aren’t great either (everyone from Europe wore one of those 2 brands). Do deep treads help on slick grass? I’ve figured out what I’ll do to fix it the next time for this section but I’m not telling my secret until I finish the race. It might not even work.

I reached the 5th aid station Coll de la Botella which I called the second ski aid station at 2:05am. I had gone 37.3 miles. It was a large cafeteria type place. They only let us in a small area of it. I wish I had a picture of me. I looked like I had been in the field plowing all day I was so full of dust. I made a huge mess in the bathroom trying to wash my arms and face. Brown water went everywhere since the faucet pressure was crazy high. I had to use towels to clean up the mirror and counter. I changed my socks. My tape was still hanging in there although I might use the benzoin for all the tape next time. The food was okay here but I didn’t eat much other than the cheese and meat again. Maybe something sugary. I wanted to sleep in the car since it’d be quiet and dark, but I figured that was against the rules or someone would think I was cheating so I kept on going.

The next section starts out with almost 3 miles of runnable trail. Other than the roads after Margineda, this is the only flat part of the course. It is a gradual incline in reality, but you couldn’t even tell after what we had already gone through.

I started hearing thunder and could see some big clouds in the moonlight from the North West. I had noticed this is the direction the clouds move from the last few days so I knew they would get to me eventually. I was doing the math and it didn’t look good as far as where I’d be when it got to me (like top of a mountain bad). We got out of the trees for just a bit and there were race officials at the bottom of the hill we’d go up. I was trying to determine if I should just wait here or keep going. Everyone else kept going so I did as well.

It was a pretty steep climb up a very eroded trail (or maybe not a real trail) through trees. It would’ve been tough without poles. Eventually we got above them and it was a more gradual climb up to Bony de La Pica. Basically we kind of skirted the ridge as we went up. Overall the climb was around 1,000 feet so not too bad. I could hear women cheering up in the distance and figured it must be the top. I have a feeling the views from here would be amazing in the daytime. All I saw now were the lightning strikes. They were still a bit in the distance but it was windy, and a few rain drops were felt. I moved quickly to the peak.

I made it there at 4:18am to cheers from the race volunteers on top. It looked like a miserable place to be. It was very windy. They scanned by bib and I immediately started down. They were worried I wasn’t dressed enough of course. I had finally just dried all the sweat off. The fist 10 feet down is a scramble and then it’s a mix of that flour dirt and loose rocks. Also there was absolutely no wind now that I was off the ridge and behind it. I started to sweat again 10 minutes later. It really never cooled off that much overnight.

So maybe I buried the lead a little bit here. If I got anything from all the race related things I read, it was this; Bony de la Pica should scare you. Or more specifically, going down from the peak should scare you. This is the part that has chains bolted into the rock to help you not fall off a cliff. It’s almost 5,000 feet of descent in an almost constant fashion. And most everyone will do it in the dark. This is the part that I meant when I told the Belgian I wanted to at least do all the hardest parts of the course. What really made it suck for me though was the dirt and rocks beneath your feet just gave way. I almost felt like I was just plowing my way down the hill with my feet. Poles helped a little bit but you can’t use them when you have to hang on to a chain. Really the trail wasn’t that dangerous, the drop off was usually only about 30 feet. You wouldn’t die but you sure don’t want to fall that far either. The only reason you would fall though is because it is so frickin slippery. The trail is wide enough to just hike down it if it had a normal trail surface. I think there were 4 or 5 short sections of chain. This was all towards the top of the peak.

Okay, so now that you know that this part is scary and a long steep downhill I’ll continue.

There were a few sprinkles almost immediately after I got off the peak and I wanted to get past those chains quickly in case it really started raining. It never did rain by the way and the lightning quit as well. Of course I didn’t know at the time.

During the chain section I could hear and see people running down the hill, yes running. They ran as though someone had just plopped them on the top of the mountain with fresh legs. I was confused as to how they were doing this while I was slowly going down with my poles in front of me. I certainly could’ve gone faster without using my poles but not that fast and I didn’t feel safe doing that anyway not knowing at all what the trail was like ahead. I moved over for them as best as a person can while on a steep narrow trail with sections of chain. They would just have to wait until I got to a section between chains to pass. After like the 3rd person I was getting pissed. Did these people sleep for 5 hours at the ski resort and wake up refreshed and new? Why were they so far back with me if they could run this good? Who purposely goes slow for almost an entire day before kicking it up a notch (more like 5 notches)?

After the chain sections, the trail was still steep but kind of switchbacked it’s way down. There were small sections of big boulders and what looked like rivers of rocks that had flowed down the mountain that we went back and forth over, or at least it seemed that way. Mostly though the trail was the dirt and loose rock and roots. It was hard work going down this mountain. Harder work than all of the previous ones. Plus with no wind and almost all of it in the trees, I was almost hot again. The last bit was more gentle downhill so I ran it. I was still getting passed by other runners screaming down the hill. I only passed I think 2 people going down. After 2,900 feet of down (with an occasional short up) I got to Aixas which is private property. I think it is maybe a vineyard or has stables maybe. It was hard to tell in the dark but it looked like a fairly big complex. There was a fountain with water and a couple race officials. I think they wrote our bib number down but I can’t remember.

You have to go back uphill about 200 feet but not too bad and then you go the rest of the way down. Here the trail surface is much more stable dirt. Still some roots and rocks here and there but runnable. It has lots of short switchbacks on it. The sky was getting lighter now. Still more people passing me but now that I was running I also passed a few people towards the end. It was light enough to turn my head lamp off now. This last section of downhill was 1,700 feet.

My watch had stopped recording my track but I could at least still tell the time. This time the uphill before the aid station was very small but there were still 20 feet of stairs. I arrived at the 6th aid station and the 1st major aid station of La Margineda at 6:30am. My official time is messed up since they marked me as coming back in when I quit later on. The hard cut off for this aid station is 9am so I was still doing pretty good as far as that goes. This aid station is at mile 45.4 and is a school.

I found my wife and told her I wanted to sleep for a couple hours to see if that would give my legs more energy. The food here honestly kinda sucked. it was supposed to have all this great food since it was a major station but it didn’t. I barely found anything to eat but forced myself to eat something. I wanted to eat 1,000 calories before I slept but there just wasn’t anything good or with good sustaining carbs. I mean who eats a salad during an ultra? Bizarre. Also there was no where to sit down in the gym. No chairs, benches, etc. Just lay on the floor guys.

I saw runners with a different color bib than I had on. They were Mitic runners. I didn’t realize they had started their race at 10pm the night before. I thought they started today (Saturday). So all those runners who were flying by going downhill were the leaders of that race. Now I wasn’t so pissed anymore. No wonder they looked so good, they are good. Probably 20 of them passed me on that mountain.

This last section I had really noticed myself slowing on the uphills. My legs just didn’t have any energy going uphill. I could still run downhill pretty well which was bizarre to me. I’m used to my quads either hurting or not hurting. Not this compartmentalized fashion where they could handle one stress but not a different one. I knew I couldn’t continue the race with the way they felt. I also know that things can change for the better with some simple sleep. They had a nice room of cots with blankets away from the large gym where the food and massage tables were. I went there and got some sleep but not great. I should’ve changed shirts to get rid of my sweat soaked one. I just put more blankets on to stay warm.

After about 90 minutes my wife woke me up. I didn’t feel any better. I changed my shirt and loaded up my pack. I decided to continue up the next hill to see how my legs held up. I told my wife to stay put for at least 30 minutes in case I called it quits. I checked out at 8:40am.

You run downhill and then mostly flat for almost a mile through town in a convoluted way as to cross under the major highway and over a river before the climb up the next steep hill. I tried to run some on this flat part but it felt better to just power hike. I was hiking 4 miles per hour and felt like I was flying. Oh why couldn’t I just walk it in the rest of the way like this? Because you signed up for a crazy hard race, that’s why! Some more Mitic people passed me, what else was new.

Initially the climb wasn’t very bad. Then I realized how slow I was going and how much steeper the 2,000 foot hill in front of me would get. My legs had no energy and I just wanted to cry. I was so mad at my body for crapping out like this. I looked at the cutoff times and realized I would never make the hard cutoff at Coll Vallcivera at 2am. I knew they let people finish the race after the cutoff and they even joked about it at the pre-race meeting. I was positive they didn’t let you leave the aid stations after a cutoff time. I don’t know if I got that from previous race reports or what.

I could keep going maybe I thought. Perhaps some great resurgence of energy would happen. Maybe I wouldn’t get any slower in the next 55 miles. Ha, ha, ha, maybe Superman will make the Earth rotate backwards to turn back time too. Sounds a lot like hope doesn’t it? I thought for a long time as I very slowly made it up the easy part of the slope. If I quit after the next aid station, I would basically be in the middle of nowhere. I would have to hike myself out or take a helicopter ride. I didn’t really feel like figuring out how good my helicopter insurance really was. I fought back tears and turned around.

I had just done what I had never done before.

I quit.

Little did I know how horrible it would feel. Little did I know how stupid of a way I did it. Now I had to watch everyone who didn’t quit go by me in the other direction. Just now as I’m writing this, the feelings are coming back. It sucks. It sucked then too.

Most of them were Mitic runners. Then I saw Ronda runners. What? It was already well past 9am. How are they out here? Then as I went down I saw 4 more in a group. They obviously left after 9am. They were ALLOWED to leave after 9am. I seriously thought about turning around and going back up the 200 feet I had already gone down and ignoring the 30 minutes I just wasted. I imagined this group of Japanese runners would be my new best friends and we would somehow communicate and persevere I told myself. This is why I quit in the worst way. I had to quit about 10 times in my head before I texted my wife to just pick me up.

It took some time for my wife to find me but we eventually got together and she drove me back up to the Margineda aid station. I told them I was quitting. They scanned my bib for some reason which messed up my results page (I left somehow before I even arrived). I think they thought I was just showing up for the first time. Then they tore off the finisher portion of my bib so everyone would now know I was a quitter. The scarlet letter of ultrarunning.

It’s been a month since I quit this race and I’m still having a hard time figuring out how to write my feelings. You know how artists like to reference a fire burning inside all of us? Well I guess I’ll try to use that metaphor. Once I quit, whatever flame was there shrunk in size greatly. I’m not going to say it was an ember because that seems cliche and dumb. The fire was still there (hence me wanting to turn around), but it was small. I also know artists like to then talk about something changing inside of you at this point of the story/song/poem. They use words like kerosene being dumped on their fire, or explosion. I think you know what I mean.

There was no explosion, no kerosene. If I had to describe it, I’d say what came next felt like a big Bur Oak Tree stump being dropped on me. The weight of it sucked. That scarlet letter sucked. I was so pissed at my legs. I wish I could say I was numbed by it, but I can’t. I was wide awake and aware of all the suckiness. Yeah, that’s probably not a real word, but I’m not an artist either.

Anyway, we left and looked for a fast food place so we could just eat and go to the apartment to sleep. It was after 10am now, but McDonald’s and Burger King weren’t open yet. We ended up going to the gas station along the way and getting some food there. We ate at the apartment and I took a shower to clean up. It felt so strange being able to stand, squat, etc in the shower while cleaning myself up. Usually I’m just sitting on the floor in the shower or tub because I hurt so much. My feet felt fine which is another oddity.

I hadn’t thought to make ice the last few days so we didn’t have any to put in the bags that I did remember to bring along to ice my ankles, so that didn’t happen. I just lay on top of the bed with my legs on a pillow and slept for about 3 hours or so. I didn’t want to sleep too long and then wake up at midnight or something like that.

So going back to that fire metaphor. Stumps are hard to burn. Bur Oaks likely even more so, since they are made to withstand prairie fires, although I’ve never tried to burn one. The only way to get them going is to use fuel of some sort to get the fire to catch onto the stump. My little fire wasn’t going to do the trick on it’s own. The sleep I got was the equivalent of paper. Something, but certainly not enough.

There was a buffet at a restaurant very close to where we were staying and they were still open for lunch when we got up so we went there. I made many trips and tried pretty much everything once or twice. The food was cold of course since it was something like 2:30pm, but it tasted good. The fruit and yogurt parfaits were amazing. They need those at aid stations!

There is a church right next door to that so we went there next. There was a young woman there to give tours. There happened to be a British older couple there as well so she gave a tour in English. She was very good. She kept thinking the Brits were our parents due to their age and we all spoke English. There are many very old churches in Andorra to look at. We’d see a few over the next few days since we had all this extra time now.

Sant Marti Church in Cortinada

We killed a few hours at the apartment and then went to Ordino to eat the finish line meals we had paid for around 7pm. It wasn’t too bad, but nothing impressive and I wouldn’t bother to buy it for your crew if you have one. It was here that I saw all the Japanese runners that passed me as I was walking back after quitting. They had all quit as well at some point that day. I had mixed emotions about seeing them. Happy that I probably made the right call, but sad that they didn’t finish.

Now I had cardboard for the fire.

I wanted to watch some people finish the race so we went over to the finish area (the food was blocks away). The announcer was doing his job in his ggoooaaaallll voice and giving beer to the finishers. There really isn’t a good place to just sit and watch the finish line really. Plus I was still feeling weird about not finishing. We found a grocery store in Ordino just walking around and got some more supplies. We went back, finished off the pirate chips and other snacks and went to bed.

Had to get something from Cuba. It is really good and it’s legal to bring back to the US

The next day we slept in. The main goal was site seeing today. We started off by going to the Miniature Museum in Ordino. It was quite good and I’d recommend it. It has lots Russian dolls, miniature artwork, and bottles that are painted on the inside of them. Amazing.

There were over 20 sets of dolls. All were beautiful.
Lunch that day. I just liked the cute little fry basket.

We then went to the Caldea Spa in the capitol city. It is expensive but we had a BOGO coupon from the race. It is worth it having just done the race. It’s not a natural hot springs or anything, just a giant building filled with various hot water pools. There are different portions of the complex that you pay more to go to. We didn’t really know which was what so we just went everywhere until someone told us we couldn’t be there. The places I liked the best were a couple places we weren’t supposed to be. There is one pool that has grapefruits floating in the water. Kind of fun to play with them, there were signs not to eat them. The other nice one was a 4 foot deep 3 foot wide walkway/pool that had river stones on the bottom of it. It meandered around like a river would. It felt amazing to push my feet through the rocks as I walked around the pool as the instructions said. Like a foot massage all over my feet at the same time.

Now I had sticks.

We left around 5pm and set about finding somewhere to eat. It was Sunday so a lot of places were closed. This is also the time in our trip where we were missing food from home. There are no Mexican or American Chinese restaurants in Andorra. There are I think 2 places that have sushi, but my wife didn’t want that. We settled on finding a pizza place. There are quite a few of those in Andorra and they have good pizza. We ate close to our apartment again. It’s always fun trying to figure out the toppings in another language.

We spent some time trying to find a cheap place in Barcelona for the next night since we had seen most of Andorra and wanted to see more of Barcelona. Plus we’d be closer to the airport for the flight the following day. In the end we decided to just stay in Andorra and save the money. I tried to not think that I would first be finishing the race now (Sunday night), had I kept going.

The next day (Monday) we drove to the oldest church in Andorra. The road was narrow and eventually just kinda quit. We parked like everyone else does in Europe and just started walking the rest of the way up. It was supposed to be open when we got there based on what the tour guide at the last church had said, but it wasn’t. It’s over 850 years old.

View of the church from the defense tower that was built later.

The main plan for the day was to go to the one part of the country we hadn’t seen yet, the Eastern most part. The road to France is on that side and the city of Pas de la Casa. This is where the second major aid station is. As we drove, we stopped at yet another church that was open and looked around.

Sant Joan de Caselles Church in Canillo

From Canillo on, we kept seeing all these parking signs for Grandvalira. Turns out the Grandvalira ski area is so big that it traverses several towns. There are 210 km of runs there. That’s huge! Anyway the road gets real nice and twisty again just before Pas de la Casa. There is a toll tunnel you can take instead but I think I’d only use that in the winter when the road likely sucks.

We parked in Pas de la Casa at one of the ski hills parking lots. The terrain in this area was what I was expecting from the videos I’d seen online. Much more gentle slopes and runnable terrain. The mountains were still tall and I wouldn’t have been running after 80 miles anyway most likely, but it definitely looked easier than the portions I had done.

Now I had dry, split pine.

Parking lot.

Pas de la Casa can basically be summed up as a giant shopping center for French people, with hotels for the ski people in the winter. Signs and advertising were everywhere. A million shops selling the same stuff, etc. We ate at some crappy buffet. We shopped around a little just to price check things mostly. We wanted to find horse steak to cook at home but never did. They pretty much only sell pork there. I got some Muscat wine since all we ever see at home is Muscato (bubbly and less alcohol than straight Muscat wine). It was very good by the way. I also got a stick of that salami meat stuff to have it one more time. We weren’t going to bring home any pork of any kind even though I would’ve loved a case of that stuff. It’s just not worth the risk of bringing home a foreign disease. Please don’t bring back meat from any country.

The grocery stores are called supermercat. We liked to say Super Meerkat instead.
Their warning labels were very to the point.

The drive back from Pas de la Casa was long. Well not long in distance since it’s a small country but it takes over an hour due to the speed limit and round-a-bouts. Along the way, I got all my fire starting items together and placed them next to my flame that was being crushed by that stump.

It lit and the fire took hold of the stump. I wanted so much to run the race again. This giant Bur Oak stump will burn for a long time. It will sustain me for months and years to come. Through horrible hill training and saunas. It’s already given me a new drive in my running since I’ve gotten back. Now that it’s burning you can dump water all you like on it, the flames will come back. It’s a stump. I won’t quit.

I don’t know if I told my wife that I planned on coming back someday during that car ride or not but I’m sure she already knew it. That’s one of the great things about her. I don’t know if she’ll come with next time but I also know she won’t stop me either. It could be years before I get there again.

The rest of the night we got stuff packed up and ate at the bar that helped us out the first night. It seemed like a fitting way to end our stay in Andorra.

We got up early for the 3 hour drive to the airport. This time at the border crossing we had to stop on the Spanish side. We had to show them the alcohol we brought in but it wasn’t a big deal. We didn’t really hit any traffic and made sure to go the speed limit in the radar areas.

The airport check in is a little different in Barcelona. The airlines don’t have a specific check in counter. There are just rows and rows of counters with numbers and you check into a certain numbered counter based on the flight you are taking. In other words everyone on your flight checks in the same place and no one from another flight. We had to show our passports constantly it seemed. I think 5 times we were required to show it through all the security and customs check points.

We took buses again to the plane. Even though we weren’t in first class, we were still on the first set of buses to go to the plane. My wife ran up the stairs to the plane on the tarmac and was the first one on. She was so excited. I went much slower although by now my legs were feeling pretty much normal. I guess I’ll just end the trip portion there.

The portion of the race my watch collected after I restarted it and before it died.

So officially I made it 73km or 45.4 miles. I went another 2 miles before I turned around and quit. My best calculations put my total elevation gain at about 20,500 ft in those 47.4 miles. Crazy. Notice in the graph above around 32 miles where it drops real steeply and then again after a short flatter part? That’s the portion that looks real easy on the official elevation profile. That’s why I say don’t believe it. Put the gpx file from the race into Google Earth and print out your own elevation profiles. I mean seriously, it was just as steep as any other downhill on the graph.

Out of the 408 starters, just 210 finished. I suppose that should make me somehow feel better but it doesn’t one bit. 6 of us Americans showed up for Ronda and only 1 finished (he was 10th). That’s horrible in my mind. We need to do better and I hope this blog helps somehow. Of the 5 that quit, 1 made it to Como Bella (the aid station after I quit), 3 stopped at Margineda (myself included), and 1 at Refugi del Comapedrosa. Looking overall at where people quit; if you made it past Coma Bella aid station, you went on to finish. That kind of makes sense since there isn’t a good place to quit for a long time after that, and who wants to quit at mile 80 once you reach civilization again?

As far as the rest of the course I didn’t do goes, I suspect it is mostly easier terrain. I know that after Pas de la Casa it can be more swampy. Also there is supposed to be a mountain that has fog in the morning which can make it difficult. I don’t remember which one. They mentioned it during the pre-race talk. I really wish I could be more help.

So now I’m going to talk a bit about something I’ve wanted to write about for some time. I figured I should keep my mouth shut until I had my first DNF (did not finish) so I had the complete picture. I’m guessing many won’t agree with me. Ever since I’ve started doing ultramarathons I’ve heard people say variations of this phrase “I think everyone should DNF because I learn so much more than if I finish”. I’ve always thought that was complete crap on many levels. Having my first DNF just confirms what I thought before.

Here’s why I think that sort of thought process has no business in ultrarunning. If I’m really honest, I wonder if people even believe what they are saying or if they are just trying to make themselves or others feel better because they failed. The time for learning by failure is IN TRAINING! In every other sport, you practice. You fail almost constantly at first but you get better. At some point you don’t fail much at all and even if you do, you don’t learn anything from it anymore. You just realize what it was that you did wrong and it was something you had previously learned was wrong. You just didn’t execute correctly.

I failed, period! I didn’t learn anything new.

If you DNF because of weather, that’s on you. Why weren’t you running with completely soaked shoes that you dumped water on every hour to train for that possibility? If it’s a hot race, run in hot weather, or a sauna, or with lots of clothes on. If it’s cold, run in the cold, or with wet clothes, or in a walk in cooler. Etcetera.

The same goes if you failed due to the course itself. If it’s a hilly course, run on hills, or a parking ramp, or stairs, or a tiny hill a million times. If it’s a road race, run on roads. Etcetera. The course and terrain will be spelled out in great detail in many race reports and even the race website if you bother to look. Even without fine details of this race course, the major picture could be seen on what to expect. I knew it would be really hilly. I didn’t know about the grass being slick but that certainly isn’t the reason I failed.

Some say they quit because of injury which would be fine if you were actually injured. Most new people think something must be broke because they hurt so bad. No, it just hurts a lot to run 100 miles. Actually, now that I think about it, I know quit a few runners that still finished races despite actually being injured. I wouldn’t recommend that necessarily, but it shows how much more we can do than we think we can. Our minds are weak.

The point of training is to purposely “break” things so that you know how to prevent, fix, mitigate, or deal with them during a race! That includes the mental aspect of training as well. I’ll give an example. For VolState I ran 80 miles for a training run with all my gear I was planning on using packed the exact way I planned on packing it. It took until mile 45 before anything “broke” with what I was planning on using in the race. The initial goal was 132 miles but I stopped at 80 in order to not wreck my body more than I already did. That was the time for a DNF. I learned a lot of things that day that made my race go smoothly.

The other thing that really bothers me about people being so cavalier with DNFing is that they took away a spot from someone else who could’ve finished. Almost every big race and even the small ones nowadays has a lottery to get in because space is limited due to permitting or whatever other reason. I know for a fact there are people that purposely sign up for races knowing 100% they won’t finish. They just go to see friends and go a few miles on the course. That’s crap! Go volunteer, or pace someone, or just show up and see you friends without wasting a spot. If you want to see the course, there’s this thing called hiking you can do anytime you want, even on race day, and it’s free! I pulled out of a race early this year to let someone else have the spot because I knew I wouldn’t be able to give it my all due to where it fit in my race schedule. I could’ve just went and ran a few loops and hung out with all the elite runners from around the world. I would’ve felt like garbage if I had done that though.

It’s not to say you can’t fail in a race, or shouldn’t try something at the edge of your ability, but don’t act like it was a good thing to DNF. Think real hard about how prepared you were before that race. Did you read all the race reports? Did you train on the right terrain and in the right weather? Do you know what shoes to wear in what conditions for your feet? Do you know how to prevent and treat blisters in ALL conditions? Did you do any nighttime running? My wife likes to tease me that there are times I’m not “doing anything” but just sitting there inside the house or looking at something outside. I tell her I’m “figuring stuff”, meaning coming up with every possible way I could screw something up or something else could screw me up. It’s the same way when I’m designing something I’m about to build.

Could I have finished this race? I just don’t know 100%. I know for certain I wouldn’t have made it in under 62 hours. The last person to finish was 2 hours over the limit so…? If someone put a gun to my head of course I would keep going and likely could’ve even finished the course eventually. Even if someone would’ve offered me $2,000 to finish the course, I probably would’ve kept going, knowing it wouldn’t be official. In reality though, my chance of even making it until nightfall was slim. This is possibly all Monday morning quarterbacking and I wouldn’t have even made it up that first 2,000 foot hill after Margineda.

One thing I am certain of is that I want to go back and run this race again. If I do go….I will finish! That stump won’t quit burning until I do.

Zion 100k – 2019 Race Report

The Zion 100K ultramarathon was held April 12th, just outside of Zion National Park in Southern Utah. The start and finish is in Virgin, UT. The 100k course was changed this year and I’m assuming it will stay in this current form next year as it worked well I think. I ran this race over a month ago (partially due to 3 hours of work on this report being erased somehow) so my memory might be a bit fuzzy but I think I can give some good details. Lots of pictures with this report at least.

Since I didn’t get into Superior 100 this year I needed to quick find a race that would qualify for Western States as I still haven’t won the lottery for that race. The 100k version of this race (also available are 100 mile, 50k and half marathon options) qualifies for Western States and wasn’t full yet. Also I’ve never been to Southern Utah and wanted to check out some of the national parks with my wife to see if we’d want to come back when the kids are older. I hadn’t run a 100k distance race yet either, so that was of some interest to me as well.

We left Minnesota a couple days early so we’d be able to explore the area. This ended up being perfect timing as the blizzard hit a few hours after the plane took off. We landed in St. George and went straight to Paria Valley in Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument. I’ve wanted to go there for years after seeing a photo of the place. I kept this part a surprise for my wife since I didn’t want her to know what it looked like before we got there. It was cloudy but soon after we got there the clouds parted enough for me to get some great photos. People keep using my photos without giving credit so I’m not going to put any of those on here since they’re good enough to be worth something. It was worth the drive I think. Along the way there were some towns we drove through. It was interesting to us to see lots of homes with no siding whatsoever. Basically people just painted the OSB sheeting and called it good. I guess in the desert that’s okay?

We stayed in Hurricane, UT at an AirBnB. Turns out everyone staying at the place was in the race or a crew for a runner. It certainly made us not feel so bad getting up super early on race day. We ate some awesome Mexican food and went to bed.

The next day we went to Zion National Park. I wanted to go up Angels Landing and even if I didn’t want to, there was basically no other choice. Essentially every other trail in the main valley was closed due to flooding or landslides. It’s about 2000 feet of elevation gain total and close to 5 miles round trip but I wasn’t too worried since the race was only supposed to have 5500 feet of gain which is pretty flat. The trail is a steady climb for pretty much the whole way to Scout Lookout which is where the trail gets “scarier”. I wasn’t too surprised when my wife decided not to continue since the going down part would be scarier than going up. It’s not anywhere close to as scary as half-dome in Yosemite but if you’re not used to hiking along cliffs, you’ll be concerned.

About half-way from Scout Landing to the top.

There are chains along portions of the trail to hang on to but I just used my hands to hold rocks instead. It was much faster that way and the chains moved around a lot. If it wasn’t for crowds, you could run most of the flat parts really. Same with going down, if no one was around you could get down pretty quick. I hung out at the top for a little while to enjoy the views and take some pictures.

1500 feet straight down. My mom loves these! That’s the Virgin river and the park road way down there.

On the way down I saw at least one Condor. We couldn’t quite read the number on his wing to look it up later but it was pretty cool it flew so close over our heads and beside us that we could even see that at all. It was 2 digits but I think they’re all just 2 digits and then color coded. This one seemed orange or yellow. The sun kept blinding us. There’s still less that 300 of them in the wild! My wife I think saw it from the landing as well. Of course since I spent so much time watching the bird she was concerned about me by the time I got back to her. Oops. The rest of the day was pretty much spent relaxing, getting my bib, and getting everything finalized for the race the next day.

The race started Friday at 6AM. The 100 mile and 100k started at the same time so there were hundreds of runners. Since it was still dark, I needed my headlamp. We ran on the shoulder of the highway for a bit and then dirt roads headed toward the first and only big climb of the race. About 3 miles into the race is where it starts to get steep and just gets steeper. I wasn’t really in the front group but was towards the front. Somehow a group of people after the front runners took a wrong turn and we all followed up the wrong trail. After going up a couple hundred feet we saw people running back down saying it was the wrong way. So back down I went and now it was of course super crowded since we were just running into the people behind us. Surprisingly, people hiked up the correct direction at a decent pace so I didn’t have to stop and start all the time like I did at Bighorn waiting for people to move. Finally after about 1200 feet you get to the top.

View from the top at Goosebump Aid Station. You can see the trail going down if you look close bottom center of picture.
The dirt road in the center of the photo going kiddie-corner is the road we ran on to get to the mesa from Virgin. Looking North just left of the picture above.

Here is the first aid station called Goosebump. We’d go through this station 2 more times later on and there is no crew access here so it’s the only place I left a drop bag. I got here in just over an hour so not too bad.

From here to the next aid station which was Grafton Mesa was pretty much flat. It was all on dirt road with a downhill at the end. I talked to a few people along this section and realized I wouldn’t need my poles for the rest of the race. There was a chance of rain forecast initially but it looked like that probably wasn’t going to happen. I was fairly hot already since I was still used to winter weather at home. It wasn’t all that hot, probably only got up to 70 degrees and sunny but I was feeling it pretty much the rest of the day. I also was feeling like the hike yesterday was definitely going to slow down my time. My legs just felt kind of dead all day.

Road from Goosebump to Grafton.

I found my wife at Grafton fairly easy around 8:10AM. I got some ice water from her, changed into a t-shirt from a long sleeve shirt, got food, left my poles and told her I’d see her later. We went through this aid station twice more so she just stayed there and read. The race continued on down the road until Wire Mesa where we went onto a mountain bike trail. There was an aid station at the start of the trail and we’d loop back to it before going back up to the Grafton Mesa.

Wire Mesa is the closest mesa to Zion National Park. Basically it’s just Southwest of the entrance to the canyon so you can see some of the peaks in the park. The mesas themselves are gorgeous though as well. The trail led all over the mesa and the edges of it. The views from every edge were great. I heard several people overwhelmed with the views. They were full on swearing in disbelief for minutes at a time. I was starting to wonder if they’d ever been outside in their entire life.

View from Wire Mesa looking NE at the Virgin River Valley entrance to Zion National Park.

The trail itself was overall flat but you were going up a rock here and down a rock there almost every 2 steps. It got annoying and it was starting to dawn on me why the previous finishing times of this race were longer than I expected them to be based on the distance and elevation gain advertised. It took about 90 minutes to complete the loop.

During this mesa section I realized I’d need to use the bathroom at some point. I saw there were 2 compost toilet tents at the aid station the first time I went through. I also saw there were about 7 people in front of me on the trail when we were nearing the station. I didn’t want to risk having to wait for all of them to use it first so I sprinted downhill past them all and went straight into the toilet.

Okay, this is going to get gross. I’ve stopped talking about pooping in my reports due to comments but this I can’t skip over.

So to start with, here’s how the race advertises these compost toilets in the race booklet;

We also use Great Outdoors Composting Portable
Toilets which conserve water, eliminates the use of
harmful chemicals, and create a nutrient rich soil
amenity. It is the best pooping experience you will
ever have. To learn more about Great Outdoors
Toilets or to have them at your event visit www.
greatoutdoorstoilets.com or ask the race officials
for more information.

The best pooping experience you will ever have you say? No! You’ll be talking about it for sure, but not because it’s great. I don’t have a picture of these since I never wanted to get close to them again, so I’ll do my best to paint a picture with words. You could go to their website, but they smartly don’t show you pictures of the inside of the tent version they had at the race.

The compost toilet consists of a wide plastic bucket with a 3/4 inch thick piece of plywood placed on top of it with a hole cut out. They did add a toilet seat to this board so there’s that I guess. This board was about 2 feet wide and the depth of a toilet seat. This was all surrounded by a shower tent like structure. Look it up if you don’t know what I mean. This tent however was much smaller than a shower tent which is tiny to begin with. Basically if you were over 6 feet tall, your knees would be touching the tent wall when you sat down and your head hitting the ceiling. The zipper was also under a lot of tension so it was basically impossible to close all the way from the inside due to the tight space. I suppose you could’ve walked in, put your face down in the seat area bending over and put your hands through your legs to close it? I wasn’t going to try that.

But I’m getting ahead of myself a little. There is sawdust already pre-moisturized that you’re supposed to scoop from a barrel outside this tent and spread on top of your deposit to the plastic bucket. One scoop for pee and two for poop I think the signs said.

Anyway, when I got to the aid station a guy just came out of the tent and I went right in…. Remember when I said it was sunny and kind of hot? Imagine a greenhouse filled with poop, wet sawdust, urine and zero air flow. That should paint the air temperature and smell for you. Then the sights, oh the sights. Toilet paper, sawdust, and what I can only assume was poop all over the seat and plywood. If you put a dog in similar conditions, you’d go to jail. It wasn’t quite as bad as the scene from Rambo where he’s being hung in the waste water from the outhouses, but my mind immediately went there.

There was no way I could do all I needed doing while holding a single breath, especially after sprinting downhill to get there. My breath number was definitely in the double digits. I went as quick as I could and did a horrible job of applying more butt lube since there wasn’t any room in there and I didn’t dare let my pack touch any horizontal surface. That would certainly haunt me later. I was seriously considering just opening up the “door” and doing everything in full view of all the runners coming down the trail and the people eating at the aid station. Why should they be punished though, they were probably smart and just pooped on the course somewhere.

The first breath of fresh, cool air after you exit is about the best thing you can imagine. That is until you realize you have to go back in not only once, but twice, to sprinkle sawdust on top of your carefully crafted cupcake. Why can’t you just make a bigger scoop?! Even though I kept my hands clean, there was no way I could say they were clean after touching the tent itself, anything in it, or the scoop. I had a worker push the plunger on the water spigot so I didn’t contaminate it and didn’t get any food. I still had some of my own left anyway.

How is it even legal to compost human waste? That means it’s sitting out in the open for weeks. Truly one of the worst pooping experiences I’ve ever had.

After this I continued on back up the road to Grafton aid station. I found my wife in the same place and briefly described my experience. She said she heard some of the toilets at that aid station had poop up to the toilet seat already. She smartly never went into one. I got ice water and soaked my head with water.

The next part of the race was to run a 5.5 mile loop on the Grafton Mesa. There was a short section in the beginning that both directions ran on so I saw there were a few people already finishing the loop. It was a little nicer trail that the last one but the views weren’t quite as nice. Basically you ran a gentle slope towards the end of the mesa and then back up to the aid station. It was getting much more thinned out now. While I could see someone all the time up to this point, now it was only about half the time.

View from Grafton Mesa. Pretty sure looking West.

I was now starting to slow down as I was hitting the marathon distance in this section and the heat was getting to me since it was almost noon. I lost some time in this section but I just had to remind myself this is pretty normal at this point in a race. I got to the Grafton aid station for the last time and reloaded a fair amount since I wouldn’t see my wife for over 5 hours. She went back to the Airbnb and I think even took a nap.

I tried to make up some time on the road back to Goosebump with some fast walking uphills. It seemed to take much longer this second time running on this section. The views were nice though and soon enough I got to the aid station at 12:52PM having made back the time I lost on Grafton. There was now less than 29 miles left.

The next section was an 11 mile loop on Gooseberry Mesa. We started out on the North edge of the mesa going West. The trail was right on the edge of the cliff for the first mile or so and was gorgeous. The best views of the race!

Looking North from Gooseberry Mesa. You can see the road from the race beginning again. The Mesa on the top left is Hurricane Mesa. The cool thing about that one is that the Supersonic Research Site is on the top of it. It has rocket sleds for testing ejection seats, etc. Privately owned now but still used.
Looking Northeast. You can see the trail down in the bottom right of the photo.

After about 20 minutes I got to the “slick-rock” area. It wasn’t what I was expecting at all. At home, slick-rock is flattish smooth rock. What they called slick-rock here was petrified sand dunes. They weren’t slippery at all due to being sandstone and they certainly weren’t flat. Best to just show a picture.

Slick-rock?

I’ve never gone mountain biking so I’m not sure if they like to curve all over the place when they ride or they’re just drunk because these trails never went straight. Up to this point the biking trails we were on were classified as Easy or More Difficult similar to ski slope ratings. We were now getting into Difficult and at several points I noticed a rating of Extreme. I’m assuming that’s like a double black diamond in skiing. Regardless, in the photo above I’ll try to explain how the trail went. You go up and over the left part of the dune in the middle of the photo. Then up the left part of the dune behind it. Turn around and go back down to the back side of the middle dune but only go part way up it and then down and then up the right side of the dune behind it. Then turn around to go down and then up and over the right side of the middle dune that you can’t see. Then back up the backside of the dune on the right. All of that instead of just turning right at the middle dune! Now it’s been a month so I might be off slightly in my description of that small area but it was pretty shocking so I think I remember it pretty well.

So how did I know where to go? Well the race course is marked with those little pink ribbons you can see on the tree on the right, but since there aren’t that many trees around and you can’t stick a flag in rock, they are somewhat far apart in this section. The bike trail is marked with white dots of paint. This is what the race book stated about them:

The trail will be marked with pink ribbons.
Note that sections of this trail may also have
markings of white dots painted on the slickrock.
These white dots are markings for mountain
bikers. Even though some of our course coincides
with the mountain biking trails DO NOT FOLLOW
THE WHITE DOTS. Our course will veer on and
off the mountain biking trails- just make sure
to follow the pink ribbons.

The big joke was that if you didn’t follow the white dots, you’d have no clue where to go as you couldn’t see the next flag from the one you were at without following the white dots. There were maybe 2 places on this entire mesa where the trail turned off the bike trail and there were lots of flags in those areas to make sure you made the turn. Otherwise if you didn’t follow the dots, you’d get lost. Plus they’re on the ground and much easier to follow than the flags 4 feet up in the air.

Occasionally I could see the next flag across an area of these hills but even then I followed the trail instead of going straight to it. I don’t know if it was cheating to cut straight across or not but I saw people doing it. Really I don’t think you saved hardly any time doing that unless you knew the course really well. Sometimes the hills had steep dropoffs and some were sloped. The white dots never went off a cliff and stayed on the sloped area.

Clearly this section was going to take a lot longer than I was planning. The elevation profile advertised for this area was a gradual elevation gain towards the turnaround and then gradual decent. Of course going up and down 5-8 foot hills constantly adds a lot of unmeasured elevation gain and technical difficulty. Here’s another picture of the sucky-suck that was the slickrock.

Near the turnaround spot.

After an hour of these hills, I made it to the turn around spot at the end of the mesa. The views here made it worth the effort if you’re ever in the area. You could see pretty much everything from here.

Looking West.
Panorama from Northwest to Northeast. Hurricane mesa in the top middle. Town of La Verkin in the top left. Zion National Park in far top right.

I kind of caught up to a few people in this area. We laughed while telling each other not to follow the white dots since we clearly had no other choice. We were now skirting the South rim of the mesa. The views weren’t quite as nice but still beautiful.

Looking South from the turnaround area.

There was an aid station called Gosseberry on this section but I didn’t know how long it would take to get there. We were again in sand dune land. At least I had some company to laugh with about the insanity of going up and down hills. These hills seemed bigger and steeper. We quite often saw scratches in the rocks from bike frames being scraped along them due to the steepness of drop offs. It ended up taking about an hour to get there. It was mid-afternoon and sunny. Not great for me, but since it was such slow going anyway I wasn’t too overheated. The best thing about the aid station was that I realized the only way they could’ve gotten all that stuff there was if there was a double track a truck could go down to deliver it. Sure enough the trail got much better!

At least we went around this rock formation.

After a bit, I could see the windmill that was visible from the road going to Goosebump from Grafton. I knew we had to be getting close to the Goosebump aid station. I arrived there at 3:40PM, almost 3 hours for a loop I thought would only take about 2.5.

I spent a little extra time here to tighten my shoes for the steep decent off the mesa. I reloaded and got some food loaded up since it was over 8 miles to the next aid station where I could finally see my wife again. I placed my drop bag in the “return” pile and started off down the hill.

The trail was right at the edge of being too steep to run down and since it had lots of round rocks that liked to roll, I just hiked down it to play it safe. My feet were almost always slipping down the hill but I maintained my balance and made it down fairly quickly.

I hadn’t really thought about what to expect in this section once I got down the big hill. I was thinking it would be fairly flat since it was off the mesa. Well not really. The trail was a double track that went along the North foothills of the Gooseberry Mesa I was just on a short time ago. This meant constantly going up and over hills to get to the next drainage off the mesa. Sometimes we’d follow the muddy creek beds up a ways, crossing the water multiple times before finally leaving that drainage just to go down another one. This played out for quite a while. It wasn’t really all that bad but just wasn’t that fun with tired legs.

Well, it was pretty bad in one way at least. Remember when I was in that hot box from hell earlier in the race and didn’t apply lube appropriately? Now things were getting chaffed fairly good. Since it was so dry, all my sweat just dried in place. It never soaked to the outside of my clothes like usual. This meant all the salt was still on my skin. I always have Vaniply with and I just had to apply that every hour or so to keep it at bay.

The Gooseberry Mesa turnaround area is the high area in the top center of the picture.

I saw a few pacers running the other direction. I’m assuming they were going to meet their runners somewhere up on Gooseberry since crew weren’t allowed there. They made the trail look easy. I was running out of water when finally the trail left the foothill area and got on a more flat area. I knew the aid station couldn’t be too far away. I got there at 5:34PM still about 20 minutes off pace. This aid station is where the 100 milers split to a different course from the 100k runners. I think there were a fair amount of 100 mile runners that called it quits here. I told my wife I was expecting to get to the finish line later than expected as I didn’t think I would make up any time.

Soon after I left the aid station I saw a race worker sprinting down the trail yelling at the guy behind me that he was going the wrong way. He must’ve been a 100 miler but he told the worker that he knew it was the 100k course and that he switched races. I didn’t know that was a possibility but it’s not that unusual to be allowed.

There was about 10 miles left in the race and it was generally flat to downhill. The course was on bike trails once again. The trail itself was nice and easy. There were a few small hills here and there while going over small drainage areas. The next aid station was only 2 miles away called Virgin Dam. I didn’t see a dam anywhere. It was a fairly well stocked station and had helpful volunteers but I didn’t need anything this late in the race and had plenty of water.

I’d pass a few people here and there and get passed by an equal number of people as well. I saw quite a few people with pacers which seemed a little odd since it’s such a short race and we’d be done before dark. In fact, that’s one of the perks my wife and I were looking forward to in this race. We’ve never been done with enough time to go back to the room, take a shower, and go out to eat in the same day I started a race. We were planning on going to a BBQ place in Hurricane that closed at 9PM. Yes, you read that correctly; They close at 9PM on a Saturday, come on Utah!

Since I was behind pace, I was expecting to finish around 7:50 so we’d be cutting it close unless we left right away from the finish line. While this race is called 100k, it was advertised longer at 63.5 miles which isn’t unusual for a trail race.

All the signs at the aid stations, including the Virgin Dam station agreed with my watch for distance. The trail got close to the Virgin River but never really got to it until the end of the trail and a water only aid station called Sheep Bridge. It was supposed to still be 4.1 miles to the finish line from there so I filled up with some water and again wet my head to keep cool. The course was now on a somewhat busy dirt road that went toward the highway into town. It crossed the river and I was mostly walking up the road. Since I still had almost another hour left, I was saving some energy for the last push.

Turns out I should’ve been running the whole time. Once I got on the highway, I could see the town just ahead. Even now, I kept telling myself the turnoff for the finish line must be at the other of town or something since this is nowhere near 4 miles. Nope, I was letting people pass me for nothing as just a mile or so down the highway was the turnoff for the finish line. I was happy but also kind of pissed I hadn’t tried harder the last couple miles. There was no way to cut this part of the course so I know I was on the right path, plus there were lots of runners around me. I finished at 7:15PM, ahead of my original goal time and a good half hour sooner than I was expecting at Virgin Desert.

My placing in the race kind of depends I guess. On the official site I’m listed as 51st, even though I was the 50th person to cross the finish line. They have the official results listed by chip time which I’ve never seen in an ultramarathon before. DUV has me listed as 50th since I was the 50th to cross. Whatever, out of 331 starters it was about where I expected to finish.

I got my medal and was just turning to head to the parking lot area since I was so early. I saw my wife just walking into the park. She was just as surprised as I was to see me so early. I laid down for a bit and then used my food ticket to get some nachos since we had so much extra time now.

We did indeed have plenty of time to eat nachos while talking to a couple other finishers, take a shower, and go to the restaurant. We were in bed by 10PM! Weird.

The next day I got up somewhat early since I can never sleep that well after a race. I went to get my drop bag that we of course forgot to get the night before. Then I picked up my wife and we went to the other valley in the Northwest part of Zion National Park and did a shorter hike to some overlook that wasn’t worth the effort. The valley itself would be cool but not in the morning. The sun was in our eyes trying to see the mountains. Afternoon would be much better. Our plane left that afternoon and soon we were home.

Elevation profile and distance based on my gpx file in GPSvisualizer.

Runners only section: Not much else to say here other than the 5500 feet of elevation gain is way off. It was based on a watch measurement, and my watch actually agreed pretty close with that. Mine came in at 5700 I think but I did also do that extra hill in the beginning. My watch only records a elevation change if it’s over 5 meters and I’m assuming the race watch did as well. If you change the threshold to 1 meter to include all those little hills (mostly on Gooseberry Mesa) in the race, you end up with 7992 feet. I’m guessing it’s somewhat less than that but much more accurate to how the course “runs”. It’s fairly technical with plenty of rocks to trip you or slip under your feet.

I know a fair amount of people quit the 100 mile race in the night so I’m guessing those extra Mesas they run are fairly difficult.

If they continue with this course, expect that last section from the bridge to be shorter than advertised, otherwise everything was pretty spot on.

Follow the white dots or get lost.

Hurricane is quite close to Virgin, we stayed on the very Eastern edge of Hurricane and it only took 10 minutes to get to the start line.

It’s about as easy as a race can get for a crew. Very little driving and lots of time for naps.

Pretty much full sun exposure the entire race so if it’s sunny, use some protection of some kind.

I would definitely recommend this race just because of the beauty of the place. If you’ve had your fill of Southern Utah for some reason, then maybe not. I could see myself someday going back for the full 100 miler, not for a while though.

Race results here.

Lost in the Woods – 2019 Race Report

The 3rd rendition of the Lost in the Woods race took place April 27th in and around 7 mile creek park near St. Peter, MN.  Last years event was cancelled due to poor trail conditions.  I was worried this years’ might be cancelled as well since we had an April blizzard this year as well and the river was again flooded.  The forecast called for rain and snow, but whether it was cancelled or not I was going because I needed to get in some miles and hills for training if nothing else.  I received a confirmation email that the race was indeed still on a full 6 hours before the race was to begin. 🙂

This is the second time I ran the race although the course is changed every year.  This year was a 2 loop course with an extra aid station thrown in.  Basically you run up and down a bunch of hills off trail, tearing out pages of books similar to the Barkley Marathons, but much tamer.

Looks like a 3 year old just scribbled on a piece of paper and called it a map!

I got to the start line only about 30 minutes early this year which was basically enough time to get ready although I didn’t really read the whole directions sheet very closely since I was too busy talking and trying to figure out what I wanted to wear and bring with in my pack. It was already raining and about 38 degrees. It was going to get colder, windier and start to snow by 10AM as far as the forecast was concerned. I brought my poles with since I knew it would get muddy and these hills are steep!

Pre-Race Photo

We started off at 7AM on our clockwise loop if it could be called that. Pretty much a goofy figure 8ish type loop with an out and back in one part. Just look at the picture above and try to figure it out I guess. Since it just started to rain not long ago things weren’t very muddy in the beginning. I didn’t use my poles at all the first loop although there were areas they may have helped. In less than a mile I was sweating since I had too much clothing on. I stopped at a pavilion and changed out my thermal shirt for a regular long sleeve shirt.

Now I was way behind everyone which isn’t a big deal but it makes it easier to follow people so that they are the ones who have to figure out where to go. Eventually I caught up to a few of them at book 1 and was with them all the way to the first aid station. The downside of following people is of course following them the wrong way. We went right past book 6 and had to go back up and over a hill to get it. Ugh, there are enough hills already.

Aid station 1 was in the same place as last year. The short loop from there, which is basically just going down and up a hill for no reason other than to add a hill, was much more enjoyable this year. I’m not sure why but I think it was because there is landscaping which makes it more like steps up and down which made it much easier than the mud we were going on/sliding down everywhere else.

Now I was getting in front of the pack since I could actually bomb down that area and I didn’t stop long at the aid station either. It seemed like I had gone a long ways already but there was still around 9 miles left just on loop 1. I enjoyed the flattish trail running until it was time to go off trail once again for basically the remainder of the loop.

There were 15 books to find and 1 punch location where you punched the pages you had so far. These are the book titles I have from my pages: These Thousand Hills, Vertical Run, Impossible, Terminal Event, Personal Injuries, The Blooding, Breaking Point, Dead Run, Definitely Dead, Dead as a Doornail, Cause of Death, Death Qualified, Come to Grief. A couple didn’t have the titles on every page so I don’t know what the remaining ones are.

There was a point before the second aid station that was a new area for me. I’ve been to the park many times and always wondered what was at the bottom of the overlook area. It always looked way too steep to go down plus I figured it was private property. Well the map said to go down it so away I went. It is very steep! At the bottom was a creek. In fact with the rain, the bottom of every hill was basically a creek. The water was ice cold! The other water crossings weren’t near as cold as this one. On top of this the course, which was laid out with flags, crossed the creek multiple times. I think by the fourth time I was fully expecting there to be a sign that said “now lay down in the water for 10 seconds so you can freeze the rest of your body too”. Finally we went up the other side and a slightly less steep incline as going down. There was a beautiful path with lights strung up above it. I’m sure it’s beautiful in the winter.

The aid station was in a tent in a yard. I was the first one there! I haven’t really ever been in the front during a race. I ate some more candy bars and potato chips were just blowing my mind so I ate a bunch of those too. I had lost a water bottle somewhere after the first aid station but since it was so cold, just having 1 was enough for now. I left and then we went along some roads and through a plowed field. It was colder now and snowing mixed with the rain. The wind picked up as well. I finally stopped sweating. If you’ve never ran through a muddy field in the mid-west, just imagine tying bricks to the bottom of your shoes and that’s the kind of weight you experience with the mud stuck to them. I was definitely feeling tired now. Still 5 more books to go. After the next 3 books we went down to the main park area again.

Since the main creek in the park had flooded earlier, there was about 6 inches of new dirt laid down all over the grass and bridge in the East area. We had to cross this area which was interesting. If you ran fast you wouldn’t sink all the way into the new mud. I wish I had a picture of that area. It was kind of comical really. Tough Mudder would be jealous they don’t have an area of that size with mud.

There was an out and back which was new as well. With the constant rain, it was really getting muddy now and I knew I’d need the poles for the second loop. With the out and back I could see there was just 1 person close to me. This area as well as a few others had tons of wildflowers growing which made it enjoyable. I finally got back to the start/finish with the first loop in I think 4:12. I turned in my pages and got my new number to know which pages to tear out on the second loop.

The second loop was in reverse order which is good and bad. It makes it slightly harder since you could miss a book easier. It also allows you the opportunity to see where everyone else is. While I wasn’t planning on trying hard during this race because I just did the Zion 100k 2 weeks ago, I kind of had to try to win since I’ve never been in the lead before. I passed almost everyone by the first book so they weren’t far behind as far as distance goes. It would all depend on how much time they stayed at the aid station and whether they continued on the 2nd loop at all.

I don’t really have any pictures of the course since it was raining the whole time and I was pretty full of mud so I didn’t want to take my phone out. Unlike the race 2 years ago, the park was pretty much devoid of people not in the race so no one else took photos of us either. The plus side of no people is that no one messed with the books this year.

After I passed the last person I would only see someone at the aid stations. The mud made it go slow. My poles helped but when they sink in 5 inches they almost made it worse. I was hoping to get done in 9 hours total but that was getting doubtful since I had to walk down everything. Since everything was backwards, the 2nd aid station was now 1st. I wasn’t looking forward to the steepest climb of the course which was the part going up the overlook hill after the multitude of creek crossings. The water was still cold! I slowly made my way up and was glad I was the first to do it as it would only get worse with more people going over the same place.

I tried to keep the pace up but it wasn’t going to happen with the mud. I had to get my map out a few times since I kept convincing myself I missed a turn somewhere even though I never did. I think the course flags might’ve been placed while going clockwise with not as much thought about going the other way. Often a flag would be hiding behind a tree when going the counter-clockwise direction. I was going slow enough though that I wasn’t too worried about going past one without knowing it.

I found my water bottle just before getting to the last aid station. It fell out while I was ducking under a downed tree I suspect. When I finally got to the last aid station the race director was there and asked how it was going. I think I grunted and he responded “going well then!” He assured me it was all “downhill” from there. While there weren’t many hills left, the hills on the south side of the park seem to have more clay in them so they are much worse when it’s wet.

I wasn’t sure where anyone else was but knew there were 7 of us still on the course. I remembered it would be about 2 miles to the finish from the last book in this counter-clockwise direction. This was a fairly easy 2 miles. I was starting to get excited that I would finish first. With some irony, I got a text from my wife wondering if I was ever coming home. She was expecting me to be done a couple hours ago. I joked that apparently winning wasn’t fast enough. To be fair I was hoping to be done in 8 hours without knowing anything about the course.

I walked up the last big hill to the finish line and rang the bell to signify my finish. I turned in my pages and sat down. It had just stopped raining minutes earlier, so I can’t say it rained the entire race. I thanked them for a great course and ate the famous finish line chili.

The finish bell. The finishers names are engraved below it every year.
This was to make my friend Ed jealous since he didn’t show up this year.

Results

1.       Nathan Marti                     9:03

2.       Bryan Whitesel                 9:55

3.       Tyler Struss                         10:18

4.       Katie Looft                          10:19

5.       AJ Groebner                      10:19

6.       Paul Grimm                        10:19

7.       Jim Weart                            10:20

DNF

Josh Winkler

Lisa Bos

Gregg Lind

The course itself was around 14 miles a loop. I ended up doing 28.3 miles with the extra due to missing book 6 initially. The total gain only came out to about 7000 feet. It certainly seemed like more than that. I suspect it was due to the steepness of the hills this year. The last time I did it, there was more elevation but it also wasn’t muddy. That really wears on all the accessory muscles. I only biffed it twice but that was helped by the poles I’m sure. The good thing with the rain was I got to test out my rain coat in a race and it performed fine. The course always changes so we’ll see what next year brings. Maybe 3 loops of the same course. That’d be tough to finish in the time allotted.

A few hills would you say?

Arrowhead 135 Race Report – 2019

This was my third time starting and finishing the Arrowhead 135 (2017, 2018).  I had some lofty goals that needed to be changed based on the weather but I stuck it out and finished.  Really, I’ve never seen the trail in such a perfect condition.  It was smooth and hard packed the entire way except for a few snow drifts in the swamps at the end.  The wind was at our backs most of the time so that’s good.  My sled and gear only weighed 40 pounds this year at the start so that was much better than last year.

And yet, only 13/64 (20.3% finisher rate) foot division competitors finished this year.  The reason of course was the weather.  It was one of the coldest years and maybe the most consistently cold year.  Air temps have been colder at the race before and it was more than -40 both the day before and after the race (we lucked out?).  I think the main thing was that it just never warmed up.  It was relentlessly cold and it got worse as the race went on.  Colder and windier!  Even half the bikers quit and you couldn’t have had better trail conditions for them, plus it didn’t get really cold until some of them were done already.  No skiers and no kick sled guys finished.  It was a tough year all around.  I was more surprised how many people actually showed up to begin with.  It was pretty clear a week before, that it would be especially cold this year.

My goal for this year was to go for speed.  This did get changed once it got cold, but I still went ahead with that plan in the beginning to get as far as I could while the temperatures were still reasonable to limit the time I’d have to be out there in the severe cold.  I built a new sled for this year but ended up using my old one after a training run on Sunday morning (-44F) showed the new one wasn’t better in the cold on a hard trail and since it weighed more, I used the old one.  Neither sled gave much “run” due to the low temps.  Things don’t slide on snow and ice well at all once it gets so cold.  Also the surface snow consistency makes a big difference.  It pretty much felt like pulling through dry flour but not quite as bad as sand.  All I heard the entire first day was how hard the sleds were pulling so I wasn’t the only one.  Hills that during my first year at Arrowhead (20F) I could slide down with ease, I couldn’t even move an inch this year.

I’ll now go back to more specifics and a timeline format.  I drove up Saturday as usual and picked up my friend Ed at Fortune Bay where he left his car.  He’d bring me back to my car at the end like last year.  We went straight to gear check-in and got through quickly since we both have done this a few times and had everything laid out in a minute for exam.  A graduate student was doing a nutrition study so I grabbed a questionnaire for that as well as my bib and goody bag.  We then checked into our hotel, ate, etc.  I also did some final packing of my gear bag, drop bag, filled out the nutrition survey, and checked the weather forecast a lot!

IMG_20190126_185737
This years goodie bag. There’s a bunch of safety stuff too about how to not kill yourself, etc.

The next day I got the car started at -44F, barely, and went on a trial run with my 2 sleds as I stated earlier.  I ran near the Gateway checkpoint so I got gas there and checked out the store layout since I couldn’t go in there last year.  The lady explained where things would be tomorrow on race day which was helpful.  I then went back and turned in my drop bags for Mel George’s and the finish line.

IMG_20190127_083258
Everywhere was a fog cloud at -44 Sunday morning.

IMG_20190127_094402
Gateway store.

At 4pm was the mandatory meeting and supper.  I met a couple more people I knew there.  After supper I went back to the hotel room for serious packing, putting on my KT face tape, laid out my clothes after final weather forecast check, and Facetime with family.

IMG_20190127_155745
There were I think 3 film crews this year. I don’t know why.

The morning of the race I got up just before 5AM.  Probably wouldn’t need to be up that soon but that’s when I woke up.  I used the coffee maker in the room to heat up my 2L water.  I weighed my sled, gear, water, food, etc and it was 39#.

It was supposed to be -20F at the start but it ended up being only -12F.  I took off another jacket and got out colder gloves as well.  I had already planned on being cold on purpose since I overheated last year.  I wore cast stockings on my shoes but that was too much and took them off after 10 miles.  Otherwise I had on medium weight Injinji socks, Altra Olympus shoes, 2 pair of pants, 2 shirts, my breathable hooded jacket, fleece hat, and warmer fleece gloves.  I was only outside about 2 minutes before the bikers started.  Before that I just stayed in my car and took a couple pictures.

The race started on Monday Jan 28th, 2019 at 7:00 AM with the usual fireworks! https://www.facebook.com/140879779273203/videos/322266671727966/

We left on foot at 7:04AM.  https://www.facebook.com/140879779273203/videos/2176261242591187/

I had my clothes pretty much dialed in other than I didn’t need the cast socks.  I also quickly changed my fleece hat for a buff.  The groomer had been out about half an hour before the race started so everything was packed down nice and smooth.  I was kind of close to a few people for an hour and then it was more spread out where I’d only see them as we leapfrogged while stopped for water, food, or whatever.

IMG_20190128_074936
Sunrise the first day.

It was much easier to run this year due to the sled being so much lighter.  It still pulled harder than in training due to the cold and snow conditions but it didn’t grind me down to walking right after the turn onto the Arrowhead trail like last year.  This year I ran on and off all the way to Gateway.  Of course there are people that walk just as fast as my run/walk so it’s not like I was cruising along quickly either.

The trail was so hard and packed that it even has a camber on it similar to a road.  I had to occasionally move to the other side of the trail to keep my accessory muscles happy.  That’s the first time I’ve experienced that in a winter race!

IMG_20190128_074932
45 minutes into the race.

IMG_20190128_110620
I made it to Hwy 53 in 4 hours this year.

One thing that was kind of weird this year was that it always seemed to be snowing.  While it really only snowed for part of the first afternoon, there were always crystals the size of snowflakes falling down.  It’s normal when it’s this cold to have frost particles in the air but this time they were just so much larger than I was used to.  I’d have to brush layers of the stuff off my duffle bag every time I stopped.  The warmest it got during the first day was just below zero.  I was hoping to use my deep freezer thermometer but it kept giving me high readings.  I checked it before I left and when I came back with a calibrated digital thermometer and it read accurate.  My best guess was that since it was a spring coil type thermometer, that the constant twisting of it back and forth made enough heat to make it read wrong.  The things was shaking everywhere while I was moving.  When I’d stop for 10 minutes or more, it would show accurate to what volunteers had at check points but once I started off again it would read 5 degrees hotter.

D7K_8649
Somewhere near Gateway. Credit: Burgess Eberhardt

D7K_8650
Somewhere near Gateway. Credit: Burgess Eberhardt

D7K_8651
Somewhere near Gateway. Credit: Burgess Eberhardt

D7K_8654
Somewhere near Gateway. Credit: Burgess Eberhardt

I was eating fairly well the beginning of the race this year.  Some things from last year tasted bad this year.  Some new things were awesome this year.  I knew it would be hard to eat later on in the cold so I tried to maintain some food intake as long as I could.  Again the faster I could go now, the less miles to cover in the cold later.

Finally I got to Gateway at 3:45PM, ahead of last year since I could run so much more.  Originally I had planned on only 20 minutes here but I took more time since it was already clear that the weather forecasts were getting worse not better for the next 2 days.  Basically it meant changing socks and drying out my shoes some due to wearing the cast socks when I didn’t need to in the beginning in the race.  I wanted a cheeseburger but they only had a hamburger that ended up being red in the middle.  I heard there were chicken tenders at one point which would’ve been good too.  Really there are tons of great options there but I’m partial to cheeseburgers.  I reloaded on hot water and left at 4:15PM.

IMG_20190128_130705
I always like wondering about this place on the way to Gateway.

It started getting dark soon after Gateway.  There was a biker still near me that I was leapfrogging with.  It was kind of fun since his headlamp must’ve been at least 400 lumens and lit the trail up pretty good.  This makes for awesome shadows.  I pretended to be a giant monster roaming through the trees.  My shadow was at least 50 feet long.  I do this sometimes with the kids at home on the side of the house.

Speaking of lumens, I thought I’d tell what I use.  I have a black diamond sprinter headlamp.  It maxes out at 125 lumens I think.  That’s enough to see down the hill when you’re sliding. Otherwise I turn it down to probably 40-50 lumens the rest of the race.  It’s got a nice feature that you just touch the side and it goes to max power and then when you touch it again, it returns to where you had it.  Very convenient for the hills.  Last year with the full moon I didn’t even need that much light.

I put on my headphones now but had to keep the iPod in my glove so the battery wouldn’t die.  I don’t understand how some rechargeable lithium batteries like my headlamp can last in -30F for 2 nights and yet an iPod dies in 15 minutes in -10F.  It got to about -15F by 11PM and continued to slowly drop from there until 9AM the next day when it was about -26F.  I put my second jacket on at some point after Gateway and a skull cap and fleece hat over that when I got the headlamp out.

The cold valley from last year wasn’t as bad since it was windy this year and the cold air didn’t settle in there very well.   It was -31F with the windchill slightly coming from behind versus the -35F last year.  I still should’ve put my googles and face cover on though.  My hands, feet, and body felt warm and toasty but my nose was getting cold without me knowing it.  I should’ve felt it with my fingers to confirm the temp instead of just thinking it felt warm.  Anyway once I put on my face cover, my nose felt hot so I knew I was later than I should’ve been.  Veteran making a rookie mistake!  I have always done a mental check at least every hour to see how things are going.  Most of the time it’s much more often, especially in a cold year like this.  I’ll obviously be adding a physical touching of the nose to confirm temp from now on.

This is the point in the race that the mental challenge really begins.  It’s cold, you’re tired, I hadn’t seen anyone for at least 6 hours.  I had only seen snowmobiles once from the race up to this point.  The race course itself doesn’t even get hard until after the half way point and since I’ve been on it twice before, I knew well what suckyness was coming.  I was able to check my phone again and saw the forecast for Wednesday morning was even worse, now showing -38F at sunrise.  Plus a windchill of “doesn’t matter at this point anymore, keep everything covered dumbass!”  The high for Tuesday was supposed to be -18F (it never got that hot by the way) which wasn’t great either.  I really had to wonder if I wanted to go all the way to Surly checkpoint at 111 miles just to have to quit because I didn’t think I could make the last 23 miles through the swamps in the cold.  I thought about this for hours and never really came to any decision.

I really didn’t know if people were quitting the race or not.  I never saw any snowmobiles filled with dropped competitors pass by me like I did last year.  I had no clue how many people were in front of me either.  The snow was so hard, it was difficult to make footprints or for the sleds to make tracks to count how many in front of you.  I found out later, people were dropping quickly behind me and a couple in front.

Going across Elephant Lake for the mile going into the wind to Mel George’s sucked as always.  The windchill was -39F at this point if you believe the official of 9mph wind.  It certainly felt faster than that on the lake but at least it wasn’t that bad in the trees.  If you want some evidence that it was likely colder on the lake than -39, I’ve got some.  Another racer got frostbite on his eyeball!  That’s not a joke, he seriously froze his cornea on the lake section on the windward side of his face.  I showed a biker where to go once I got to land.  There weren’t as many markings at this turn as in previous years.  In fact most years there was a volunteer there to point the way.  With the temp this year, it was understandable for no one to be there.  I checked in to the second checkpoint at Mel George’s at 3:15AM which was later than I had hoped.  I just always seem to think this section will take less time than it does.  I’m also convinced it’s 73 miles and not 72 miles to the checkpoint which accounts for some of that (it really is 72).

I had never used the check-in cabin before so I certainly wasted some time here that I could fix in later years.  I ate about 1000 calories of food and tried to organize my clothes and such that I knew I’d change into after sleeping.  I charged my watch and headlamp up to make sure they’d make it through the cold to come.  I eventually made my way up to the loft to sleep.  All the beds were taken.  Somehow there were 8 competitors in the cabin but I only counted like 4 bikes.  Anyway it was hot enough to not need a blanket or anything.  I put in my earbuds and listened to white noise.  I was tired enough to drown out the talking and snoring with the white noise and slept for a total of about 50 minutes.  It wasn’t great sleep since I was constantly woken up but it’s all I was going to get and certainly better than trying to bivy up in the cold and wasting time with that.

I got up, checked the weather which was about the same and decided to keep going without really thinking about it very much.  I had more layers than last year with me.  It took me way too long to get out the door.  I had my stuff spread out over too many areas.  It was so hot in the cabin that I couldn’t really change into my clothes until I was in the breezeway.  I went back and forth a bunch of times getting stuff ready and packed and loaded.  I did finally leave at 5:45AM.  2.5 hours and not even an hour of sleep.  What a waste.  Plus my shoes were still by the door and I never got them in a place where they could dry out.  I had on 3 pair of pants now, including my windpants.  I had 3 shirts on and 2 or 3 jackets (I know by nightfall I had 3 on but I’m not sure when I put that one on).  Face mask, goggles, skull hat and fleece hat.  I now had on wool Injinji socks and also upgraded to mittens from gloves.

It was slowly still getting colder and windier.  The big hills after Mel George’s kept me warm and were steep enough to slide down.  I had poles with me this year for the first time.  They were a big help on the hills.  Not that I made it up them much faster, but I could keep my feet straight instead of pushing off the sides of my feet which prevented me from getting the hip pain I’ve gotten every other year.  By sunrise it was -26F and a 13mph wind.  That’s -50F windchill although I was protected from most of that wind by the trees and often going with the wind.

IMG_20190129_103258
Elbow Lake shelter.

This was a pretty lonely section.  No snowmobiles at all during the day except one at dusk.  I heard one bird and saw a small dead mouse.  Otherwise no wildlife at all.  The sun stayed out longer than it was supposed to which was nice.  It was rare that I wasn’t in a shadow though so it didn’t warm me up much.  I never bothered with the iPod (too cold) although it would’ve been nice to listen to some podcasts or something.  I pretty much just went into cruise mode and tried to eat and maintain speed.  The sled pulled so hard that I couldn’t run the sections I ran last year even though my sled was lighter and I had some sleep.  I had to breath in through my mouth and out my nose all the rest of the race to make sure I didn’t make my nose cold again.  It was annoying but I eventually got used to it.

I didn’t see things in the trees like last year.  I only thought there was something there twice and I knew right away I was wrong.  I made a game of guessing what it was in reality before I got there.  It guessed wrong both times.  It was always a tree that was horizontal with snow on it.  One time I thought I saw an orange streak go past.  In fact I did, it was a photographer walking behind a sign that I saw after a small bend in the trail.  I don’t know where that picture is.

Around mile 96 when I was taking a break, John Storkamp and Ray Sanchez caught up to me.  I thought Ray had left before I went to sleep at Mel George since he was packing up stuff as I went up to the loft but he hadn’t.  We were kind of together for 10 miles or so when I could no longer see John.  I absolutely hate the section after 99 miles.  Just non-stop STEEP climbs for 5 miles.  Ray and I pretty much went in together to Surly.  If not for my nose, I could’ve gone faster after those hills but there really wasn’t much point anymore.  I had given up on time long ago due to the cold.

David Jess 1
Going down the hill into the flats before Surly. Photo Credit: David Jess

David Jess 2 before surly
Going down the hill into the flats before Surly. Photo Credit: David Jess

There is a nice downhill to the flats before Surly checkpoint after you turn South East.  I couldn’t even tell there was an incline this year.  I knew were I was but I kept thinking it couldn’t be right since it didn’t seem at all like I was going down.  It’s even steep enough to slide down if it’s 20F.  I was pretty bummed when I realized we were down to the bottom land and indeed the downhill was rendered ineffective due to the cold.  The wind was behind me now for the rest of the race.  In the picture above you can see the cloud around my face.  It was hard to see since the headlamp would light it up no matter where you pointed it or how bright it was.  You couldn’t hold your breath long enough for it to dissipate either.  There was just a constant steam cloud in front of you.  It also started to fog up my goggles and they were useless by Surly.

We got in to Surly at 7:10PM which was much later than I wanted but again, time wasn’t of concern anymore, safety was.  I ended up staying an hour which didn’t seem that long.  I ate some food since I hadn’t had anything for a long time.  I dried my shoes over the stove in the teepee and changed socks one more time just in case.  The trail at Surly was like a wind tunnel.  Taking your glove off for a couple seconds made them cold.  I brought in most of my clothes to the teepee to figure out what to put on and what to put in my most accessible areas of my pack (what I call the on deck area) for easy access.  I knew there was essentially zero places out of the wind a few miles past Wakemup Hill so things had to be done now if possible.  I also put on the cast socks again in case it got down to -40F.  It wasn’t supposed to anymore but it’s just easier to put on now.  In the end I wouldn’t have needed them on.  I also put on the cold avenger mask I bought this year.  I had never used it before and wasn’t real keen on not being able to eat and drink with it on but with the cold and wind, it was a better protector than the other face mask I was using.  I put on a fourth jacket as well.  I hoped I wouldn’t get too hot since this is the jacket that likes to freeze shut and can’t be taken off easy.  I put thin running gloves on under my mittens so that I never had to have skin exposed to do more finer detail oriented things like drink or eat or pee.

They shot off some fireworks when people left which was kind of cool.  Of course I forgot something so mine went off before I actually left for good.  I felt great after the rest and ran pretty much the whole way to Wakemup Hill to get the blood flowing and since I felt good.  I couldn’t wear the goggles anymore since they just fogged up like crazy with the cold avenger.  My eyes were cold which made me somewhat cold but there wasn’t much to do about it until I figured something out later on.  The other thing the cold avenger does is put all the moisture directly at your neck.  All my zippers were frozen in ice in minutes.  Good thing I wasn’t planning on taking them off until the end of the race.

I was tired but not as bad as last year.  I was taking caffeine pills to help stay awake.  Really I mostly was just bored.  I knew it would be about 8 hours to finish this section and after the fun Wakemup Hill there is still 7 hours left of boredom going slowly uphill.  I tried to sing songs that I made up but even after a 10 minute long made up rhyming song, you still had hours left. There were no people at any of the road crossings.  The other years there was a car at almost every road crossing.  Really the entire race there were very few road crossings with people.

I’d get too hot if I ran, but slightly cold just walking.  I figured out it was because the back of my pants all breath and the strong wind behind me were going through them.  Also I didn’t have a wind proof hood or goggles anymore so my head was slightly cold.  I decided to take the time to put on my snowpants.  These are super warm and I had them basically in case I had to just stand still or bivy.  But they’re windproof as well.  I put them on and my legs were immediately hot.  My head was still cool so I took an empty zip lock bag and tore one edge to make it into a 3 sided hat.  I put it under my hood and headlamp and it worked great.  Within minutes I was overheated and had to slow way down.  Like 30 minute mile slow which was just dumb.  I decided to just take off the snowpants and deal with the wind.  It took a while to cool down but eventually I could walk fast again and had more normal breathing.

Sometimes I’d even have to take the zip lock bag off as well to keep cooler.  I’m thinking a thin wind pant and a poncho instead of the 4th jacket would’ve been better.  Plus not having to need the cold avenger mask.  With about 4 hours left to go I ended up taking the cold avenger mask somewhat off, just keeping it close enough to my face to help warm the air.  The other downfall was all the snot I was consuming.  The mask somehow made it all run or blow into my mouth.  The last hour of the race it was a struggle not to barf from the taste of the snot and having a belly full of it.

I ate some food thinking it would help, I felt this bump on my tongue start forming right after I ate it.  I think I froze part of my tongue with the -26F food.  Won’t be doing that again.

IMG_20190130_215520
See the white spot on my tongue?

Anyway it was still getting colder.  The wind seemed to die down for a bit but then really took off again more from the West instead of the NW.  The official wind speed at Tower was not close to what the trail condition was for wind in my opinion.  I was keeping warm enough and could always put back on the snow pants and wrap myself in the sleeping pad on top if I needed to.  Really I had to thermoregulate somewhat like last year by taking on and off my mittens (still had the thin gloves on) and hats.

I so wanted to be done.  I would look back every once and a while looking for Ray since I knew he would be right behind me.  Turns out he made a wrong turn somewhere and went 4 miles off course so he was no where near me.  I was miles from anyone in either direction.  I slowly started counting down the miles.  It was hard to see the trail through the swamps with the snow drifts blowing over it and the giant fog cloud in front of me.  I just looked down and followed the couple tire tracks I could see.  For hours!  I ran occasionally just to change things up.  I got out my poles again just to have something for my arms to do.

I thought I saw a UFO.  There was this light moving all around crazy in the sky.  Turns out I just was moving my head around in the wind and from being tired the fog messed with my perception of what was stationary and what wasn’t.

Finally I got to the last road crossing.  There was still more to go but at least my mind would be occupied with the multiple turns and twists to the finish line.  Up to now it was just miles of straight lines with an occasional 10 foot jog in the trail.  The hill to the finish line was easier with my poles.  I was surprised that I didn’t have to go into the tent at the finish line to find someone.  They somehow saw me coming or else they are really hardy to stand in a -54F wind chill waiting for hours at a time.  I finished at 3:54AM for a time of 44:50 and 5th place.  That was very similar to last year which wasn’t too bad.  It was -33F air temp.  We went in right away.  I would’ve liked a photo at the finish line but I couldn’t get my phone up from my chest very easy with the cold avenger having frozen everything.  They gave me the Minnesota nice gear check which was the first time I got that one.

Finish line - paul Wilken
Bag works pretty good doesn’t it? Photo Credit: Paul Wilken

I went up to the deserted hospitality lounge.  Well, it was deserted other than the volunteers.  Volunteers are awesome at this race!  So few people were around since so many quit the day before and already went home.  I got some food and talked about the sucky last section.  I got to pick from a large selection of finisher trophies since not many bikers finished this year.  This is where I learned about Ray getting lost and my friend Ed dropping.  The next person to come in was almost 4 hours after me so I think they probably got a nap in after I left the room.  I was able to check in to my hotel room which is so nice.  I love the Fortune Bay Resort.  I paid them back by eating every buffet they had until I left Thursday.

I showered, slept for an hour, got up and ate and slept again.  The usual.  I posted pictures of everything I was wearing when I finished the race.  Here they are.

Here are the screen shots of the official NWS sites during the race along the trail.  Trail conditions certainly vary from this some.  I wish it would record the actual wind chills as well but you just have to calculate that yourself.  Overall a very cold year!  Maybe next year will be a huge snow year.

Screenshot_20190130-110918Screenshot_20190130-110854Screenshot_20190130-180842Screenshot_20190130-110944

Since people have been asking, and you made it all the way to the end so you probably actually care; here is the elevation profile and mileage chart I made based on the full gps track I made during the race.

Arrowhead mileage chart

FANS 12 Hour Race Report – 2018

This is a looped 2.14 mile course timed event.  It takes place in Fort Snelling State Park along the MN river and is mostly shaded.  But since it’s down by the river and in trees, there isn’t much wind and it’s quite humid.  Especially this year since it rained/sprinkled on and off most of the day.  The race website has quite a lot of information here.  I was thinking of doing the 24 hour race but decided on the 12 hour in order to not cause too much damage to myself if I was to get into a more important race for me in September.  The main goal with this race was to try out some new gear and to get used to an aid station every 2+ miles which Spartathlon has.

The other big thing with this race was it was my son’s first long race.  He’s done a few 5k races and seems to like it.  He’s also run some training runs with me.  He did the 12 hour event as well and was the youngest one there at 5 years old.

We got there and set up a tent and chairs so that Alex had a place to go when he wasn’t out on the course and for our crew to hang out.  Our crew was my wife and daughter.

The first loop here is longer than normal (3.87miles) since we run out to a point on the course and then run back before we run the complete loop.  I did this entire first loop with Alex so we took it fairly slow.  The trail is fairly wide so it wasn’t an issue with everyone in the 6, 12, 24 hour race starting at the same time.  The turn around is a big upright log placed in the middle of the trail that you run around and go back.  Everyone of course was interested in Alex and how he’d do.  I warned him ahead of time that he’d hear how cute he was a bunch of times and that he’d just have to get used to it (he doesn’t like it when people call him cute).  We also went over the amended rules as far as talking to strangers, etc compared to normal times.

Alex 2
Cute little dude

We did pretty well and finished it in 41:22.  He walked the next loop with mom and I started running my planned pace.  Apparently he got tired of how slow they walked and started speed walking away from them.  He can really move when he walks fast.  I ended up catching up to him (lapping him) just as he finished his loop 2.  He then took a break in the tent and waited for our crew to meet him there.

My splits were pretty consistent and I’d eat small amounts each lap with things that would be at Spartathlon, or I planned on bringing with.  I ran with Alex on my lap 7 again.  This is when drama happened.  There is a steepish uneven part of the trail towards the end of the loop and Alex fell and got all scraped up.  There were some tears but I was able to convince him it would hurt just as much to walk than to run.  Luckily our crew was waiting at the lap counting tent so I handed him off to them and the medic.  They didn’t really do anything to him since it wasn’t that bad, I think that was the only thing the medic had to do the entire race.  I knew that would make him not want to run for awhile.

I then ran with Courtney Dewalter the next lap since we have a race we’re both running in October and I wanted to get to know her a little.  Plus she’s famous.  If you didn’t know, she has the American Women’s 24 hour record and the course record for this race and likely many other races.  She grew up in MN so that’s kind of cool.  She’s probably the best women’s long distance ultrarunner in the US.  I tried to impress on my daughter how good she is and that she can kick her dad’s butt in an ultra.  I think she was impressed.IMG_20180602_201016

I pretty much went into cruise mode for awhile.  Nothing was really hurting.  It wasn’t very hot and I wasn’t having any stomach issues.  I’m not sure if it was because it wasn’t that hot  (it only got to about 73 degrees but it was essentially 100% humidity in the valley) or if it was the omeprazole I was taking since there’s research from the Spartathlon race that it helps with GI issues.  Either way, not much to report for most of the race.

Well I guess I forgot one interesting thing.  There was what I believe was a snapping turtle laying her eggs right off the edge of the paved part of the path.  She had just started at the beginning of the race and someone had put cones around her so that people wouldn’t run her over.  It was fun to see her every 22 minutes having moved a little bit to lay more eggs.  She finally finished up around 1pm if I remember correctly.  I’m amazed she kept going like we weren’t a threat.turtle

About 5 people asked about Alex and I told him his fans were expecting to see him on the course again.  Jessie finally kicked him out of the tent in the afternoon and he speed walked 2 more laps.  I mean he can really move when he walks fast.  That got him to 12.4 miles.  I was hoping he’d do 1 more or a couple of the short loops you can do the last hour of the race to get over the half marathon distance.  Then he could brag he’s gone further than mom but that didn’t interest him so he just left it at 5 laps for the day.  Still not bad and it was what I was expecting him to do.  I think they just played outside by the lake for most of the rest of the day.

I changed socks and shoes at 42 miles.  It had mostly quit sprinkling and I wanted to get into dry socks.  The other issue was the trail part of this course isn’t dirt, it’s packed crushed rock.  My wife couldn’t understand why everyone was complaining about the course, but hitting those rocks without a rock plate in your shoes hurt after awhile.  I was running in Altra Escalante thinking that’s what I would use at Spartathlon.  Nope, just not enough shoe.  I switched to my Altra Olympus at that point.

I was hoping to get 50 miles in 8:45 but with the couple slower laps with Alex and the shoe change it ended up being 8:53.  Still not too bad.  I was mostly trying to go slow in the beginning and keep things under control.  Finally around mile 55 I started a run/walk strategy since I was getting low on energy and needed a change in stride once and a while.  It didn’t slow me down all that much, just 2 minutes a lap.  Still under 12 minute miles.

nathan-21.jpg
After one of the rains.

I finished 29 full loops and I would’ve had time for 1 more full loop but decided to play it safe and start the short loops with 25 minutes left.  Some people started the short loops as soon as possible and I could see why.  It’s paved and fairly flat so even though you have to turn around every eighth mile, it seems faster.  I went back and forth 9 times for 2.25 additional miles.  Someone had a cone on his head at one end and you had to run around him.  It seemed like a joke but I think it was done out of necessity.  I suspect people kept kicking over the cone.  Either way it was fun.  I left about 9 seconds on the clock so not much wasted time at all.  The total distance was 65.9 miles which was good for second place male!conehead

I was sorer than I thought I’d be just doing a 12 hour race but then again I ran over 100k in that time so it makes sense.  My coach had me running again a couple days later but I think that may have been too early.

Alex got to pick where to eat, so of course he picked a Chinese buffet.  I found one on the phone and it wasn’t too bad.  The awards ceremony was the next morning at the finish line and included a breakfast.  I got my award plate and should get a special shirt for reaching 100k in 12 hours as well.  Everyone got a race shirt and finishing medal.  Even though it’s way too big for him, Alex wears that shirt all the time.  He doesn’t really talk about it, but I think he’s pretty proud of himself and his accomplishment.  That’s all I wanted for him by doing this race.  To see the fruits of hard work and to be satisfied with a job well done.

I would do this race again if it ever works out.  The timing of it interferes with a fair amount of races I’m interested in which is why I haven’t run it until this year.  It also has a fairly high entry fee since its purpose is to raise money for scholarships for kids.  Most timed races are half the cost but for me this race is so close that it’s really a wash cost wise.  You can get pledges to pay for your entry which is a nice option too.

Arrowhead 135 Race Report – 2018

“I’m never doing that unsupported again!” I said as I crossed the finish line just a few days ago.  Do I still think that?  Probably, but I’m still tired.  Let’s go back a bit first.  Here is last year’s race report for more details on the race itself, etc.  Ken the race director came up with the new category of this race called unsupported last year.  You have to do the race once before you’re allowed to try it unsupported and with good reason.  While it doesn’t seem like it would add that much more difficulty to an already difficult race, it does.  Since I finished last year, I wanted to try unsupported this year.

There aren’t really any unsupported rules written down in one place so I’ll summarize them as they currently are.  Basically all the rules are the same as the supported race except you can’t get ANY support from the race, the race volunteers, businesses at the checkpoints, in addition to outsiders that no one in the race can get aid from.  That means you don’t get to warm up at the 3 checkpoints, you don’t get any water or food at them either.  You are allowed to use garbage cans to throw away trash.  You can use a porta-potty if it’s outside.  You can use a fire if you find one along the way or make your own with wood you collect yourself.  You can receive aid from other racers as long as it doesn’t involve food or water.  That last one I’m not sure I totally agree with.  Any aid seems like it shouldn’t be allowed but that is also so against everything that ultrarunners believe in so I’m fine with it.

So what does all this mean for how I prepared for this year’s race?  Well to start with I got a white gas stove since I’d have to melt snow at some point during the race and it would take forever with the Esbit tab stove I had.  I heard from the unsupported runners last year that melting snow took forever for them.  Also white gas works at extreme cold.  On a side note (rant) I’m so sick of people claiming those butane/propane tank stoves work in the winter.  You can’t change the laws of physics people.  Just because you went winter camping once and your canister stove worked (because the tank was kept warm and it was 0 degrees out) doesn’t mean crap when it’s -35 and your tank got cold because your “foolproof” idea to keep it warm didn’t work.  Having a canister stove will pass inspection for the race but if you plan on going unsupported get a white gas stove.

I grew out a 5 week beard which I’ve never done.  Last year was only like 10 days and not enough.  I also got a better bivy.  I got a new -20 sleeping bag because the one I had was old and likely not as warm as it should be.  Based on my testing, I was right, the old one didn’t keep me as warm as the new one.  I wish I could afford a -40 bag, I’ll keep looking for a cheaper one.  I got down booties to wear in the sleeping bag.  I also got lightweight racing snowshoes that I saw someone with last year.

I changed my water carrying plan since my old method of a gallon jug in a cooler wouldn’t cut it this year.  I purchased a bunch of different thermoses and tested them outside.  I decided on a half gallon thermos from Walmart that worked better than most expensive ones.  I already had a 54 oz thermos that tested great as well.  I then took a 2L pop bottle and insulated it with bubble wrap.  I planned on using that last one to get me to Gateway (the first checkpoint) and then toss it in the garbage.  The other ones kept water warm for over a day in my tests.  The reason for carrying so much water from the beginning was to limit the amount of snow I would have to melt.  I expected I would make it close to Surly (3rd checkpoint) before I’d have to melt snow and I could use the fire there.  Maybe I’d even make it further if I could cut the hot water with snow along the way.

All together this added 10 pounds of gear to my sled I didn’t have last year.  10 pounds!  Ugh.  My sled, gear, and required calories weighed 37# race morning.  Plus 12# water and 5# food.  That adds up to 54# I was dragging behind me at the start and it would slowly get less as I went on.  I’ll add that my wife made the statement “It’s your own stupid fault for going unsupported.”  I was hoping for more of a response like “wow, you’re so strong, you can do it!”

The other thing I expected going unsupported would do was improve my finish time.  Yes improve.  Since you can’t stop at a checkpoint, you can’t stay there nice and warm longer than you should either.  I was hoping for 43 hours instead of 46 hours.  That was of course assuming conditions were similar to last year.

I guess I’ll add one more thing about this race in general whether unsupported or not.  The words Hope, Should, Usually, Worked Before are not helpful.  Thinking with those words will end your race.  Use words like Worst Case, Over-pack, and most importantly Contingency!

So if you’re not bored by now, I’ll get on with the race itself.

p_20180127_161733.jpg

Jpeg
Check In

I stayed at the Voyager Motel this year right next to the start line.  A friend left his car at the finish line and I drove him back to the start line.  That way he’d drive me back after the race to get my car and the gear he left there.  I ended up going to Canada this year since it’s so close and I wanted Poutine.  There was a restaurant that served it there that google said was open.  After paying the $7 to go across the bridge to Canada I found out it closed in December.  So back I went to the USA.

Jpeg
View of Minnesota from the closed restaurant parking lot.

The race starts at 7am Monday morning for the bikers, here’s how it started.

 

 

We started at 7:06 with “release the hounds!”  I still love that.

It was -11 at the start and only forecast to get to about zero in the afternoon.  I wore my wind shorts, tights, and wind pants.  I had on my wool Injinji socks, Altra Olympus shoes and cast stockings on my feet.  I wore 2 compression shirts, my hooded jacket and wind jacket.  A fleece hat as well as fleece thinsulate gloves.  The sled pulled OK but it was obviously heavier than last year.  Also since it was colder the snow wasn’t as quick either.  I still ran to the turn onto the Arrowhead trail and a little further but didn’t run all the way to Hwy 53 like last year.

P_20180129_054601
I wore kt tape this year to help prevent frost bite. It made my face much warmer.

I talked to Pam Reed for a bit in the beginning but then didn’t really talk to anyone for more than a minute or so the rest of the race.  I just didn’t match up with anyone’s speed and since I was closer to the front of the pack this year it was just thinner in general anyway.  John Storkamp passed me a little later in the race than last year, still walking way faster than I can.

It never really seemed to warm up at all.  It was cloudy as well.  The main issue I was having was that I wore too much in the beginning and didn’t take things off soon enough so I got my second shirt layer and jacket somewhat damp.  I took off my hat and put on a buff.  I took off both jackets to start to dry out my shirts.  It was working and I was keeping warm for the most part.  I was mostly walking already by this point but that was fine, I was still keeping overall pace well since I was walking faster than last year.  I had trained a fair amount trying to get my walking speed up.

 

 

I got to Hwy 53 around the same time as last year.  There is phone service here so I texted my wife this good looking photo to let her know what she was missing.P_20180129_110843At this point I was starting to get a little colder and the shirt was mostly dried out now.  I put on my hooded jacket which was partly frozen from the sweat earlier.  It thawed out quickly but didn’t make me much warmer.  The whole reason I did all of this was to make sure it would be dry by the night.  It was supposed to get to at least -15 at night.  The problem was they kept changing the forecast to be colder and colder.  The clouds started to leave about 3pm so I was expecting at least -20 below in spots.  Therefore I knew I’d need all my jackets dry for this first night.  I did have an extra dry shirt but I might need that too later on.

346-D7K_7977
About mile 26 I think. Photo Credit Burgess Eberhardt

347-D7K_7978
Photo Credit Burgess Eberhardt

My hands started to get cold as a result of all of this unfortunately.  At one point after the turn south after shelter #2 I got real cold.  In fact my hands were colder than at any other point of the race.  It took forever to get my bag opened to get another jacket and warmer, dry gloves on.  I was so mad at myself for letting my hands get that cold.  I seriously just about had to call it quits.  It took me 2 minutes just to snap my running vest back on.  So many people seemed to pass me through all this.  This is all at about zero degrees remember and I had to go through much colder later.  It seemed so stupid at the time to risk my whole race just to dry out some shirts and jackets.  Of course later I would thank myself over and over again for doing just that.

A trail groomer went by I think around this time.  He only went on one side of the trail but the path he took went back and forth so I kept having to move around to stay out of the soft snow he made.  I was bummed to see one so soon as they make the trail much harder to traverse .  This year was different though.  Because it was so cold, the path he made starting firming up in just an hour.  By 2 hours it was nice and hard and smooth.  It ended up being better running on the path he made than anywhere else.

I still hadn’t bothered to try to play my iPod.  The battery would die quickly in this kind of cold and honestly for the next 20 hours or so I had much on my mind.  You’d think you’d get bored hiking through the woods for 2 days with nothing to listen to or people to talk to.  I can tell you there was no chance for that this race.  All I could think about was how to stay warm and survive the night to come.  What could I do now so that I didn’t have to do it later when it was colder?  Should I eat now or later?  When will I sleep?  And back to how will I keep warm?  The only thing I didn’t have to worry about was water.  My pop bottle was more than enough to get to Gateway and it stayed warmer than I though it would.  The thermoses still had water over 160 degrees so I knew I wouldn’t have to melt snow until it warmed up the second day.  The first place unsupported runner wouldn’t be so lucky and got frostbite on all his fingers melting snow when it was -30.

Now I make it seem like you could die out there and of course you could, but really we do have emergency gear to get into and keep warm while waiting for a rescue if it came to that.  Most of us have been in this kind of cold before as well.  There are also snowmobiles going by every once and a while to check on you.  I would never count on them to be there when you need them though and planned accordingly.

Jpeg
Starting to clear up

P_20180129_145252
Warm enough for the ice beard to go away but still cold enough to freeze your hands if you’re not careful

I got to Gateway at 4 pm; the same as last year.  I had to open the door to the store to yell in, “#83 unsupported”.  Last year they were outside to get our numbers, but it was also in the 20’s last year.  On the way out the moon started to rise as the sun was setting.Jpeg

I threw away the 2L pop bottle and my cast stockings as they were getting full of snow.  I had been almost over-hydrated to this point since I didn’t plan on wasting any of the water I had in that 2L bottle before it froze so I drank more than I needed to.  Now I would go into my normal water use mode.  Since it was cold I only filled my water bottle part way most of the time and just had to stop to fill it more often.  In fact I stopped much more often this year than last due to all the water, food, and clothing stops.

The temperatures started dropping fast once the sun went down.  I texted my wife and shut my phone off.  I told her I’d try to message at MelGeorges but that never happened since it was so cold by the time I got there.  I didn’t have a thermometer but it is somewhat easy to tell the temp based on past experiences.  I was nice and warm at this point though.  I had got another jacket on when I got my headlamp out and put a fleece hat on again instead of the buff.

The ice beard was back big time now.  I was always breathing through my nose to conserve moisture and heat.  At times I would have snotcicles almost  2 inches long.  Gross and awesome at the same time.  I’d run to get my hands nice and hot and then break/melt them off with my fingers so I could open my mouth fully and open my nostrils again.  Then I’d warm my fingers back up in a minute or two.  At one point in the cold night my tongue froze to a snotcicle!  It melted off in a couple seconds but seriously it was stuck on it.  This was probably around -20 at the time.  I made sure to not let them get that big after that point.

I also put on my goggles as I was tired of my eyes freezing shut.  They make such a big difference in keeping my face warm.  I think I was the only person who wore goggles on foot and I’m not really sure why.  As long as you don’t mouth breath all the time they won’t fog up if you wait until you’re cold to put them on.  It’s weird how much heat you lose from your eyes and upper face.

I was expecting to get to MelGeorges around 3am if I didn’t stop before I got there.  This section is still mostly flat with areas of small hills.  I wasn’t as tired and run down as I was last year.  The full moon was awesome.  I never saw the northern lights and never heard any wolves either.

It was around -20 below by 9pm but at least there wasn’t any wind.  That’s both a blessing and a curse really.  Not having wind makes it not seem as bad as long as you can keep your gloves on and never touch anything.  But still air like that also allows the coldest air to settle in spots making it much much colder than the official temps.  I’ve tested things to -20 but it just doesn’t get much colder than that in southern MN so beyond that it was unknown other than what others have said.

I wasn’t tired at shelter #4 which was easier to see this year with the full moon.  I was kind of tired at #5 but there were already people sleeping there and I was starting to think I should try to stay awake until it warmed up the next day so I could sleep better.

It was at least -25 by now and still getting colder.  There is about a 2 mile section along lakes/swamps before the turnoff for MelGeorges that was absolutely brutal!  It was at least -35 in that area (it was officially -27 in Tower)!  I’ve never been in cold like that in my life.  The closest we got growing up was I think -34 the year that Tower got to -60.  I was at this time in the race playing leap frog with I think Ladislaus.  I didn’t take the time to talk really.  We would stop to put something warmer on and the other would pass.  I now had 3 jackets on and put on a second and third hat.  I had on my warmest gloves.  All there was left to put on was another pair of pants that would require taking off my shoes and outer layer of pants to put on.  That wasn’t going to happen in this cold.  I also had another shirt to put on but again that would require taking things off first.  I had more hats but really how many can you put on at once?  I was keeping everything warm including feet, hands, nose but just barely.  The next step for me would be to start stuffing everything else I had left in my bag into my jackets and pants to add insulation.  I also knew I could’ve put a couple pairs of thin gloves on under the thick ones as well.

There were still 4 more hours that it could get colder before it got warmer.  I really started to wonder if my race as unsupported would end at MelGeorges.  I was confident I could make it there without freezing to death as it would warm up once I got out of the swamps, or at least it wouldn’t be colder up there.  But I was worried what would happen if it got to -40 or -45 soon after I left MelGeorges.  This is where being supported in this race makes it so much easier.  I’d have a nice warm place to sleep while I waited out the cold weather or at the very least a safe space to remove my outer layers so I could add more inner layers.   I decided I’d look for a place to bivy after the turnoff to MelGeorges.  The plan was after I woke up, I’d have an hour or more to warm up before I got to the checkpoint.  If I wasn’t warm yet, then I’d go supported and go inside.  This would prevent me having to turn back if it got too cold after the checkpoint.

It did get warmer as we left the swamps and made the turn.  In fact I was going to have to start taking things off.  I don’t know if it really got that much warmer or if the climbing up just got the blood flowing better.  Maybe there was a slight wind I didn’t appreciate until it went away with the turn, I don’t know.  Regardless, I felt pretty good about bivying up now.  It was about 1:30am.  I packed some snow down in an area and even took my gloves off to finish putting it up with no issues (again if it was windy that wouldn’t have worked).  I needed them off to put the poles on the bivy.  Looking back I won’t use the poles again.  Not worth the weight, effort, and risk with taking gloves off.  I had everything (sleeping pad, sleeping bag, booties, bag for shoes) already in my bivy so all I had to do was roll it out and get in.  While I was warm putting it up and getting in, the second I lay down I started shivering.  The snow was cradling in against the bivy and essentially touching the sides of the sleeping bag.  While snow may be an insulator when you’re not touching it, it conducts a ton of heat away from you when you touch it.  I will never make the mistake of bivying in snow again.

I tried to sleep for about 20 minutes and maybe did for 5 between shivering spells.  I said forget it and got up and immediately felt warmer.  Warm enough to change my socks even.  I put some zinc oxide powder on knowing that with the warmer temps and snow that would start within 12 hours I’d get trench foot if I didn’t do it now.  I also usually put Vaseline on but that was much more challenging in the super cold.  It was almost as hard as a rock and I don’t know if I ever did get it to melt enough to cover everything.  I put a new pair of wool Injinji socks on again as it’d still be cold for some time.  Then I packed everything back up.  I spent about an hour of down time doing all this for maybe 5 minutes of sleep I think.

I got back to moving and it took no time at all to warm up.  Just standing up made me warmer it seemed.  It was about 4.5 miles to get to MelGeorges but it seemed to take even longer.  There were some hills which I almost welcomed just to make more heat.  I got there at 4:12am which was about on schedule due to the bivying time.  I again had to yell in the door, “#83 unsupported”.  I think everyone was a little groggy and it could be I wasn’t saying things right either but I had to say it like 3 times to get a response.  Someone then did come outside just to confirm who I was.

The next section is the longest and most difficult section.  The only good thing is I’d get to do a large part of it in daylight.  I still had a few hours till sunrise though.  The wind would be picking up as well soon from the South which was the direction I’d be heading.  I got to do those big fun hills in the dark this year!  I forgot to mention one sled change I did this year was to add runners to the bottom of my sled.  They made a huge difference in control on the downhills.  I think I might have gotten them just slightly off center as I always wanted to pull slightly left.  Either way it was worth the extra weight to not go crashing into the banks or go backwards down the hill.

So throughout all this bitter cold the sled seemed to pull about the same as it had earlier in the day.  It never acted like the Paris sled at Tuscobia 2 years ago where it pulled like it was in gravel when it got around -20.  The UHMW-PE just works a lot better in the cold than the linear-PE of the Paris sled.  Another reason to use it besides all the longevity and durability issues.  Once it finally got up to above 10 degrees the second day, it really started to move well and I could get a long run at the bottom of hills for once.  Then of course the new snow ruined all that but that’s getting ahead of myself.

The sun came up in glorious fashion (too cold to get my phone out to take a picture) as there were still no clouds and the wind came with it.  Just 5mph at first, then 10, 15, and close to 20 by Tuesday evening.  I kept the goggles on and put a fleece band over my nose when I needed it.  I could run some on the flat sections and was making decent time. Food was starting to no longer taste good or interest me. I so wanted real food but all I had was junk and that’s all that won’t turn to a brick in this kind of cold.  My mouth was getting damaged from eating all the frozen food and scratching the sides of it.

I tried to take off my outside puffy jacket that I just got this year and realized the zipper had froze from my breath.  I took out a chemical hand warmer (the only one I used) and got it going inside my mitten.  I then took it out and placed it on the zipper to melt a 2 inch section and zip it down.  Then back in the mitten to warm up again, melt 2 more inches, rinse and repeat.  Finally I had it down enough to get it the rest of the way.

This is also when I started listening to my iPod.  I just kept it in my glove to keep it warm.  It helped some with motivation.

I was constantly seeing things that weren’t there during the second day.  Rocks that I was convinced was a shelter from a distance.  I saw my dog once.  I saw people walking through the trees.  The snow and moving trees played tricks on me constantly.  I didn’t see things at night which seemed weird since I usually see things like that at night.  I know other people saw these things too so it couldn’t have just been the exhaustion.

One thing I know was real was the wolf poop.  I saw some twice the second day but they were already frozen so not that fresh.  I almost wanted to take some to examine later.  My kids would love it more than be grossed out by it.  Plus there was the extra excitement factor someone might have at gear check at the finish line.  Would they think it was mine?  Regardless I wasn’t going to dig through my gear to find an empty bag and haul around even a couple ounces more weight than I needed to.

I figured I would need more water and decided to melt snow before the 3rd checkpoint.  I decided to go to shelter #8 which is around 98 miles into the race and a few hours away from where I was at the time.  The snow then started around noon.  It came hard and fast.  With the wind it was hard to see at the tops of hills sometimes.  I finally made the shelter and it was facing the wind.  It still was nice though and the wind didn’t go through it.  It had a bench in it as well.  I got the stove going with a match since a lighter didn’t work in the cold.  It took forever to collect the snow to make 2L of water.  The 2 inches of new snow was fresh and pure but almost all air.  I didn’t dare take any snow below it since this was a shelter and we all know what guys do around shelters.

Once I got my water melted and it was heating up, I changed my socks again.  It was slightly easier to put the Vaseline on this time.  I put thinner socks on this time as it was warmer now.  I think it took around 45 minutes for all of this.  The water was boiling pretty fast and I didn’t have to wait around for it since I had a list of things to do on this stop.

Right after this shelter is the dangerous hills I went down in the dark last year.  I handled them much better this year.  I started seeing bikers at this point.  They must have slept at MelGeorges for a while and were out again.  Snow really makes it hard for them so they weren’t much faster than me.  The hills are steep and annoying for the next 8 miles or so.  Never ending really.  Plus with the new snow I couldn’t even go down all but the steepest hills with no run at the end.  I had already thrown away all the extra food I wouldn’t eat at shelter #7 to help drop weight but it was still heavy.

A couple women on bikes went with me for most of this section.  I must’ve looked pretty tired by this point.  I think they felt bad for me.  I had to decline all their offers of help of food since I was unsupported and really nothing sounded good other than hot pizza which was of course not going to happen.

Finally as it was just starting to get dark we got to the turn towards Surly.  It’s all downhill or flat from there.  The wind was really strong now when exposed.  It actually felt good.  It dried my feet out some and cooled me off.  I finally got to Surly at 6:30pm slightly ahead of schedule actually since I had already got my water done.  I walked past and called out, “#83 unsupported”.  I soon heard a response from a woman, “we support you!”  I laughed pretty hard at that one.  For some reason they don’t have me leaving until 7:40 but I never even stopped.

I should have though.  I was so tired.  It would’ve been much better to just sleep on my sled for 30-60 minutes right away to rejuvenate.  Instead I kept going.  Up and down Wakemup hill which was fun going down but harder going up.  In fact I ended up getting a huge cramp in my whole right hip/butt area after that climb.  It lasted for 2 hours and I could barely walk.  It hurt so bad!  Stretching did nothing.  Shoving my hand against it between my harness and butt seemed to help.  Finally I could walk somewhat pain free but I couldn’t push it for speed or run because it would cramp right back up.

I had done this section in 7 hours last year but that clearly wouldn’t happen unless I could run to make up the lost time.  About 5 hours into this section I started losing time.  I was falling asleep standing up.  I was confident I was still going in the right direction based on foot prints but no clue how fast or how far I’d gone.  My watch had died and the spare battery pack was basically froze.  My iPod had also died so I had nothing to help keep me awake.  I started just repeating the mantra, “walk fast, walk fast”, so I’d remember what I was doing.

Again I seemed to lose time and suddenly the 2 women on bikes who had gone the last section with me were there.  They had slept at Surly and were moving again.  They said the closest person to me was a ways back which was nice to hear as I was moving so slow.  I decided I had to try to sleep so I laid on my pack and set my phone alarm for 15 minutes.  I woke up shivering in 10 minutes.  I could actually run now!  I did for probably a mile and then had to walk again but I was definitely more awake now.

I crossed a road so I finally knew where I was.  I had 8.5 miles to go.  More than I wanted but at least I knew now.  I still had no clue how fast I was moving.  I tried hard and I felt like I was going 16 minute miles.  Turns out they were more like 20.  The wind had died down and I was getting hot.  I drank the last of my water but didn’t take anything off.  I just would take my hat and gloves off for periods of time.

Finally the turn to the casino!  I tried hard to run but I couldn’t.  The constant uphill for the last 20 miles wore me out and now it was even steeper to the finish.  I saw the snow fences and looked behind, still no one.  I enjoyed the last quarter mile to the finish.  I finished at 3:09am for a time of 44:03.  I had hoped for 42:30 but it was still better than last year!  I took pictures at the finish and then saw the next runner coming up the hill.  I had barely got there before him.

Jpeg
Yes!!!!

Jpeg
Exhausted

I had a gear check since I had finished pretty high up.  I didn’t know exactly where I finished.  I think they told me 6th at the finish line.  I was so stinking tired though so who knows.  It was a quick check which I appreciated since I just wanted to sit down.  I don’t mind the gear check, I just wish I could sit down somewhere.  They brought me up to the hospitality room and I found out I was 2nd place unsupported!  I was surprised.  I knew a couple of the guys who did it last year were doing it again and they were ahead of me the whole time.  I passed one somewhere around Surly or after.  The guy right behind me was unsupported as well.

P_20180131_073054
I think the coolest trophy I’ve ever gotten.

IMG_0796I got food and luckily they let me in my room early so I could shower, etc right away.  This was the first time in my life I had ever stayed awake for 48 hours.  I’ve done 38-40 hours many times but many of those weren’t while pulling a frickin’ sled in the woods.  I guess it was good training for a possible future race.

I slept 3 hours and found out my friend had dropped the day before.  So I was able to get my car that morning yet and my suitcase, etc.  The rest of the day was spent swapping stories with everyone who finished or didn’t, eating, and limping slowly around.  I was in love with elevators that day.

I left for home Thursday and was so happy to see my family again.

I’m glad I did this unsupported and finished it in decent health.  It was easily the hardest non-stop challenge I’ve ever done.  It’s hard to call it a multi-day since I never slept.  Certainly Volstate is longer but this is so much more isolating.  There is no where to hide from the weather when unsupported.  Having a warm place to go to change clothes, get food, sleep, etc is such a luxury really.

Arrowhead is hard.  Doing it unsupported is harder on so many levels.  I suppose there is always the option of doing the double arrowhead if I really want to make things hard on myself.

38 runners finished out of 64 that started (59%) which is pretty good considering the conditions.  Official results are here.

Tunnel Hill 100 Mile – 2017

“Always remember our goal is Greece.  Don’t mess up and I’ll try my best to get us there.”  That was the final remark in the crew notes to my wife for this race.

So let’s get the main details out of the way.  This is a 100 mile race in extreme southern Illinois (Land of Lincoln!) on an old railroad bed.  It isn’t paved so it is still technically a trail but because it’s so flat and smooth, it is also a certified course for distance.  The course is an out and back from a central location; You end up doing a Southern and Northern out and back twice for the 100 mile.  It’s in November so the temperatures are near ideal and little chance for rain in November.  Basically it was designed for fast times and breaking records.  Despite being flat, it is quite pretty.  There’s a 543 foot long tunnel you go through 4 times, and lots of trestles.  Also, with 566 total starters there are plenty of chances to talk to other people.  I’ll detail the race results later.

This race required a 10+ hour drive from MN to get there.  That’s a long way for a race but the entire purpose was to get under 21 hours to qualify for a future race.  I further wanted to get under 20 hours so that was my goal.  It wasn’t just because under 20 hours seems cooler than under 21, but the race I was qualifying for has reduced their time cutoff in the past and I wanted to be under what I thought they might change it to.  While this race would be easy to do without a crew since it’s an out and back past the same drop bags multiple times, I brought my awesome wife to crew once again.  I had all of about 15 minutes of down time changing clothes, peeing, getting food and drink because of her.  The majority of aid stations I wouldn’t even stop as she’d just hand me water and gels on the move.  Not having her would’ve added 30 minutes to my time.

The drive was long and filled with “Land of Lincoln” signs all through Illinois which induced many inside jokes and  voices.  We got to the race bib pickup and supper before they closed. It is a good spaghetti supper with awesome desserts!  They also had sweet tea so you now you were in way Southern Illinois.  We stayed in a town to the North since Vienna doesn’t have much for hotel rooms.  It seemed like we had to drive uphill for a long ways which made me wonder what the climb to tunnel hill would be like on the course.

I got up at 4am for a 7am start.  The temperature was 28 degrees and zero wind so I had to start with a thermal long sleeve shirt, gloves and buff knowing I’d have to change after a couple hours when it warmed up.  Shorts were still in order though.  I saw runners wearing full jackets and long pants the entire race, I suspect they lived somewhere warmer.

There is a small warm building there at the start line you could go in and a good amount of porta-potties.  Even though the course is certified for distance they had us do this loop around the parking lot at the start.  I don’t know if this was required for the distance or just extra we ran.  With there also being a 50 mile race, it seemed odd since we never ran this loop a second time for the 100 mile distance.

I started somewhat up front, trying to leave room for fast 50 milers.  The race is chip timed but not from the starting line so your start time is gun time.  I wasn’t going to start 5  minutes in the hole lining up in the back, plus I thought a sub 20 hour time should be somewhat in the front.  Again, I really needed under 21 hours which is why I was so concerned with a few minutes here and a few seconds there, it really could make the difference.

I planned a slow degradation in my speed for the race with some adjustments for the incline and decline of tunnel hill.  Basically I started at a 9:10 pace and would finish with a 13:20 going downhill to the finish line.  I had been using Sword drink all year in preparation for this race since it would be served here and also I wanted to try something with fructose in it.  I’ve liked it so far this year.  BUT… I really don’t like the Orange flavor.  So sure enough, that’s all they had at the race.  Ugh!  I could only stomach it for the first 30 miles or so and then I was going to drink my limited supply of berry flavor I brought.  In the end though I only drank water the remainder of the race.

I’ll quickly state that while I’m confident the race course is indeed 100 miles (plus whatever fudge factor they always add for certified courses) I don’t agree with the distances between different aid stations.  Not a huge deal if you have a GPS watch but if you’re going with just a watch, you’ll be wondering why some sections are going faster/slower than you thought.  Also it’s hard to know what part of the aid station they are measuring from.  Often the timing mat isn’t at all near the aid station tent and Karnak and Tunnel Hill are very long areas.

My wife made it to the first aid station Heron Pond and I just did a Sword swap.  Next up was Karnak and here I changed into a T-shirt as it was above 40 now and still zero wind on the trail at least.  I had been talking to people here and there up to this point.  I had listened to a loud conversation about relationships by a group of women behind me for about 20 minutes.  Finally I ran with a woman named Abby going for sub 20 as well.  We stuck together for an hour or so but she ended up dropping to the 50 mile distance I found out later.

From Karnak to the Southern turn-around is almost 2.6 miles according to my watch and Google Earth and not the 2.4 miles listed.  To compensate for this Karnak to Heron Pond and Heron Pond to Vienna are both shorter than listed but mostly the Karnak to Heron Pond is shorter.  I’m going from tent to tent for measurements.

Abby and I got to the turnaround which has a timing mat but isn’t updated to the live results website as far as I can tell.  I assume it is there to make sure you didn’t cheat.  Soon after the turn I saw a friend of mine that I knew was also going for a qualifying time.  I had previously told her I’d slap her butt if she wasn’t keeping up so I started motioning as to get her back side as she passed me.  Of course I wasn’t really going to slap her, but in the process I scared the crap out of the woman running in front of her.  I yelled “sorry” over my back and hope she heard me.

So 14 miles down and a bunch more to go.  The trail is tree lined the entire way and very pretty, especially on the North section.  I went into cruise mode.  Eating gels and some ham and cheese sandwiches they had at aid stations, and Sword.  Still doing under 10 minute miles and banking some time.  I was up 10 minutes by the time I finished the first Southern loop and got to Vienna.

The photos are from somewhere around mile 20 I think.

I got my music out now as people were just kind of following their own game plan.  There is an aid station called Shelby Road just under 3 miles from Vienna going North.  I just got some more gels and Sword from my wife.  This is were I typically slow down in an ultra.  My stomach gets acidy, it usually is hot (not this race though), and I’m just out of glycogen after 30 miles.  I only drank water the rest of the race and didn’t eat much until I got back to Vienna at 50 miles.

I planned on 11 minute miles for this Northern loop but I was slower than that and I could feel it.  I had even done some math 20 miles into the race on what it would take to do sub-19.  Now I was hoping I could somehow hang onto sub-20.  I of course knew there are ups and downs and yet I’m always seemingly surprised when the first down shows up.  I had to start a running/walking pattern at Shelby Road that I maintained the remainder of the race.  Run 5 / walk 1.  The same I had done at my first 100 miler at Heartland 100.  My muscles were just tired of the same flat surface and the walking made a huge difference on things getting loose and normal feeling again.

The trail on paper starts to climb right away from Vienna to Tunnel Hill but to me it seemed like it didn’t really start until after Shelby Rd.  You go up almost 300 feet from Vienna to Tunnel Hill in 9  miles.  That certainly isn’t much but like I said it seemed to be more concentrated towards Tunnel Hill.  You can definitely see you’re going up during the daytime watching the trail cut into the bedrock in spots and seeing the people in front of you are uphill.  It’s harder to notice going downhill.  There is a  long trestle  before the tunnel that had gallon water jugs for an aid station.  I think it is about 400 feet long and 90 feet high.  You’re surrounded by hills though so there isn’t much of  a view other than looking down.

The tunnel itself is 543 feet long and after about 100 feet it’s completely dark.  You can see light at the end of the tunnel but that just makes it worse since the contrast is so high.  I just had to trust there weren’t any holes for me to fall into or twist an ankle on.  Even moving at a pretty good speed, it still takes a full minute to get through it.

tunnel
543 Feet Long Tunnel

I got to tunnel hill aid station which is a small town and a long parking lot along the trail.  I had lost 4 minutes of time already.  The Northern turn around is 2.1 miles away (not 2) and all downhill.  It’s pretty and curves a lot so you really never know when you’re going to get there.  Again you go over a timing mat and around a cone.  Then the uphill back to tunnel hill.  I saw Abby again about a half mile after the turn around so she was about 10 minutes back now and I knew behind her pace she wanted.  I still didn’t try to count how many people were in front of me at this turnaround since there were still 50 mile runners and way too many people to count accurately.  I didn’t see my friend Kimberly so I knew something must’ve happened to her.  She did end up going over 50 miles so I should’ve past her somewhere but it was likely at an aid station.  I saw some other VolState friends as well.

tunnel hill 5
I think along the Northern turn-around 40ish miles.

Back at tunnel hill it was all downhill to Vienna and I was looking forward to it.  I was still only 5 minutes in front of my pace.  I didn’t eat anything and only drank water.  Antacids helped some.  I saw people puking a lot.  I heard many runners telling their crew they had puked or saw other people puking.  I won’t go as far as to say it was like the Lardass scene from Stand By Me, but a case could be made that at least 10% of runners puked during the race.  In fact, that’s what my friend ended up getting pulled from the race for.  It wasn’t hot so that couldn’t be the reason.  I suspect there are a  LOT of runners trying for their first 100 mile distance at this race and inexperience was the cause for a lot of them.  It’s also probably part of why so many drop to the 50 mile distance.

I got to Vienna just 2 minutes under my goal pace now.  9 hours into the race and 4pm on the clock.  I was getting concerned but I was also happy that I stopped the bleeding now.  I was feeling better.  I had a breakfast shake, got my headlamp on and brushed aside the long sleeve t-shirt for now as it was still warm.  My wife seemed kind of grumpy with my loosing time.  I still technically had an hour buffer.  She was still doing a great job keeping things running smoothly though.

I now had a 12 minute pace planned.  I gained time again.  It was dark now and I kept going back and forth with this group of 4 guys.  Our run/walk patterns were different so I think we leap frogged a dozen times.  I had to charge my watch from Heron Pond to Karnak so I didn’t really know how fast I was going but ended up staying pretty much where I wanted.  My back started to hurt now and I could tell there was likely a blister on at least my left big toe but it only hurt if I purposely rubbed my toes in my shoes so I didn’t stop.  This time from Vienna I started counting people in front of me.  The leaders passed me still during the light.  The first place woman was gaining on the male leader from the last 2 times I saw them.  Then there was a long time before I started seeing more people in the dark.  I just counted everyone, not knowing if they were just a pacer or not.  I counted close to 50 by the time I got to the turn-around.  I wasn’t concerned about place, just time but I felt happy with the number.  In fact I was higher than 50th since there were a fair amount of pacers.

At Heron Pond the 4th time through, I stopped for the first time of the race and sat down.  My lower back was all tight and I was hurting.  I took an NSAID and had my wife massage me some.  She got the knots out in like 4 minutes,  awesome.  I put on a light long sleeve shirt.  With all this I also lost all my banked time.  29 miles left and no room for error.

I took some caffeine and got to Vienna.  My wife had a double cheeseburger waiting for me.  I knew the climb up tunnel hill would be slower so I planned on a 13:30 pace but even that was proving to be difficult.  The winners had already finished so I didn’t bother to keep track of how many were in front of me.  I started to get used to the idea of not getting under 20 hours as I just couldn’t get going.  I finally got to the tunnel and it was much less creepy now that I had a light in the tunnel.  I couldn’t believe there was no graffiti in it.  I got to Tunnel Hill aid station 7 minutes behind my schedule.  I drank some beet juice here and looked forward to the short downhill to the turn-around.

I cruised downhill but sucked going back up.  I was 10 minutes behind schedule and basically had 2 hours to get back to the finish in under 20 hours.  9.7 miles in 2 hours.  I had planned on a 13:20 pace back to the finish but would now essentially need under 12 to make up for stops and the lost time.  I soon decided after leaving Tunnel Hill for the last time that I’d go for it.  I took some more caffeine, ate a gel, and took off.

With the walking breaks I had to run under a 11 minute mile pace.  With the slight downhill, it wasn’t all that difficult to keep the pace.  I had to start mouth breathing again to get enough air and just concentrated on the 5 run / 1 walk timing and keeping the pace under 11 while running.  It was clear after an hour that I was making up time very well.  I would get to Shelby Rd back on pace meaning I had made up the 10 minutes already and just had under 3 more miles to go.  I got to Shelby and told my wife I was going for it.

It was nice those last few miles.  I knew I would make it but still kept up the pace.  There were a few hundred mile people still coming from the other direction with encouraging words.  I haven’t mentioned this before but there are mile markers along the tunnel hill trail and the finish line is just .15 miles after the nearest mile marker so I was constantly doing math on the way back in.  I finished at 2:54am, 19:54:05 after I started!  I think I made a whoo but there was basically no one there at the finish line to hear it.  The crowd to watch Camille Herron break the women’s world record 100 miles on trail with a time of 12:42 were long gone.  The aid station that had food before looked empty.  Really the only people there were pacers waiting for their runners to do the Northern loop with them.

I finished in 28th place overall, 22nd male, and 10th in my age division.

tunnel hill finish

I got a nice looking sub 24 hour buckle and running jacket.  I thought there was supposed to be finish line food but I didn’t see it and maybe it didn’t start until later.  Either way I wasn’t that hungry.  For the first time I realized how horrible I smelled.  There were supposed to be showers at the high school where we checked in the night before the race so we heading straight over there.

There were supposed to be signs where to go but we couldn’t find any.  The doors to the school were open so we just searched around and found a gym and then looked downstairs for locker rooms.  We could hear water running so we went in that direction.  This is the point where I was glad I wasn’t alone.  It’s 3am, we’re creeping around dimly lit halls in a school; Basically the beginning of every horror movie.  I walk into a locker room that is fairly well lit but the lights are blinking in that annoying fluorescent strobe effect.  No one answers my calls to “Hello”.  I get back to the shower area and can see almost half of them are dripping water at a steady pace with only 1 incandescent bulb working in there.  Luckily no one else was in there as I had no idea if this was a girls or boys locker room.  There were still a couple small rooms going off this locker room that I didn’t investigate for a murderer but really I wasn’t going to be able to fight one off anyway.  I had a hard enough time walking by this point.

I took off my shoes and socks and discovered a huge blister on my left big toe with the toe nail already lifted up.  I also realized that while I had brought a towel and soap, I had forgot clothes to change into.  So I went to the door naked trying to find my wife, and yelled at her outside.  Luckily she heard me and got my clothes and a safety pin to pop the huge blister.  We should’ve got a picture but whatever.  The left side of the nail had moved a couple millimeters towards the end of my toe as well.  I had always wondered why the left side of this nail wasn’t growing as fast as the right side of the nail from when I had lost it last year.  I think the tip of the nail was getting caught under the skin towards the end of my toe and now that the blister had lifted the nail up, it just went up and over it like it should’ve been.  That’s also the possible reason for the blister to begin with.  That or these shoes were doing something I wasn’t aware of in training.  Regardless, I’m starting over with this nail yet again.  I had zero blisters at Superior 100 just 2 months ago and now I’ll likely loose 3 nails from this easy flat race.

The shower was nice and quick.  It took some effort to get my compression tights on but I got them on with my wife’s help.  She wasn’t super tired so we started the drive home right away.  I tried to sleep in the passenger seat but it’s so hard to get comfortable with my feet and legs being so painful and not being able to put them up decently.  I wasn’t that tired mentally either.  I couldn’t keep my eyes open but I talked to my wife to keep her up and company until we stopped at a rest stop around 5am.  She got the air mattress out for me and we both slept for about 80 minutes.

I then drove for a few hours until we were both kind of hungry a few hours later.  There was a Jack in the Box and we always love those so she got gas while I went in to order.  Afroman’s “Because I Got High” was playing loudly from the kitchen.  I started laughing since most of the workers were in the single digits old when it came out.  Also a totally inappropriate song to be playing since this was the unedited version.  Anyway, I asked if they had burgers and the response was a glorious “we have a full menu all day”!  I got the big double bacon burger combo and another sandwich for my wife.  Only $5 for the same thing Hardee’s charges $8 for.  Man I wish we had Jack in the Box in MN.

The rest of the trip was fairly benign.  A good night’s sleep was had by all and we both had the day off work the next day as well.

The stats for this years race: 314 started the 100 mile race.  15 DNF’d, 119 dropped down to the  50 mile distance, which leaves only 180 to finish the 100 mile distance.  That’s only a 57% completion rate.  You’d think by the statistics that this is a super difficult race, it’s not.  I really wouldn’t recommend this for someone’s first 100 mile race unless you are the type of person who would never quit or you really don’t care if you actually finish the 100miles.  You need to know yourself that well, not just hope.  Otherwise you’re very likely to quit by dropping down to the 50 mile distance since you still get a buckle and go right past the quitting point halfway through the race.  37% did just that this year with absolute perfect weather and conditions.  They were no where near the time cutoff either.

I’d suggest a point to point race or long distance out and back where the only way back to the start line is to finish for your first.  The only way you’ll see if you can do it is to force yourself by not giving yourself an out.  You will hurt no matter how “easy” of a course a 100 mile race is on.  I don’t recommend going for Superior as your first either as that one is quite difficult but there are lots of races in between the two.

The race itself is well run.  I didn’t really make use of the aid stations since I had my wife to help.  While there was plenty of food at the beginning of the race, it was basically all gone by dark.  Even water was in short supply my wife said at times.  I’m not sure if people ate way more than they expected or if crews were eating aid station food or what.  Maybe a bunch more food showed up at 5am when I was already done, I guess just be prepared like you always should that there might not be food at an aid station.  I would probably only run this again if I needed another fast time in November since it’s a pretty long drive for me.  I don’t think you could find a better race as far as setting a personal best at the 100 mile distance.

Lost In The Woods 2017 Race Report

This is a small local baby Barkley type race that took place April 29th at 7 mile creek park near St. Peter, MN.  It’s around 30 miles long with an advertised elevation of 8000 ft of gain.  There are 11 books we had to collect pages from on each of 3 laps.  We were given a different page number to get each lap.  The first lap was counter-clockwise, 2nd was clockwise, and 3rd alternating.

The race started at 7am but registration started at 5am so you’d have time to look over the map and written directions of the course.  The course was about 2/3rds on trail, a short bit on a road, with the rest on deer trail or no trail.  I’ve been to the park before so I knew about what to expect as I love to go off trail in this park.  There are many unofficial trails that we routinely run on.  This is about the only place in southern MN to get over 200 ft steep hills.  Along the Mississippi river is steep too but that’s hours from where I live.

Lost in the woods 2
One of the steeper hills.  Photo credit: Kevin Langton

At 7am 20 of us started off with only 14 finishing.  I wasn’t at the first running of this race 2 years ago but I was told it was easier and the race director was “disappointed” that everyone finished.  This year he wasn’t disappointed.  It was 38 degrees so I started with a long sleeve shirt knowing I’d be hot by the end of the lap.

I stayed back a little from the front group to let them figure out where to go off trail to find the books.  Everything was well marked but that doesn’t mean you can’t run right past where you’re supposed to turn.  Plus, since we were so close in the beginning you ended up waiting for the person in front of you to tear out the page in the book anyway.  Why run fast just to wait at the next book.  The first book I ended up tearing the page horribly, so I ended up with 3 pieces to get it out and make sure I had the page number on it, all the while people waiting behind me.  I guess the lesson is to learn how to tear really brittle yellow paper out of books in the woods with gloves on.

The books aren’t really hidden which is good and bad.  Good since it’s easy to find them, and bad because the park was pretty popular that day with mushroom hunters and other people doing some sort of naturalist type things (I never asked what they were doing) off trail where we were.

lost in the woods 6
Can you see me?  Somewhere on lap 2. Photo Credit: Kevin Langton

The first 2 books felt great climbing up the hills.  Basically go up find a book and come back down, just to do it again.  The only out and back uphill was book 3 which I think everyone dreaded by the 3rd lap.  I’m not sure if it was just the steepness or the fact that it was an out and back, but no one liked it.  It seemed like it took forever to go up and only 20 seconds to get down.  That’s probably not reality though.  The books all had great titles to them which I have mostly forgotten.  But I remember book 3’s title: Dead End

Lost in the woods 1
Still early on so it’s easy to smile.  Photo credit: Kevin Langton

So continued the seemingly endless task of climbing up a hill just to go back down again.  Like you constantly keep forgetting something downstairs at home and have to keep going back down to get it, except the stairs are 200 ft hills.  There are a couple longish flatter sections to break it up a little bit but for the most part you’re either ascending or descending in this race.

There is a aid station out of the park between book 5 and 6 that you have to climb up to get to.  They had awesome candy bars, pop, water, etc there.  The race director said there is a short loop to do at the aid station.  Well yes it’s short, but also straight down and then straight back up just to go back down to get on the course again.  The section back to the course did have my favorite tree on the entire course though.

Lost in the woods 3
Favorite tree.  Photo credit: Kevin Langton

lost in the woods 4
First time through so I wasn’t quite sure where to go.  Photo credit: Kevin Langton

Then on to book 6 where some barbed wire sticking out of the ground almost got me.  Speaking of thorny things, I got somewhat scratched and cut up from this race.  There are plenty of thorny bushes, berry patches, and shrubs to get you on this course.  I wish I would’ve taken a picture of my legs.  I had cuts everywhere but really only remember 2 of them happening.

There was a punch after this book to punch the pages you had so far.  This was to determine which direction you had traveled the course.  Next was a longer flat section before turning uphill to book 7.  Then between 7 and 8 gets sucky again.  Scott the RD was sitting along the course making sure we all made the turn straight down a steep rutted out path.  I enjoyed it the first lap, not so much the 3rd.  Basically you go down this hill just to come back up it in a different spot and end up about 20 feet from where you started down the hill.  All of this to get book 8.

Book 9 was fairly straightforward.lost in the woods 5

Book 10 I almost ran past or was that 11.  It’s already becoming a blur after only a week.  After 11 you go back to the start at the RD house.  This is the only other aid station.  I changed into cooler clothes as it was warming up some.  First lap time was 2:25.

The next section was clockwise.  I had got to talking with Ed who I hadn’t met before but we both did Arrowhead this year.  I always love meeting new people during the race.  We were talking pretty much non-stop the second lap and before we knew it, we were at the aid station.  Oops.  We missed book 6.  Back we went to get it and then finally noticed the 3 foot long pink ribbon showing the turn off for it.  Guess we got talking too much.  He had to do the aid station loop twice since he missed it the first time and so I didn’t see him until the end of the race.

I missed the turn to book 1 as well but I think a lot of people did.  Finally I got back to the start.  5:14 total time so far so that lap was about 2:45 without the stop time.  I was happy with this as I had to leave by 4pm to pick up the kids so I was on track to get done by then.  I definitely wasn’t in condition for this much elevation so I was starting to feel it.

lost in the woods 7
This was there at the end of lap 2.  Photo Credit: Kevin Langton

Since the leader picked clockwise (thanks TJ, NOT) and I was in 5th place, I had to go clockwise.  Off I went.  I had been eating the entire race and drinking what seemed like a lot but my stomach just didn’t feel quite right and I wasn’t really peeing any so I suspect I was somehow dehydrated.  It slowed me down.

Right away I saw one of the leaders coming back up the hill to the start due to injury.  Now I was 4th I guess, but still had to go clockwise.  I didn’t miss the turn to book 6 this time since I was by myself.  Ed had started the mid-way aid station loop just before I got there so I never ended up seeing him.  I never saw the other counter-clockwise leader  either and found out later he dropped at the aid station.

Finally it dawned on me to take some antacids as this wasn’t my first time down full stomach lane.  In fact it happens almost every race, just not in the first 20 miles.  They kicked in around book 4 (counting down book numbers now since clockwise lap).  The last 3 books I felt great (still hated book 3 but felt better at least).  Too bad I didn’t think of taking them sooner.  I saw some people looking kind of sad while looking for mushrooms.  I told them some people were already in that spot 3 hours ago with bags full of them.  They seemed somewhat relieved.

I even made the turn for book 1 this time but when I got to where the book should’ve been, it wasn’t there.  3 people coming from the other direction on the start of their lap 3 also couldn’t find it.  Remember all those people in the park?  Turns out someone must’ve taken it as no one ever found it.  I took a picture with them to prove we all looked together and hoped for the best.

Jpeg
I’m still smiling so it couldn’t have been that hard of a race.

I got to the finish line and rang the bell at 8:12 for 4th place.  Ed had beaten me in which I wasn’t surprised by.  So that lap took about 2:50 with the down time and looking for book 1 taken out.  Scott allowed my finish without book 1 since it was gone and someone had texted him.

I had some time to eat the great finish line food they had for us before leaving to get the kids.  They even offered the shower which was awesome.  Thanks!

This race would be much harder/scarier/more fun if it was raining the whole time.  There are some steep slopes on it.  The conditions on race day were pretty good.  The mud was firm enough to get a grip on and not slip.  I usually use gps visualizer to make an elevation profile of races.  I find it to be much more accurate than google earth.  It came up with the race having more elevation than advertised.  Almost 10,000.  Who knows?  I can assure you it wasn’t under 8000 total.

Into the woods Elevation Profile
Clockwise lap 3

This is a great race!  I hope Scott continues to put it on.  I wish I could’ve stayed to watch everyone else come in.  I’m sure there were great stories.  We all got an email of the official results and there were some pretty good comments on why people dropped out.  My favorite was someone wanted a burrito.  I’m sure there’s more to that story.  I wished I would’ve taken a picture of the bell we rang when we finished.  Guess you’ll just have to run the race to see it.

Last Annual Vol State 500K Race Report – 2016

I am tired, I am drained
But the fight in me remains
I am weary, I am worn
Like I’ve never been before

 

This is harder than I thought
Harder than I thought it’d be
Harder than I thought
Takin’ every part of me
Harder than I thought
So much harder than I thought it’d be
But empty’s never felt so…full

Toby McKeehan (TobyMac)

Those lyrics pretty much sum up the LAVS race.  I’ll still add pages to this race report but I don’t know if I could say it much better than that.  This race is HARD!  It seems like it would be somewhat easy.  Just an easy 50k a day and you beat the time cut off.  I’ve run hundreds before, I’ve walked long distances, but everything takes longer than you expect it should in this race.  I wanted to see if I could finish a race I knew I would hate.  I hate roads, I hate heat, I hate irresponsible dog owners.  This race supplied all of those in a great big heap.

This report is long!  There is a video at the end.  Probably not the best to read this on your phone.  Also more details for runners at the end.  My college roommate says he likes to get popcorn ready to read my reports so pop away. Enjoy!

I loved the people I met, both the competitors and the vast majority of the local population along the course.  Everyone that finishes this race has a shared experience that can’t be matched by other races.  While not at war or anything compared to that, we were up against the same horrible things: heat, cars, road camber, dogs, dehydration, hunger, pain, lightning, our minds, and finally time.  I really enjoyed the conversations I had with everyone I met before, during and after the race (well not the police officer during the race).  I hope to meet many of my new friends again in the future.

I will tell my Vol State story mostly in chronological order but with my usual tangents and physiology and science lessons.  I’ll be specific as possible at times so that future competitors can hopefully learn a few things.  I learned a lot from other race reports for this race.  Read them ALL!  It’s no joke running this race without a crew (screwed).  You need to arm yourself with as much information as possible.  If you have a crew, the only advice I have is to use it.  This race would be sooo much easier if I had one.  It’s my opinion that if someone doesn’t think a crew would help in this race, then they don’t know how to use one appropriately.

I suppose a little background on the race is in order.  You can look at my pre-race report here.  You can also read about my practice run for this event here.  It’s called the Last Annual Vol State Race as a joke of all the races that were called 1st Annual in the 1980’s.  The current course starts in Dorena Landing, MO with a ferry ride to Kentucky, then through Tennessee, part of Alabama, and finally finishing on private property in Georgia called Castle Rock.  314 miles, or 100π or even 500k (least accurate) is the distance of this race.  Of course with having to go off course to stores, hotels, graveyards, going on the shoulder from the road a million times, etc it is further.

Since I was running in the screwed division that meant I would have to drive to the finish line in Georgia, a 14 hour drive, and leave my car there.  We would take a bus on Wednesday from the finish to a town near the starting line following the course the whole way.  After exchanging rental cars due to the first car having completely bald front tires, I left home in MN Monday night and slept in my car to save some money.  I finished my drive Tuesday to the Super 8 in Kimball, TN where most of us would stay the night before the bus ride to the start line.  I went to Walmart to kill some time and to buy some pop (soda) for the morning of the bus ride.  2L Sun Drop was on sale for $1 so that’s what I got.  Little did I know how much Sun Drop I would drink the next week.

I went back to the hotel as it was 3PM and people should be checking in.  I met Wayne McCombs who I had met on the bus at Tuscobia and learned a lot from.  He would be driving the “meat wagon” this year which is the van that brings the quitters back to their cars at the finish line.  He reminded me of a few pointers he had given before.  Mainly to go slow in the beginning and to stretch.  Those are VERY important things for this race if not all multi-days.  I’ve only done one multi-day so I don’t have much experience but it certainly helped me in this race.

I also met John Price who has run this race more than anyone and wrote the guide book for the race.  It was a helpful book.  I brought the whole book with but if I were to do it again I wouldn’t take the whole thing.  I would laminate the turn by turn written directions and have them in a very accessible place (some hung them from the front of their vest).  The rest of the book I would just take pictures of the pages with my phone.  I ended up taking pictures of the pages on the second day since it was much easier to get to my phone than take my pack off to get to the book.  I also saved the .gpx file of the race route into my phone and could always tell if I was on the course with the GPS on my phone.  I had added the changes to the book since the last printing and also added the road angel aid stations that people on Facebook said they would have in their yard, fire station, etc.  I think a lot of people didn’t know that locals would put details on the race Facebook page of where they would set out water, etc.

 

Jpeg
John Price and me before the race.  I’m so clean shaven.

I met a few other people at the hotel that I can’t remember now.  The one person you’d have a hard time forgetting was JT Hardy.  I’m an introvert for the most part but at an event like this where I have something in common with everyone it isn’t hard for me to talk to strangers.  I think JT would never have a hard time talking to strangers.  We discussed strategy a little, not even pretending that we really knew anything.  His longest race was a 50 mile so I guess I had a little on him there but this race is way beyond even the 100 mile races I’ve done.  I basically told him my plan on holding back the first day and what I had been doing to try to get heat acclimated.

So we all ate together at a Chinese buffet which we call the next to last supper.  It was awesome as it had sushi and the shrimp I like.  I sat next to JT and filled him in about the .gpx file and how to view it on his phone.  I ordered my finisher jacket since that’s when you order them (if you don’t finish they’ll give you your money back).  We got our race shirts as well.  This is important as if you didn’t want to carry it during the race, you wanted to get it now and leave it with your suitcase in your car.  Once you get on the bus ride the next day, you should only have what you want for the race or what you plan on throwing away.  There are no drop bags with this race!

I got back to the hotel and taped my feet.  I figured I’d have more time tonight to do it right than tomorrow night.  I skyped with the kids.  I checked over my pack list one more time, not like it mattered anymore.  I did end up taking out my long sleeve shirt and a stretch band.  What I wish I had brought was another tech t-shirt that I could keep dry, more on that later.

Jpeg
Packing list. Crossed out items I didn’t bring.

I drove to the finish line and parked my car in the field.  I left my keys in the rental car as I didn’t want to lose them along the way.  I got on the bus and sat next to JT.  We started off and I met a bunch more awesome people.  John Price was on our bus so he would tell us things about the course.  It took nearly 8 hours to drive to the start with 2 bathrooms breaks and a lunch break.  8 hours to drive the course!  I got a lot of Facebook friends so we could keep in touch during the race and after.  The lunch was at the Glendale Market which is where the Bench of Despair is located.

Jpeg

Jpeg
Before the race.

glendale ray krolewicz
I look so bad with my hair chopped before the race.  Photo Credit Ray Krolewicz

glendale
Screwed group photo. Photo credit John Price

I found out a few people on the bus didn’t know there was a google group for the race so they made sure to get on that.  They kept asking how some of us know so much more about the race.  Again knowledge is power if you run this screwed.  Get on the Last Annual Vol State Race google group if you plan on running this.  That’s where you can ask a lot of questions to people who’ve run it before.  Really you want to meet someone who’s run it and talk to them for an hour to get a better idea of what it will be like.

bus ride
JT and me with my 2L. Photo credit Laura Carver

Jpeg
Kim, Susan, Barbie, Cupcake, and about 4 more names I can’t remember (inside joke). I’m sure this was more comfortable than a lot of places she slept during the race, it was air conditioned.  Her shirt saying I’m hurt and I’m dying would be quite prophetic as she was mistaken for a dead body in a ditch by 3 people calling the police.

We got to Union City which is where we stayed in a hotel with an assigned roommate and ate the Last Supper.  This meal was at a buffet as well and the final directions of the race were given to us.  We got our American flags that we had to have displayed at all times during the race.  I found one on the road in McKenzie and wondered if that person got disqualified.  I talked to Andrei Nana from Florida who has run the Spartathlon race in Greece.  It’s a race I’m interested in running if I can get my speed up a little and if this race went well since it is also a road race.  My wife is even more interested in this race.  Not so much to crew me but because it’s in Greece!  I also ate with a few other people that weren’t on my bus that I ended up seeing for much of the race, Jesse Koketek and Novle Rogers.  My assigned roommate for the night was Paul Wilkerson from Illinois.  He told me right away he snored.  Great.  Luckily I had planned for this by putting the white noise CD I made for my children on my ipod.  I put in my earbuds and dozed off just fine.

 

last supper
Last supper.  Photo credit John Price

The next morning we loaded on the buses to the ferry.  Most of us were taking pictures of each other and talking to the famous people no one outside of ultrarunning have heard of.  There were definitely 2 guys going for the course record.  Greg Armstrong who did end up beating the record by about an hour and John Cash who ran this race for the first time.  Greg won it the last 2 years.  We paid the $2 for the round trip ferry ride and walked on board headed to Missouri.

I thought briefly about how far I had to go.  I remember my first marathon 4 years ago which was from Two Harbors, MN to Duluth, MN.  You could see the lift bridge of Duluth for much of the race and get an idea of how much you had left.  I couldn’t see the finish line from here though.  In fact I’d have to be 34,570 feet above the ground to see the finish line.  You would have to be ever higher if it wasn’t for the fact that the finish line is 1200 feet higher than where we started on the bank of the river in MO.

Jpeg
Joe Fejes – Multi-day superstar and course record holder until this year

Jpeg
Laz the race director.

Jpeg
Wendy, David, Laura, JT, Kim, and me.

82 of us started Thursday July 14th around 7:45AM with the lighting of the cigarette.  The ferry was late so I’m not sure of the real time, it was supposed to start at 7:30.  I finished (spoiler alert) just after the sun came up on Wednesday July 20th, for a total time of 5day, 22hours, 12minutes, 6seconds.  18th overall and 8th in the screwed division.  I was also the first person from MN to ever run this race.  I am super pumped that I got a 5 as the first number.  Being so close to 6 days, I now have an idea of what I would get at a 6 day race.  This time is actually in the range that the computer said I would finish in.  I wanted to be done by 8 days so I’d have time to sleep and drive home for my son’s birthday party.  I made it in plenty of time!  I didn’t think I’d make under 6 days until about 2am that morning of the finish.  I took caffeine pills for the first time during the race the night before I finished and it helped me to not have to sleep much at all that last 36 hours.  Only 62 would finish.

Start
Start line.  82 starters. Photo Credit Carl Laniak

FB_IMG_1469385368122
The Ferry Photo Credit John Price

Jpeg
The race begins!

Jpeg
Leading the race at the front of the ferry.

off ferry
Coming off the ferry.  I’m way on the right with the white and blue visor looking down.  The shirtless man is Greg Armstrong who would break the course record.

 

 

 

You’ll see in the video how most runners just look like everyday people.  There is no body type for ultrarunners.  We come in all shapes and sizes.  That old guy you see in church, could be a Vol State finisher.  The truck driver you see on the interstate, same thing.  The woman pouring your coffee at your local restaurant, same thing.  I just want to drive home that anyone can do this if they really want to.  Sure it takes training and determination, but you don’t need to be a super athlete.

The first part of the race is going mostly uphill through Hickman, KY.  It was the slowest I’ve ever started a race.  I planned on holding back the first 2 days.  I had never done a multi-day race before and I was told by several veterans of the race not to overdue it in the beginning.

2mile
2 miles in with my roommate from the night before Paul Wilkerson. I wouldn’t see him again until the Natchez Trace Campground. Photo Credit Carl Laniak

Jpeg

Jpeg
Already to my 2nd state in the race!

So the first 10 miles or so were pretty awesome.  Cars were moving way over.  It was cloudy and was obviously going to rain at some point in the near future.  We even had a stray dog start following us.  You can see a video of her in action at the end of the report.  She would constantly run in your way and jump and try to bite your shorts.  Kim Wheeler and Liz Norred named him Underfoot.  Finally at the Tennessee border, Wayne McCombs was taking pictures of us so he took Underfoot to keep her from bugging us.  I jokingly thought to myself Underfoot knew she couldn’t cross state lines without a health paper so she stopped.  He ended up taking her to a vet to get her shots, dewormed, etc and became the owner of Maxine, his 6th dog.  I saw a picture of her a week later and it looked like she had gained about 5 pounds already.

Underfoot
Underfoot

Jpeg
State #3. This one took awhile to cross.

It was a few miles from Union City that it started raining.  I don’t mind rain but I hate wet shoes, especially at the beginning of a multi-day.  I finally got to Union City 16 miles into the race, ran with JT to downtown, and ate at a Wendy’s.  They always have free wifi at Wendy’s and I waited out the rest of the storm there.  I spent at least 30 minutes longer than I wanted to there but I wasn’t going out in the rain if it would quite soon.  The sun came out and I was on my way.  Now, I know the race director called that first day easy because it was cloudy and rained but it was full sun all afternoon where I was running.  It got hot!  My shoes kind of dried but I ended up changing my socks 6 miles out of town at Outdoor Outfitters.  Check out the bathroom stall photo.

Jpeg
Don’t want that sidearm falling in.

I already had a small blister from having wet feet the last 3 hours so I took care of that as well.

So before the Outdoor Outfitters store (at mile 22.2) is the 20 mile bridge check-in.  There is a rendering plant near there.  Most people complain a lot in their race reports about the smell, calling it stinky bridge and the worst mile in the race.  The smell wasn’t bad at all!  I was amazed how little it smelled since I’ve cut open lots of rotten dead animals in the summer for work and it wasn’t anything like that.  Basically if you were to cut open a dead animal when it was below zero and nothing has really gotten rotten because of the cold, that’s what it smelled like.  The D-lab at vet school smells way worse to my veterinarian friends reading this.

20mile
20 mile bridge check in.

Anyway soon after this bridge I came upon JT who had left Union City before me.  He was laying on the side of an intersection in pain.  His calves were cramping up bad.  I wish I would’ve taken a video of it, his calf muscles were all quivering and contorting like mad.  Looked pretty cool but I’m sure it hurt  like crazy (sorry JT, it really did look cool).  So Liz and Kim caught up to me just then as well.  We got him in the ditch on the other side of the road in the shade.  There isn’t much you can do with a cramp other than wait for it to quit.  Stretching just causes damage.  I think he took some salt tabs but those haven’t been proven to work by any real research.  All the well done unbiased research I’ve read shows salt does nothing.  Muscle spindles misfiring is the most likely cause of muscle cramps based on the newest research I’ve read. These are the cells that tell your spinal cord how much stretch the muscle has and more importantly how fast it is being stretched.  The body is basically over-reacting to the misfiring of the muscle spindles.  Or I guess it’s more accurate to say, the body is appropriately responding to malfunctioning muscle spindles that are sending way too many action potentials to the spine.  It thinks the muscle is being overstretched way too fast and causes the muscle to contract to prevent damage to the tendons and muscle itself.  Many things can cause them to fire inappropriately but some proven things are caffeine and physical damage to them.  If you’re prone to cramps, don’t take caffeine, it lowers the amount of input (stretch)  needed to fire an action potential.  Prevention research is still ongoing.  Just make sure when you read something you look at who sponsored the research and who’s telling you about it, almost everyone is trying to sell you something if they talk about cramps.  I hoped the placebo effect of salt tabs would work for him and left.

Sergio Bianchini came along then and I ran with him for a few miles.  He is a character.  He’s 75 years old and running this for the second time I think.  His running style wasn’t what you would call great but he’s 75 freaking years old so he must be doing something right.  I saw him at the end of the race and he was running the exact same as in the beginning.  JT I’m sure has hundreds of Sergio stories as he ran with him for I think 3 full days.  JT posted videos during the race and in one of them Sergio bought him lunch which consisted of a completely brown banana (it was cheaper than the yellow ones) and a can of Ravioli for a buck.  He would later get his arm hit by a car mirror and sliced it open.  He never stopped to have it looked at.  Just wrapped something around it and kept going.  I think he said “no problem”.

It was also with Sergio that I met my first road angel which is what we call the people that give us aid during the race, mostly just cold water.  As a screwed runner we can only get help from strangers not affiliated with the race or from other screwed runners still competing in the race (I couldn’t help anyone once I finished the race).  Crewed runners or their crews couldn’t help us at all.  I got ice cold water from this road angel.  It felt amazing.  I could run again!  At this point I had been reduced to basically just walking so that I didn’t overheat.

HEAT!

The heat was never ending and really got about the worst at 5pm after we had left Martin.  The sun was full on our backs.  Oh and there was NEVER any wind this entire race.  I’m used to MN where there is almost always a little wind.  Nope nothing in TN.  If you weren’t making your own wind by running you didn’t get any.  Semi trucks started to be something to look forward to instead of being afraid of because you would have 2 full seconds of air movement after it passed.  Sometimes I’d almost get cold if there were 3 of them in a row.

To acclimatize before the race I had been getting my core body temp up over 101 by taking nice hot baths after a run for about an hour.  I did this for 4 days plus just the regular working outside for my job that I’ve done all summer.  I also made sure to always run on the hottest days and hottest time of day as possible for all runs this summer.  I think what I did helped me some as the first 2 days weren’t super horrible, just horrible.  By day 2 I was definitely showing the signs of acclimation.  My sweat was very dilute which I had never experienced before.  Usually there are salt deposits on my clothes, face, pack, etc.  None of that this race though.  When sweat fell in my mouth I could barely taste any salt.  That’s a normal heat acclimation response.  The others are increased plasma volume which I had no way to measure and that you sweat a larger volume, that was easy to tell!  Sweat will drip off your shorts, gross.

The air temps the whole race ranged from 92-100 I think.  It’s hard to really know, but that’s what the vehicle temps said according to drivers we talked to.  The dew point was basically 70-74 the entire race with very little change.  It was foggy at night and so you could never dry out.  The humidity in MN is worse in July than TN.  The dew point gets in the 80’s with some regularity in July here.  The corn plants just pump moisture in the air like crazy on a sunny day, plus all the lakes and sloughs.  I was kind of surprised that it wasn’t more humid during the race.

BUT!  The sun is much hotter in TN.  Even though the race ended a month after the summer solstice; at the finish line the sun was still 5.6 degrees higher in the sky the day I finished than it was at home on the summer solstice.  95 humid and shady = not too bad.  95 humid and sunny = slow zombie walk of death.  The sun adds in my estimation 15 degrees to what it feels like.  Add to that the fact that full sun makes the road 150 degrees.  Your feet sweat a lot and I switched socks at least once a day to keep my feet dry.  I’d hang the wet pair on my pack to dry in the sun as I ran.

It was clear to me though that I would want to run as much as possible at night.  The heat just drained me that first day.  It was hard not to get mad at myself.  We had only made it 40 miles by the 7:30 pm check-in.  It wasn’t so much that we were only at 40 miles since I was planning on going slow anyways.  It was more-so that I felt so drained, like I had actually tried hard and still only made it 40 miles.

OK, back to the story.

Martin was the next town and I stopped at burger king at mile 27.7 to cool off and eat.  7.5 hours to get there, freaking ridiculous.  Some people got hotel rooms to beat the heat.  I didn’t want to get a room unless I could sleep so I kept going.  Martin is a long big college town so it took awhile to get out of town.

The next section to Dresden is where I met up with JT Bolestridge, Novle Rogers, Patrick Sweatt, and Jesse Koketek.  We were walking into the town of Dresden (which has some big Iris festival every year by the way) walking 5 wide down the road feeling kind of bad ass for some reason.  We ignored the guy dressed as a pizza.  We stopped at the aid station that the city had set up at a park pavilion.  We all charged our phones, had some snacks and water and tried to sleep/relax after the 7:30 check-in.  Oh we had to check-in at 7:30 AM and PM everyday so they knew if they needed to look for us if I hadn’t made that clear already.

I couldn’t sleep but it felt good to get off my feet.  I think I called home then as well.  Mostly I’d just leave Skype messages when I had decent WiFi and receive the videos the kids would send.  By about day 4 though the kids didn’t care anymore.  Plus the microphone in my phone was all messed up due to the sweat and humidity.

I moved on towards Gleason in the dark.  I chose to not have my headlamp on unless a car was coming.  I had yellow triangle reflectors on both sides of me.  With the almost full moon it was easier to see in the trees without a headlamp.  I carried my mace all the time at night and towards the end even carried it during the day since the last half of the race is much worse for dogs.  It was kind of creepy going through the deserted old highway with trees lining both sides of the road but there was always another runner within ear shot even if you couldn’t see them.  It went through what seemed like a  wetland in the dark.  Lots of weird frog sounds in addition to the Katydids.  I’d see a shooting star now and then most nights including this night.  Many nights you would see a faint flash in the sky now and then from lightning miles and miles away.

I met up with Novle and JT (Jason) again and I think we met up with Ed just outside of town.  When we came into Gleason before midnight we saw a big group of kids.  They were wondering if we were looking for Pokemon.  We said no.  We could hear them commenting to each other, “why wouldn’t they be out looking for Pokemon?”  Gleason had an aid station at the fire station.  Peanut butter and jelly sandwiches of which I had 2, water, other food, and showers!  I took a shower and tried to sleep while charging my phone.  Again no luck so I left around 12:30AM I think and headed to McKenzie

On the outskirts of McKenzie there are a bunch of semi trailers parked.  I went over to them to see if there was anywhere to sleep under or in them.  There were also some large dumpsters (the long kind you put construction garbage in usually). While snooping around I heard what sounded like 3 kids walking on the road and talking loudly.  They were coming from the wrong direction to be a runner so I ducked down.  I walked around the dumpster as they went past so that they could never see me.  I later found out they were from the aid station looking to see if more runners were coming.  I just figured the less interaction with people at 3AM the better.  I kept on moving into town after that.

I made it to McKenzie by myself and they also had an aid station set up at some building.  There was some food, drinks, and a bathroom.  I had a PB&J sandwich again.  The building had mats on the floor.  They weren’t super comfortable but they were better than concrete or dirt under a trailer and looking back now, actually they were comfortable compared to other places I would sleep later in the race.  At least I could lay on my side on them.  I slept for almost 2 hours I think.  I was thinking of staying in the hotel in town that night but I likely would’ve slept too long so it was a good choice to sleep in the building I think.  Other people had caught up and were already leaving as the sun came up on day 2.  I thought I better get going as well.  Plus there was some morning workout group outside the door doing their cross-fit type looking thing.  I suspect we had taken up residence in their normal work-out area.

MCkensie aid station
McKenzie

 

There was a 24 hour gas station on the outside of town so I got some pop and chips.  The run that morning was nice.  I put my headphones on for the first time and enjoyed the foggy views of kudzu growing up trees.

Jpeg
Morning of day 2

 

I checked in at mile 64 just before Huntingdon.  Nothing was really open in town and no gas stations were along the course.  I got some water at the police station and aired out my feet.

Jpeg
Every County Seat has a town square with a courthouse in the center and stores all around. Most had a movie theater as well.  This one is in Huntingdon.

Here is a video of what the typical town square looks like.  We didn’t go through this town but they are all eerily similar.  All have one way roads going around the courthouse in the center with parking around it.  This one doesn’t have a movie theater but one building looks like it used to be.  I didn’t make the video so don’t hate me for how long it is.  Start at 0:45 into it.

 

 

Jpeg
Vol State Humor

Jpeg
A rarity in this race – wide shoulders.

My goal was to make it to Parkers’ Crossroads at mile 81 where there was food and hotels.  I wanted to get there by 1PM to beat the heat and sleep.  It took me until 2:30PM to get there and it was super freaking hot and sunny again.  I went into Dairy Queen and started getting all dizzy and my ears were ringing.  So I decided to sit for a little bit before I ordered.  I was still hydrated since I was sweating like crazy but I obviously was overheated.  It took me that long to get there because I had to walk the last 10  miles or so since it was so hot and I hadn’t rested much yet.  I got my food which was awesome and stayed at the Knights Inn which was the most reasonably priced hotel the entire race.  I showered and washed my clothes in the sink.  I slept for about 3.5 hours.

It was also at this stop that I realized I was getting heat rash all around my ankle under my gaitor on my left leg.  I had worn gaitors to keep the road dirt and sand out of my shoes.  They did that job great but looking back they definitely were the cause of the heat rash I think.  While I had heard of heat rash and correctly made that diagnosis, I didn’t really know what it was so I googled it.  The Mayo Clinic website information on it made me laugh.  So it’s plugged up sweat glands which made sense.  The funny part is the treatment.  Spend as much time as possible in air-conditioned buildings, don’t exercise, etc.  None of those things were going to happen.

Jpeg
The beginnings of heat rash

I got up and re-taped my feet as the tape was coming loose from being wet the first day and I wanted to get a good look at the blister.  I put a blister band-aid on it under the taping.  I tape with cover-roll stretch for those new to my blog.  I also put new kinesio tape on my left leg as that gets old after a few days as well.  I had wanted to sleep longer but I happened to wake up before my alarm and checked the weather.  Rain was coming.  I had hoped it would be over before I woke up.  So I figured I’d get going and try to make it to Lexington 10 miles away and wait out the storm there in a restaurant.

I started out in the sucky suck heat that doesn’t stop until the sun goes down at 8pm.  I got a few miles out of town to check in at 84 miles at the 36 hour check-in.  Wow, I was behind where I’d hoped to be but not unexpected either.  I had no real clue how to do a multi-day.  I was about to learn a few lessons over the next 24 hours.

There were super dark clouds behind me and to the side of me.  On radar both cells were moving towards me somehow.  The food in Lexington wasn’t until mile 90.5 so I had just over 6 miles to get there.  The road was wide so I listened to my ipod and started booking it.  I really wanted to use the glycogen I had stored up during my slumber sparingly to last through the night.  But lightning coming down tends to make you move faster than you might otherwise go.  There was a gas station about 4 miles out of town but I didn’t want to sit on a curb and eat junk so I kept going.  I looked down at my watch.  8 minute miles.  I felt amazing!  Running was so easy now that it had cooled some and I was being chased by a storm.  I was even running up hills.  Only a superstar trying to win the race or an idiot runs up hills in an ultramarathon this long.  I ran the 6.5 miles in 1 hour when I finally got to the turn in Lexington that is supposed to have everything.  I ran around the area and did not find a single sit down restaurant.  Only gas stations and a couple pizza places with nowhere to sit as far as I could tell.  I was kind of pissed as I was looking forward to some pasta or something like that since I knew I’d have at least a half hour to kill while the storm passed.  Nope, you don’t get pasta (normally I hate pasta but I really wanted it now), you get more gas station food.  So I went in to the Little General and got some chicken fingers and potato wedge things.  I had a bunch of chocolate milk as well.  I talked to the workers there who thought I was crazy.  There was an outlet so at least I could charge stuff up while I sat.  The rain didn’t start for 30 minutes.  It seemed imminent just before I got there with the wind picking up for the first and last time the entire race.  Oh well, it barely rained for 20 minutes but I was still glad not to be in it.  Juli Aistars and Jan Silverman came in to the store and stayed about 1 minute and went out before the rain started.  I posted to Facebook I was happy to be catching up to some of the people that had run the race before.  They were all going into night mode like I was planning so that seemed to confirm that my plan was a smart one.

I started out again and now got to go mostly downhill out of town.  I saw a live armadillo and got a video of him.  I knew there was supposed to be some water left out at a fire station in Chesterfield since they posted to the race Facebook page.  It was more than I had hoped for.  They had some snacks too!  Snickers if I remember correctly.  I remember I was very happy and wished I had some paper to write a thank you note.

Jpeg
Chesterfield

 

Soon after and without any fanfare at all I crossed the 100 mile mark.  If anyone had ever marked it on the road, I never saw it.  I took a video of myself making a new personal distance record.  Every step after would further that record.  I don’t remember much about Darden other than there was a closed gas station with a pop machine out front.  I got a couple of them.  If I remember correctly there was also a park or campground with a super kick ass playground with lots of soft areas to sleep, but I didn’t feel tired yet.  This was 100.9 miles into the race.

Parsons was almost 6 miles away.  It seemed to go pretty slow.  I was feeling pretty drained at this point since I had wasted so much energy with my race into Lexington.  What I did in an hour then, took almost 2 hours now.  I didn’t know what I’d find in Parsons to sleep on.  There was a hotel in town but I didn’t feel like spending money for a couple hours in a hotel plus I really didn’t feel like waking up the owner at 2:30 in the morning.  So I found a tractor trailer that had large wood beams (looked like untreated railroad ties) stack on it.  I climbed up there and got out my sleeping bad liner for the first time.  It’s silk and weighs 4 oz.  I treated it with permethrin to keep the chiggers, ticks, and mosquitos away from me.  It worked well keeping insects away but it wasn’t as warm as I had hoped.  If I would’ve been able to change into dry clothes or at least a dry shirt before I laid down to sleep, I don’t think I would’ve gotten cold.  I was ALWAYS soaking wet anytime I was outside, day or night didn’t matter.  Either I’d be sweating like crazy or it was too humid for anything to evaporate.  I set my alarm for 4AM (not like I ever slept until my alarm went off when sleeping outdoors).

Jpeg
My bed in Parsons.

Around 3:30AM, 2 or 3 kids were out with their dog chatting up a storm and I assume looking for stupid Pokemon as it seems that’s all I saw people doing on sidewalks the entire race.  This set off EVERY dog in Parsons.  Dogs were barking everywhere and never stopped.  So I got up super tired and cranky.  Not good as I knew the next section was supposed to be one of the worst road stretches of the race.  I started moving at 3:50AM.  The gas station in town was open so I got some food.  I saw a few places that would’ve been much better for sleeping which made me more grumpy.

It was Saturday so I thought at least I’m getting the worst part of the road done without traffic since it’s not a work day.  People may want to call Southerners lazy but the roads are super busy at 5am on a workday so somebody’s working.  Well, I didn’t get the memo that said you will surely die or have horrible things happen to you if you don’t get to the TN River with your boat by sunrise.  It was a constant barrage of trucks hauling boat trailers.  No one was even close to the speed limit and no one moved over.  There is literally no shoulder for 4 miles out of Parsons.  It’s also very hilly and the last foot of the road has a severe camber.  I got a blister on my pinky toe due to my foot constantly having to fight the camber and from my foot slipping off the asphalt into the ditch a bunch of times.  The road gets a little better after that to the TN river bridge but not by much.  There is a hotel along the way and that’s about it as far as services go.  There are a few closed down gas stations.

I met up with Bo Millwood and Karen Jackson just before the bridge.  They were doing this for the second time together.  I think Karen had done it a few times before.  If I remember it right, Karen’s Christmas present to Bo was to pay the registration fee for the race.  I saw a photo of them from last years race that still busts me up laughing.  They used it as their Christmas card photo!  There are super nice people.  They must have something special to still like each other after running this two years together.  Yes she runs this in thin sandals.  They also took a dog home from the race.  It ran along with them over 30 miles so how could they not keep it!

12301586_10153703180559144_7063753964176760135_n.jpg
Pit Stop Market outside Shelbyville.  I ate there later in the race.  The only real food I had during the race.  I think I put on facebook I wanted to write a song about my love for the Pit Stop Market.  Photo Credit Jan Walker

We crossed the TN river and they stopped at a gas station just on the other side of the bridge.  I think this is around mile 112 of the race.  I don’t think I saw them again until the finish line.  I know they were always ahead of me at the check-ins anyway.  Karen was first place screwed woman which I think was her goal.  Awesome!

Jpeg
TN River. You can see the boaters whose lives were saved since they got on the river before sunrise.

So it was 12 miles until the Commodore Hotel in Linden.  I had heard the story of Bo and Karen last year trying to stay there and not getting in since they didn’t have a reservation.  They had to grind it out in the hot afternoon to the next hotel 20 miles away.  I heard this story at about 1 AM so I made a reservation at 2AM while I was getting ready to sleep on the wood pile in Parsons.  It was just after 6AM now so I thought I’d get there around 9:15 and was a little worried the room wouldn’t be ready yet.  Oh silly me, you didn’t know your race would come to a grinding halt before you got to Linden did you?

Looking at my GPS watch data it looks like I made it almost 4 miles at a decent pace.  The last 8 miles took 3 hours which looking back at it now doesn’t seem that slow.  But it felt horrible.  Really the only reason it didn’t take 3.5 hours was that I ran downhill very painfully into Linden just so I could get there faster.  So what happened?  My ankles and feet were visibly swollen.  My heat rash was even worse and now on both ankles.  It was a solid red rash now instead of spots here and there.  It hurt to move the skin in any direction so of course walking and running both hurt.  By the time I got to the hotel at 10AM I had been on my feet for 6 hours without stopping.  I later determined that was the key issue, not getting off my feet and raising them up.

I somehow caught up to Clark Annis, Jeff Deaton, and Brian Trinkle about 4 miles from Linden if memory serves me right.  They all seemed to be fighting some sort of injury as well but seemed in much better spirits than me.  Looking back I should’ve laid down somewhere and tried to cool off but I didn’t.  A road angel came by with some water.  I didn’t really need any at this point anymore.  Parsons to Linden is indeed a long haul (about 18 miles) with no where to get water at night and barely anywhere during the day.  So I left Parsons with 3.5L of water and drank a 20 oz before leaving town as well.  I still had enough to get to Linden so I didn’t need water.  I did have a string cheese though,  which was AMAZING!  I wish it was like WI where every gas station has bags of fresh cheese curds siting out.

If I  remember correctly there were some super steep driveways leading off the road and going up the side hills in this section.  Someone said they would buy a beer for whomever made it to the top first.  No one tried.  At that point I would’ve been happy to be able to somewhat run on a flat road, let alone sprint uphill!

I got to the Commodore Hotel and got to the front desk looking the most pathetic I would look the entire race.  It seemed like I could barely talk.  I took out my money wallet thingy and just handed her everything since I couldn’t get anything out.  I asked if any restaurants were open yet and they said they could make me something.  I don’t think they were open yet but I must’ve looked pathetic enough to make me something.  They brought out a menu and I picked the spinach and artichoke dip appetizer and the special hamburger they made there.  I just said charge it to the same card.  I was hunched over hanging onto the desk this whole time mind you.

The room was in another building so we went there.  She was clearly worried about me falling down in the street.  We had to go up stairs and then downstairs to get to the room.  Whatever.  The bed looked super comfortable and I later found out it was.  She showed me everything in the room, something about the air conditioner, she could bring me a black out curtain if I wanted, etc.  She was going to bring me 2 bags of ice since there wasn’t an ice machine in that building I think.  I was kind of out of it.  So tired and painful.  I just took off my pack and laid on the bed, I never even locked the door.  I at least remembered to get stuff plugged in to charge.  At this point I was getting concerned with continuing the race or at least with how long it would take.  I wasn’t panicking or anything but it didn’t look good and there was a lot of race left, 190 miles to be exact. I took NSAIDs to help with the pain and swelling.  I hoped to not take anything this race since there was always a risk of dehydration which is a bad combo with NSAIDs.

I watched Top Gear on BBC for the first time while waiting for the food.  I always see ads for it when we watch Orphan Black but never saw it before.  It was the #1 show in the world for a while I guess.  Anyway, finally a knock on the door.  “Come in” I say.  I had to yell it like 3 times that the door was open.  Perhaps I couldn’t really yell, I was so tired.  She finally came in with the food and the ice.  I put the ice on my ankles and the food on my lap.  The artichoke dip was almost half cheese!  So freaking good.  The hamburger honestly kind of sucked but who cares I was starving.  I put the tray out and locked the door this time.  Got naked and put my feet on pillows and passed out for 5 hours straight.

When I got up it looked dark out.  Turns out the window was just shaded from the sun now and it was raining.  Hey at least I’m not in the rain.  I could actually walk to the bathroom OK.  I drank a bunch and went back in bed, this time with the ice under my ankles.  I fell asleep for a little bit and then checked email and such.  I thought about showering but figured it wasn’t worth it at this point anymore.  I emailed the group to see if anyone wanted my room.  JT and Sergio would end up taking it.  I never asked if they cuddled in the king size bed or not.

Footcare

On a tangent this is where I switched to my large pair of socks.  I brought 4 pairs of socks.  2 Medium and 2 Large Injinji.  I only wear Injinji socks as I get a lot less blisters with them.  I switched to the large pairs as my feet had swelled enough by this point to make them the better choice.  If you didn’t know already, you’re feet will swell during this race.  Both from the heat and from being on them all the time.  My pair of Altra Olympus 2.0 shoes I wore I got a half size bigger than my normal Olympus size.  I may still keep this larger size on the next pair as well though and haven’t decided.  I never had to cut my shoes open like some others did to relieve pressure and help with blister pain. In fact I never had blister pain.  My early blisters healed by the time I finished the race.  Make sure to take care of things early before they hurt.  I don’t care if you’ve never gotten a blister before, you better know what to do because you will get them in this race.  Go soak your feet and run 30 miles on the hottest day you can find to make yourself get blisters if you’ve never gotten them so that you learn before the race what to do.  Seriously.  I was surprised there were people who didn’t bring anything to take care of blisters in this race but there were and they paid for it dearly.  The chances of you being by a store the moment you need something is very very small.  Take your shoes off every time you stop to let things dry off.

You’ll notice a fair amount of the leaders in this race wear sandals.  If you can handle running in them they are a great choice.  Your feet won’t be as hot or wet and so you should have few to no blisters.  Don’t wear vibrams though.  You need more than an eighth of an inch of protection from the nails, glass, etc on the road.  Also the road gets to 150 degrees in the afternoon and you need some insulation between the road and your feet.  Only 1 guy ever ran this is vibrams and I’ve never read a race report that talked about his feet hurting so much more than that one.

Of all the items I brought, I didn’t use: my wet weather foot paste which I tossed on day 4 (4oz gone), my emergency light, a super small pocket knife, rain poncho, buff, and duct tape which I brought to fix things if need be.  I would still take all of those things if I did this race again.  Everything else I brought I used some of. I did not completely use up anything.  Learn how to tape your feet by yourself if you’re used to someone else doing it.  I don’t think there was any luck involved with me not having blister pain.  I planned and tested things as much as possible for this race beforehand.  I knew things would still go wrong but I tried to have versatile things along that I could McGyver something with.

OK so back to the race.  I left my key at the front desk and asked for ice water.  I saw the woman who checked me in and she didn’t recognize me at first since I could walk and was upright.  The amazing powers of sleep and ice!  I left at 6:30PM and went to the grocery store to buy some food and pop.  I got a 8 pack of fun size snickers and ate them all.  I met Juli and Jan again there.  The next town was Hohenwald which was a long town.  The food and motel part of town was 20 miles away.  A few miles out of town is a gas station that was supposed to be open until 7:30PM or so.  It was closed when I got there just before 7.  Jesse was sitting outside the store feeling very sorry for himself.  He had gotten there at 6 and it was closed then already.  I had planned on getting water here like he did so that sucked.  But then I found a spigot on the side of the building and filled up.  Jesse said he was going to pout a little longer so I left him.  This is an area that is easy to miss the turn.  There is a Y and since you are going against traffic and you need to go right at the Y, it is easy to just keep on going straight and not cross the road.  The gas station is right on top of the Y if you will.

gas station.png
Go Right!

I checked in at mile 128 for the 60hour check-in.  Only 10 miles in the last 12 hours.  People at home were worried I think.  I mostly just told them I was tired so I slept a long time and didn’t tell about the zombie death march that morning.

I didn’t realize it at the time but I was starting what is known as 18 mile hill.  I could tell the road was gradually going up since we were clearly in a small river valley.  I never saw the river though.  It was still daylight for a portion of this section.  There is really no where to get water and not many houses along the road either.  Since the road elevation gain was so gradual I settled into a 5 minute run 2 minute walk pattern.  A few miles before you get to the outskirts of Hohenwald the climb gets much steeper as you leave the river valley.  I had just passed Juli and Jan by this point.  Finally getting to the top you realized you still had a ways to go to the town (like 6 miles I think the sign said).  I found what looked like a church with a parking lot and handicap parking sign but I kind of think it was a residence now.  There was stuff all around the outside.  Most of it looked like the junk I saw on a lot of porches along the race.  Stuff we’d put in the garage or basement here in MN they just put out on the porch in TN it seems.  The parking lot looked kind of run down as well.  I never saw a church sign but there could’ve been one somewhere else on the property.

There was a cat kennel outside that I put my feet up on and laid on the asphalt parking lot.  There were lights on in the building so I was quiet.  Jan and Juli came up and started knocking on the door to see if they could get water.  It was 10PM.  The lights in the building went out.  Great, can’t wait to see the cops I thought.  Luckily none came but I can’t imagine what the 2 people inside thought was going on outside.  Do people live in churches in the south?

church
Google street view of the church? Now imagine junk all around the porch, concrete, and around that front door.

I laid there 30 minutes, not trying to sleep but just keeping my feet up since it had been 3.5 hours since I last had them up.  I had decided at least every 4 hours I would have to stop for 30 minutes or more and put my feet up since that’s about when they started to hurt.  I found out later this is something a fair amount of multi-day people do.  So there you go, lesson learned after almost 3 days.

I got going and reached the outskirts of Hohenwald.  I was hungry but there was nothing open on this end of town.  I found a playground after the airport and laid down around 11:20PM  I slept for almost an hour and a half but got cold again so I had to get going.

Jpeg
I laid down and put my feet up on the little picnic table. It wasn’t super comfortable but the wood chips weren’t too bad.

So now it’s almost 1AM and I’m starving and thirsty.  I pass a bar and think if nothing else I’ll get bar food at the other end of town if nothing is open.  I didn’t know the bars close at 1AM in TN.  So when I finally got to the other end of town every fast food place seemed closed.  The hotel had ice but the pop machine was broken.  The next stop was a campground but all they were supposed to have was chips and water.  I saw some workers outside McDonalds smoking.  I had planned on dumpster diving there but couldn’t do that since they were outside by the dumpsters.  I convinced them to give me water to go along with the ice from the hotel.  I kept going and then saw Taco Bell down the road.  It was 1:40 so I just about full on sprinted to get there before they closed at 2.

I had to knock on the window since only the drive thru was open.  I scared the crap out of the dude but he broke the rules and allowed me to order.  I got some triple decker box meal thing for $5.  It was a ton of food for real cheap and tasted awesome as things tend to do when you are starving.  He even refilled my pop which again they aren’t supposed to.  I talked to him about the race through the window a little.  The workers wanted to know where I went pee.  I told them pooping was much more of a concern.  Then a truck pulled up so I had to move out of the way to not get run over.  The driver seemed to know about the race and asked what I got when I finished.  I told him “a sticker”.  He asked what the winner got and I told him “a sticker”.  Laz later told me I should’ve told him the winner got the sticker first.

Now a quick tangent; this sticker I speak of is the 314 sticker.  I’ve never put a mileage sticker on a vehicle before.  Even a hundred mile sticker seems kind of braggy/needy to me.  I don’t know why I feel that way but I just do, so I’ve never done it.  But I tell you what.  I’m putting that 314 sticker on my vehicle, no matter how braggy or douchie it is.  Most people will think it was a bike race or be thrown off by such an odd number anyway (yes it’s an even number but you know what I mean).  Pretty much only people who have done the race (and now you as well) will know what it means.  I told Laz he should make 100π stickers to really throw people off.  In fact if I were to ever get a tattoo it would be 100π.

So I ate the food on the employee picnic table out back and the guy came out since it was pretty much closing time and I think he was going to smoke.  He had cigarettes but never lit one up.  I told him I had just slept in a playground and he said he was homeless for 10 months in Chicago.  He confirmed that the playground plastic tubes were the best for sleeping if you could find them.  I had suspected that but never found any.  Hohenwald meant high forest in German he told me which explained the 18 mile hill into it.  He made it sound like Hohenwald wasn’t a very safe town.  It seemed by far the nicest town I went through at night but others did confirm it is a big drug town so looks aren’t everything.  He told me about the giant elephant sanctuary there.  He made it sound like there was an old story about gold along the Natchez Trace that the early explorers lost.  Who knows but good stories anyways.

I continued on the next 7 miles to the Natchez Trace Campground.  It was mostly downhill on a 4 lane highway.  I heard dogs everywhere and saw maybe 10 cars the whole time.  Weird for such a big road.  I got to the campground to find out the bathrooms were locked and so there was no running water.  There were picnic tables under a pavilion we could use.  I saw Jan and Juli there along with 3 other bodies.  I got out my battery pack to charge up everything and my sleeping bad liner.  It was 4AM.  I wanted to sleep a couple hours but that wasn’t going to happen.  I quickly realized that the body on the ground in the bivy sac was my roommate Paul by his snoring.  Someone had an extremely loud space blanket.  Juli was shaking with chattering teeth from being cold.  I maybe slept 30 minutes total being woken up every 5 minutes.  I’m sure I had woke them all up when I showed up and got situated as well.  The joys of sleeping outside with strangers.  This was about the only place on the whole course where the katydids noise wasn’t deafening.  It was dead quiet there so they didn’t help to drown anything out.  I should’ve slept on the bench on the porch under the lights and I didn’t remember my white noise on my ipod either.  It finally started getting light and I just got up realizing sleep would never come.  I was starting to get cold by then anyway.  I got some chips and filled my water bottles from a water cooler they had for us.  I should’ve looked how far it was to the next water stop but didn’t.  Jan and Juli left shortly after I did.

The next section was pretty good.  It was road construction but the road was pretty much done.  I went on the part over the barricade from the traffic and finally got to listen to music again.  Music really helps me move and I barely got to listen to it during this race due to the danger of not hearing things.  I was moving pretty good.  I went past the half-way point of 157 miles.  At the 72 hour check-in I was at mile 159 which was 31 miles further than 12 hours ago so I felt pretty good about that.  Much better than what I felt the day before anyway.  The main issue now was the large open sore that seemed to develop overnight on my lower back where the bottom of the pack was.  I think the wood chips made a cut there and that’s all it took to get infected and irritated by the pack.  Butt Lube didn’t help so I took a alcohol wipe to clean it off so I could apply a panty liner (yes I brought those in case of something like this).  The alcohol didn’t hurt as much as you’d think.  The panty liner held on good enough (it tended to slide around a little and started taking on sweat) but it was clear I’d have to take a shower to get things real clean and apply a blister band-aid to get it to heal and not hurt like mad.

christel3
One of my cousins in NY would send me daily emails with pictures of my “fan club”. I got this one today. I don’t think I’ve ever been on a sign before.

Just before I got to Hampshire the TobyMac song I mentioned at the beginning of this blog came on.  The song is really about a father’s love for his children.  How you give to the point of having nothing left but still give more because that’s what love is.  I started crying.  I missed my kids so much.  It was weird how it just snuck up on me.  That lasted for the whole song.  I was told by many veterans that there would be high and low points and that you’d cry at some point.  I consider myself lucky that I cried from this kind of sadness and not extreme pain and feeling of hopelessness.

I got to Hampshire at 8AM.  There is basically nothing in this town if you could call it that.  Maybe 5 houses total.  There is a store but it doesn’t open until 1PM on Sunday which was today.  There was no water hose outside the building but there was a pop machine.  $1 per can.  I got 2 Yoo-Hoo and 2 SunDrop.  I was starting to not like SunDrop anymore but that’s what every pop machine had.  I was so thirsty I downed all 4 in 5 minutes and continued on.  I found a church just down the road that had a hose on the outside so I filled up my bottles there.  Since it was daylight and Sunday I was confident I would see a road angel before I got to Columbia.

Jpeg
On the way to Columbia

I hadn’t had my feet up for over 3 hours so I found a nice cemetery at mile 163 and rested for 30 minutes.  I called my wife and made a reservation for the Richland Inn in Columbia.  This was probably the most peaceful time the whole race.  No cars.  Still kind of cool and I was in the shade on soft DRY grass.  I always wanted to sleep on grass but it was always soaking wet with dew at night and I didn’t have any waterproof tarp or anything to lay on.  I would bring that if I did this again.

Jpeg
My view while laying in a cemetery outside Hampshire.

Jpeg
Another cool looking cemetery.

Jpeg
Lots of ranches like this.

I did meet a road angel and got some water.  I also saw Carl Laniak one of the race directors stop and pull over.  At first I got excited since I thought it was another road angel.  Once I realized it was him I yelled at him since he couldn’t give me anything since I was screwed.  It was getting HOT again.  Those few small clouds you see in the picture above somehow always went around me.  Columbia is another one of those 6 mile long towns.  I got a shake at the first gas station I saw.  Another runner was sleeping against the building in full sunlight with people and cars all around him.  No idea who he was or if he was actually sleeping but I saw him again that night sleeping on a gas station bench in Culleoka.

I got stopped by the guy who sits on his porch and takes down your information as he’s done for the last few years.  Clark was there as well.  I planned to eat at Hardees but only the drive thru was open so I couldn’t.  I just kept going to the hotel and ordered a pizza.  Took a shower and washed my clothes and put on my underwear I brought just for this occasion (to not answer the door naked ).  I got my pizza and slept from about 2:30 to 7PM.  This was the only time I got woken up by my alarm.

I ate the rest of my pizza and finally got out the door at 8.  I can’t remember if I had to re-tape my feet or why it took so long to get going.  Maybe I was just trying to memorize the guide book.  My 84 hour check-in was 179 miles so another 20 miles in that 12 hour period.  51 in the last 24 hours so I felt pretty good with that. 5 miles to the bench of despair in Glendale.  I got there at 9:25PM Sunday and signed the bench as is tradition.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I didn’t stick around long.  Just took some water and left.  Outside of Culleoka there was a nice surprise of an aid station in someone’s yard.  It was before you get to Culleoka.  There were quite a few people there.  No other racers at the time.  I sat down on an awesome lawn chair.  They had everything you could think of.  Tons of food, batteries, place to charge stuff.  I really just wanted some grapes and a pop.  I think I sang the Grape song by Andrew and Polly a little.  I had just charged everything a few hours ago so I didn’t need to do that.  I stayed there 20 minutes. Annette Dykes must have been one of them there but not sure if she lived there or was just visiting as I know not everyone lived there.  Anyway she remembered I wanted to get done in time to get to my son’s birthday party and congratulated me on the Facebook photo of me finishing.  Awesome how people keep tabs on us runners.

The road past Culleoka towards Lewisburg was creepy.  This is where the trees were pretty much up to the road and sometimes met above the road to make it like a tunnel.  The other parts were just as creepy as it was in another small river valley so it just seemed so closed in.  There were essentially no yard lights anywhere.  I was on full alert for dogs.  I heard plenty but I don’t remember if any came out on the road here.  I’m used to running in the dark but there was just something not right about this area to me.  At mile 193 there is a gas station that had a covered area with a light and fan going.  There was a nice wooden bench there and I laid on it for 20 minutes.  A cat came by but never really looked at me.  I’m pretty sure it was black.  I didn’t want to sleep here so I kept going.  At the aid station they had said I could sleep at the dentist office porch in Lewisburg.  That was still a long ways off and I was tired now so I would need to find someplace to sleep before there.

Jpeg
Pretty sure that cat is black. Nice soft bench though.

I made it to to top of the hill before you go down into Lewisburg and saw a Waste Management building.  The fence around it wasn’t completed yet and I saw a truck parked up there.  I thought sleeping in the bed of the truck would be nice and hidden.  I had to climb an embankment to get there.  I didn’t even try to open the truck door to see if it was open.  It had a bed liner so I thought it would be a little warmer that way.  I got my battery pack out again to charge stuff and my sleeping bag liner.  I set the alarm for 3:30AM, it was now 2AM.  I knew garbage workers got to work early but figured 3:30 should be fine.  I woke up at 2:45AM cold again.  I tried to get back to sleep.  Then I heard a vehicle drive up the road to the gate.  Crap!  I could hear the chain on the gate being undone and the gate being slid open.  The vehicle drove up to I’m guessing 40 feet from me.  Super Crap!  All scenarios start popping in my head.  What if he has a gun and I scare him so much he shoots me.  What if he detains me and calls the cops.  Nothing seemed like a good outcome.  I heard what sounded like bags being unloaded and stacked.  I was hoping this was some sort of delivery truck.  The truck engine started back up and I thought he might be driving closer to me.  The truck I was in was only 15 feet from the office door.  But it wasn’t getting closer, I’m not sure what was happening.  I didn’t dare lift my head up and be seen.  The engine stopped and I heard footsteps again.  I had been trying to get my stuff packed up but any movement was super loud due to the bed liner.  I lay still and waited, trying to come up with something to say.  Trying to figure out if it would be better to pretend to sleep as I was found.  Finally I heard a garbage truck start up.  I sprang into action and grabbed everything and ran down the embankment hoping not to twist my ankle on the large rocks I was running down.  I got to the bottom just to see another truck pull onto the road.  They didn’t see me or didn’t care.  That was close!  So now I know when waste management starts their day, it 2:45AM.

 

 

waste management
So this is the street view from 2013. The fence looks exactly the same now.  I think that’s even the same truck I slept in. I know it was red and was a little closer to the building.  There are a lot more other vehicles around the site now. I swear the embankment was twice that high the night I ran down it.

So I started down the hill into Lewisburg.  There were a lot of strip malls it seems to me.  A guy walking on the sidewalk actually looked afraid of me running towards him.  First time that’s ever happened.  I did end up seeing the dentist office porch which was concrete so probably not that comfortable.  The 200 mile mark is just before you get to the courthouse in the town square.

Jpeg
That’s supposed to be me making the number 2 with my eyes being zeros. Kind of lame but I couldn’t come up with anything better at the time which was 3:45AM.

About a mile later there are some gas stations that were open.  So I go into one after having already purchased yet another SunDrop from a pop machine not knowing if anything would be open further ahead.  They have food there and a bunch of things on menu boards up by the ceiling.  I ask the lady if I can order anything or just get what’s already in the warming display case thing that all gas stations have with old pre-made food.

She said “I can make you anything you want hun!”  Awesome!!!

“I’d like the chicken salad sub then.”

“I can’t make that.”

“OK” so much for anything I want “I’ll have the tuna salad sub then.”

“No I can’t make that either.”

Dejected, I say “Fine I’ll have the Salmon dinner.”

“I can’t make that either.”

This is where the other customers start chuckling.  I finally give up and let people pay for their stuff since this is holding everyone up who is trying to get to work.  I ended up just getting the pre-made crap that I didn’t want since I didn’t feel like spending 30 minutes going through every menu board item to find out what “ANYTHING YOU WANT HUN” means in TN.  At least the packaged cake I got was good.

I started out of town towards Shelbyville just over 20 miles away.  There would be a few small towns I’d go through before there though.  I had been warned by previous race reports of the dogs on this 20 mile stretch.  They weren’t wrong.  The rest of the way to Shelbyville I not only had my mace in my hand but also my dowel rod in the other.  Someone had emailed the list about 2 pit bulls near some county line outside Shelbyville but I had no idea where the county line was so I was prepared now.  Leaving Lewisburg you go past a motel on the race route.  It looked pretty sketchy to me.  In fact the half mile to get to it from the gas station was awful sketchy as well.  Clark told me later that while walking this part a guy was following him and would stop when he stopped and move when he moved.  Clark finally turned around and started walking towards the guy and he turned and left him alone.

I met a few dogs in the dark but none came on the road and I was ready if they did.  Stray dogs I actually didn’t mind on this trip.  They ran away from you.  It was the dogs guarding their territory that were aggressive. The sun came up and lots of cars were flying down the road with little shoulder to move over on.  That was getting old. At 6AM I found a church off the road a bit with a wooden bench that looked nice to take a nap on.  It was short but I’d have to make due since I was tired and I hadn’t seen anything better for miles (of course a little further was a horse barn with bags of sawdust stacked up that looked like heaven).  A cop car was parked across the street but I didn’t care.  I did actually sleep for close to an hour.  My legs didn’t feel great due to being scrunched up and on a metal bar but I felt kind of awake at least.  I continued on my way after getting some water from a park hydrant nearby.  I never got a photo of this sleeping spot.

I went a couple miles when all of a sudden from the left come 2 pit bulls charging down a hill.  I start using my deep commanding voice and look to the right to make sure I don’t get smucked by a car while I cross the road to get some distance.  Luckily no cars so I run to the other side while still yelling at the dogs.  The tan one was the worst and the larger female who has had at least 2 litters of puppies based on her mammary development stayed back with the yelling.  I walked on the right shoulder while looking at the tan one and yelling at him to go home.  He followed on the other side of the road for about 100 feet.  Finally a group of about 6-7 cars came and I ran as they came along me so I could get some distance.  The dog kept walking and then started to cross the road.  Luckily another big group of cars came.  The dog looked at them and then at me and finally turned around and ran off the road.  I didn’t need to use my mace or anything but I warned everyone on email again with the exact mileage 209.  I had just checked in for the 96 hour check-in so I knew where I was.  I then came to the county line which was after the dogs.  I later found out that one of them got hit by a truck.  I don’t know all the details.  I’ll let the runner who saw what happened tell his story if he wants too.  I assume it was the tan one that got hit.  While I’m glad the dog was no longer around to hurt someone else, it pisses me off that the owner was so irresponsible to let it run around on the road.  The dog was doing it’s job and the owner wasn’t.  There’s no way this was the first time those dogs were in the road and needed to be in a fenced in area.

A few miles I see Clark in a graveyard gazebo in Wheel that has narrow but long benches.  I laid down and put my arm through the railing so I could fit on the bench.  He had only been there a few minutes and didn’t have much of an issue with the dogs.  I rested just a bit and continued on since there were supposed to be gas stations up ahead and they should be open now.  I found out later lots of people slept in this gazebo.  I was a pretty nice spot I must say.

I got to the Pit Stop Market I referenced above in a photo and asked what I could have as there was a kitchen there.  She told me to tell her what I wanted and she’d tell me if she could make it.  This was worded much better than “I can make anything you want, hun” so I said scrambled eggs and lots of hash browns.  She said sure.  I grabbed some chocholate milk and pop and sat down at a booth.  Took the shoes off and charged everything up in the wall outlets conveniently located at every booth.  Clark came in but didn’t order anything.  I got my food but it wasn’t hash browns like I’m use to.  It was sliced potatoes.  Maybe she heard hash rounds?  Whatever, they tasted good.

I left and in a couple miles there was another gas station I think in Bedford.  I wanted to get more water from the bathroom but they had a sign it was for customers only.  OK whatever, I bought the one and only Gatorade I had the entire race.  Skip that I think I got one from a road angel too.  Anyway, you also couldn’t use a credit card for anything less than $5 so I had to pay cash.  I usually just left whatever change I got other than quarters in the take a penny leave a penny tray that every gas station in America but this one has.  Want to know what they have instead at this not at all friendly establishment?

A tip jar!

Not a leave and penny take a penny tray.  Not a donation box for a local kid with cancer treatment bills.  Nope, a tip jar.

I should’ve taken money out of it.  I carried that change for miles, they sure weren’t going to get it.

Next I got to see a old guy beating the crap out of this walking horse while he was training it to do the big lick.  That pissed me off to no end.  I’m as far as you can get from an animal rights activist but this wasn’t right.  It wasn’t a corrective tap here or there, it was full on wind it up 5 times in a row beat down every time there was a misstep.  And there were a lot of missteps.  Tennessee Walking Horses do have a small natural lift to their front legs but making them do that big lick walk seems senseless to me.  I’ve heard horse owners say the big lick is a natural gait.  In my professional opinion the big lick is completely UN-natural.  They’re finally cracking down on the soring that used to go on and this guy was using a different method than that to make the horse lift it’s feet at least.  I really felt like going up to him with a whip and telling him that I’d smack him every time he didn’t skip.  No walking or running, you can only skip.  Oh, it’s uncomfortable and inefficient to skip you say?  Too bad, since you can physically do it, it must be a natural human gait.  Right?  Just like a horse lifting it’s feet super high in the air for NO reason.  I know that area is the big Tennessee Walking Horse area and I’m probably pissing off some of the nice local people who helped me during the race but I don’t like it.  I’m sure not everyone beats their horse but this was right out by the hwy for everyone to see so obviously he thought there was nothing wrong with it.

Done venting.

Jpeg

Finally I got to Shelbyville.  I got my first ice cream bar at the first gas station.  It was just after noon and hot as always but I was getting used to it now.  Really I couldn’t even tell you what day was officially the hottest.  The first motel is the Magnolia Inn.  It looked sketchy and there were 5 very loud men with cars in the parking lot.  I’ll remind you it’s 12:15PM,  check out is at 11AM and you can’t check in until 3, why are there so many people here.  There is no office, you just go up to a window and some guy shows up.  I ask how much for a room and he goes “ahhh $50”.  If you’re going to try to scam me dude don’t start with an “ahhh” where it’s clear to me you’re just throwing a number out there you think I’ll pay.  I left and he chases after me yelling smaller numbers.  If he had got to 20 I would’ve stopped.  This place looked like too much trouble for anything more.

Bo and Karen went there as well that day.  This is the story they told me but I’m sure they will tell it better in their race report.  Bo asked the guy if there were any other runners staying there.  The guy didn’t know what he was talking about so Bo asked him if anyone wearing a backpack like him and Karen were there.  The guy then told him “No.  Your kind sleep under the bridge by the river”.  Needless to say they didn’t stay there either.

The other hotel was a little off course but I went there.  America’s Best Value.  I think it was $50 as well but it was quiet.  I took a shower and washed my clothes again.  I slept until around 5PM.  I re-taped my feet even though it wasn’t too bad.  I knew this would probably be my last time staying in a hotel so I thought it best to redo it now when it’s easiest.  I had a small heel blister that I took care of and then put Engo patches on the heels of my shoes to prevent any new ones.  I’ve never gotten heel blisters before but I wasn’t surprised since I had my shoes tied so loose the heels would slip.  If I tightened them any more though I would have much bigger issues with my tendons getting irritated like I’ve had in the past and the heel blister didn’t hurt so I’d take that trade any day.

I then saw a reddish looking bug on the edge of the pillow crawling up it.  I squished it to kill it and bright red blood came out.  The exoskeleton was clear so I’m guessing it was some sort of biting lice.  I know they let dogs stay in the rooms here so I was hoping it was from a dog, but very likely the person who stayed there before me had head lice.  Gross.  I know it didn’t come from me, but now I was paranoid I’d bring something home with me.  It wasn’t on the pillow I slept on but still it was in the room with me and I didn’t want to look to see if he had any friends.  I washed everything on sanitize when I got home and had my wife check me over.  No lice!  Huzzah!

Jpeg
America’s Best Value wasn’t America’s most hygienic.

Starting out of Shelbyville sucked.  My ankles were a little swollen still even after sleep and icing them.  My heat rash was feeling better with hydrocortisone cream but still hurt some.  The main issue was my calves were super tight from sleeping on that church bench that morning and I also had some tight tendon I could feel flick over something with every step behind my left knee.  It didn’t hurt to walk but that tendon would flare up something fierce if I didn’t figure out which one it was or what was causing it.  Here are the views I had leaving town.  Let’s just say they weren’t helping to give me a positive attitude.

Jpeg
Decaying church.

Jpeg
Fenced off old hospital

I saw Wayne just before check-in and told him it might be a very slow night if I couldn’t figure it out.  He did a great job telling me I was doing a great job.  Even if you feel bad, knowing someone thinks your doing just fine helps a lot with morale. After about 40 minutes of stopping, trying to feel which tendon was flicking around, stretching, etc I figured out it was my lateral hamstring tendon flicking but that one of the muscles right behind the knee was super tight as well.  There are at least 2 small muscles just behind the knee that I have no idea how to stretch but I know if I crank down hard on them, they eventually loosen up.  Very painful but the only way I knew to loosen them.  I got my dowel rod out and worked on my hamstrings on both legs and also my calves for awhile.  Finally the flicking sensation went away and I could run with a very short stride and probably 190 cadence.  I’d stop every 5 minutes or so to stretch the calves and hamstrings some more.  I checked in at 226 miles at the 4.5 day check-in.  Only 17 miles the last 12 hours, not very good.

Jpeg
Deer I saw that snorted at me a bunch.

Wartrace was 6 miles away.  I kept hearing gun shots in this section.  I got to Wartrace and put my feet up at the gas station on a bench and talked to my wife a little bit.  I had my mace and dowel rod out again.  I told people I needed some well wishes this night since last night had been so “bad”.  Hard to put it into words but the eerie road, dogs, Lewisburg, just added up to being a not at all fun, bad, depressing night.  They had to be emails, not texts or phone calls.  I planned on being in silent mode to keep dogs and people from knowing I was there. I left Wartrace at 10PM.

I was hyper vigilant this night.  I started the small back road section from Wartrace to Manchester.  This section is probably real nice in the day.  The trees cover the road almost 80% of the time it seemed like.  You could do this section easy with all the shade as long as you brought enough water.  It was like a 15 mile never ending tunnel with the katydids making a deafening roar.  I took control this night and charged ahead with no fear.  No headlamp needed even with the shade as it was a full moon tonight.  It basically felt like I was in The Walking Dead running down the middle of the road checking the tree lines constantly for walkers, I mean dogs.  Instead of a katana or a crossbow, I had my trusty mace and a foot long dowel rod.  Oh yeah, I was badass!  I had everything on my pack tied down so nothing would make a sound.  My collapsible water bottles had no air in them so there was no sloshing.  I quickened my cadence to quiet my steps.  I actually was past the first few dogs before they saw my reflector in the moonlight and barked.  But after a few miles the dogs seemed to know I was coming a half mile before I got there.  I thought that was weird.  The pair of loud Pyrenees in the large fenced in pasture came charging down the hill to the fence line but I’ve read about them many times so I wasn’t worried.  They followed me the whole way along the fence and barked for awhile after I was gone.  But still all the dogs ahead were barking.  Finally I found out why, Clark was just ahead of me the last few miles so they were reacting to him and then continued to react to me when I got there.  So much for stealth mode.  I walked with him for a bit and then ran again.

I found a church at mile 240 on the right with a 30 foot long picnic table and laid down on it.  There were no water spigots that I could find but there was an outlet I didn’t use as it was far from the picnic table and I didn’t want to risk forgetting I had something plugged in.  I used my battery pack instead.  It was 12:15AM and had only been a couple hours since my last stop but I needed to get my feet up and work on my calves some more.  Clark came and rested as well.  I don’t think I ever fell asleep, I just worked on my muscles while laying down.  I did feel quite rested though after 40 minutes and left.

church before campground laura carter
This is the picnic table at the church. Photo Credit Laura Carver

Soon after I left Clark a car seemed to be following behind me.  It would just stop for a while and then drive up to me and stop again.  I finally figured out it was someone’s crew.  I kept hearing this hollering and thought the crew was cheering on their runner every time he went past.  It was late so I was wondering why they were doing this.  Whispering Oaks Campground was only 3 miles away and I got there around 1:40AM.

I saw Andrei sleeping on a picnic table.  There were real bathrooms here.  Apparently there were showers as well somewhere but I didn’t see them.  I found some cushions and put them on a picnic table thinking this would be the best outdoor sleep of the race.  I set my alarm for 4AM.  I woke up when Clark came and found a spot to sleep.  I fell back asleep but kept having bad dreams.  I can’t remember details but I know they were about someone not letting me get to where I wanted to go or not letting me leave.  Stupid race was in my dreams already!  I woke up just before the alarm.  Everyone was gone.  I left some money in the money slot since it was nice of them to let us stay there.  Of course later runners said they had cots, food, drinks, air mattresses, and who knows what else set up for the runners.  Lucky bastards.  This is another place I slept that I don’t have a picture of.

Next stop was Manchester.  There was a gas station open 2 miles from the campground.  I got some food and pop there.  Soon after I left I realized I left my dowel rod there so I went back to get it.  That was the only extra distance for stupidity that I did this race.  Really it was maybe a tenth of a mile both ways so not a big deal.  It was daytime when I got to Manchester and I caught up to Clark.  He was going to get some supplies for his feet and I suspected spend some time in a hotel recovering.  I ate at Hardee’s and had lots of refills of pop, I was sweating like crazy already.  This morning seemed the hottest to me but it was mostly because I was in the full sun with zero wind most of the day.  I got out of town before the 5 day check-in, 253 miles.

Jpeg
Sunrise before Manchester

Jpeg
The county saved a lot of money on this sign.

Hillsboro was only 4 miles away but I stopped at a gas station to get some ice and refuel a little.  I put my feet up as well since it had been 2.5 hours since Hardee’s.  I put straight ice in my bladder and ice water in my bottles.  I don’t think putting ice on my back was the best idea.  My back skin felt all pins and needles under the pack the next 2 days after doing that.  It kept me cool though.  I left the rest of the bag of ice for the next runner.

Along the way I saw a buck laying in the shade with some cattle.  It was that hot that he just plopped down with them.  You can see it on the video at the end although I didn’t zoom in at all.  I think it was also around here that screwed winner Andrew Snope stopped.  He kind of hobbled out of the car and cheered me on.  I agreed with his finishing quote that being crewed would be much easier.  At least I’m pretty sure it was this day I saw him.  I think he was driving home or something.

Pelham was around 9 miles away.  I ran/walked most of this even though it was hot.  I found a new convenience store in Pelham that was hiding behind a row of trees.  I got a milkshake there and more ice water.  I wasn’t very hungry for much else.  I got back on the road to Monteagle.  4 large white dogs came out from a hole in a fence and followed me for a bit but they didn’t seem aggressive and always stayed in the ditch.  There were some clouds in the sky now but the shadows never seemed to get to me.  I could never catch up to one either.  I could hear thunder in the distance so maybe it would rain.

At mile 270 starts the 3 mile 1000 foot climb to Monteagle.  I just kept plugging away at it.  Stopping didn’t help so I didn’t do that more than once.  Plus when I did stop I sat on the guardrail.  I wasn’t on it for even half a second and thought my shorts had melted to it.  It was probably only 120 degrees but the metal conducted the heat extremely well.  I didn’t get burned at least.  I could see the road was wet in spots but I never got rained on and made it up to the top in an hour.

Jpeg
View from about half way up.

It was almost 3PM now.  There was an Italian restaurant right there so I went in.  I got Bang Bang Shrimp and Blackened Chicken Alfredo.  They had awesome bread and butter there as well.  I was going over my rule of 1100 calories solid food but I didn’t care.  Plus I planned on sleeping somewhere.  My feet were hurting pretty bad so I took NSAIDs again for the second time in the race.  I charged stuff up while I waited and ate.  I left there at 3:30PM since the food came out quickly and I wanted to sleep.

I had the choice of going off course a quarter mile to a hotel or going to a state park right on the road that was free.  I didn’t want to spend more money and I wasn’t that tired yet so I decided to go the 3 miles to the park.  Of course I was tired almost immediately after I left.  It was super hot.  No shoulder on the road and apparently everyone works shifts in Monteagle since the road was very busy at 3:30.  I did finally make it to the park.  The bathrooms were pretty nice but that’s about all.  It seemed much nicer of a park on the bus ride a week ago.  The picnic tables were too exposed and too many people around that area so I found some trees and laid on my sleeping bag liner with my feet uphill.  I was there for 90 minutes but I’m not sure how much I slept.  My feet were pounding.  The person shooting hoops must have sucked since every shot seemed to make the loudest sound possible.  It seemed like he threw the ball at the rim every shot.  Mothers with their children kept their distance from me.  I finally got up super groggy and changed socks one last time.  I filled up my water and moved on out very slowly at first.

state park
Google street view

Tracy city was very close from the park.  Coming into town there was a old school building that was now called the art building or something to that effect.  Anyway it was up on a hill and it looked like every girl in the county from age 5-10 was there learning to cheer.  My sister-in-law is from NC and was big into cheering so maybe it’s just a southern thing where every girl must learn to cheer.  Regardless, they were all together shouting

“We got spirrit, S-P-I-RRRR-I-T, we got spirrit”

I wish you could hear it.  I don’t know how to write out the sound.  Just think of the most southern drawl you’ve ever heard with a lot of up and down changes of pitch and you’ll be close.  I swear no one had that much of a drawl when I talked to them in stores and on the street but apparently when it comes to cheering, the more the better.

So while I’m listening to this cheering on the left side of the road, I look over to the right side of the road which is a graveyard.  A quick glance shows no where to sleep and also with the cheering going on, I wouldn’t sleep anyway.  On second glance I see 5 people in the graveyard crying with one of them carrying a shovel.  Look left, cheering.  Look right, sobbing.  Something like that sticks in your head.  The pile of dirt didn’t look very big so I don’t know if you could bury pets in this cemetery in addition to humans or if it was a child that died which would make this even more tragic to have children cheering on the other side of the road.

I moved along down the hill to the gas station.  I knew it would be a long haul to Jasper.  There was an aid station at mile 295 in Steve Smalling’s yard but that was 15 miles away so I filled up with water and had a slushy.  I knew I’d have to sleep somewhere as I was still exhausted but nothing in town looked good or safe.  A few stray dogs said hello and went on their way.  I got out of town a few miles before check-in.  281 miles down, 33 to go.  By not sleeping in the hotel I had certainly gained positions.  I knew I would lose a couple since I needed to sleep for an hour soon.

I found a wooden pew in front of a church or at least what I thought was a church and laid down on it.  There was another pew to hide me somewhat from the road and it was just starting to get dark.  I didn’t get anything out of my pack.  I was in save time mode now, as this was my final push to the rock.  I slept soundly for an hour.  I got up and started moving.  I took half a caffeine pill during the long section to Jasper.  There wasn’t much traffic anymore which was nice.  I was running well again.  I wasn’t too concerned about dogs anymore but still had my mace and dowel rod out.

Jpeg
I went back to get a picture of this after I finished the race.

Just before the 3 mile decent into Jasper I saw the same crew vehicle as the night before.  I figured I’d get passed by the runner.  Sure enough he passed me on the decent.  Every minute or so he’d yell out super loud.  So it wasn’t the crew cheering like I thought the night before, it was him.  I can’t even scream as loud as he could yell.  I wasn’t sure if it was supposed to be singing or what but it was short 2 second bursts so it didn’t seem like singing.  This was just before midnight on a work night.  Every dog would start barking every time he did this.  I didn’t get to ask him what he was doing so I won’t say who it was as maybe there is some reasonable explanation.  I think it was extremely rude to go yelling in the middle of the night in a residential area though.  I ran the whole way down which cut close to 30 minutes off my time I was thinking it would take to get to Jasper.

When I got to the bottom of the hill, a cop stopped me to ask what I was doing.  I’m pretty sure he thought I was the yelling guy.  So I had to spend 5 minutes showing him the race route and telling him about the race.  He acted like he had no clue.  People had already been coming through town the last 3 days and I know for a fact a resident called the police to tell them about the race beforehand.  It’s his fault he didn’t know what was going on, not mine.  I felt like telling him to go bother all the Pokemon people roaming the streets the same as me in the middle of the night but I didn’t.  I finally just started walking away and he left.

I got to Steve’s yard at mile 295 and found Andrei sleeping there.  I drank some water and found 2 chairs to sleep on.  I set my alarm for an hour and instantly fell asleep.  A dog barked once that seemed really close and I heard Andrei jerk in his bivy sac.  He didn’t recall that at all when I asked him at the finish line.  He must’ve been really tired to not get woken up by that.  I woke up just before the alarm and turned it off.  I quietly got up and left just before 1AM.  Again I hadn’t taken anything out other than the battery pack to charge stuff.

My feet were soaked at this point from all the sweating yesterday and overnight in the fog.  If it was earlier in the race I would’ve changed socks and taken care of any blisters if there were new ones.  It didn’t feel like there were any new ones yet but I knew running in wet feet the next 4-5 hours would make some.  At this point I didn’t care.  Even if they showed up they wouldn’t start hurting before I was done or at least not enough to slow me down.  I’ve done this in other races as well towards the end.  I also was worried if I changed socks I might mess up my taping job and then have to spend time redoing that over the few blisters I had from earlier in the race.

Jpeg
Chairs at mile 295.  When I went back he also had lawn chairs that laid down flat.

Steve Smalling 295
I went back to thank Steve after the race and he took this picture.

I took the other half of the caffeine pill then as I wasn’t planing on sleeping anymore.  In about an hour I felt awake the rest of the race and beyond.  While I was going through town there was a car with 2 guys in it yelling stuff out the window.  I’m assuming they were drunk since I could hardly understand anything they were saying.  Something about I can stop running now since no one is chasing me.  I’ve only heard that joke from people in TN so it must be really funny to them.  In fact, someone WAS chasing me dumb ass, it’s a race and I’m not last.  Even if I was last there would still be Oprah chasing me!  I ignored them and kept going.  I saw them 3 more times as they circled around town.  Good thing that cop was busy harassing us runners and not getting drunk drivers off the road, wouldn’t want him to have to get out of his car.  Come to think of it, I never saw a cop pull a vehicle over the entire race.  If he came around a 4th time I thought about macing them.  He never came.

Next stop was Kimball a few miles away.  The parking lot was full of trucks.  I got there at 2:10AM.  I reserved a room for that night since it was going to fill up again due to all the construction workers staying there.  They gave me a bag to put all the stuff in I didn’t want to carry anymore.  I pretty much just had my 2 small water bottles left and first aid kit when I was done taking stuff out.  I left at 2:17AM and knew at that point I would finish before 6 days!  I got some pop and food at the gas station next door as it didn’t look like anything else was open and certainly nothing would be open the next 14 miles.

The next 3 and a half hours were torture.  Not because I was in pain, though I was.  Not because the miles were hard, though climbing Sand Mountain wasn’t very fun.  Not because of more dogs in the road, though New Hope had a bunch.  It was torture because the first of those 3 hours seemed like forever!  Once I knew finishing was inevitable, I got impatient.  I never saw a soul the entire time.  I texted when I got to the bridge that I was on my way.  I expected a response that someone was right in front of me or some other psychological torture.  I just got the reply “gotcha”.  Does that mean someone really is close ahead or behind?  I started caring now that someone would pass me right at the end.

Soon after starting the climb up sand mountain you enter Alabama.  I had never been to Alabama before this race so that’s one more off my list.  Only  6 states left and Guam if you want to count territories.

Jpeg
Horrible picture of the Alabama sign.

When I got to the CR 132 turnoff, it was getting light.  I was flying high now.  Just a few more miles to go!  I ran.  Even the hills.  I even looked over my shoulder a few times I think.  I got to the border of Georgia and the castle rock gate just on the other side.

Jpeg
Most called this road the cheese grater.

Jpeg

I kept running.  I got out my iPod one last time and cranked a few power songs.  There was a sign telling you to turn although I had this part of the course memorized anyway.  It said 1 mile to go.  I turned on the field road and up the hill.

Jpeg
Foggy dawn at castle rock.

There was another sign to turn left which also said 1 mile to go, or at least I thought it did.  Then into the trees for the trail lover in me.  I think there were a few more signs, probably said 1 mile to go on them as well.  Finally the open space with cars and people.  They let me keep going straight to the rock since I wasn’t wobbly (probably shaved 2 seconds off my time, lol).

Done!!!!!!!

There was no scenic view from the rock at the time because of the fog so I’d have to see that later.  I wanted to finish in the day so I could remember everything more and I did.  Better yet I was still under the 6 day mark.  I got to sit in the finisher chair.  I knew they always put a quote of what you say at the finish in the email they send out so I had something kind of prepared when climbing up sand mountain.  But I never said it and just started having a great conversation with everyone.  Laz, Carl, Sandra, Bo and Karen were all there.  Bo and Karen had finished a little over 20 minutes before me.  They had sprinted to the end and Karen fell and had some road rash from it.  Funny to think of sprinting at the end of 314 miles but I think almost everyone does it if they can.  The next hour or so was awesome talking to everyone and watching Andrei come in and finish.  There were some great stories and I got to hear about a lot of the runners I never saw on the course.

And of course I got my 314 sticker!

Jpeg

Jpeg
Gotta do a Rocky pose

Jpeg

FB_IMG_1469418939068
“Official” finisher photo Photo Credit Carl Laniak

Jpeg
Hard earned joy.

Jpeg
The view from the rock a few hours later.

Jpeg
Don’t fall down!

I took off my shoes and socks to put on some sandals.  I found 2 new small blisters at the base of my toes (I found 3 more smaller ones after I slept at the hotel).  They didn’t hurt yet but it shows how important it is to take care of your feet right away. In just the last 5 hours I had more than doubled the number of blisters by not changing into dry socks when I knew I should have.  Like I said earlier I didn’t care about getting them at the end of the race.  My largest blister the whole race was 9mm.

I went back to the hotel and they had a room ready for me when I got there at 10AM!  Shower, wash clothes, charge phone, sleep.  I got up at 3PM just so I wouldn’t end up waking up at 1AM or something dumb.  I drove back to thank Steve and take some pictures of the course I had missed in my last day scramble.  I saw 4 people coming down the hill into Jasper, and the few miles before the hill into Jasper a saw 3 more people.  All of them people I had ran with during the race at some point.  I cheered them on and told them about the aid station at Steve’s house.

I went back to the rock to see Paul, Jeff, and Brian finish.  They spent about 30 seconds arguing over what order they should finish in since they got there at the same time.  Note to future runners, have a plan in place for who goes first beforehand.  There are no ties and only one can go to the rock at a time.  That’s why you’ll always see finishing times at least 20 seconds or so apart.

So I figured I took somewhere around 870,000 steps between running and walking!  I’d be curious to know if someone had a step counter that ran this race.  Guess I’ll have to try for a million someday.

I got back to bed about 11pm.  The next day I left but stopped to wish JT, JT (Jason), and Novle good luck on their way from Jasper to the finish first.  I ended up sleeping in the same spot on the way home in the car again.  I slept one more time too later on.

Jpeg
I’m so clean!

I had to drive past my wife’s work so I decided to get her some flowers.  I brought those and an ice cold can of Cheerwine.  I gave her a big inappropriate work kiss.  She was more excited by the pop than the flowers.  We only get Cheerwine once like every 5 years when we make a trip down south as they don’t sell it in MN.  So it’s a big deal.  THANK YOU honey for taking care of the kids for 11 days!  Thanks mom for helping out with the kids and giving her a break.  Thanks to everyone who kept tabs on me and gave me encouragement, it really helped.

When I got home I was a pound heavier.  I wasn’t surprised since I should have a lot more plasma volume, I was eating a lot, and my muscles were swollen.  By 8 days later despite eating a ton, I’m 3 pounds lighter than before the race and the lightest I’ve been in a decade.  I lost about 14 pounds before the race since so many people had commented in their race reports they were mad they carried a bunch of fat around for 314 miles.

My legs felt hot for 5 days straight.  Basically like they feel the night after a 30 mile long run.  I was always sweating at night sleeping and since I sweat so much more now, I would be soaked.  It finally stopped after the 5th night.

I had a 3 mile run 6 days after the race and it felt good.  My bones and feet ached some that night though so I’m taking another 5 days off before I run again.  I’ve got a hilly 100 mile in 5 weeks so I plan on mostly just doing hill repeats and nothing over 5 miles or so until then.

Here are my shoes after the race.   Altra Olympus 2.0 for those who care.  I put on about 100 miles on them before the race to break them in.

Jpeg
I only tied my shoes 3 times the whole race. Just when I had to loosen them up from my feet swelling. I just slipped them on like slippers.

Jpeg
You wear the heels a lot faster when you walk. Normally I’d get 800 miles or so out of shoes but probably not these.

This is the link to the final results with links to other peoples race reports and lots of other stats.  tinyurl.com/volstate2016 Here is the video I made.  The sound is bad in spots because the sweat and humidity messed up my phone microphone towards the end of the race.

 

Jpeg
My finisher jacket I got in August. Back side.

fb_img_1472747959825
Front side.

Jpeg
Looks Awesome!

Jpeg
So since I take my wife’s vehicle to my races I wanted a sticker for it too.  I didn’t think it would be right to make a 314 sticker so I made a 100pi sticker instead.  No one has quite figured the meaning out on their own yet at races.

Stuff mostly for runners.

I had some foot pain issues before the race due to my training adventure run.  I’m lucky we have an awesome physical therapy department in a nearby town.  My physical therapist Shannon helped pinpoint a little better what muscles I needed to keep an eye on and gave some good suggestions on things to try to prevent the pain.  I couldn’t ever find any commercial shoe inserts that had the right amount of cushion for the inside of my arch.  I ended up making my own with panty liners that I cut to shape in a kind of wedge shape with multiple layers cut smaller and smaller.  I stuck these under the insole that came with the shoe.  This is all only in the right foot which had the issue.  It helped to counteract the road camber.  If I ever felt the slightest pain in the peroneal tendons, I’d work the knots out of those muscles and it would subside.  What’s odd is now that the race is done the pain is back some again.  I’ll have to look at my everyday work shoes I think.  Or maybe it’s just residual pain from running 314 miles.

I wore the Ultimate Direction PB Adventure vest 3.0 with the soft collapsible 500ml water bottles and a Osprey Hydraulics LT 2.5L bladder.  My awesome wife sewed the magnet that goes with this bladder bite valve to the vest so it wouldn’t flop around.

Jpeg
Before I washed it.  Everything taken out already.

The vest, bladder, bottles weighed in at 1.5 pounds.  Initially I had 4.5 pounds of gear but I took out almost half a pound before the race.  I took out 4 oz of stuff during the race but purchased a sewing kit, hydrocortisone, and baby powder (which I never ended up using anyway) so pretty much my pack was always at least 5.5 pounds.  I could carry 8 pounds of water but I never carried that much.  I only used my bladder about 4 times and had it empty the rest of the race.  You need it for those times though.  If you’re walking you could just carry a gallon jug of water and some screwed people do that.  They basically just have a fanny pack for a few small things and carry all the water by hand.  I would never do it that way.  I usually train with about 8-10 pounds on my long runs due to having to carry all the water I’ll need for 5-6 hours.

You can see my packing list at the beginning if you want to see what I packed.  I never did take a picture of all my gear strewn out before I packed the vest.  Oh well.  I filled the pack about as full as it would go.  At least the main compartments in back were full.  I didn’t fill all the smaller pockets full.  I planned on putting snacks in them but never did.  It would’ve been emptier if I didn’t bring a large roll of toilet paper with.  You need some toilet paper with for emergencies anyway but I just brought a whole roll of Charmin Ultra cause it’s the little luxuries in this race that count.  And my butt hates rough toilet paper.

I used 2Tom’s Buttshield.  I used to use BodyGlide and still do but won’t for long races anymore.  I guess I noticed at 100 mile races that BodyGlide wouldn’t quite hold up and very slightly attracted dirt.  Buttshield is basically only dimethicone which is the thing you want.  It worked awesome.  I pretty much used up a entire roll during the race.  I used it on my butt but also crotch and upper legs.  Initially I didn’t get enough of my legs and started to get a rash the second day.  I started applying a bigger area and that helped it from getting worse.  I did some sewing on my short liner to roll over a seam I thought was causing a problem but I think it was more I just hadn’t put any lube in that area of my leg since I didn’t sew it until day 3 or 4 and it was already getting better.

I’d probably bring more blister band-aids with if I did it again.  There are lots of other uses for them other than blisters.  Any skin area you want covered with a soft water/sweat resistant bandage that stays on for days, these are great for.  The worked perfect for my back sore.

I’d not bring gaitors again.  The heat rash sucked and it only happened on the area under the gaitors so I totally blame them.

I never carried food.  I don’t know if this was good or bad, just a fact.

I wished I had some sort of small inflatable pillow to put me feet/legs on.  It wouldn’t take long to blow up and deflate and would’ve helped me sleep better.  It likely would’ve prevented the tight muscles behind my knee since I had them on a metal bar when I slept the morning they started to hurt.

This race will be more enjoyable with good running partners, whether planned ahead of time or just people you meet.  I never found anyone with the same running pace as me.  Most people seemed to just grind it out walking without stopping for more than a few minutes or sleeping much at all.  I suspect their feet hurt a lot more than mine did since they were always on them.  The guys who finish this race under 4 days probably don’t have much pain at all since they are only on their feet for 4 days.  That’s an advantage of being fast.

You will spend more time taking care of your feet then you have ever done before during a race.  Whether it’s blisters, taping, icing, or just putting them up above your heart, you will spend hours a day taking care of your feet.  Yes hours!  Granted you can nap while having your feet up but you need to put them up regardless of if you sleep or not.

Expect to have foot pain.  Not just blister pain but deep aching pain almost like it’s in your bones.  By the 3rd day, my feet would throb for 20 minutes while I put them up.  Or maybe I’d only notice it for 20 minutes before I fell asleep, hard to know for sure.  But when I’d wake up they weren’t throbbing.

I’ll repeat, your feet will hurt!  Most race reports talk about their feet hurting so I knew they would but most reports don’t tell you constantly throughout the report that their feet hurt.  Their feet did hurt the whole time, they just didn’t want to seem like a whiny pants.  To get an idea of what it’s like, do this tomorrow.  Wake up and think about your feet hurting.  Hobble to the bathroom.  Dread putting your shoes on.  Then all day chant my feet hurt.  All night chant my feet hurt.  Constantly think about your feet hurting.  Think about wanting to get something from down the hall and then decide it’s not worth the pain and extra distance to get it.  Then do that for 4-8 more days.  It wasn’t crippling pain for me but your feet will always let you know they aren’t happy.  I think I got off pretty easy compared to what others went through.  Especially the people who finished behind me.

Make sure you are careful running in the road.  The actual lanes are much flatter than the shoulders so it is very tempting to run on them.  Do NOT do this during rush hour or when you aren’t FULLY aware of your surrounding.  The most likely way you’re going to get hit by a car is when one is passing another one coming from behind you (so cars are in both lanes coming at you from behind).  You can’t see it coming and if there is a lot of traffic you won’t hear it coming either.  Sure at 3AM on a two lane road you’ll see a car an hour and you can run right down the middle of the road.  On the  4 lane roads the shoulders are 10 feet wide so you can even run on the right side of the road if you wanted to.

I just made my own sun hat with a Headsweats visor and attached a handkerchief with safety pins.  If you plan on walking a lot an umbrella is a great idea to keep the sun off.  Makes for a good thing to scare the crap out of dogs as well.  Just open it up at them and they freak out.  I don’t think I’d want to run holding one.

I brought another handkerchief to hold an ice bag on my head but never really planned on using it since in a trail run at home it seemed like a hassle and didn’t seem to help as much as I though it would.

Make sure you’re on the google group email list.  Also a good idea to join the ultra listserv as well if you aren’t already.  Lots of knowledge from the people who’ve done this for years.

Cost

Total spent during the race for food and supplies: $139.85 I never bought water or other “free” things.  I also didn’t try to haggle with everyone to give me free stuff so that’s probably a wash.  Grocery stores are cheaper but I was only by one once during the day when they’re open.  Some people got close to $40 worth of free stuff from road angels so there is some advantage to running in the day.  You will not see road angels at night.  You might find a cooler with something to drink in it at night but don’t count on it.  Even the places put on Facebook could run out of stuff overnight.

Total for hotels during the race: $313.27  That’s for 4 hotels.  I made use of them for at least 5 hours each.  So obviously you have to decide if hotels are worth the cost.  If you are running with someone and can share the cost they are a no brainer.  I was never offered any rooms from people ahead of me so I didn’t luck out there.  That’s mostly because I’d first check in around noon – 2PM.  I put this in here because no other race reports from years past but costs in.  I think it’s important for people to have an idea so they can budget.

Stuff before and after the race depend on where you’re coming from.  My rental was only $104 for 12 days due to a really good deal and them initially giving me a car with completely bald tires, so I got a discount for having to drive back to get a different one.  The hotel the night before the bus in Kimball I used points to get for only $30.

Tuscobia 80 Mile Run Race Report – 2016

I am home and well rested a few days after I finished this race.  It started January 9th at 10am in Park Falls, WI and ended for me at Rice Lake, WI 8:52am on the 10th.  Starting temp was around 14 degrees with a windchill in the single digits.  It ended at a temp of … well just read on.

So this was my first winter race pulling a pulk.  I did Frozen Otter in 2015 but you just carried everything on your back and since it was 34 degrees outside, it was hard to call it a winter race either.  My main purpose for doing this race was I felt it was a good training race for Arrowhead 135 next year if I get accepted to that race.  It served it’s purpose well I think.  I learned a lot of lessens and found areas of weakness that can be fixed.  The race was changed this year to around 80 miles instead of the usual 75.  They won’t change the name unless they continue this new course.  I suspect they will as it seems to have worked out just fine in my mind.  My goal for this race was 22hours 48 minutes.  I based that on previous race results for the percentile I usually finish at plus adding an hour for the extra 4-5 miles this race course had.

When I checked into my hotel Friday afternoon, the lady said there was supposed to be a film crew doing a documentary or something about the race.  I don’t know if that’s true or not but I never saw anyone filming at any point before, during, or at the finish of the race.  Regardless, I was happy because there was snow.  That was a real question just a few weeks before the race, as there was none at the time.

I realized on the drive to WI that I forgot my special brownies at home in the freezer.  I had “food” on my check list of stuff to take but didn’t specify the brownies in the freezer so they were missed.  And no these weren’t pot brownies.  They are the special brownies I make with tons of oil, butter, nuts, coconut, peanut butter, chocolate chips, etc that you can still chew easily at -20 degrees.  Most foods are solid chunks of ice at that temp.  So I was mad about that and had to go to the store to try to figure something else out.  I ended up getting the bites version of candy bars that are those unwrapped little nuggets of the candy bar.  I got snickers, twix, and peanut butter cup versions.  I tried all 3 out in my hotel freezer and all were edible at whatever temp that small fridge freezer got down to.  Snickers was the easiest to eat for what that’s worth.

I had some time and so I drove to Birchwood to see if there were any pop machines in town that I could get something from during the race.  I planned on being in town around 4am so nothing would be open then.  There was 1 pop machine but it said it wasn’t functional so that meant nothing in that town.  The next town of Brill had one but that was only about 8 miles from the finish line.  So that meant I’d have to carry water from the aid station at mile 35 to last basically the remainder of the race unless I stopped somewhere in Radisson which was only 6 miles past the aid station so not much help there.  At least I knew that going in, I know some racers didn’t think at all about when places would be open.

The check in was Friday night and we had to show our required gear.  I just brought in what was required but would have more with me than that.  I passed and got my race number.  There was an informational meeting which talked mostly about the safety of running on a trail open to snowmobiles.  If we were found to not have 3 blinking red lights on at all times, including the finish, we would be disqualified.  It was a requirement to get the race permit.  I would’ve brought 5 just to be safe if I’d known it was that big of a deal.  All 3 of mine stayed on me the whole race so I was fine.  The only thing they checked at the finish was the lights, didn’t care about the rest of the required gear.  So make sure to bring good lights that you won’t lose!

Jpeg
My required gear.

So the next day I got up around 5am to get ready.  Not too much to do.  Put my vaseline/powder mix on my feet since I knew they’d be wet the whole time and I didn’t want macerated feet.  Since it would be around 14 at the start, I put on my wind briefs, tights, and shorts for the bottoms.  Just a compression shirt and breathable jackets for the top.  I wore a buff on my head.  Put on my light fleece gloves as well.  At the start line I put on my cast socks and snow gaiters.  I put screws in my shoes since the snow was getting sticky the day before since it was 34 degrees and I figured with the cold now that it would be icy in spots.  Turns out I probably didn’t need to do that but no big loss.

We had to be on the bus by 7am.  I was so paranoid my pulk wouldn’t get on the bus or it’d get damaged or something.  I ended up sitting right next to it on the bus but then people kept putting more gear on top of it since there were too many people and not enough seats.  Nothing got broke so that was good.

The bus ride was about 2 hours long so I thought I’d maybe get some sleep or whatever.  But it turns out I was sitting next to Wayne McComb who ran Volstate twice and finished it once.  Since I’m running that race this summer, I took full advantage of my seating situation and asked a bunch of questions.  My throat hurt some since I was still finishing up getting over a cold and talking for 2 hours made it worse but I couldn’t miss my chance to talk to him.  He was from Georgia and this was his first winter race.  It seemed like he had done his homework well and he had finished Volstate which means he had grit but I’ll be honest I thought his chances weren’t great just because he wasn’t able to test out any of his gear in the cold before yesterday.  In the end he did finish Sunday afternoon so that’s awesome!  I’m sure he’ll never forget the cold.

Tuscobia start
Me at the starting line.  I got this photo from Flickr.

We got to the start, which was a school, on schedule at 9am to allow the bikers to get their bikes together and their gear strapped on as some had to send the bikes up the night before since only so many could fit on the trailer at one time.  I was ready to go but was now kind of sleepy after being up 5 hours already.  At least it was warm and had food, bathrooms, etc.  It was also the turn around spot for the people doing the 160 mile race.  We started at 10am with the bikers in the lead.  We went a few blocks on the roads before we got to the start of the Tuscobia trail.  Wish I had a picture of the start but I don’t.  There were bikes, and people attacked to pulks, and of course cow bells!

It was 19 miles before we would get to the first town and any sign of civilization.  It was pretty crowded the first few miles but I kept to my pace pretty much.  The snow seemed great, much better than what I trained in at home anyway so I was going faster than I thought.  I kept passing and being passed by the same 2 men so we’d talk for a while every time we’d meet up again.  I’ve have to walk some to keep from overheating and to always breath through my nose so as to not dry out my throat even more.  I got to the first town about 30 minutes ahead of my planned time so that was good news.  Plus everything was working as it should up to that point which was 2:45pm.  It was snowing lightly the entire time as well which made for nice scenery.

12548967_723426927793979_120927882092857186_n
View on way to Loretta/Draper. I got this photo from someone else.

The next town was Winter and about 10 more miles away.  I think I put my hood up occasionally since you could feel the wind in the more open spots.  I’m sure the wind wasn’t too bad but running 4-5 mph into a 5-10mph wind adds up.  I was staying well hydrated and eating some but it was annoying to have to stop and get food from my cooler.  If I had my brownies, I’d just have them in my vest and wouldn’t have to stop to get at it.  Lesson learned.  My feet were almost hot but I wasn’t going to take off the cast socks since I’d just get my shoes frozen that way.  Dave Schuneman who I ended up finishing the race with had his shoes frozen pretty early on and got some major blisters on top of his toes before we even got to the aid station.

So by the time we (Dave and I had pretty much started to run together at this point) got to Winter it was about 5:10pm and dark.  I had enough water but wanted some that was warm and wanted to buy some food at the gas station there since that was my plan so I didn’t have to bring as much with at the start.  Dave kept going and I went to the gas station.  It was probably between 0 and 5 degrees at this point.  They had pizza there!!!  I wolfed down 2 slices and got a bottle of hot water.  I put on my headlamp and ran the entire 5 miles to the aid station to keep warm and because I felt so good after my pizza and sipping my warm water.  I ate up about 15 minutes at the gas station but it was worth it for the pizza I think.  I would’ve rather not had to stop at the aid station but it was required to check in.  I passed 2 people right away outside of Winter and wondered how many other people had passed me while at the gas station.

I got to the aid station at 6:45pm still 30 minutes ahead of my planned schedule.  It was a stone building with heaters in it.  I drank my chocolate milk mix I had in my drop bag and a grilled cheese sandwich.  Since I was going to add a layer of clothes and had to take off my shoes anyway, I went ahead and changed socks and reapplied my foot paste.  My feet looked great but I think it was still the right call to put new socks on.  I just put on the same middle weight injinji socks I had on before since they were more than warm enough.  I put on my running wind pants that are windproof in the front only.  I put on another compression shirt under my jacket.  I also got out my actual hat.  I got some warm water, should’ve put hot water in my jug in the cooler instead or warm looking back now.  I loaded up my pack with the rest of my clothes and food I had in my drop bag, basically adding over 5 pounds to my pack from what I started with.  The total weight of my pulk was about 28 lbs to start with so I was now around 35 lbs.  Dave asked if I wanted to leave together with him and I agreed.  He had been there for 15 minutes before me but since he was having his feet worked on, we were pretty much ready at the same time anyway.  He copied me and put on another layer of clothes as well which he was happy about later he told me.  We left at 7:30pm.  WAY later than I had planned on.  So my cushion was gone and I was now 20 minutes behind.  I definitely could’ve gotten out faster if I had planned my time there better.

aid station
Picture of the aid station.  I got this photo from someone else.

It finally stopped snowing around Winter but there was always this very wet feel to the air and you could feel small water droplets always hitting your face like it still wanted to snow but just couldn’t.  After we left the aid station it was more of a frost constantly coming down.  You could see it with the beam of the head lamps.  My stomach was definitely more full after all the food the last hour and I was feeling sluggish.  I knew it would be OK in 2-3 hours once the food hit my intestines but for now I had to go fairly slow and walk mostly.  We arrived at Radisson at 9:30pm and it was the last chance to get stuff.  I was doing OK.  I asked Dave if he needed water and he then realized he hadn’t drank anything for a while and his tube was froze.  He eventually thawed it out by putting it on his chest I think so we ended up not stopping in Radisson at all.  Next stop wouldn’t be until Birchwood 22.5 miles and 6.5 hours away.  We hadn’t seen a snowmobile since 6pm and wondered if we ever would again.  We never did.  In fact we didn’t really see anyone but the occasional 160 mile biker passing us to the finish line.

After Radisson the trail turns Northwest right into the wind.  Plus there was open field along the trail until Couderay.  There was nothing in that town that I could see.  Barely a town really.  I think we saw a few bars along the trail in that area and shortly after Couderay.  The trail then turned Southwest and it felt much warmer with the wind somewhat behind us.  Soon there was nothing but trees as far as I could tell.

Around 10:45pm I looked up for some reason.  I saw stars.  Crap!  I looked down and told Dave we were screwed.  The clouds weren’t supposed to be gone for hours which meant it was definitely going to get a lot colder than the -8 degrees forecast for sunrise on Sunday.  In the back of my mind I partly agreed to team up with Dave in the aid station because I knew there was safety in numbers.  I was even happier with that decision now.  In the next hour or so the temp went from around zero to -10.  I put on my wind jacket over everything else and got on my warmer and dry gloves.  My water was likely not going to stay liquid until the end of the race.  I’d have enough but it would be frozen and unusable in hours since it was getting so cold and a cooler can only keep things liquid for so long.  I knew the pop machine was in Brill so at least I could get something not frozen there but I’d have to hope my water stayed good until then.

The other thing that started around this time and went on most of the night was hearing the bark exploding off the trees or maybe some branches exploding as well.  I remember an episode of Grizzly Adams showing a whole tree exploding from a sudden drop in temperature.  I couldn’t find it anywhere on YouTube but did find this video from Russia.  Go to 44:00 to hear it.

Of course it didn’t echo like that in northern WI since there are no canyon walls to bounce off of.  Basically it was over 34 degrees for the couple days before the race and fairly wet from the new snow.  Really the whole winter up to this point had been warm.  Drop the temp fast and crack!  Kind of creepy but at least I knew what it was when I heard it.  If not for Grizzly Adams I might have been a little worried. I never heard anything crash down so it was likely just the bark on some trees and not any tree trunks.  I had never heard it before that night, but I’ve also never went for a run in the woods all night long with below zero temperatures.

It was around this time but maybe even around Radisson I think that Dave complained about his toes.  The tape job they did at the aid station was rubbing on his other toes.  He took off his shoe and sock while sitting on the snow to take care of it.  His butt got all wet so I know he later cursed that decision.  At least his toes felt better.  Every once and a while we’d see a bar along the trail in the few hours after Radisson but then it was just trees.  I couldn’t see a road anymore so I don’t know how far we were from one.  We encountered a skier in his bivy sack along the trail.  I thought it was best to see if he was OK or needed help since I think we’re only supposed to use them in emergencies.  He said he was just taking a nap so we left him.  Soon after that Dave said if I didn’t see his headlamp anymore that he was probably doing the same and to just keep going.

While we were running as a team, we weren’t stride for stride the whole time.  Sometimes I’d run to warm up and then he’d run to warm up, etc.  He walked faster than me as well so it was fairly often that we weren’t together.  We talked on and off pretty consistantly until around 3am.  Then it was really cold and I didn’t want to open my mouth to breath the cold air in to talk.  Best to keep breathing through my nose.  Not that we didn’t have anything to say but it gets to a certain point in a race where you kind of zone out as well.  Up to that point we had to pretty much yell to hear each other since Radisson.  The cold snow was really loud with both our feet and sleds going over.  His sled was somehow louder even though they were the same brand and style sled.  His was just orange and mine black, weird.  Plus with our hats muffling everything it was hard to hear.  When we’d stop to get water or food I could hear my ears ringing from the constant noise.  I put my goggles on around 1 or 2 am to keep my eyelashes from freezing and eyes from tearing up.  I still felt warm enough as long as I kept moving.

Dave never did bivy up and caught up to me about 3-4 miles before Birchwood.  I had really starting to kick it into gear around 10:30 when the food hit my intestines.  I was warm and had lots of energy.  Dave must have as well since we pretty much stayed together the whole time other than the hour or so that he was back a bit.  I could pretty much always see his headlamp though.  This trail is an old railroad bed so it’s pretty flat and mostly straight.  We had erased the time problem and would get into Birchwood on time at just before 4am.

It was really getting cold now.  Food would freeze within a minute of taking it out of the cooler.  I figured it was close to -15 and told Dave that.  He didn’t disagree.  We finally got to Birchwood.  I was happy just because I knew it was only 16 more miles to the finish line.  But I was sad because I also knew we’d be going into the wind more and there was less shelter from it on the trail through town.  We later found out it had little shelter the entire way to the finish line.

I heard a voice yelling from across the road in town.  He said he was open if we needed anything.  Uh, awesome!  We’ll be right over.  Now we probably could’ve made it to the finish but my water was starting to freeze and there was 4.5 hours to the finish line yet.  I was happy to spend 15 minutes to get hot water to guarantee myself liquid water untill the finish, plus I wouldn’t have to waste time in Brill now either.  I considered it insurance in case something happened.  I ate a snickers bar there and gave him $4.50 for it.  Random I know but it was 4am.  I hoped it would help make him be open next year as well, who knows.  We really just lucked out because he locked himself out of the bar after closing and had to go home and get his keys and soon after he heard a biker banging on the door to get in.  So he just stayed open and more people just kept coming in.  Thank you!  We asked how cold it was and he said about -15 and to look at the bank on the way out of town.  We left but what I should’ve done was put on my balaclava first.  I didn’t know we were going to be more exposed to the wind the rest of the race like it was.

The bank said -14.  After less than a mile it felt way way colder than that.  Not just the wind but you’d hit a low spot and could really feel it.  The sleds started pulling a lot harder as well.  I know there is a point where it’s too cold for skis to run well on snow and it starts to act like gravel.  I don’t know if we got to that point but like I said the sleds dragged way more than normal and the snow looked the same to us, plus it felt way colder.  I guessed it was -20 in spots the rest of the way until the sun started to come up.  We later found out that bikers with thermometers had anywhere from -19 to -21 at times so it probably was really that cold.  With the windchill it was more like -40 at times.  And yet, I never stopped to get my balaclava on since I didn’t want to get cold by not moving and I could still feel my nose and everything seemed normal.

We started counting down the miles with the mile markers.  Dave went up a bit to stay warm I think.  I couldn’t run well anymore, just not enough energy and at this point eating wouldn’t take effect before the race ended and would likely just make me more cold by eating essentially 6oz of ice.  Plus with the sled pulling hard, I could walk almost as fast as run, but with half the effort.  I finally caught up to Dave.  We had passed another runner at Brill.  There was a guy that passed us going pretty fast.  Not sure what race he was in but he was moving.  I had guessed there were around 5 people in front of me at the start of the race.  There were 4 in front of Dave and I at the aid station I found out later.  So I figured we were essentially in the same place as when we started unless some people quit.

The sun started coming up and that’s always promising.  I looked and we were still making good time.  I don’t know how since it felt so slow and we had spent 15 minutes in Birchwood.  We made it to the end of the Tuscobia trail and headed South on the Wild Rivers Trail.  Finally no wind in our face.  You could actually feel some heat from the sun.  I know it was just dawn and it’s January but we both could feel it.  I changed into my warmest gloves since my other pair was getting cold from my hand moisture building up the last 5 hours.  We walked this whole trail basically.  Maybe ran 300 yards of the 4 miles.

We had agreed to tell them we tied when we got to the finish line.  The finish line was us going into the Knights of Columbus door and telling them we finished.  Kind of funny since you have to leave your sled outside.  We got in and said we tied.  We finished at 8:52am just 4 minutes over my “goal” time.  That’s 22:52 total.  I think much to both our surprise we were tied for second place male and third overall.  The winner finished just an hour ahead of us.  I had no idea we were that close.  We had spent close to 2 hours with all the stops we had during the race, I’d like to think we could’ve easily gotten rid of 30 minutes of that had we known how to manage our gear, food, etc better.  Little more effort on our part and boom there could’ve been a contest for first.  That’s easily the closest I’ve come to winning a race.  Even when I beat the course record at Frozen Otter, there were still 5 people that beat it by more than me and I was something like 2.5 hours from the winner.  We got our finisher beanie and socks.  Since we were second place male we also got engraved wood medals and gift certificates.  I ended up with the third place medal but they sent me a 2nd place one in the mail which I appreciated.  While I wasn’t horrible in sports growing up, I never got any medals either so this is kind of a big deal for me.  In the end 20 of the 36 runners finished the race which was better than I thought it’d be.  Only 4 of the 23 runners finished the 160 mile race that started on Friday morning.

I went into the bathroom to see the damage to my face.  Didn’t look too bad.  Had a small spot on my cheek which was the side away from the wind so I couldn’t figure that out at all other than there was a zit nearby so maybe the blood flow to that area was effected?  Around my nostrils was frost-nipped though.  Not bad but it’s a little crusty and sore now.  Should’ve put the balaclava on in Birchwood and dealt with it freezing up later.  Of course I didn’t expect it to get to -20 either.  Lots of small lessons learned during the race which was the whole reason I did it.  My feet felt fine and no blisters.  Small area on the outside of my foot that the vasaline must have come off too soon that got a little macerated but it never hurt so must have happened pretty late in the race.  Dave didn’t take off his shoes at the finish so I never got to see the damage.  It couldn’t have been pretty though as 3 miles before the finish he said he thought he could feel a blister pop and start rubbing a lot.  My shoes just began to freeze while walking the Wild Rivers trail, probably because we just walked it and didn’t make much heat anymore.  My feet never got cold though.  It had warmed up to -15 by the time we finished the race.  Heat wave!

I ate and drank some and then went out to put my gear in the car.  Wow was it cold!!!  Felt like -40.  Had I really just finished a race in that cold and felt fine?  Weird really.  The car barely started but it did so at least I didn’t have to deal with a dead vehicle.  I’d have to say it was a pretty good race.  I met a lot of nice people and the race was well run.  I was kind of surprised I didn’t see anyone checking on us with a snowmobile after 6pm since it was so cold but that’s what our emergency gear is for I guess.  I may do it again someday but hopefully Arrowhead is my next winter race.

Jpeg
My pulk at the end of the race.  Notice all the lovely frost!

Jpeg
Not too bad for going 80 miles.

Ultrarunner vs Ultra runner

I’ve seen so many different words to describe what we do and who we are that I thought I’d start this blog out with what words are correct or at least likely correct.  You see, many dictionaries only have the word ultramarathon in them and I have yet to use a spell checker that even has that word in its list.  My book form dictionary from 1994 has ultramarathon defined as any footrace of 50 miles or more and that the word was invented between 1975-80.  It also lists ultramarathoner as the noun form.  Nowadays, most people would say any footrace longer than a marathon is an ultra, but I tend to agree with the original definition.  A 50k race is just a long marathon, 50 mile and higher is where you need to train at least a little differently in my opinion.  So it seems there is some doubt as to the definition of the word ultramarathon, but not that it is indeed the correct spelling.

So here are the lists of words I’ve seen: Ultrarunner, ultramarathoner, ultra runner, ultra marathon, ultramarathon, ultrarunning, ultras, crazy/stupid people (OK that last one is what my wife calls us)

The New York Times has published articles with ultrarunner, ultramarathoner, and ultramarathon.  So even they can’t quite decide if it’s ultrarunner or ultramarathoner.  I would assume they would use words that are at least possible of being grammatically correct so anything they don’t use is probably wrong or considered slang.

So since we are the ones who actually do this crazy thing, we get to decide what the words are, or at least we should (ask Steve Wilhite how the whole GIFF pronunciation is going for him, by the way I agree with the masses that he’s wrong even though he invented it).

The sport itself is called ultrarunning.  As in “Wow look at this ultrarunning craze taking over the country!”  You will never hear that by the way unless people start including walking/gimping to their car after a marathon as being an ultramarathon.

I have never heard an ultrarunner use the word ultramarathoner so I think it should be ultrarunner.  One word, not split up.

It’s ultramarathon, not ultra marathon, and always has been according to my old school dictionary.  One word, not split up.

But I have to say most often, I and the people I know use the term ultra to describe a race.  As in  “I ran an ultra last weekend and I’m starving now!”  If the distance is involved we usually don’t even say ultra, “I ran a 100 miler last weekend”.  Note you need to say miler to separate it from a 100k race.  I just had a flashback to the old “How to talk Minnesotan” book as I’m typing now.  Perhaps how to talk to an ultrarunner should be in the works?

So to summarize these are the correct or soon to be correct words:  Ultrarunner/s, Ultramarathon/s, Ultra/s, Ultrarunning.  I’m eagerly awaiting my spellchecker update so I don’t see so many red underlined words anymore.